ACHIMOTA STANDS FOR : The best use of the minds and bodies which God has given us An equal opportunity for girls and boys in education Respect for all that is true and of lasting value in the old African culture , beliefs and ways of life Willing , humble service of the educated for the uneducated Mutual understanding and cooperation between Christians of all denominations and the growth of that spirit in which the churches shall one day be united again Friendship , respect and cooperation between all races on equal terms The belief , on which all else rest , in Jesus Christ as the revelation for all time and all peoples of the love of God , and as the guide and pattern of our lives | Administration | Academics | Boarding Life | Clubs & Socities | Departments | Funding | History | | News And Information | Sports | Religion | Student Representative Council | Asem Magazine | | Motown Minipoll | Guest Book | WorldLink | Old Achimotans Association

The Central Region is the former government centre of the Gold Coast . Cape Coast was the seat of the British colonial administration up until 1877 . The coastline is famous for its ancient forts and castles built by early European traders , and three of them at Elmina , St . Jago and Cape Coast have been identified as World Heritage Monuments by the World heritage Foundation under UNESCO . The Region is also famous for its palm - fringed beaches , fascinating fishing villages and historic towns , and rich natural attractions . Kakum National Park , just 30km north of Cape Coast , is the foremost nature reserve in Southern Ghana and well worth a visit . Almost untouched virgin rainforest has been preserved as a habitat for birds , butterflies and rare local animals , and Kakum is most accessible , as it is very easy to reach from Accra . The Region ' s culture is depicted through its many exciting festivals which are held throughout the year . Some of the best known festivals are ' Bakatue ' , literally the opening up of Benya Lagoon into the sea , which symbolised the beginning of the fishing season for the people of Elmina ; ' Edina Buronya ' , a native version of Christmas celebrated by the people of Elmina on the first Thursday of the New Year ; ' Aboakyer ' or game hunting , one of the most famous festivals celebrated by the chiefs and people of Winneba on the first Saturday in May ; and ' Fetu Afahye ' celebrated with a durbar of chiefs by the people of Cape Coast on the first Saturday of September . Another famous festival is ' Odambea ' celebrated on the last Saturday in August in Saltpond Traditional Area , and reflecting a migration of the local people centuries ago . The historic towns in the region that deserve a visit include Winneba , traditionally known as ' Simpa ' Winneba ; Kromantsej Abanze , the site of Fort Amsterdam ; Duakwa and Mensa Krom , home of some of the Region ' s best woodcarvers ; Ajumako aware where the carvers specialise in royal regalia , stools , linguistic staffs and clan totems . Throughout the Central Region there are welcoming hotels and restaurants , all an easy drive from Accra . If you are seeking to discover the historical links between Africa and the Americas and Europe , or just wanting to explore a culture that has its roots in another era , or just wanting to relax on a sun - dappled beach , then the Central Region must not be missed . On this page , Go Directly to ..... Women in Ghana Historic Sites Cultural Events & The Arts Places of Interest Festivals and Events Beaches and Resorts Wildlife and Nature Reserves Castles and Forts Food Facts and History Health Entertainment Women in Ghana Women in Progress Box CC 890 Cape Coast , Ghana Tel : ( 0233 - 42 ) 36883 email : renae @ womeninprogress . org website : http : // www . womeninprogress . org Women in Progress works to achieve economic independence of women and alleviate poverty at a grassroots level in developing nations through the sustainable growth of small women - owned businesses and at the same time established mutual understanding among people of diverse cultures . Volunteer Abroad : As an international volunteer organization , Women in Progress helps people volunteer abroad . Our international volunteer programs focus on assisting women in Africa to grow their micro enterprises and become self sufficient through business and IT consulting and training . Progressive Women ' s Credit Union Box 1519 Cape Coast Ghana ( 0233 - 42 ) 30573 Contact Monica Aidoo . Started in 1994 by members of Women in Progress , the credit union has now over 600 members . The credit union mobilizes funds and enables women to receive affordable loans after a pattern of regular saving . Back to Top Historic Sites The Castles of Central Region The castles along the coast of the Central Region are among the best preserved in Ghana . ASSIN MANSO SLAVE MARKET The Assin Manso Slave Market site is a relic linked to the slave route and appeals to thousands of travellers who troop to the site . The tombstones of two enslaved Africans who lived in Jamaica and New York and were re - interred can also be found there . The Slave River ( the point where enslaved Africans had their bath before being sold to the slave traders ) is a place you need to see . Back to Top Cultural Events & The Arts One Stone Cultural Linkage One Stone is one of our featured artists located at the Elmina Motel Junction . They have contributed quite a bit to the community and welcome visitors en route to Elmina Resort . Also visit Elimax just next door for a cold drink and relaxing atomosphere ! Back to Top Places of Interest Traditional Fishing Villages Along the Coast of the Central Region are a succession of busy fishing villages and traditional market towns that reflect the distinct cultures of the district . Craft Villages The villagers of the Central Region are famed for their traditional crafts that are still worked as their forefathers have worked for generations . Bamboo Orchestra at Masomagor The youth at the village of Masomagor have revived a traditional art , by performing with Cape Coast Town To the west of Accra lies Cape Coast the Capital of Central Region . Cape Coast was the Capital of Gold Coast before it became Ghana , and was moved to Accra in 1877 . Winneba Winneba is an old coastal town on the " Gulf of Guinea " , located 35 miles west of Accra , the capital city of Ghana . In the early colonial history of Gold Coast , as Ghana OSTRICH FARM The Ostrich Farm is located at Efutu Mampong about 14km from Cape Coast on the KNP Road . The ostrich is the world ' s largest living bird belonging to the small order of birds known as Ratitae or running birds . The Ostrich can live up to between 30 - 70 years . Back to Top Festivals and Events Aboakye Festival This Festival is celebrated by the people of Simpa or Winneba in the Central Region of Ghana Masquerading Festival It started around the 1920 ' s and is celebrated on the 1st of January every year and draws large crowds from all over ... Edina Bronya This festival is a novel Christmas introduced to the people of Elmina during the Dutch era of the colonial period ... Edina Bakatue Festival Literally translated means " The opening of the Lagoon " or the Draining of the Lagoon " . It is celebrated ... Akwambo Festival The festival literally meaning " path - clearing " , is celebrated by the people of Agona in the Central Region . Panafest Pan - African Historic Festival is a major biennial event of cultural forum for Africans and people of African descent as well as friends of the .... continent committed to the noble Odwira Festival The Odwira Festival which is celebrated by the Denkyira people runs for weeks , beginning at Jukwa , the traditional capital , and ends at Dunkwa - on Offin , the administrative capital ... Fetu Afahye ( Carnival ) This festival is being celebrated by the people of Oguaa or Cape Coast Traditional Area in the Central Region . OKYIR Okyir is the major festival celebrated by the people of Anomabu . It is celebrated as a sign of cleansing or purification of the town from filth , evil spirits etc . Highlights of the festival include the following activities : ODUNKWAA FESTIVAL This is a week long festival which starts on Easter Monday . The festival has two venues : Abakrampa , the seat of the traditional area and Abura Dunkwa , the administrative capital . Rituals are performed near the state shrine . The festival is characterized by the fencing of the Odum Tree which is regarded as sacred , and believed to have protected the people from attacks during their wars . NYEYI AND TUAKRON The Komenda - Nyeyi festival is celebrated in honour of departed heroes and heroines for their great contribution to the various traditional areas and the " Tuakron " , meaning settling on new lands is celebrated by the people of Hemang . OGUAAAFAHYE Oguaa Fetu Afahye festival is held to purify the state . Celebrated by the people of Cape Coast in July / August . KAE ARKO This festival is celebrated by the people of Asebu Traditional Area . A mock warfare is re - enacted to instill the spirit of bravery in the people , and also to commemorate the heroic deeds of their ancestor Arko . This drama is performed after the paramount chief and his sub - chiefs have paraded through the town in their palanquins . The week - long festival is held in the third week of October . Back to Top Beaches and Resorts The Beaches of the Central Region Beach lovers will enjoy our palm fringed beaches , warmed by African sunshine White Sands Beach Resort Gomoa Fetteh , a town located off the Akotsi Junction on the Accra - Winneba highway , is generally known in local circles for the fishing and subsistence farming activities of its people . This quiet and peaceful community , which is near Senya Bereku and in the Gomoa District of the ... Back to Top Wildlife and Nature Reserves Kakum National Park A 357km2 national park comprising undisturbed virgin rainforest . Kakum Conservation Area Tree House This Conservation Area was formed in 1992 , consisting of the Kakum National Park and the nearby Assin Attandaso Resource Reserve . The Tree House and 2 - 3 hour hike make a unique camping / hiking experience . Kukum River National Park Several animal reserves are being developed in the Cape Coast area , and in particular , the Kukum River National Park , to the west of the city and the Assin - Attandanso Wildlife Reserve ... Coastal Ramsar Sites - Muni - Pomadze Ramsar Site The Muni - Pomadze Site encompasses an area of about 90 km2 comprising the water shed of the Muni Lagoon . However , the lagoon and flood plains is only 114ha . Eleven ... Back to Top Castles and Forts Elmina Castle The Portuguese founded Castle " Sao Jorge da Mina " in 1482 to protect the gold - rich lands discovered in 1471 . The castle was completed according to its original plan in 1486 and the town was raised to the status of a " city " . Fort William - Anomabu Anomabu became the focus of intense European trade rivalry in the 17th and 18th centuries , partly because of its easy access to a rich hinterland and partly because the local Anomabu were themselves powerful and astute traders . Fort Amsterdam ( Cormantin ) - Abandze History has it that , in 1631 , a renegade employee of the Dutch West Indian Company called Arent Groote , acting on behalf of the English Company of Adventurers Trading to Guynney and Binney , signed an agreement with the Chief of Cormantin by which a hill site near the village was ceded to the English company . Fort Good Hope - Senya Beraku Thanks to their establishment of a lodge at Senya Beraku in 1667 , the Dutch entered into a long - standing relationship with the Agona State . Its chief subsequently requested the Dutch to build a permanent fort at Beraku . Fort Patience - Apam In the late 17th century , the small state of Acron - sandwiched between the larger British allies of Agona and Fante sought to have a strong fort built on its territory to defend it in case of attack . The Dutch , while willing to erect a fort at Apam , were in no position to build a large one . Building of the fort commenced in 1697 on the summit of a promontory close to a sheltered beach and bay . Fort St . Jago ( Coenraadsburg ) - Elmina In 1503 , according to historical narration by the Portuguese Diego de Alvarenga , a Portuguese missionary converted and baptized the paramount chief of the Efutu Kingdom on the Mina coast together with 300 of his subjects . The chief permitted the Portuguese to build a church on the hill located opposite the Castle St . Jorge . The site was dedicated to the Portuguese saint , Jago . Cape Coast Castle The strategic location of Cape Coast having a sheltered beach in proximity to Elmina Castle made it a great attraction to the European nations . Back to Top Food Dishes of the Central Region The main dishes of the Central Region include fante dorkunu or kenkey with fish Back to Top Facts and History A Short History of Cape Coast ( Oguaa ) Royal Stool Succession to the Stool of Cape Coast was established in 1856 it was beign selected from male line , that is from father to son of a previous ruler and a change to female line was instituted . Donkor Nsuo ( The Slave River ) at Assin Manso A secrets place where the slave trade were chained to the tall stump before or after their last bath . Back to Top Health Medical Information A place where your health is more important Back to Top Entertainment NIGHT LIFE You would have the chance to be part of a wonderful disco session at Cape Coast Hotel , Elmina Beach Resort , Dans Paradise and Jet Night Club at Elmina and Cape Coast respectively . The Greenland Hotel at Agona Swedru also provides night per - formances to entertain visitors . Tourists would be amused by entertaining cultural performances by the Agoro Cultural Dancers on request . Toppyard Cinema and a host of others in Cape Coast , Swedru , Mankessim etc . also provide entertaining film shows to visitors . GUIDED TOURS Guided tours of Cape Coast and Elmina are available . Cultural and theatrical performances portraying the re - enactment of the horror of the slave trade and the solemn portrayal of the final journey of the Africans as they walked through the dungeons into the waiting ships that transported them to the Americas , are often staged at the two castles .

There has been a long - standing criticism from the Left of BWI SAPs as is proportionately hurting the poor : When the BWIs arrive in southern countries , corporate profits go up , but so do poverty and suffering . Decades of promises that just a little more " short - term " pain will bring long - term gain have exposed the BWIs as false prophets whose mission is to protect those who already control too much wealth and power . A report published by the World Development Movement ( WDM ) shows that the IMF s new Poverty Reduction Strategies are acting as barriers to policies benefiting the world s poorest peoples . Many developing countries suffered sustained increases in prosperity , accompanied by dramatic increases in inequality and child poverty under the auspices of the BWIs adjustment programmes . In country after country , SAPs have reversed the development successes of the 1960s and 1970s with . millions sliding into poverty every year . Even the World Bank has had to accept that SAPs have failed the poor , with a special burden falling on women and children . Yet together with the IMF it still demands that developing countries persist with SAPs . Easterly ( April 2001 ) examines the record of SAPs . He stresses the importance of distinguishing " structural adjustment lending " from " structural adjustment policies " . He notes the " considerable international evidence that structural adjustment policies , like macroeconomic stabilisation , financial development , openness to trade , and removal of price distortions , improve growth potential and thus strengthen poverty reduction " . For example , he cites Easterly and Levine ( 2001 ) , " Its Not Factor Accumulation : Stylized Facts and Growth Models " World Bank Economic Review , and providing a demonstration that good policies matter for growth ! He however points out that " the success of adjustment loans at changing polices is very mixed " . He avers to the general historical record that foreign aid and adjustment lending has not discriminated much between good and bad policies . Indeed in the World Bank ( 1998 ) Assessing Aid : What Works , What Doesn t and Why , OUP notes on pp . 48 that " there is a long legacy of failed adjustment lending where there was no strong domestic constituency for reform " . Easterly notes that the results may not be so surprising in view of the recent vintage of concern for poverty in BWI adjustment packages , well after the poverty spells of the last two decades . In other words , for most of the period , BWI " adjustment lending was not designed to reduce poverty directly and so it is not surprising they were not effective at doing so " . The results may well be confirming that adjustment loans are not a very effective vehicle for reducing poverty and the BWIs and governments " would do better by directing resources towards programs that directly target poverty income subsidies for the poor , infrastructure targeted towards poor areas , improved access to credit ( possibly through microcredit schemes ) , subsidies for inputs to subsistence production and improved access to market information ( such as through IT ) for the poor " . He laments that adjustment lending has been so continuous for some economies that it is hard to speak of it as purely a transitional phenomenon . This continual dependence on the IFIs , requiring in some cases relief from past IFI loans ( Ghana in 2001 is requesting through the HIPC Initiative relief from ERP loans ) , is itself cause for concern . If adjustment loans had to be repeated 10 times or more , this clearly does not speak well for the effectiveness of the treatment , he concludes . Furthermore , from a political economy point of view , the finding that AL lowers the sensitivity of poverty to the aggregate growth rate of the economy " could be dangerous " . This is " because it gives the poor less of a stake in overall good economic performance which might increase support of the poor for populist experiments at redistributing income " . Lipton and Ravallion ( 1995 ) " Poverty and Policy " in Jere Behrman and T . N . Srinvason ( editors ) , Handbook of Development Economics , Vol . 3B , Chapter 41 p . 2601 , stress that there is considerable heterogeneity within the urban informal sector , with an individual s poverty depending more on individual attributes like human capital than on any economy - wide labour market distortion leading to the creation of an informal sector . Other distortions may exclude the poor from taking advantage of reforms under SAP , like lack of access to credit . Van de Walle ( 2000 ) " Are Returns to Investment Lower for the Poor ? Human and Physical Capital Interactions in Rural Vietnam . " World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 2425 , shows evidence of lower returns to formal sector investments ( irrigation is her specific example ) for the less educated . Lundberg and Squire ( 2000 ) " The Simultaneous Evolution of Growth and Inequality " World Bank mimeo cited by Easterly find that the bottom quintile are the only quintile out to benefit from trade openness . The poor may be geographically isolated from the formal economy , which may be exacerbated by poor infrastructure . Whatever the distorting or initial endowment at work , the individuals who are poor may be ill - placed to take advantage of new opportunities created by SAPs , just as they may suffer less from the destruction of old opportunities enjoyed by protected sectors prior to SAP . The effects of BWI SAPs on policies , as mandated from the top , are usually limited to highly visible macroeconomic indicators the fiscal balance and devaluation ( expenditure - reducing and expenditure - switching policies ) . Again , these seem more likely to affect the formal rather than the informal sector in economies growing under homegrown reform programs , where government ownership create stronger motivation for genuine change . For example , China over the last two decades had only 3 ALs in the 80s and none in the 90s and is a good example of the type of homegrown reform that includes a more sweeping transformation of incentives affecting formal and informal sectors . Easterly s main finding is that BWIs AL lowers the growth elasticity of poverty , that is the amount of change in poverty rates for a given amount of growth . Economic expansions benefit the poor less under SAP , but at the same time economic contraction hurt the poor less . Possible explanations of this finding include : BWI conditionality may be less austere when lending occurs during an economic contraction , while conditionality may require more micro adjustment during an expansion . If macro adjustment disproportionately hurt the poor say because fiscal discipline , for example , is implemented through increasing regressive taxes like sales taxes or decreasing progressive spending like transfers then we get the result that AL lowers the elasticity of poverty . BWI conditionality may itself cause an expansion or contraction in aggregate output depending on the composition of the SAP but not affects the poor very much . For example , the poor may mainly derive their income from informal sector and subsistence activities , which are not affected much by fiscal policy changes or adjustments in other macro policies . SAP packages usually imply some previously favoured formal sector activities may contract while other formal sector activities newly formed can expand . The net effect may be overall contraction or expansion , depending on the initial sizes of the declining and expanding sectors and the specific policy measures in the SAP . However , if the poor are not tightly linked to either the expanding or contracting formal sector , the amount of parity change for a given amount of output change may not be very high under SAP . An expansion or contraction in the absence of AL , on the other hand , may reflect economy - wide factors that lift or sink all boats . Beyond the important distinction between structural adjustment policies ALs with their own special features which may or may not promote and which moreover , are found to lower the growth elasticity of poverty , there is the fact that growth and welfare are not the same thing . The main problems with economic growth as measure of welfare include the following : the empirically identifiable effect of policies at the rate of growth especially over short intervals could be different from their effects on levels of income ( see Easterly February 2001 ) ; levels of per capita income may not be good indicators of welfare because they do not capture the distribution of income or the levels of access to primary good and basic capabilities ; and high growth rates of the economy could be associated with suboptimally low levels of current consumption . As Rodrik cautions , the welfare implications of empirical results regarding the link between trade policy and growth be they positive or negative must be treated with great caution . Trade policies can be positive effects on welfare without affecting the rate of economic growth . Conversely , even if policies that restrict international trade were to reduce economic growth , it does not follow that they would necessarily reduce the level of welfare . Negative coefficients on policy variables in growth regressions ( leaving the mis - specification problems discussed in Easterly February 2001 aside ) are commonly interpreted as indicating that the policies in question are normatively undesirable . Strictly speaking , such inferences are invalid . Widening income gaps " are helping to feed a backlash against globalisation around the world " . These widening income gaps are particularly noticeable outside the United States where middle classes tend to be much smaller and where antimonopoly and other income - equalizing laws are less stringent . This is one of the central economic dilemmas of the globalisation system : the Golden Straightjacket , the Electronic Herd , free markets and free trade produce far greater ( world incomes ) . That is a fact . But that income is highly unequally distributed ( among countries and within countries ) and the whole let - her - rip capitalism that comes with it is enormously socially disruptive . Admittedly , this cannot be a good case to stick with a closed , regulated , bureaucratically run economy . In a globalised world economy , this would impoverish society as a whole which could be even more socially disruptive without generating any of the resources which could , at least in principle , be used to ameliorate the conditions of those left behind . There was indeed little in the way of income gaps in Fidel Castro s socialist Cuba in the 1990s ( when poverty was deepening in SAP economies ) . But " the society as a whole became so poor that Cuba in the mid - 1990s became the sex tourism capital of the western hemisphere as thousands of Cuban families had to assign a wife or daughter to take up prostitution to earn hard currency to survive ( Thomas Friedman . Lexus , p . 318 ) . In the long run , these income gaps , if they continue to widen , could turn out to be globalisation s Achilles heels . There is something inherently unstable about a world that is being knitted together tighter and tighter by technology , markets and telecommunication , while splitting apart wider and wider socially and economically , Friedman concludes . One of the most serious by - products of plugging into the globalisation system is clearly this phenomenon of increasing inequality . Friedman s Lexus provides evidence that the two decades of the 80s and 90s were not lost only to SAP countries as may be inferred from Easterly ( 2001 ) . Friedman observes that : during the 1980s and 1990s , as globalisation replaced the Cold War system , income gaps between the haves and have - nots with industrialised countries widened noticeably , after several decades in which that gap had remained relatively stable ( pp . 307 ) . Reasons typically given by economists for widening income gaps include : massive demographic shifts from rural to urban areas ; rapid technological changes that increasingly reward knowledge or skilled workers over the less skilled ; the decline of unions ; the shift in manufacturing from high to low wage location ; and rising immigration from less developed , low - wage economies . While all these factors matter , in the context of the globalised world economy of the 80s and 90s Friedman considers the phenomenon of " winner take all " to be most relevant and important . The phenomenon refers to the fact that " the winners in any field today can cash in because they can sell into this massive global marketplace , while those who are just a little less talented , or not skilled at all , are limited to selling in just their local market ( and even that cannot be taken for granted ) and therefore tend to make a lot , lot less " . He cites the book The Winner - Take - All Society in which the authors , economists Robert H . Frank and Philip J . Cook , point out that globalization " has played an important role in the expansion of inequality " by creating a winner - take - all market for the globe . And with trade barriers and tariffs being reduced or eliminated all over the earth , travel costs being slashed , internal markets being deregulated and information now being freely and cheaply disseminated across borders , a unified globe market is being created in many industries and professions . " In the global village " , write Frank and Cook , " the top players those who can deliver the best product can earn enormous profits " , while those with only marginally inferior skills will often do much less well , and those with low or no skills will do very poorly . Therefore the gap between first place and second place grows larger , and the gap between first place and last place becomes staggering . Those near the top get a disproportionate share . The more that different markets get globalised and become winner - take - all markets , the more inequality expands between countries as well as within countries . These inequalities are becoming the most disturbing social by - products of the system . According to the 1999 UN Human Development Report , the fifth of the world s people living in the highest - income countries has 86 % of world GDP , 82 % of world export markets , 68 % of FDI and 74 % of world telephone lines . The bottom fifth , in the poorest countries , has about 1 % in each of these sectors . Not surprisingly , the wealthiest fifth consume 45 % of all meat and fish , while the poorest fifth consume less than 5 % . And the gap has been widening . A host of consumption options have been opened for many consumers but many are left out in the cold through lack of income . And as pressures for competitive spending mount , " keeping up with the Jones " has shifted from striving to match the consumption of a next - door neighbour to pursuing the lifestyle of the rich and famous depicted in movies and television shows . Examples of wide income disparities abroad even in the developing world Brazil , Egypt where 500 , 000 live inside tombs in the " City of the Dead " : five square miles of cemeteries in the heart of the Egyptian capital . In contrast , ten miles away is the newest gated golf course community called Katamya Heights . Here , price per person for golf , including transfers to / from Katamya Heights golf course : $ 165 per capita annual income in Egypt in 1998 was $ 1410 good for about nine rounds of golf . Thailand is a country sharply split between an urbanised , export - oriented working and entrepreneurial class , living in the financial and manufacturing centre of the country and enjoying many benefits from globalisation ; and an impoverished , inward - looking rural sector which , though indirectly affected by globalization , has little understanding of it and sees little benefit from it . The Thai baht crash of 1997 brought home the stark lesson how this gap between the globalized and the non - globalized in a society , if untended , can widen to a point where people who speak the same language cannot understand each other anymore , let alone feel a common bond . Easterly ( February 2001 ) examined the phenomenon of developing countries stagnation in spite of the sea - change of policy reforms under the guidance and with massive resources from the BWIs . He noted that the improvements in policy variables in growth regressions marking the market - friendly economic policies by developing countries beginning around 1980 . Development consensus shifted away from state planning towards markets , away from import substitution towards outward orientation , away from state controls of prices and interest rates toward " getting the prices right " . The World Bank began " adjustment lending " in 1980 , which was lending conditional on implementing the new consensus on economic policies . The IMF expanded its portfolio of conditional lending at about the same time . The two institutions made 958 ALs to developing countries over 1980 98 . Reflecting poor growth performance despite policy instruments , Paul Krugman ( 1995 ) : " Dutch Tulips and Emerging Markets " Foreign Affairs , Vol . 744 , pp . 23 - 44 noted that " the real economic performance of countries that had adopted Washington consensus policies was distinctly disappointing " . Growth projections through the 1980 98 period under review , expectedly forecast a return to the halcyon days of the 1960s and 1970s . For example , the 1983 World Development Report of the World Bank projected a " central case " of 3 . 3 per cent annual per capita growth in the developing countries from 1982 to 1995 . The pessimistic scenario was a " low case " annual per capita growth rate of 2 . 7 per cent over 1982 95 . Growth regressions have had considerable success explaining cross - country variation in growth rates , " and thus might potentially be of use in explaining the cross - time variation as well " Easterly ( February 2001 ) emphasis added . The key right - hand side variables of choice include : initial income , primary and secondary enrollment , political instability , and deviations from PPP : Barro ( 1991 ) " Economic Growth in Cross Section of Countries " Quarterly Journal of Economics , Vol . 106 , 2 , pp . 407 443 . Fertility and life expectancy ( as additional initial conditions ) . Barro ( 1998 ) Determinants of Economic Growth : A Cross - Country Empirical Study . Cambridge MA : MIT Press . Macroeconomic variables like budget deficit , black market premium , and inflation rate . Fischer ( 1993 ) " The Role of Macroeconomic Factors in Growth " , Journal of Monetary Economics , Vol . XXXII , pp . 485 511 . Financial development ( measured typically by M2 / GDP ) Levine , Loayza , and Beck ( 1999 ) " Financial Intermediation and Growth : Causality and Causes " , World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 2059 . Real exchange rate overvaluation as proxy for outward orientation : Dollar ( 1992 ) " Outward - oriented Developing Economies Really Do Grow More Rapidly : Evidence from 95 LDCs , 1976 1985 " Economic Development and Cultural Change Vol . 40 , No . 3 , pp . 523 544 . Infrastructure development ( telephone lines per capita ) Easterly and Levine ( 1997 ) " Africa s Growth Tragedy : Policies and Ethnic Divisions " Quarterly Journal of Economics , November . Well developed institutions Knack and Keefer ( 1995 ) " Institutions and Economic Performance : Cross - Country Tests Using Alternative Institutional Measures " Economics and Policies , Vol . 7 , No . 3 , pp . 207 227 . Initial inequality Alesina and Rodrik ( 1994 ) " Distributive Politics and Economic Growth " Quarterly Journal of Economics , Vol . 109 , No . 2 , pp . 465 490 ; Forbes ( 2000 ) " A Reassessment of the Relationship Between Inequality and Growth " AER ; Deininger and Olinto ( 2000 ) , " Asset Distribution , Inequality and Growth " , World Bank Policy Research Working Paper No . 2375 . Dependence on natural resource exports a political economy variable said to deprive countries of the externalities to manufacturing activities and lead to a frenzy of rent seeking : Sachs and Warner ( 1995 ) " Natural Resource Abundance and Economic Growth " NBER Working Paper 5398 ; Gylfason ( 2000 ) , " Natural Resources , Education , and Economic Development " , Centre for Economic Policy Research Working Paper No . 2594 , October . Beano and Easterly ( 1998 ) " Inflation Crises and Long - run Growth " Journal of Monetary Economics 4 , pp . 3 - 26 found no robust evidence of a negative correlation between inflation and growth below 40 per cent per annum . In fact they found that the cross section relationship between growth and inflation is zero on average . They explained this by the pattern of sharp output declines associated with " inflation crises " with output reverting to trend after the end of the inflation crises . Barro ( 1998 ) finds a lower breakpoint of 15 per cent per annum , below which there is no significant correlation between growth and inflation . In the 1980 1998 period , the median per capita growth of developing countries in the Easterly study ( February 2001 ) , was 0 . 0 per cent . The median is chosen because it weights all countries equally , which is appropriate if we treat each country as an observation of a given set of country polices and characteristics . The median was 0 . 0 per cent for both the 80s and 90s taken separately . The weighted average growth rate showed less of a decline from the 1960 79 period , " because of accelerated growth in India and China in 1980 98 . It is also noted that the 1980 98 figures included the ex - Communist countries of Central Asia and Europe that had strong output declines . Excluding these countries , however , still leaves the median per capita growth for the 1980 98 period still at 0 . 3 per cent . The two " main possible logical explanations for the failure of growth regressions to explain the cross - decade slowdown " given by Easterly were : They are mis - specified , regressing stationary growth rates on non - stationary policies and initial conditions , along the lines of the Jones ( 1995 ) " Time Series Tests of Endogenons Growth Models " Quarterly Journal of Economics , Vol . 110 , pp . 495 - 525 critique : coefficients estimated on the basis of cross - section variation field time series properties of the linear combination of growth determinants that are incompatible with the stationarity of growth . While you may grow faster than your neighbour if your secondary enrollment is higher , your own growth does not necessarily increase as you ( and everyone else s ) secondary enrollment ratios rise . This first hypothesis , which Easterly could not rule out in his empirical study " calls into question many empirical studies of growth " . Some factor other than country characteristics led to the disappearance of growth . Easterly provides " suggestive evidence of another factor the not so surprising or unknown slowdown in growth in the industrial economies " . This slowdown may have had a big effect on growth in the developing world . A secondary factor also emanating from industrial countries was the rise in world interest rates that increased the debt burden of developing countries . Easterly , however , is " unable to demonstrate a clear mechanism " by which these external shocks translated into lower growth for the developing world . " A variable that interacts OECD growth with the share of OECD trade in the country is insignificant , for example " . The possible role of the industrial countries slowdown and of hikes in real world interest rates suggest that external factors need to be given more attention relative to national economic policies . Easterly , Kremer , Pritchett , and Summers ( 1993 ) , " Good Policy or Good Luck ? Country Growth Performance and Temporary Shocks " Journal of Monetary Economics 32 , December , pp . 459 483 , made an earlier argument for the importance of random shocks relative to national economic policies , based on the weak cross - period persistence of growth rater contrasted with the strong persistence of policies . Pritchett ( 1958 ) " Patterns of Economic Growth : Hills , Plateaus , Mountains , and Plains " Policy Research Working Paper , November 1947 also on " plains " , but again his emphasis is on cross - country variation rather than the aggregate performance of developing countries over time . Rodrik ( 1994 ) " Where Did All the Growth Go ? External Shocks , Social Conflict , and Growth Collapses " Journal of Economic Growth Vol . 4 . 4 , pp . 385 412 , examines the question " where did all the growth go ? " His findings are that : countries that lacked a social consensus ( proxied by ethrolinguistic fragmentation ) and had poor institutions ( which together with fragmentation he summarized as " social conflict " ) suffered a strong negative impact from TOT losses . It is important to note , however , that Rodrik s regression does not explain the mean growth itself since regressions explain variation around the mean rather than the mean itself . Even countries with zero social conflict on his measures had a significant decline in growth . Thus Easterly differs from Rodrik in his investigation of the mean cross - time pattern of growth as opposed to the cross - country variation of growth changes as emphasized by Rodrik . Poverty is multidimensional . A number of the right - hand side variables of growth regressions examined here are in themselves indicative of alleviation of poverty in dimensions other than income . Easterly s results can therefore be interpreted as affirmation that income poverty is neither necessary nor sufficient for other dimensions of poverty . Moreover , the various dimensions are not necessarily correlated . A fundamental economic assumption is that the satisfaction of individual preferences gives rise to individual well - being . Economists take this assumption as a matter of faith , and it underlies most if not all of economic theory . Politicians , and indeed the general public for that matter , routinely compare countries on the basis of GDP per capita and often evaluate our own economy and society on the basis of household disposable income and the distribution of income . However , many of the important aspects of well - being are left out by such simplifications . In fact , economists have long recognised that GDP per capita is not a reliable measure of either individual or social well - being , because market values do not encompass all the important economic values ( such as environmental protection ) and because market values that do exist might suffer from distortions that mask underlying economic values ( as in the exercise of monopoly power in the market ) . More generally , it is clear that many important aspects of well - being could be left out by a simple measure of welfare .

1 . Requirements for the Importation of Drugs , Cosmetics , Medical Devices and Household Chemical Substances ELIGIBILITY TO IMPORT Only corporate body duly registered by the Registrar - General s department and duly licensed by the Food and Drugs Board shall be permitted to import food , drugs , cosmetics , devices and chemicals . Additionally only registered pharmaceutical industries , wholesale and retail pharmacies will be eligible to import . Retail pharmacies will be permitted to import quantities for retail in their shops only . Medical doctors , dentists and veterinary surgeons may be permitted to import reasonable quantities of these products for use in their clinics . Governmental , Quasi - governmental agencies , co - operate bodies and Non - Governmental Organizations ( NGO s ) that run health programmes and facilities may also be permitted to import . This notwithstanding importation of samples for registration , medical promotion and / or clinical trials as well as importation of specific prescriptions for particular patients may be permitted . All products to be imported into the country must first be registered with the Food and Drugs Board under Sections 18 and 25 of the Food and Drugs Law , 1992 ( PNDCL 305B ) and Section 4 ( b ) of the Food and Drugs ( Amendment ) Act , 1996 ; Act 523 . PRODUCT IMPORT PERMIT The processing of an import permit shall take ten ( 10 ) working days An application for importation may be rejected for several reasons . This may include : When the product ( s ) to be imported is not registered with the Board . When the product ( s ) to be imported has potential for abuse . If it is a controlled drug , when the national quota for that particular drug is exhausted e . g . narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances . If the product ( s ) is found to be fake , substandard and / or adulterated . The following shall also apply to all permits : Permits issued for importation of products shall be presented to Customs , Excise & Preventive Service ( CEPS ) ONLY ONCE and shall not be re - presented for a second time in case goods are short landed . Permits issued shall be valid for ONE CALENDAR YEAR from the date of approval . A fee shall be charged for the processing of each permit submitted for importation . The level shall be determined by the Board from time to time . All import permits shall bear the full name and address of the exporter and importer , name / description of product , quantity , registration number of the product ( s ) manufacturer / country of origin , total CIF value , country of shipment , and port of entry . For drugs , the permit shall bear the full name of the superintendent pharmacist , his / her signature , registration number and date . For non - pharmaceutical companies , the permit shall be signed by the duly authorized person ( s ) . All applications for importation and accompanying proforma invoices shall be vetted before approval . Applications which are found to fall short of any of the requirements in bullet 4 above shall not be considered . Products imported shall be inspected by officials of the Food and Drugs Board at the port of entry before they are released to the importer . The above notwithstanding all other statutes governing importation procedures and tax liabilities in Ghana shall apply to imported products regulated by the Food and Drugs Board . All importers are to renew their company license with the FDB annually . ACTIONS ON NON COMPLIANCES The Food and Drugs Board may apply the following in case of the importation of unregistered , counterfeit , substandard , etc . products after detention and issuance of appropriate detention notice . RE - EXPORTATION The Board may order the re - export of the products at the cost of the importer . DESTRUCTION / CONFISCATION & PROSECUTION The Board may confiscate products that have not been registered under the law . These products may be destroyed and the importer prosecuted accordingly . The cost of destruction shall be borne by the importer . BRINGING INTO COMPLIANCE The Board , may permit an importer to bring an importation of a non compliant product into compliance with the law . Any sorting , processing , labeling / re - labeling or analysis shall be supervised by an officer of the Food and Drugs Board at the expense of the importer . Unregistered products shall be put through the registration process and the appropriate fees paid . The importer shall then pay a fine to be determined by the Board . DOCUMENTS REQUIRED When applying for a permit , the following documents shall be submitted : 1 . Three ( 3 ) copies of the supplier s invoice . 2 . Three ( 3 ) copies of appropriately filled application forms . BANNED PRODUCTS The underlisted drugs are banned in Ghana and cannot be imported into the country . 1 . * Iodochlorhydroxyquinoline and its derivatives ( 0 . 1 - 0 . 5 % ) 2 . Methaqualone and its salts 3 . Phenylbutazone , its salts and derivatives 4 . Secobarbital ( Quinalbarbitone ) 5 . All Mercury Based products 6 . Plain Ephedrine tablets 7 . Hydroquinones ( > 2 % ) RESTRICTED DRUGS The importation of the finished products of the underlisted items is not permitted . Only raw materials could be imported for local manufacture . 1 . Capsules : Ampicillin , Chloramphenicol , Oxytetracycline , Chlordiazepoxide , Tetracycline and Indomethacin 2 . Syrups : Chloroquine and Paracetamol 3 . Tablets : Aspirin , Chloroquine , Diazepam , Paracetamol , Ephedrine , Phenobarbitone , Prednisolone Dexamethasone , Folic Acid , Vitamin B Complex , Paracetamol / Aspirin / Caffeine combinations , Aspirin / Caffeine combinations , Paracetamol / Caffeine combinations , and Paracetamol / Codeine combination . The FDB may grant permit for the importation of the above items should there be a shortage or in an emergency . 4 . Products containing steroids shall not be permitted to be imported as cosmetics . DEFINITION : “ PRODUCT ” - Any article that is regulated under the Food and Drugs Law 1992 ( PNDCL 305B ) and the Food and Drugs ( Amendment ) Act , 1996 ( Act 523 ) which include Food , Drugs , Cosmetics , Medical Devices and Chemicals or any articles that are used in the manufacture of these . * NB : Failure to comply with these requirements shall result in disqualification of the application or lead to considerable delays in the processing time . 2 . Requirements for the Registration of Herbal Medicines ADMINISTRATIVE STATUS Name of specialty . Name and address of the manufacturer and country of origin . Name and address of local agent if the medicine is imported . If medicine is imported , certificate of manufacture and product certificate from the appropriate regulatory authority of the exporting country shall be submitted . All documentation on the production , including label and leaflet insert must include English language and directed towards the consumer and practitioner where appropriate . The indicators for which the medicine is being presented for registration , must be unambiguously stated . Different dosage forms should be considered separately and registered as such . samples submitted for registration must be in the package ready for sale and use in the country . It shall be the duty of the applicant after registration of the medicine to keep accurate records of its distribution , and a copy of these records shall be available for inspection by appointed FDB Officials . PHARMACO TOXICOLOGICAL DATA This should be provided for all medicines . Collaborative opinion from local and international experts may be sought on herbal medicines . For locally manufactured products , pharmaco toxicological reports shall be requested for the Centre for Scientific Research into Plant Medicine , the Noguchi Institute for medical research , the Faculty of Pharmacy , Kwame Nkrumah University of Science & Technology , Kumasi - Ghana or any other such Institution recognized by the Board . TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of the Food and Drugs Law PNDCL 305B , no person shall sell , expose for sale , advertise for sale or submit for trial any drugs for human and animal use unless such drugs have been registered with the Food and Drugs Board in accordance with regulations in Part II of the Food and Drugs Law PNDCL 305B , 1992 Application for registration of herbal medicines shall be made on prescribed form . The Scientific data shall include : Statement of the name under which it is proposed that the medicine will be sold . A description of the medicine or preparation and a statement of the botanical name of the plant ( s ) . A list of all the excipients of the product stated quantitatively , the specifications for the active ingredients , and when the Board so requires , the sources of the excipients . The method of manufacture and control processes used in manufacturing , and packaging of the medicine . Such details shall be treated with the strictest confidence and shall not be disclose to any other party without the expressed consent of the applicant . Test of finished medicine should be given . Reference standards and method of assay should be submitted . Detailed reports of the test carried out to establish the stability and safety of the medicine and its container under the conditions of use recommended . Where applicable , substantial evidence of the clinical effectiveness of the medicine for the indications recommended . A statement of all the representations to be made for the promotion of the medicine in respect of : the recommended route of administration the proposed dosage and frequency of administration the specific age group - children or adult the indication for use the contra - indications and side effects of the medicine antidote in respect of toxic reactions and hypersensitivity storage conditions date of manufacture and expiry date description of the dosage form packaging and labelling including special precautions , where applicable The applicant shall also be required to submit copies of the following requirements : a method of analysis of the preparation an acceptable certificate of analysis testifying that the medicine is of proven quality appropriate samples of the preparation in the package ready for sale any other documents to support the registration of the preparation Stability data should be submitted for all herbal medicines where applicable Precautions , interactions , treatment of overdose and use in pregnancy and lactation must be clearly stated . 3 . Requirements for Advertisements ( General ) These requirements apply to all advertisements on Drugs , Cosmetics , Household Chemicals , and Medical Devices ( referred to in this document as '' product '' ) imported or locally manufactured in Ghana . GENERAL REQUIREMENT No person shall advertise any product in Ghana unless the product has been registered by the Food and Drugs Board of Ghana . No person shall advertise any product in Ghana unless such person ( s ) has clearance certificate and approval from the Food and Drugs Board of Ghana . As such no media house shall carry out any advertisement in the print or electronic media unless prior approval has been granted by the Board . All advertisements shall be accurate , complete and clear and designed to promote credibility and trust by the general public . Statements or illustrations must not mislead directly or by implication Advertisement which contravene the ethical standards of the health and other professions shall be avoided . No advertisement shall bring the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industry into disrepute , undermine confidence in advertising or prejudice public confidence in medicines ( herbal orthodox or homoeopathic ) , devices or household chemicals . No advertisement shall unfairly disparage any competitive company of its competitive or alternative products , either directly or by implication . No advertisement shall imitate the general layout , text , slogans or visual presentation or devices of the advertisement of other advertisements from other companies in a way likely to mislead or confuse the purchaser . No advertisement shall contain any competition or similar scheme . No advertisement shall be framed in such a manner as to exploit the superstitious belief and / or induce fear to people to purchase the article or service advertised . Materials for advertisement including at least two ( 2 ) packets of the pack sizes being advertised shall be submitted under confidential cover along with application to : The Chief Executive , Food and Drugs Board , P O Box CT 2783 , Cantonments - Accra , Ghana . The advertisement shall be received at least six ( 6 ) weeks prior to the scheduled publication month . When the advertisements are submitted through the regional offices , it should be noted that final written approval shall be obtained from the Chief Executive . The application , which shall be submitted by the sponsors of the advertisement , must contain the following information , where applicable : a ) The brand name of the product b ) Generic name of product if any c ) Dosage forms available d ) Whether the product is imported or locally manufactured e ) Name and Address of manufacture f ) Name and Address of local distributor g ) Name and Address of advertising company h ) Date of first introduction of product onto the Ghanaian market i ) Information about any previous advertisement of the product in Ghana j ) A copy of the old script k ) The proposed media for the new advertisement l ) A copy of the registration permit of the product and the premises of the sponsor m ) Justification for any special claims When advertisement films are made , the script and story sketch must be submitted along with the application . The effective duration approval of such advertisement will be one year from the date of approval . Any alterations in the format of the approval script , film or story sketch without express written permission of the Food and Drugs Board shall render the approval null and void . A processing fee shall be paid along with each application on each product . Advertisement considered unacceptable by the Board will be returned to the advertiser with the unacceptable information or illustration clearly identified and clarification on the ruling through correspondence . If approval of advertisement is withdrawn during the one year period of approval , an appeal may be directed to the Chief Executive of the Board in writing and accompanied by supportive information . Notice of such appeal may be lodged with the Chief Executive , within thirty ( 30 ) days of notification and supportive materials provided within sixty ( 60 ) days of notification . In the event of any publication of an advertisement not cleared and approved by the Board , the sponsor , the advertising agent and the advertising media organisation are jointly and severally liable to be prosecuted as laid down by the Food and Law PNDCL 305B . Drug General General advertising should reflect an overall attitude of the caution in respect of drug usage , with emphasis on rational drug therapy ; it should provide sufficient and balanced information to permit assessment of risk / benefit . No drug advertisement shall contain offers of gift or refund of money to dissatisfied users . No drug advertisement ( for both prescription and over - the - counter drugs ) shall state or imply in absolute terms or by quotations taken out of context , that any pharmaceutical product is '' safe '' , '' non - toxic '' , has '' guaranteed efficacy '' , etc . Statements claiming or implying a superlative functions ( e . g . '' the drug of choice '' , '' most frequently prescribed '' , '' the only drug for the purpose '' , etc . ) for a product should be avoided unless they can be adequately substantiated . No advertisement for any drug shall contain : a ) Any false misleading information b ) Half - truth , inadequate qualifications and limitations regarding safety or effectiveness of the drug c ) Vague , unsubstantiated statements or suggestions of superiority competing drugs . d ) Any false impression that the advertised product is panacea or even more effective or safer than is immediately justified . Prescription Drugs No person shall advertise any prescription drugs in the lay press . No person shall advertise any prescription drug in a health professional journal unless the drug itself is properly labelled , with the following information a ) Name of drug product - ( non - proprietary , brand name or chemical names ) b ) A quantitative listing of all the ingredients c ) Indication for which the drug is intended d ) An accurate statement of the dosage and strength ( per tablet , capsule or teaspoon ) e ) Daily dose f ) Frequency of administration g ) Preparation for use ( shaking , dilution , refrigeration , etc ) h ) Quantity of contents in metric units , where applicable i ) Expiry date , storage temperature requirement and lot or batch number j ) Route or method of administration k ) Adequate warning when necessary for the protection of the user as provided in the drug labelling regulations . l ) Name and address of manufacture . If imported drug , the name and address of local distributor must appear on the label in such a manner as to identify the connection between the distributor with such drug - such as manufactured for .... , distributed by ...... or any other wording that express the facts . Prescribing information must be legibly presented The indications for use of any therapeutic agent must conform to the accepted product monograph and approved label indications approved by the Board . All data illustrations presented in advertisements including charts , graphs , tablets etc . extracted form references studies or other sources or reproduced by artwork , must be accurate , complete and clear with the source specifically identified . Data illustrations which are misleading or ambiguous or which distort the original intended meaning or interpretation either directly or by implication will be considered a violation of the Food and Drugs Board Advertising Regulations . Advertisements for all drugs shall present information that is reasonably balanced between side effects and contra - indications and effectiveness and safety . Advertisements of all drugs for use during pregnancy shall state any known effects of the drug on the pregnant mother , foetus and lactation . Prescription drugs shall be advertised only for indications for which they are generally recognised as safe and effective and for which the drug has been registered by the Food and Drugs Board . Advertisements that contain specific therapeutic claims must contain within the application : a ) The brand name and non - proprietary or genetic names of the pharmaceutical product b ) Therapeutics classification of the pharmaceutical product c ) A quantitative list of the actual medicinal ingredients contained in each dose or unit d ) Indication for use e ) The recommended dosage , methods of use and routes of administration for all sated indications f ) A list of adverse reactions ( with some indications of expected incidence if known ) precautions to be taken by health professionals , consumer and the contraindications and warnings g ) A statement that the product monograph or full prescribing information is readily available from a stated official monograph h ) Full name and address of manufacturer and the distributor in Ghana Claims and quotations from the scientific literature concerning efficacy , safety , adverse reactions , use in a very young children , use in pregnancy etc . within the constraints of the product monograph , should contain mention or the scientific source ( s ) of information . Copies of all references cited should be provided to the Chief Executive for verification . Claims based on , or quotation that have been selected from a scientific article or series of articles and emphasise only positive features while ignoring negative findings , will not be accepted . Claims and quotations must be verify by the Chief Executive . Selected quotations should not be refer to another brand of the same pharmaceutical entity , or to a different formulation of the same active ingredients unless data of accepted methodology are available to warrant cross reference between products . Over the Counter Drugs ( OTC ' s ) In accordance with the provision of sections 15 of the Food and Drugs Law , PNDCL 305B , 1992 no person shall advertise to the general public in Ghana , any drug as a treatment , prevention or cure for any disease , disorders or abnormal physical states specified in schedule 2 of the Law . Over - the - counter drugs to be advertised in Ghana must be properly labelled with the following information included on the package label as required by section on OTC drug labelling regulations : a ) The name of the product ( proprietary name or genetic name , if applicable ) b ) A quantitative listing of the ingredients c ) The conditions or uses for which the drug is intended d ) An accurate statement of the dosage strength ( per tablet , capsule , teaspoon , etc . ) e ) Recommended daily dose f ) Frequency of administration g ) Route or method of administration h ) Preparation for use ( shaking , dilution , refrigeration , etc ) i ) The quantity or contents in metric units where applicable j ) Adequate warning , when necessary , for the protection of users k ) Name and address of manufacturers . if an imported drug , the name and address of the local distributor must appear on the label in such a manner as to identify the connection between the manufacturer and the distributor , e . g . '' distributed by ..... '' , or any other wording that expresses the facts . l ) Date of expiry , batch or lot number OTC drugs shall carry package leaflets with complete label information in addition to the contra - indications if not already stated on the immediate pack . The labelling must not contain any statement , which is false , misleading or exaggerated . If the bottle , jar or other '' immediate container '' has an outer wrapper or carton , the outer wrapper or jacket must also bear all the information required to appear on the label itself . All of the labelling information must be in English . In case of any other language , an English translation must be included . All advertisements should seek to advise the consumer to seek medical attention within 48 hours should symptoms persist . No OTC drug advertisement shall : a ) Contain words such as ' magic ' , ' miracle ' or ' mystical ' ; exotic descriptions such as ' super potency ' or such other words as to induce the daily and continuous use of the product . b ) Imply that the reader , viewer or listener is suffering , or without treatment may suffer or suffer more severely from any illness , ailment or disease . c ) Dramatise any symptoms by way of drawing a picture of pregnant woman , patient with backache , or use throbbing sound like heartbeats , coughing or agonising cries . d ) Denigrate or attach unfairly any competitive products , goods and services . DEFINITION Drug product '' is defined as a substances or mixture of substance manufactured , sold , or presented for in - vivo use in the diagnosis , treatment , mitigation or prevention of a disease disorder , abnormal physical state or the symptoms thereof ; or restoring , correcting or modifying organic function ( s ) in man , but excluding mechanical devices and cosmetics . Rational Drug Therapy '' is defined as appropriate therapy , recommended or prescribe which legally may be expected to remedy or ameliorate a disordered state of physical or mental health . Drugs may be logically employed for diagnostic and prophylactic purposes to prevent or lower the incidence of illness . Full Disclosure '' as used in this context is defined as adequate information concerning the accepted indications and appropriate use of the product , indicating warning precautions , contra - indications , adverse reactions , dosage forms and dosage regiments . The therapeutic , classification of pharmaceutical products is defined as either the accepted pharmacological classification ( anxiolytic , diuretic , analgesic , antibiotic ) or the identity of the purpose or purposes for which the pharmaceutical product ( as defined ) is intended ( migraine , hypertension ) or both . Advertising '' is the publicity of goods and descriptions of all products ; this includes any form of notices in circulars , handouts , labels , wrappers , catalogue and pricelists , newspaper , magazines and any other documents made orally or otherwise or by means of projected light and sound recording . Over - the - counter - drugs '' are those generally regarded as safe for the consumer for use by following the required label directions and warnings . They may be purchased without prescription . Label '' means a display of written printed or graphic matter upon the immediate drug container . Package Labelling '' includes the label on the immediate containers plus all other printed matter , such as wrapper , carton or leaflet associated with the package . Prescription Drugs '' means a drug which can only be made available to consumer through a written order signed by duly qualified and registered medical practitioner and disposed by a fully registered and licensed pharmacist . Such drugs shall not be made available or sold directly to the general public without the said written order . They are identified under the scientific or chemical names or their active ingredients as well as by the generic , or established names of the active ingredients . Appropriate Authority '' means the Chief Executive , Food and Drugs Board . Claims '' a claim is any representation , which states , suggest or implies that a drug has particular qualities relating to its origin properties , nature , processing , composition or any other quality . Manufacturer '' the maker or producer or product and materials for the purpose of selling to the consumer and incorporates the following processes . IMPORTANT NOTICE Under the Food and Drugs Law , 1992 P . N . D . C . L 305B , SCHEDULE II ( Section 15 ) , Diseases for which advertisement for treatment , prevention or cure are prohibited - ( i ) Sexually Transmitted Diseases ( STD ' s ) , other forms of genito - urinary diseases . Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome ( AIDS ) or diseases connected with the human reproductive functions . ( ii ) Any of the following - Amenorrhoea Arterio - Sclerosis Bladder Stones Blindness Cancer Deafness Diabetes Diphtheria Dropsy Epilepsy or fits Erysipelas Gallstones Goitre Heart Disease Hernia or Rupture Kidney Stones Leprosy Locomotortazy Lupus Nephritis or Bright ' s Disease Paralysis Pleurisy Pneumonia Poliomyelitis Scarlet Fever Septicaemia Smallpox Tetanus or Lock - jaw Trachoma Tuberculosis 4 . Requirements for Conducting Clinical Trials of Drugs in Ghana INTRODUCTION In line with section twenty - three ( 23 ) of the Food & Drugs Law 1992 , PNDC Law 305B and its amendment Act 523 , 1996 , no person shall in the course of business manufacture , sell , supply or distribute any drug or chemical substance for the purpose of clinical trial or drug test on animals or humans unless a Clinical Trial Certificate or Animal Trial Certificate has been issued by the Board . The aim of this guideline is to define the general norms and scientific principles for the conduct , performance and control of clinical trials particularly in the context of registration of drugs in Ghana . For the purpose of this guideline , clinical trials mean systematic studies in humans in order to discover or verify the pharmaco - dynamics , the therapeutic effects and / or adverse reactions of drugs , and studies of the absorption , distribution , metabolism and excretion of active substances ( pharmacokinetics ) . APPLICATION An application for the conduct of a Clinical Trial shall be made in writing to the Board in such form as may be prescribed from time to time . The application shall be accompanied by : Institutional Review Board / Independent Ethics Committee Approval Duly Signed Informed Consent Forms ( Where applicable ) Comprehensive Trial protocol CLASSIFICATION OF CLINICAL TRIALS Clinical trials are generally classified into four ( 4 ) phases . It is however , not possible to draw a distinct line between each phase and diverging opinions about details and methodology do exist . Brief definitions of the individual phases based on their purposes related to clinical development of the drugs are given as follows ; PHASE I : The first trials of a new drug in humans is often conducted in healthy volunteers . The volunteers must be of age and in good mental health . They must not have any illness which could affect the results of the trial , or which could create special conditions for unfavourable effects of the drug . The purpose is to establish a preliminary evaluation of safety , tolerance and a first outline of the pharmacokinetic / dynamic profile of the drug in humans . The number of volunteers participating in this phase of clinical trials should not be less than twenty - four ( 24 ) . PHASE II : Therapeutic Pilot studies This is usually an open trial in a small number of patients suffering from the disease for which the drug is intended . The purpose is to demonstrate activity and to assess short - term safety of the drug . This Phase also aims at the determination of appropriate dose ranges / regimens and possibly the classification of dose / response relationships , in order to provide an optimal background for the design of wider therapeutic trials . The trial is performed in a limited number of subjects and often at a later stage in a comparative ( e . g . placebo - controlled ) design . Chronic toxicity studies are also conducted in Laboratory animals at this stage and should not be done over a period less than 24 months . PHASE III Consists of wider trials to determine the therapeutic effects of the drug and Possibly the pattern and frequency of adverse reactions i . e . determine the short and long - term safety / efficacy balance of formulations of the drug , as well as to assess its overall and therapeutic value . A comparison with established methods of treatment or other control group procedures will be necessary . The pattern and profile of more frequent adverse reactions must be explored ( e . g . clinically relevant drug interactions factors leading to differences such as age , etc . ) The design of trials , should preferably , be randomized , double - blind and cross - over . Other designs may be acceptable for e . g . long - term safety studies . Generally the conditions of the trial should be as close as possible to normal . PHASE IV : Trails are based on approved indications after registration of the drug . These trials are carried out based on the instructions given in the marketing authorization ( minimum number of persons should not be less than 100 and the trial period not less than 14 days ) , including post - marketing surveillance , assessment of therapeutic value or strategies . The trial should also be comparative . QUALIFICATION OF INVESTIGATORS Sponsors who want to conduct a clinical trial must have the protection of health and the interests of the patients or the healthy volunteers as their primary concern . Therefore the principal investigator ( s ) directly in charge of a trial must be medically qualified and clinically competent , with sufficient experience in clinical evaluation of medicinal products and / or at least some expertise in the pathology and the clinical handling of the particular disease or condition under study . In effect the ethical standard and professional integrity of the investigators should be beyond reproach . Ethical Clearance shall be sought form the Institutional Review Board / Independent Ethics Committee of the proposed Institution / Center where the trial is to be conducted . This is to forestall any objections that may arise as to the justification of the trial , injury , permanent damage , or indemnity as the case may be . TRIAL PROTOCOL A well - designed trial must rely on a thoroughly considered well - structured and complete protocol . The protocol must as much as possible , contain the information given in the following list of items : - 1 . Aim of the trial and the reasons for its execution . 2 . The essentials of the problem and its background , general ethical consideration relating to the trial , informed consent or otherwise of the patients / volunteers . 3 . Description of the type of trial ( controlled , open ) trial design ( paralleled groups , crossover technique ) , blind technique ( double blind , simple blind ) , randomisation ( method and procedure ) . Specification of other bias reducing factors to be implemented . 4 . Adequate wash - out period should be predetermined . 5 . Number of patients expected to take part in the trial and the justification , ( e . g . based on statistical considerations ) . 6 . Route of administration , dosage and dosing schedules ( interval ) and treatment period for the drug being tested and the drug being used as control . 7 . Description of treatment applied to control group ( s ) or control period ( s ) ( placebo , other therapy , etc . ) and any other treatment that may be given concomitantly including measures to be implemented to ensure the safe handling of the products . 8 . Recording of effects . Procedures for handling and processing records of effects and adverse reactions to the product ( s ) under study . Records of times and periods of effects . Provisions for dealing with complications . 9 . Description of special analyses and / or tests to be carried out ( pharmacokinetic , clinical , laboratory radiological , etc ) . 10 . A meticulous and specified plan for the various steps and procedures in order to control and monitor the trial effectively . Specifications and instructions for anticipated deviations from the protocol ; procedure for keeping of special patient list and patient records for each individual taking part in the trial and measures to ensure the safe handling of drugs . 11 . An inclusion and exclusion criteria should be well defined as per HELSINKI DECLARATION . 12 . Evaluation of results , Description of statistical methodology and a specified account for how the response is to be evaluated , methods of computation and calculation of effects ( statistical units and level of significance ) . 13 . Reporting the outcome of a clinical trial must be agreed upon by all participants . After a report is sent to the Board a publication in scientific journal or elsewhere could be encouraged . Any serous and / or frequent adverse reaction to the product should immediately be reported to the Board . A formal report in all cases is required and this should include a short , comprehensive summary of the essential findings of the trial and of its methodology and course . If the trial does not begin , or is interrupted before its purpose is achieved , the reason should be conveyed in writing to the Board . This not withstanding , the Board reserves the right to audit and interrupt any trial for which authorization has been given as and when necessary . Generally the reporting of CLINICAL TRIALS shall conform to the consolidated system of reporting Trials . ( CONSORT ) All clinical and experimental data should be kept safely for a period of 3 – 5 years ( or more ) after completion of the trial . 14 . The types of clinical trials should be categorized as follows ; a ) Those that are initiated by the Food and Drugs Board . b ) Initiated by companies / agencies for newly developed substances and / or companies wanting local assessment to be made . In all cases the primary end - point of the trial should be clearly stated . 15 . In all cases , persons who undertake Clinical Trials are to obtain ethical approval from Ethical Committee of the Institution he / she belongs to or the National Ethical committee ( if it exists ) . This is to forestall any objections that may arise as to the justification of the trial , injury , permanent damage or indemnity to volunteers as the case may be . § Generally , the Board maintains that the trial protocol be based on the HELSINKI DECLARATION . Food and Drugs Board Clinical Trial Certificate Name of Product : Protocol Code No . : Study Title : Type of Study ( e . g . Single centre , open label , phase I ) : Name and Address of Sponsor : Name and Address of Principal Investigator : Name and Address of Study Centre : Expected Date of Commencement : Duration of Investigation : Please note that any amendments to the original protocol on which this certificate is being issued would render the certificate invalid . Adverse reactions observed during the study must be immediately reported to the Food and Drugs Board . 5 . Requirements for Conducting Bio - equivalence Studies Two pharmaceutical products are considered bio - equivalent if they are pharmaceutically equivalent and their bio - availabilities after administration of the same dose are similar to such a degree that their therapeutic effect can be expected to be essentially the same . Pharmaceutically equivalent products must be shown to be therapeutically equivalent in order to be considered interchangeable . Test methods used in assessing equivalency acceptable to the Food & Drugs Board include : Comparative bio - equivalence studies in which the active drug substance or one or more metabolites is measured in an accessible biological fluid such as plasma , blood or urine ( where applicable ) Comparative pharmaco - dynamic studies in humans Comparative Clinical Trials In - Vitro Bioequivalence Studies . Bio - equivalence studies shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions and pre - requisites for a clinical trial with strict adherence to Good Clinical practice ( GCP ) and Good Laboratory Practices ( GLP ) ( Refer to Helsinki Declaration ) IN VIVO BIO - EQUIVALENCE STUDIES For certain Drugs and Dosage forms , in - vivo documentation of equivalency , through either a bio - equivalence , a comparative Pharmaco - Dynamic study , or a comparative clinical trial shall be submitted . This shall include : Oral immediate release pharmaceutical products with systemic action when one or more of the following criteria apply . Indicated for a serious condition requiring assured therapeutic response Narrow therapeutic window / safety margin ; step dose - response curve . Pharmacokinetics complicated by variable or incomplete absorption or absorption window , nonlinear pharmacokinetics , presystemic elimination / high first pass metabolism > 70 % Unfavourable physico properties e . g . Low solubility , instability , poor permeability etc Documented evidence for bioavailability problems related to the drug or drugs similar in chemical structure or formulations Where a high ratio of excipients to active ingredients exists . Non - oral and non - parenteral pharmaceutical products designed to act by systemic absorption ( transdermal patches , suppositories etc ) Sustained or otherwise modified release pharmaceutical designed to act by systemic absorption . Fixed OTC combination products with systemic action . For non Solution pharmaceutical products which are for non systemic use a comparative clinical or pharmaco - dynamic study is required to prove equivalency . ( E . g .. Oral , nasal , Ocular , dermal , rectal , vaginal etc . application ) . This does not exclude the potential need for drug concentration measurements in order to assess unintended partial absorption . * The number of volunteers used for in - vivo bio - equivalence studies should not be less than 24 . INVITRO BIOEQUIVALENCE STUDIES In certain circumstances equivalence may be assessed by the use of in vitro dissolution testing . These include : Different strengths of a generic product , when the pharmaceutical products are manufactured by the same manufacturer at the same manufacturing site where ; The qualitative composition between the two strengths is essentially the same An appropriate equivalence study has been performed on at least one of the strengths of the formulation ( usually the highest strength unless a lower strength is chosen for reason of safety ) and the ratio of the strengths of excipients are the same . In cases of systemic availability pharmacokinetics have been shown to be linear over the therapeutic dose range The drug has a parameter for assessing bio - equivalence in an Official monograph recognized by the Board ( As listed as reference publications in Schedule I of the Food & Drugs Law PNDCL 305B ) INSTANCES WHERE BIO - EQUIVALENCE STUDIES ARE NOT REQUIRED When generic products are to be administered parenterally ( e . g . , intravenous , intramascular , subcutaneous , intrathecal administration ) as aqueous solutions and contain the same active substance ( s ) in the same concentration and the same excipients in comparable concentrations ; When generic products are solutions for oral use , contain the active substance in the same concentration , and do not contain an excipient that is known or suspected to affect gastro - intestinal transit or absorption of the active substance : When generic products are a gas ; When the generic products are powders for reconstitution as a solution and the solution meets either criterion ( a ) or criterion ( b ) above ; When generic products are otic ( ear ) or ophthalmic products ( eye ) prepared as aqueous solution and contain the same active substance ( s ) in the same concentration and essentially the same excipients in comparable concentrations ; When generic products are topical products prepared as aqueous solutions and contain the same active substance ( s ) in the same concentration and essentaially the same excipients in comparable concentrations ; When generic products are inhalation products or nasal sprays , tested to be administered with or without essentially the same device , prepared as aqueous solutions , and contain the same substance ( s ) in the same concentration and essentially the same excipients in comparable concentrations . Special in vitro testing should be required to document comparable device performance of the multisource inhalation product . For elements ( 5 ) , ( 6 ) and ( 7 ) above , it is incumbent upon the applicant to demonstrate that the excipients in the generic product are internationally acceptable and approved , and in comparable concentrations as those in the reference product ( Innovator ) / * Lead market brand . In the event that , this information about the reference product / Lead market brand cannot be provided by the applicant and the drug regulatory authority does not have access to these data , a full Clinical Trial ( Phase I - III ) studies shall be required . STUDY REPORT The study report to be submitted shall include the following ; 1 . Approval issued by an appropriate Independent Ethics Committee / Institutional Review Board . 2 . Signed informed consent forms from volunteers used for the Study 3 . Demography of volunteers used for the Study 4 . Bio - analytical Validation Results 5 . Results of Analysis · T otal Exposure or area under the concentration - time curve ( AUCt , AUC 0 - ¥ ) · Peak exposure ( C max ) · T ime to peak exposure ( Tmax ) · Lag Time ( T lag ) for modified release products if present · Terminal elimination half life · Other relevant pharmacokinetic parameters 6 . Conclusion Definition : Lead Market Brand : A lead market brand is a brand that shall be determined from time to time by Chief Executive of the Board . Pharmaceutically Equivalent Products : Products are pharmaceutically equivalent if they contain the same amount of active substances in the same dosage form ; meet the same comparable standards and are indicated to be administered by the same route . Pharmaceutical equivalence does not necessarily imply therapeutic equivalence as differences in the excipients and or the manufacturing process can lead to differences in product performance . NB : Failure to comply with these requirements shall result in disqualification of the application or lead to considerable delays in the processing time 6 . Requirements for the Registration of Drugs in Ghana IMPORTANT NOTICE No drug , cosmetic , medical device or household chemical substance manufactured , imported , exported , advertised , sold or distributed in Ghana unless it has been registered in accordance with section 18 of PNDCL 305B . Notwithstanding the provisions of this section 18 of PNDCL 305B , the Food and Drugs Board may grant a permit for the importation or manufacture of drugs , cosmetics , medical devices and chemical substances ( drug ) for the purpose of registration or clinical trial Application for the registration of drug shall : a ) be made in writing to the Board in such form the Board may prescribe b ) contain the particulars and description of the drug in respect of which the application is made c ) be accompanied by such fees as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time ADDITIONALLY The presentation of the product should not have any resemblance in spelling and pronunciation of name , or packaging to another product that has been previously registered by the Board For generics , evidence must be provided to the effect that the patent of the innovator company has expired If product is produced on contact manufacture , evidence of the contract must be produced and a Good Manufacturing Practice ( GMP ) certificate provided for manufacturing company from the regulatory authority . This must be clearly stated on the label , e . g . Manufactured by A for B All samples submitted should conform to labelling regulations in force in Ghana The use of International Non - proprietary Names ( INN ' s ) as brand names are not permitted . Although foreign clinical data is acceptable , the Board may request for local clinical trials based on the WHO guidelines for Good Clinical Practice ( GCP ) for Trials on Pharmaceutical Products at its own discretion especially for products meant for the treatment of tropical diseases . The cost shall be borne by the applicant . The Board in considering an application : may ask the applicant to supply such other information as may be required to enable it reach a decision on the application . shall satisfy itself that there is the need to have the drug registered in Ghana . may consult with other bodies and experts with knowledge in the drug A form submitted for the registration of drugs under these regulations shall have attached thereof : - samples of the drug as may be prescribed for locally manufactured drugs , the original certificate of analysis on the drug issued by the certified public analyst for imported drugs a certificate of manufacture and product issued in accordance with the WHO certification scheme on drugs moving in international commerce from the statutory body in charge in the country of origin the evidence of any special labelling claims of the character , quality and safety of the drug the agreement from the manufacture to register the drug in Ghana Any person given the power shall be required to satisfy the Board that he / she has the resources and facility to execute an effective recall of the product if the need arises . Where the Board is satisfied that there is the need to register the drug , it does so and issue to the applicant a certificate of registration , subject to such conditions as may be deemed necessary . The registration of a drug under these regulations , unless otherwise revoked , shall be valid for a period of 3 years and may be renewed . No persons shall disclose an information supplied to the the Board in pursuance of section 2 of these regulations except : - with the written consent of the persons who supplied the information , or in accordance with the directive of the Board ; or for the purpose of a legal process under the PNDCL 305B The Board may cancelled the registration of a drug if : - the registered drug is later found to be false or incomplete ; or the circumstances under which the drug was registered no longer exists ; or any of the provisions under which the drug was registered has been contravened ; or the standard of quality , safety and efficacy as prescribed in the documentation for registration is not being complied with ; or the premises in which the drug or part thereof is manufactured , assembled or stored by or on behalf of the holder of the certificate of registration are unsuitable for the manufacture , assembling or storage of the drug where the registration of the drug is suspended or cancelled , the Board shall cause the withdrawal from circulation of that drug and shall accordingly cause the suspension , cancellation or withdrawal to be published in the Gazette . 7 . Requirements for the Registration of Cosmetics , Household Chemical Substances and Medical Devices in Ghana The Food and Drugs Law ( PNDCL 305 ) Section 51 defines Cosmetics , Chemical Substances and Medical Devices as : - Cosmetics : - Includes any substance of mixture of substances manufactured , sold , or represented for use in cleansing , improving or altering the complexion , skin , hair , or teeth and includes deodorants and perfumes . Chemical Substance : - means any substance or mixture if substances prepared , sold or represented for use as : Germicide Antiseptic Disinfectant Pesticide Insecticide Vermicide Detergent or any other substance or mixture of substances which the Minister of Health may after consultation with the Board , declare to be a chemical substance . Medical Device : - means any instrument or apparatus including components , parts and accessories of if manufactured , sold or represented for use in the diagnosis , treatment , mitigation or prevention of disease , disorder or abnormal physical state , or the symptoms of it in man or animal No cosmetic , medical device or chemical substance ( called product under this context ) can be manufactured , imported , exported , advertised , sold or distributed in Ghana unless it has been registered in accordance with Section 18 of PNDCL 305B . Notwithstanding the provision of ( 1 ) above of this section , the Food and Drugs Board may grant permit for importation or manufacture of cosmetics , medical devices and chemical substances for the purpose of registration or clinical trial , where applicable . Application for the registration of a product shall : be made in writing to the Board in such a form the Board may prescribe . contain the particulars and description of product in respect of which the application is made . be accompanied by such fees as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time . ADDITIONALLY The presentation of the product should not have any resemblance in spelling and pronunciation of name , or packaging to another product that has been previously registered by the Board If product is produced on contact manufacture , evidence of the contract must be produced and a Good Manufacturing Practice ( GMP ) certificate provided for manufacturing company from the regulatory authority . This must be clearly stated on the label , e . g . Manufactured by A for B All samples submitted should conform to labelling regulations in force in Ghana Products that are cosmetics but which are intended to treat or prevent disease , or to affect the structure of functions of the human body must comply with both the drug and cosmetic provisions and regulations e . g . Fluoride toothpastes , acne preparations , antiperspirants and sunscreens . The Board in considering an application : may ask the applicant to supply such other information as may be required to enable it reach a decision on the application . shall satisfy itself that there is the need to have the drug registered in Ghana . may consult with other bodies and experts with knowledge in the drug A form submitted for the registration of drugs under these regulations shall have attached thereof : - samples of the product as may be prescribed for locally manufactured products , the original certificate of analysis on the product may be required , where applicable the evidence of any special labelling claims of the character , quality and safety of the product the agreement from the manufacture to register the product in Ghana Any person given the power shall be required to satisfy the Board that he / she has the resources and facility to execute an effective recall of the product if the need arises . Where the Board is satisfied that there is the need to register the product , it does so and issue to the applicant a certificate of registration , subject to such conditions as may be deemed necessary . The registration of a product under these regulations , unless otherwise revoked , shall be valid for a period of 3 years and may be renewed The Board shall from time to time publish a notice in the Gazette notifying the registration of products under these regulations No persons shall disclose an information supplied to the the Board in pursuance of section 2 of these regulations except : - with the written consent of the persons who supplied the information , or in accordance with the directive of the Board ; or for the purpose of a legal process under the PNDCL 305B The Board may cancel the registration of a product if : - the registered product is later found to be false or incomplete ; or the circumstances under which the product was registered no longer exists ; or any of the provisions under which the product was registered has been contravened ; or the standard of quality , safety and efficacy as prescribed in the documentation for registration is not being complied with ; or the premises in which the product or part thereof is manufactured , assembled or stored by or on behalf of the holder of the certificate of registration are unsuitable for the manufacture , assembling or storage of the product where the registration of the product is suspended or cancelled , the Board shall cause the withdrawal from circulation of that product and shall accordingly cause the suspension , cancellation or withdrawal to be published in the Gazette . 8 . Requirements for the Establishment of Industries for the Manufacture of Drugs , Cosmetics , Medical Devices and Household Chemical Substances APPLICATION All applications for the establishments of manufacturing industries shall be accompanied by a site plan , basic floor plan showing plant installation and an Environmental permit from Environmental Protection Agency ( EPA ) in Ghana . PERSONNEL Qualified persons and supervisory personnel in charge of release , production and quality control shall have suitable qualification , training and experience in the product to manufactured . PREMISES Manufacturing premises , among other Departments shall have Production and Quality Control Departments , which shall operate independently of each other The building within which the manufacturing activities are carried out shall be constructed , equipped and maintained for its purpose . EQUIPMENT Manufacturing equipment and utensils must be of such design , placed and maintained in such a way that is suitable for the purpose of manufacturing such products , ease of cleaning maintenance and use . SANITATION Appropriate sanitation practices shall be observed within the manufacturing premises to ensure the safety of product . Staff shall undergo periodic health checks to ensure that they are healthy at all times Staff shall be provided with appropriate protective clothing , which shall be worn at all times RECORD KEEPING Appropriate record of all raw materials shall be kept at any stage in the manufacturing process . all batch or serial record shall be kept for a minimum period of five years to meet future requirements . Separate samples taken from each batch or series in sufficient quantities shall be kept under suitable storage conditions and monitored until expiry . Adequate records shall be kept and maintained of all batches produced . Records of complaints on product quality and adverse reactions must be kept and investigated . The Food and Drugs shall be immediately informed of any such incident that may be hazardous to health . PRODUCT RECALL The industry shall have a well laid down and documented recall procedure to recall any product for which there shall be adverse findings , a copy of which shall be lodge with the Food and Drugs Board PREMISES RE - LOCATION In the case the production premises are moved out of their present building , the Board shall be informed in writing and all the requirements set out by this guideline shall be complied with . SITE MASTER FILE INFORMATION General Information Factory Location Exact location and bordering institutions and the effect of the operations of the institutions on the factory . Product List Personnel Organisational Chart Distribution of personnel as per Departments . Responsibilities of each Departments Key personnel and their responsibilities Health of personnel policy Protective clothing policy Premises Nature of building / structures General information about interior surfaces Drainage system and effluent discharges Plumbing work Electrical system and power source Ventilation Water system Equipment Type Maintenance / SOPs Quality control equipment validation and calibration Sanitation Approved and documented SOPs Fumigants , rodenticides and registered pest control operators Effluent discharge and treatment Documentation on Production Raw materials : type and sources , quality control etc In process quality control system Finished products : process validation Contract manufacture Distribution , complaints and product recall procedures Internal inspection procedures / mechanism Appendices Organisational Chart Ground plans indicating positions of various equipment and facilities Any other relevant information REQUIREMENTS FOR GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICE Systems of quality control and assurance Qualification of Personnel Design , Operation , and Maintenance of building equipment Procedures and records that permit tracing the lot history of the manufacture , packaging , and distribution of the product Handling and control of raw materials , process aids , intermediates and finished products Product containers , closures , and labelling Master manufacturing , batch production , packaging , and distribution records Laboratory and inspection controls , including the effect of process changes Product stability Systems for holding and disposing of returned materials and rejected products Procedures for investigating complaint and taking appropriate corrective actions STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES There should be a comprehensive system so designed , documented , implemented and controlled and so furnished with personnel , equipment and other resources as to provide assurance that products will be consistently produced of a quality appropriate for their intended use . In every process , no matter how inconsequential , there are steps to be followed . Each step taken should be outlined to give others the knowledge of how the operation is to be performed . verbal explanation can be misleading . The only method of instruction is a written standard procedure of operation . Standard Operating Procedures ( SOPs ) should be written in instructional form and in clear unambiguous language to give others the knowledge of how the operation is to be performed e . g . cleaning , clothing , sampling and equipment operation For consistency , a specific format for writing SOPs should be adopted . The most widely used format is one , which divides the procedure into five main parts . Objective Scope Responsibility Procedure Review and Retention Objective This section should explain the main purpose of the SOP i . e . defining whether it is to outline the method of operation , sanitation , maintenance or any other purpose for which it was written . Scope This section explains the limitations in the writer ' s mind i . e . does it apply to a specific piece of equipment or to all the equipment in the factory ? Responsibility In this section , responsibility is assigned to an individual or group to assure that the procedure is enforced and conducted as written . Procedure Step by step direction are given so as to be understood on the level of the operator to eliminate any possible misinterpretation . Review and Retention A statement of the policy regarding review should be made and a listing of any existing revisions , their dates and the purpose of such revision is given in this section . Each time a revision is made , it should include :

This web site is best viewed using a JavaScript enabled browser . You are receiving this message because you need to upgrade your browser or have disabled JavaScript . Click your choice of the following links to upgrade to the latest Netscape or Internet Explorer browsers . Click this link if you would like to find out how to enable JavaScript . If you are not able to upgrade or enable JavaScript , you can navigate this site by clicking on the section required and then using the associated text menu alternatives on the left hand side of the screen . The other functionality enabled through JavaScript relates to banner advertisements , which may not appear if JavaScripting is not enabled .

The National Commission on Culture was established in 1990 by Provisional National Defense Council Law 238 to manage from a holistic perspective , the Cultural life of the country . In the execution of the aforementioned , the National Commission on Culture is enjoined , among other things , to promote the evolution of an integrated National Culture , supervise the implementation of programmes for the preservation , promotion and representation of Ghana tradition and values ; and perform such other functions as may be prescribed by government . The Cultural Policy Document This Cultural Policy Document is the result of many years of deliberation and discussion at several workshops and public forums . It is dedicated to the realization of the Vision of the people of Ghana to respect , preserve , harness and use their cultural heritage and resources to develop a united , vibrant and prosperous national community with a distinctive African identity and personality and a collective confidence and pride of place among the comity of Nations . Download the whole document by clicking on this link .... Cultural Policy NATIONAL FESTIVAL OF ARTS AND CULTURE - ( NAFAC ) The National Festival of Arts and Culture ( NAFAC 2005 ) would be celebrated in grand style in Wa , the Upper West regional capital from November 17 to 26 , 2006 , under the theme “ Culture – a vehicle for wealth creation ” Click photo to enlarge History : It has been established that the celebration of the National Festival of Arts and Culture ( NAFAC ) dates back to the 1960 s , when the first organized festival was held in Kumasi . Read More ... KIDDAFEST 06 ! KIDDAFEST 06 !! KIDDAFEST 06 !!! Kiddafest ! Kiddafest !! Kiddafest !!! The Accra International Children ' s Arts festival bounces back big this year to put the smile on the faces of our children who are our future leaders . DATE : 15TH _17TH DECEMBER 2006 THEME : " SHAPING TOMORROW THROUGH THE ARTS " . TIME : 10 . 00 A . M - 6 : 00 P . M . DAILY VENUE : NATIONAL THEATRE OF GHANA Read More ... First Fontomfrom Festival The Eastern Regional Centre for National Culture organized the first Fontomfrom Festival this year . Many may keep wondering why Fontomfrom Festival . Fontomfrom is the only court music and dance that is yet to be polluted with foreign gestures . Though many a time , performers are seen in very inappropriate costumes due to one reason or the other .

The Economic Community of West African States ( ECOWAS ) was established on 28th May , 1975 , in Lagos , Nigeria . The idea for a West African Community goes back to President William Tubman of Liberia , who made the call in 1964 . An agreement was signed between Cote d ’ Ivoire , Guinea , Liberia and Sierra Leone in February , 1965 , but this came to nothing . In April , 1972 , General Gowon on Nigeria drew up proposals and toured 12 countries , soliciting their plan from July to August 1973 . A meeting was then called al Lome from 10 - 15 December , 1973 , which studied a draft treaty . This was further examined at a meeting of experts and jurists in Accra in January 1974 and by a Ministerial meeting in Monrovia in January , 1975 . Finally , 15 West African Countries signed the treaty for an Economic Community of West African States ( Treaty of Lagos ) on 28th May , 1975 . The Protocols launching ECOWAS were signed in Lome , Togo on 5th November , 1976 . In July , 1993 , a revised ECOWAS Treaty designed to accelerate economic integration and to increase political co - operation , was signed . ECOWAS has been designated one of the five regional pillars of the African Economic Community ( AEC ) . ECOWAS is composed of the following West African Countries : Benin Burkina Faso Cape Verde Cote d ’ Ivoire The Gambia Ghana Guinea Guinea - Bissau Liberia Mali Niger Nigeria Senegal Sierra Leone Togo The Headquarters is at Abuja , the Federal Republic of Nigeria . Objectives * To promote co - operation and integration leading to the establishment of an economic union in West Africa in order to raise the living standards of its peoples ; * To ensure economic growth ; * Foster relations among Member States and contribute to the progress and development of the African continent . Ecowas Fundamental Principles * Equality and interdependence of Member States ; * Inter - State co - operation ; * Solidarity and collective self - reliance ; * Harmonization of policies and integration programmes ; * Non - aggression between Member States ; * Maintenance of regional peace , stability and security ; * Peaceful settlement of disputes ; * Respect , promote and protection of human rights ; * Promotion and consolidation of democracy * Accountability , economic and social justice . HOW TO ACHIEVE OBJECTIVES * Harmonizing , co - ordinating national policies and promoting , integration programmes , projects and activities ; * Promoting the establishment of joint production and join venture enterprises ; * Establishing a common market ; * Establishing an Economic Union through adoption of common policies in the economic , financial , social and cultural sectors and the creation of a Single Monetary Zone ; * Strengthening relations and promoting the flow of information among civic society , organizations , media , workers , and trade unions . Institutions * The Authority of Heads of State and Government ; * The Council of Ministers ; * The Community Parliament ( Abuja ) ; * ECOWAS Bank for Investment and Development ( EBID ) ( Lome ) ; * ECOWAS Regional Investment ; * West African Monetary Agency ( WAMA ) ( Sierra Leone ) ; * West African Monetary Institute ( WAMI ) ( Ghana ) ; * West African Health Organisation ( WAHO ) ( Burkina Faso ) ; * ECOWAS Gender Development Centre ; * The specialized Technical Commissions . Authority Of Heads Of State And Governement The Authority of Heads of State and Government of Member States is the Supreme institution of the Community and is composed of Heads of State and Government of Member States . The Authority is responsible for the general direction and control of the Community and takes all measures to ensure its progressive development and the realization of its objectives . It undertakes the under listed functions . * Determines , the general policy and major guidelines of the Community , gives directives ; * Harmonizes and co - ordinates the economic , scientific , technical , cultural and social polices of Member States ; * Oversees the functioning of Community institutions and follow - up implementation of Community objectives ; * Prepares and adopts its rules of procedure ; * Appoints the Executive Secretary in accordance with the provision of the Treaty ; * Appoints on the recommendations of Council , the External Auditor ; * Delegates to the Council , where necessary , the authority to take such decisions as stipulated in the Treaty ; * Refers where it deems necessary any mater to the Community Court of Justice when it confirms , that a Member State or Institution of the Community has failed to honour any of its authority or has abused the powers conferred on it by the provisions of the Treaty , by a decision of the Authority or a regulation of the Council ; * Requests the Community Court of Justice as , and when necessary , to give advisory opinion on legal questions ; * Exercises any other power conferred on it under the Treaty . The Authority meets at least once a year in Ordinary session . An extraordinary session may be convened by the Chairman of the Authority or at the request of a Member State provided that such a request is supported by a simple majority of the Member States . The Office of the Chairman is held every year by a member State elected by the Authority . Council Of Ministers The council comprises the Minister in - charge of ECOWAS Affairs and any other Minister of each Member State . The Council is responsible for the functioning and development of the Community . Its functions include the following : Make recommendations to the Authority on any action aimed at attaining the objectives of the Community ; * Appoint all statutory appointees other than the Executive Secretary ; * By the powers delegated to it by the Authority , issue directives on matters concerning co - ordination and harmonization of economic integration policies ; * Make recommendations to the Authority on the appointment of the External Auditors ; * Prepare and adopt its rules of procedure ; * Adopt the staff regulations and approve the organizational structure of the institutions of the Community ; * Approve the work programmes and budgets of the Community and its institutions ; * Request the Community Court of Justice , where necessary to give advisory opinion on any legal questions ; * Carry out all other functions assigned to it under the ECOWAS Treaty and exercise all powers delegated to it by the Authority . The Council meets at least twice a year in Ordinary Session . One of such sessions shall immediately precede the ordinary session of the Authority . An extraordinary session may be convened by the Chairman of the Council or at the request of a Member State provided that such request is supported by a simple majority of the Member States . The Office of Chairman of Council is held by the Minister responsible for ECOWAS Affairs of the Member State elected as Chairman of the Authority . Community Parliament The ECOWAS Parliament convened in May , 2002 , with 115 of Parliament representing all the Member States except Cote d ’ Ivoire . Togo , Liberia , Cape Verde , Guinea , Guinea Bissau , Republic of Benin , the Gambia and Sierra Leone have five ( 5 ) Parliamentarians each ; Burkina Faso , Mali , Niger and Senegal have six ( 6 ) Parliamentarians each ; Cote d ” Ivoire is entitled to seven ( 7 ) representatives ; Ghana has eight ( 8 ) and Nigeria has thirty - five ( 35 ) . Membership is constituted from the membership of the national parliaments of each member state , should a member lose his / her seat in the national parliament , they would lose their seats in the regional parliament . The ECOWAS Parliament is situated in Abuja , Nigeria and at present only acts in a consultative and advisory capacity . The Speaker of the ECOWAS Parliament , Professor Ali Nouhoum Diallo , has expressed the intention of the Parliament to acquire legislative powers in the future as well as to institute directly elected representatives . Community Court Of Justice In October , 1999 , ECOWAS decided to establish a Court of Justice following a two - day meeting of Ministers of Justice in Abuja . The Court addresses complaints from Member States and institutions of ECOWAS , as well as issues relating to defaulting nation . The Court is a permanent institution and has a President , Chief registrar and seven judges . Excutive Secretariat The Executive Secretary is elected for a four - year term , which may be renewed only . The current Executive is Dr . Mohammed Ibn Chambas of Ghana . Specialised Commissions The following Technical Commissions are established within the Economic Community of West African States : * Food and Agriculture ; * Industry , Science and Technology and Energy ; * Environment and Natural Resources ; * Transport , Communications and Tourism ; * Trade , Customs , Taxation , Statistics , Money Payments ; * Political , Judicial and Legal Affairs , Regional Security and Immigration ; * Human Resources , Information , Social and Cultural Affairs ; * Administration and Finance Commission . H . E . President Mamadou Tandja of Niger currently chairs ECOWAS . Some Achievements Made So Far Trade , Immigration And Customs * Creation of a Free Trade Area in progress * Elimination of customs duties and taxes of equivalent effect on goods and approved products ; * Removal of non - tariff barriers on trade of goods within Member States ; * Harmonization of trade liberalization scheme between ECOWAS and UEMOA ; * Establishment of the Automated Systems of Customs Data ( ASYCUDA ) * Implementation of Community levy . Trade Promotion * Organization of three Trade Fairs ( 1995 , 1999 and 2003 ) * Creation of Trade Opportunities Management Systems ( SIGOATOPS ) Free Movement Of Persons * Abolition of Visa * Right of residence and establishment * Removal of roadblocks and security checkpoints * Introduction of ECOWAS Passport * Harmonization of Customs documents , regulation and formalities . Tourism Development of hotel classification system for West Africa . Monetary And Financial Matters * Harmonization of economic and fiscal policies * Facilitation and liberalization of payments * Circulation of ECOWAS Travelers ’ Cheque * Establishment of ECOBANK * Establishment of the West African Monetary Institute ( WAMI ) Transport * Establishment of ECOMARINE * Construction of the trans - coastal ( from Lagos to Nouakchott ) and of the trans - sahelian highways ( from Dakar to N Djamena ) , a total of 9000 km of road and 11000 km interconnecting roads to open up land - locked countries * Establishment of ECOWAS Brown Card insurance scheme * Standardization of transport legislation in Member States Agriculture * Establishment of seed production centers in nine Member States * Establishment of eight cattle breeding centers in three Member States * Control of animal diseases * Publication of “ pesticides Bulletin ” on the use of risk - free pestcides . * Publication of ECOWAS Transhumance Certificate Industry * ECOWAS Industrial Master Plan * 64 projects at the Investors ’ Forum , now being implemented Energy * Master plan for development of the means of energy production and interconnection of electricity grids * Adoption of an Energy Charter Treaty Environment * Ban on movement and deposit of toxic wastes within ECOWAS Member States * Control of the spread of floating weeds Youth , Sports , Culture And Social Affairs * Award of two ECOWAS Prizes of Excellence in African Pharmacopoeia ( 1997 ) and Literature ( 1999 ) * Creation of the Forum of Associations Recognized by ECOWAS ( FARE ) * Creation of socio - professional organisations ( women , youth , journalists , sports , economic operators , etc ) * Institutionalisation of the ECOWAS African Wrestling Tournaments Health And Drug Control * Creation of a single West African Health Organisation ( WAHO ) * Adoption of harmonized laws on drug control * Establishment of ECODRUG Fund Gender Issues * Creation of the West African Women s Association * Adoption of an ECOWAS Gender Policy Education * Establishment of the Decade of Education in West Africa ( DEWA ) * Adoption of an ECOWAS Protocol on Education and Training . Telecommunications * Connection of West African capitals by automatic telephone , telex and telefax links through the Intelcom 1 Programme * Creation of the Lome telecommunications centre Peacekeeping And Good Governance * Adoption of the Mechanism for Conflict Prevention , Management and Resolution , Peace and Security * Adoption of the Protocol on Democracy and Good Governance * Creation of a West African peacekeeping force called ECOMOG - end of eight - year civil war and organisation of democratic elections in 1997 in Liberia * Restoration of peace and security in Sierra Leone * Contribution to the return of peace in Guinea Bissau and Cote D Ivoire * Declaration of the Moratorium on the Importation , Exportation and Manufacture of Light weapons in West Africa * Destruction of weapons in Liberia , Sierra Leone , Mali , Niger and Nigeria – mutual assistance in criminal matters * Adoption of the Protocol on the Fight Against Corruption Fight Against Crime * Establishment of the Inter - Governmental Action Group Against Money Laundering ( GIABA ) in Dakar Prospects * Institutionalising of ECOFEST ( ECOWAS Festival of Arts and Culture ) * Interconnection of railway lines * Harmonisation of ECOWAS maritime regulations * Harmonisation of telecommunications policies and establishment of regional regulatory body * Implementation of Intercom II Programme : digitalisation of inter state link using new technologies and provision of new services * Energy distribution via the West African Power Pool * Construction of a gas pipeline from Nigeria to Ghana * Creation of a borderless zone * Harmonisation of economic and financial policies * Harmonisation of commercial laws * Extradition * Adoption of ECOWAS Convention on the Recognition of Equivalence of Degrees , Certificates and other Qualities * Introduction of a single tourist visa * Establishment of observatories on bad practices along West African corridors * Construction of joint border posts * Creation of an ECOWAS Radio / Television Station Chalenges * Consolidation of democracy and reinforcement of good governance * Consolidation of regional peace and security and sustainable economic development * Eradication of poverty * Greater involvement of the private sector in integration activities * Greater involvement of civil society and women in integration programmes * Industrialisation of the region * Protection of the environment * Ensuring food security in the sub - region Some Achievements Made By The ECOWAS Division In Ghana * Two hundred and twenty ( 220 ) Ghanaian companies and over three hundred ( 300 ) products have being admitted to the ECOWAS Trade Liberalisation Scheme ( ETLS ) . * Half yearly luncheons for ECOWAS Ambassadors and High Commissioners have been instituted since 2001 . This offers an opportunity for the Ambassadors and High Commissioners to discuss trade and investment within the sub - region . * A Technical Committee on the Interstate Road Transit ( ISRT ) under the supervision of the National Guarantor ( SIC ) has been formed to oversee the launching and implementation of the ISRT Convention . * Bilateral Talks on Trade between Ghana and Burkina Faso and Cote D Ivoire in 2003 were held to promote economic co - operation . * In the Ministry s determination to get non - tariff barriers lowered or removed for Ghanaian exporters to the sub - region , it successfully organised an ECOWAS Exporters ’ Forum in Accra , in 2003 to identify the challenges to trade in ECOWAS sub - region . * The Ministry assisted Ghanaian Companies to participate in Trade Fairs in Burkina Faso and the ECOWAS Trade Fair in Lome . This was an avenue to showcase made in Ghana and some companies have testified about the demand for their products . * The Ministry is establishing a National Approval Committee to expedite review of applications of companies to be admitted under the ETLS . The period required for the registration of companies to the ECOWAS Trade Liberalisation Scheme has been shortened from one - year period to three months . * The Ministry successfully hosted and participated in the under listed ECOWAS Statutory Meetings : * Regional Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper , 6 - 7 November , 2003 ; * Launch of SIGOA - TOPS Trade Opportunities Programme , 10th November , 2003 ; * Regional Transport Facilitation , 10 - 12 November , 2003 ; * ECOWAS Common External Tariff , 12 - 13 November , 2003 ; * Donors Co - ordination meeting on NEPAD , 14 - 15 November , 2003 ; * Ministers for Trade and Finance Forum , 17th November , 2003 ; * Energy Commission ( Science & Tech . ) , 21 - 22 November . 2003 ; * ECOSTAT Steering Committee ( Directors of Statistics and European Commission ) , 1 - 2 December , 2003 ; * Inaugural Meeting of ECOSTAT Project ( Harmonization of National Accounts ) and Price indices , 3 - 5 December , 2003 ; * Trade and Customs Commission , 4 - 6 December , 2003 ; * 28th Meeting of the Administration and Finance Commission , 8 - 13 December , 2003 ; * Technical , Monitoring Committee ( Monetary Co - operation ) , 14 - 15 December , 2003 ; * 51st Session of the ECOWAS Council of Ministers , 15 - 16 December , 2003 ; * Committee of Governors of the 2nd West Africa Monetary Zone , 16th December , 2003 ; * Meeting of the Convergence Council , 17th December , 2003 ; * Extraordinary Meeting of the Board of Governors of the EBID , 17th December , 2003 ; * 27th Summit of the Authority of Heads of State and Government , 19th December , 2003 . * The Ministry has established an Inter - Ministerial Committee , under the Chairmanship of H . E . The Vice President of Ghana , to implement Bilateral Agreements reached between Ghana - Burkina Faso and Ghana - Cote d Ivoire in October and September , 2003 respectively . * The Ministry has carried out sensitization programmes on the 2nd Monetary Zone ( WAMZ ) . In this connection , a public forum was organized at the University of Ghana and fifteen appearances were made on radio to educate the public on the introduction of the common currency ( ECO ) . For more information about ECOWAS , visit the following websites

Since 1998 , ISODEC has been working with the District Assemblies of Sekyere East , Asante Akim South , Ahafo - Ano North in the Ashanti Region and Jama and Asutifi in the Brong Ahafo Region , to develop and implement a three - year ( 1998 - 2001 ) Girl Child Education Project ( GCEP ) aimed specifically at promoting the access of the girl - child to good quality and enjoyable education , especially at the basic level after piloting the concept for six months . Both the pilot and the first phases of the project received financial support from the Netherlands Organization for International Development Corporation ( NOVIB ) . These were supplemented by contributions from the five participating districts assemblies . The Federation of Africa Women Educationists ( FAWE ) and Alliance also provided financial and skills development support to the project . The project was evaluated after two years of its implementation . The findings of the evaluation coupled with recommendations from post evaluation meetings ISODEC held with key stakeholders , including annual stakeholders review workshops provided inputs for formulating approaches for the second phase of the project ( 2001 - 2004 ) . Under the second phase , ISODEC proposed an expansion of the project to the Northern part of the country to include one district in the Northern Region and two districts in the Upper East Region . Impact of phase 1 Phase 1 of the project recorded a number of achievements some of which were acknowledged and recommended in its evaluation report . Two Girl - Child Project Units were set up in the Ashanti and Brong Ahafo regions including the establishing of District Management Teams ( DMTs ) in the five participating districts . 3 , 800 needy but brilliant girls received scholarships between 1999 and 2001 . Out of this number 300 completed the Junior Secondary School ( JSS ) and 50 completed their Senior Secondary School ( SSS ) education . Many Study Tours and holiday classes were organized for a cross section of girls in the districts . After each tour , the participating girls organised public fora in their respective schools to share their experiences with their mates . These activities were highly patronized during the first phase and generated a healthy competition among the girls . A series of competitions including quizzes in Mathematics , English , Science , General Knowledge and Drama were organized for the schools . A research was conducted into existing laws and legislations that affect girl child education and how they could be rectified . ISODEC subsidised the supply of fuel for the Circuit Supervisors in the districts to enhance their supervisory work in the schools . TVs and video decks were acquired for all the districts for their community sensitization activities on girl - child education , entertainment and education of study club members . The district desk officers for Girl Child Education and the district planners were trained in basic computer skills . Refresher courses were also organized for both head masters and teachers , district guidance and counseling officers , house - mistresses of boarding houses and study club facilitators . Workshops on child rights and gender issues were organized for some selected stakeholders and girls . DMT members , study club facilitators were also trained to facilitate the participation of their constituencies . Radio talk shows on the education of the girl child were held on the various local radio stations . Presently a GCEP scholarship beneficiary parents association has been formed . To motivate girls to enjoy education , study clubs were organised for them to improve their performance in class . Currently there are ninety [ 90 } active clubs . The activities of these clubs are however closely monitored to achieve its intended purpose . Challenges The evaluation of the first phase of the project revealed that one of the greatest challenges of the project was mainstreaming the project activities into the core activities of the participating assemblies . This is because the sustenance of the project lies in the ability of the Assemblies to completely take over the project after ISODEC and Novib have withdrawn their support . The second challenge is increasing the tempo of civic education in the communities . The only way to hold the assemblies to their responsibilities is to have communities that are well informed on their basic human rights and responsibilities . Successes under phase 2 The reading and learning culture among children ( both boys and girls ) has greatly improved in communities that benefited from the library project . The libraries are over crowded especially at night . In most cases , arrangements are made to allow the children to read in the open , under supervision of parents who volunteer to assist the librarian . Children have been grouped into and zones that go to the library on rotational bases . It has also been observed that street walking in the night by the children in these communities has become a thing of the past . There are plans to construct larger libraries and levy parents to buy more books . Community involvement in the project has greatly improved as a result of the Community Management Team concept being piloted in these districts which allows communities to meet to discuss issues related to education . Decisions taken at these levels are related to the DMTs through the community representatives . The project has succeeded in getting the District Assemblies ( DAs ) to address issues of poor parents of girls on scholarship . This was made possible by the formation of Beneficiary Parents Associations who were trained to lobby the DAs to link them to the poverty alleviation schemes . In collaboration with the office of Ghana Education Service , data on Growth of Enrolment for both boys and girls was collected in Brong Ahafo and Ashanti Regions . The data covered the period between 1997 - 2002 and 1998 - 2001 for Brong Ahafo and Ashanti regions respectively . On the whole the analysis shows that , there is a steady growth in enrolment figures for both boys and girls . In terms of percentage increment , the girls are slightly above the boys at all levels in the two districts . Endowment Fund In an opinion survey carried out by the subcommittee monitoring the project , the response by the 20 parents of beneficiaries interviewed revealed the following ; That 90 % are happy with the scholarship scheme since they have been ableo to save some money to expand their farms . The scholarship package has boosted the confidence to their children who are now , well dressed and attend school regularly . One positive development is that poor parents have seen the need to send children to school and are sending their girls to schools whiles some drop out girls have been encouraged to return to school . The phase II of the GCEP is in its final year of operation and it has become necessary to evaluate the impact of the project after six years of existence . Following this , the Sunyani office organised a workshop to discuss the impending withdrawal of ISODEC and NOVIB from the project at the end of the year . Key staff of the District Assemblies and District Directors of education participated in a rather interesting workshop however none of the District Chief Executives invited attended the workshop . The workshop highlighted the implementation gaps and way forward for sustainability of the project . Weaknesses and threats identified at the workshop included ; Inadequate counterpart funding by DAs Transportation difficulties for project activities Collapse of other intervention activities of the GCEP apart from scholarships due to lack of funds Large size of project area making monitoring difficult . Negative cultural practices Poor accessibility to remote areas eg . Afram plains . and the overseas areas . Frequent transfers of project staff Lack of interest by political leaders Way forward The fact still remains that funds from the District Assemblies alone cannot support the project activities . The District Assemblies are therefore prepared to collaborate with or partner with organisations , local or international to continue this good work . Critical areas of support and collaboration are : Continuation of the scholarship scheme for needy but brilliant girls Provision of financial support or micro credit facilities to Beneficiary Parents Association . Support to disabled children . Continued capacity building for the district assemblies and key stakeholders in education Tracking expenditure on educational budget allocation to the district assemblies . Research into private schools with regards to accessibility and the inequalities in education . Vigorous campaigns to sensitise rural communities on the right to educate their children and also on free education Success stories The cases below are stories of some girls who have benefited from the project from the various districts . Sekyere East District In 1998 / 99 , one of the girls who took part in our quiz competition for JSS girls in the Sekyere East District was adjourned one of the best and awarded the project scholarship . She completed JSS in the year 2000 . She was identified during a monitoring trip at Oguaa ( her community ) and was given a scholarship to attend a Senior Sec . School . She is presently at St Louis Training College in Kumasi and teaching in her community as a pupil teacher . Ahafo Ano North District One of our beneficiaries in this district Emefa Attipo was adjourned the best Science student girl at the JSS level in the Ashanti region . Though she could not make it at the national level , she was rewarded for making the project proud . She is being supported to further her education in science at the SSS if she performs very well at the Basic Education Certificate Examination . Emefa is currently studying at the Anglican Secondary School in Kumasi . Asante Akim South District In Ashanti Akim district a girl alleged to be a " witch " and driven out by her mother and step - father has completed the JSS education however not with good results . The DMT is making efforts to get her into a vocational training school whiles efforts are being made to reconcile her to her parents . Jaman District ( Case 1 : ) The parents of a brilliant girl at Our Lady of Providence Senior Secondary School at Drobo abandoned her and did not pay her school fees . The head mistress approached the DMT and they agreed to settle the fees . The DMT is making efforts to reconcile the girl and her parents . Case 2 : A sad story was told of Mavis Abubakar whose mother being the breadwinner for the family developed a mental problem and therefore could not cater for her three children . Mavis , the second child of her parents passed the BECE in the year 2002 with aggregate 20 . Considering the plight of her parents it was clear that there was no way she could continue her education . Mavis therefore boldly went to a radio FM station to solicit for financial assistance from the general public . A DMT member heard about the announcement and raised the issue at the bimonthly DMT meeting . It was agreed that Mavis should be enrolled onto the scholarship scheme . She is currently at OLP Girls Senior Secondary School at Drobo in the Jaman District . The scholarship is unable to cover the total cost of fees therefore the Benewa scholarship fund has been approached to pay part of her fees . The DMT is monitoring her performance . Asutifi District Salamatu Adamu was seen roaming in the community of Biaso during a monitoring visit to her community . She had completed JSS and passed with aggregate 13 in the BECE examination but was living with her poor mother and grandmother . The monitoring team took her profile to the DMT who arranged with the headmistress of OLA Girls Senior Secondary School in Kenyasi to admit her into SS1 . Salamatu is currently in the SS1 and doing very well . She is staying with one of the DMT members in Kenyasi till the next academic year when she moves into the boarding house . West Mamprusi District After a sensitisation meeting with potter girls or " Kayayea " in the local language , a documentary exposing the hazards of their activities was shown . A parent who attended the meeting later reported that his daughter , a scholarship beneficiary was planning to leave school to take up the ' Kayayo ' trade in Accra . The team then counselled her and she decided to continue her education . She is back in school and doing very well . Cedi Finance Foundation ( CFF ) Introduction Cedi Finance Foundation ( CFF ) has entered its fifth year of operation and is gradually working its way into being a main force in the micro finance industry . CFF , which is located in Kumasi provides financial services to small - scale entrepreneurs engaged in Processing , manufacturing , commerce and services . CFF operates in all the four sub - metros in Kumasi Metropolitan Area . Financial constraint however , has slowed down its growth . Clientele size CFF works with seventy - seven ( 77 ) organized groups with an average membership of sixteen and few individual clients . The total clientele size is 1 , 300 with eighty per cent being women . Most of these women are engaged in gari baking , palm - kernel oil extraction , Beads making , local soap making among others . Savings Savings is basic to every financial intermediation and for this reason , CFF facilitates the mobilization of savings . This provides an opportunity for those at the lowest end of the economic ladder to develop the culture of savings and build social and economic security . As at the end of December 31 , 2003 , CFF has facilitated savings mobilization of ¢ 300 million which is being held by standard Chartered Bank , Harper Road Branch . Clients within the period made savings withdrawal to the tune of ¢ 260 million . Loans granted By year ending December 31 , 2003 , CFF disbursed a total loan of ¢ 1 . 105billion to its clients . Fifty - nine per cent ( 59 % ) of the total was disbursed to women . Outstanding loan portfolio ( by year - end December 2003 ) -

A Quarterly Newsletter of the Ghana Question and Answer Service ( GAINS ) In this issue Master Plan for CSIR - INSTI Seminar for Female Scientists in Accra Guidelines to maintain quality during tomato post - harvest handling in Ghana Recipe for an Extension Officer Sweet potato biscuits Sweet potato pastry pies Pineapple Plantlets Project Resources available at GAINS Training programmes at CSIR - INSTI 2005 Master Plan for CSIR - INSTI In line with CSIR Strategic plan 2005 - 2010 , the Institute has developed a Master Plan with the following goal :  To strengthen INSTI to become a Centre of Excellence for Science and Technology Information ( STI ) services . Ultimately , it will seek to strengthen the capabilities of all the S & T information systems within the country , as envisaged under GHASTINET through the establishment of well - coordinated decentralized national network systems like GAINS using appropriate ICT tools to facilitate access to information resources to support R & D activities nation - wide . In the Master Plan strategies and activities have been developed to achieve the intended goal . Meanwhile , the intermediary purposes of the plan have been clearly outlined , and these require the Institute to : Develop and maintain a one stop portal that will provide access to STI resources . Operate as a clearinghouse for STI by setting agreed intellectual and technical standards for the operation of the network . Serve as the national focal point of requisite expertise that provides guidance on ICT and information management for the decentralized national information networks ( agriculture , industry and socio - economic ) as envisaged within the GHASTINET framework . Deliver real - time information and customized knowledge to improve public access to STI resources that will facilitate R & D activities as well as S & T decision - making ability to align S & T outputs with market demands and to increase productivity . Situation Analysis The Institute has embarked on a challenging restructuring programme of its human resources as part of CSIR - wide restructuring programme . In this regard , the Institutes has been addressing the size and quality of its workforce . The rationale is to achieve some fundamental changes in the behaviour and culture , structure and organization as well as systems and processes to enable the Institute to : Become more user - focused . Build a greater service - oriented culture . Increase revenue generation activities through the commercialization of its products and services . Be innovative , flexible , dynamic and relevant to current national development needs . As the leading player in the dissemination of STI in the country , CSIR - INSTI has been developing information access tools for several years and channeling them to meet the specific requirements of the scientific and academic communities . These include the development and updating of electronic database of reports , theses , indigenous research results , etc . It has also been involved in the development of websites for CSIR and GAINS and these have made it possible for the relevant news and databases to be made available on the WWW . Finally , the CSIR - INSTI staff as well as different categories of end - users have been trained to use the ICT tools . Interestingly , the Institute has developed an active partnership policy with the national and international scientific communities as well as various players in the STI markets over the years . For example , the Institute has consolidated its working relationship with the Technical Centre for Agriculture and Rural Cooperation ( CTA ) to operate the decentralized Question and Answer Service that makes available print and electronic information resources on demand using the AGORA and TEEAL databases . Again , the Institute has been making use of the bilateral agreement it has signed with the Royal Tropical Institute ( KIT ) of The Netherlands for document delivery services . Under the MOU , the two institutions have been exchanging publications and staff . Then under the Inter Library Lending and Document Delivery Service , DANIDA has been providing support through INASP to enable them to make available electronic journals online within the framework of the Programme for the Enhancement of Research Information ( PERI ) . Finally , with the support of the International Institute for Communication and Development the Institute has strengthened its back - office through the establishment of Local Area Network . This has allowed all the workstations to be connected to a server that allows for the sharing of printing facilities . The presence of GAINS on the web has also been duly established with the development of a website ( www . gains . org . gh ) . All these notwithstanding , the Institute has had to contend with several challenges that have confronted it , and these include : Lack of resources to acquire content . Problem with Internet Connectivity for end users who are in areas far removed from Accra and other major cities . High staff turnover that has resulted in the loss of skilled technical personnel due to low remuneration . Perceived competition for the same resources among CSIR institutes as well as total lack of commitment on the part of some partner institutions to provide relevant information for the updating of the databases . Seminar for Female Scientists in Accra , Ghana An analysis of the use of GAINS facilities over the past four years indicated that male scientists and researchers have more access to information for their research work than their female counterparts . To redress this anomaly , CSIR - INSTI organized a half - day seminar on 18th August 2004 to sensitize seventeen female scientists from seven research institutes on the products and services available at the Institute to facilitate their research activities . During discussions session , it was observed that the information available does not cover sufficiently the nutrition and food science field and suggestions were made to correct this . It was also indicated that the programme was useful and CSIR - INSTI should organize a follow - up for other scientists . The participants suggested the use of Women in Science and Technology ( WIST ) as a channel to spread the information to other female scientists . Guidelines to maintain quality during tomato post - harvest handling in Ghana Introduction The role of post - harvest technology is to devise methods by which deterioration of produce is restricted as much as possible during the period between harvest and end user . The causes of post - harvest losses in tomatoes can be classified into two main categories , physical and loss in quality . These are caused by : a . Harvesting too late in the maturation process ; b . Exposure of the produce to the direct sunlight resulting in high fruit temperatures ; c . Excessively large wooden boxes for packing and transporting produce d . Absence of shade at loading / unloading sites ; e . Overloading of boxes by traders since they buy according to volume ; f . Rough handling of boxes while loading into or unloading from vehicles , and g . Transporting vehicles with inadequate ventilation to dissipate fruit heat . 1 . Pre - Harvest Inspection a . Always carry out pre - harvest inspection of the whole farm to see the extent of maturity of the crop , the estimated quantities to be harvested and the labour requirements for the day s work . b . The planting of the correct cultivars that have firm fruits , do not crack easily , have relatively tough skin and are able to stand adverse field conditions should be practised by all farmers . Such fruits are able to withstand rough handling and have long shelf life . c . Adopt good cultural and husbandry practices that will reduce pests and diseases to prevent wrongful chemical usage . 2 . Harvest Maturity a . Do not pick over - ripe fruits getting to the end of their shelf life for sale b . Separate out differing stages of ripeness to improve handling , storage and marketing of the crop c . Select out diseased and particularly damaged fruit at this stage d . Harvest regularly to avoid wide range in colour in the field at a given time e . Harvest tomatoes at the orange colour stage to reduce most of the losses during the anticipated handling , and transport or storage f . The different colour stages should be packed into different boxes and at loading , boxes containing orange fruits stacked below 3 . Field Containers a . The field containers to collect produce from the plant to a central collection point should be shallow and small in size b . The fruits should be gently dropped from minimum heights into the containers and boxes , do not throw the fruits 4 . Field Harvesting of Crop a . As pickers are paid on a piece work basis , close supervision is essential to ensure that only sound produce at the correct stage of maturity or ripeness is harvested for market b . Pick fruits carefully , do not pull them off c . During the harvesting operation , a high standard of hygiene should be maintained . Produce unfit for marketing should be removed from the field . This could be done by either plucking from the plant at the time of harvest and placing on the ground for immediate collection subsequent to completion of overall harvest or leaving discarded fruit on the plant during the harvest and following this with tidy up operations . d . Under no circumstances should rejected produce be allowed to remain on the ground for any extended period of time as it becomes a source of infestation of pests and diseases to the other produce e . Preferably , disease infested material should be destroyed immediately after the harvesting operation is completed f . Gentle picking and handling of the fruit is required to minimize mechanical damage and invasion by disease - causing organisms g . Provision of shade for collected harvested produce prevents exposure to the direct sunlight as temperature is the most important factor governing the maintenance of quality as produce can overheat and rapidly deteriorate during temporary field storage h . Avoid unnecessary delays before delivery to the loading points or transporting to the market since fruits and vegetables are living biological systems and they continue to respire and so they will deteriorate after harvest i . It must be stressed that quality management starts in the field and continues until produce reaches the end - user . 5 . Time of Harvest Produce warms up during the day , so it is good practice to harvest produce when it is coolest early in the morning , or late in the evening , and keep shaded from sunlight so that fruits do not heat up after harvest . At higher temperatures of produce held in direct sunlight , respiration rates are extremely high . 6 . Sorting out , or grading of produce a . Sort and discard immature , over ripe , infected , blemished or otherwise damaged produce b . Grade fruits into differing colour stages before packing into boxes c . Never mix produce of mixed quality as that may affect the price adversely 7 . Field boxes or packing materials a . After harvesting , containers that give good protection to the produce , are easy to handle and have adequate ventilation should be used for packing b . Boxes should not be too large or deep to avoid squashing the bottom fruits c . Produce in large boxes is often damaged during handling and transport d . Use small sized boxes of between 25 - 30 kg to make handling easier and to minimize mechanical injury during loading and transportation e . Use uniform sized boxes for standardization f . It is d recommended that a thin layer of dried grass or straw is placed at the bottom of the boxes by the traders to minimize mechanical damage / injury 8 . Packing of fruits into boxes a . Damaged or broken boxes should not be used for packing fruits for the market b . They should either be repaired or discarded to prevent spillage and mechanical damage to fruits c . Clean old boxes before re - using for adequate sanitary measures and to prevent contamination d . Enough space should be left at the top of the boxes to prevent the top boxes sitting directly on top of the fruits during loading into the vehicles to cause crushing of fruits . For further information contact The Regional Director MOFA P . O . Box 86 , Sunyani , Brong Ahafo , Ghana Tel / Fax : 233 - 61 - 27194 Recipe for an Extension Officer Ingredients : Take 55 - 75 kg of professional agriculturist ( do not exceed this quantity as the end product will not be issued with a uniform larger than size 42 ) . Place in any village or district . Add : 1 enquiring mind A dash of adaptability 1 heaped teaspoon of knowledge A large packet of patience A huge sense of humour 2 kilos of team spirit A pinch of agricultural experience A dollop of stamina 2 packets of positive attitude 2 tubes of friendliness 10 kilos of common sense A sachet of assertiveness 999 grams of good grooming 5 kilos of kindness 500 grams of communication skills Method : Mix all the ingredients well and allow to stand in an orientation bowl for approximately 1 week . Allow to rise in a ward warmer until mixture rises over the top of the orientation bowl for approximately 1 month . Do not stir the mixture as it could cause the product to flop . Bake in a village health service oven at 35 oC until golden brown . Allow to cool off in the field . Serves many farmers and relatives and lasts very well particularly if served in the village of preference and if appreciated by management . Culled from : AGRI - OUTREACH , 6 ( 6 ) , May 2004 . Sweet Potato Recipe Corner We wish to bring to the attention of our readers the recipe for Sweet Potato Biscuits and Sweet Potato Pastry Pie by the kind courtesy of the Food Research Institute of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research ( CSIR ) and the Root and Tuber Improvement Programme ( RTIP ) . Sweet Potato Biscuits Ingredients Standard Weight Standard Measure Wheat flour 150g 1¼ cup Baking powder 15g 1 tablespoon Salt 7g ½ teaspoon Grated nutmeg 4 g ¼ teaspoon Sugar 6g 2 teaspoons Shortening 70g 1 / 3 cup Egg 50g 1 egg Cooked and mashed sweet potato 100g ½ cup Diluted milk 15ml 1 tablespoon METHOD 1 . Sift flour , baking powder and salt . Mix in sugar and nutmeg 2 . Cut in shortening until mixture resample coarse bread crumbs or gari 3 . Blend together sweet potato , milk . Blend into mixture . Add nutmeg . 4 . Gather mixture into a ball and knead lightly on a floured surface 5 . Roll dough to ¼ inch thickness , cut into shapes with a floured cutter 6 . Bake on an ungreased , baking sheet in a moderately heated over ( 180oC or 350oF ) for 15 - 20 minutes or until golden brown . Yields 26 biscuits ( using 2½ inch cutter ) Note : If margarine is used as shortening , omit salt . Sweet Potato Pastry Pie Ingredients Standard Weight Standard Measure Wheat flour 230g 2 cups Salt 15g 1 teaspoon Fat 100g ½ cup Cooked mashed sweet potato 300g 1½ cups Cold water 30ml 2 tablespoons METHOD 1 . Sift flour and salt together 2 . Rub fat into flour with finger tips , lifting to incorporate air , until mixture resembles fine gari 3 . Add mashed sweet potato . Mix well and aerate as in step 2 4 . Sprinkle on enough cold water and gather dough to a firm ball 5 . Knead a little until firm 6 . Roll pastry to required thickness and cut into squares or rounds 7 . Put filling in the center of the cut pastry and brush edges of pastry with water , turn over and seal 8 . Brush top with milk or egg . Bake in a moderately hot oven ( 180oC 200oC or 375oF - 400oF ) . Reduce heat after 14 minutes of baking and bake for a further 15 minutes or until golden brown . 9 . Serve hot or cold Suggested filling ( ½ cup filling i . e . 1 teaspoon per pie ) 1 . Tuna flakes with onions , tomato and cooked sweet potato 2 . Cabbage / fish 3 . Cooked beans / fish / vegetables 4 . Cooked egg , tomato and onion Yields 20 pieces Pineapple Plantlet Project - Severious Kale Dery Dr . Elizabeth Acheampong , a Senior Lecturer at the Botany Department of the University of Ghana , Legon , has hailed the local production of the internationally accepted MD2 pineapple plantlets as a viable research feat that would boost production for export . She said the commercial cultivation of the plantlets was the only way to reverse the dwindling revenue of pineapple . Dr . Acheampong , who played a leading role in the research for the production of the extra sweet variety of pineapples , which has a greater advantage due to its unique colour and low acidity , was speaking in an interview with the Daily Graphic . The technology , which involves the propagation and cultivation of high graded pineapple plantlets at a far cheaper rate than those imported from outside the country was the brainchild of a Tissue Culture Laboratory established by Bomart Farms Limited . The MD2 is preferable to the smooth cayenne , champaca and sugar loaf . Dr . Acheampong said the low capacity laboratory at the University could produce about 5 , 000 plantlets a week , which was far below the 22 , 000 plantlets expected by farmers per acre . She expressed satisfaction that the Tissue Culture Laboratory , which had employed about 70 staff from the Botany Department , could now produce about 10 , 000 plantlets a day . The laboratory is capable of breeding or cloning any variety of pineapples , adding that the establishment of the facility is a legacy for the whole country . Mr . Anthony Botchway , Managing Director of BOMART Farms shared the joy of Dr . Acheampong and disclosed that the technology could be used to multiply other plants for planting . He said the new technology could be used to solve the country s deforestation problem , adding that the technology would not only benefit his company , but it was an asset for the country . On the advantages of tissue culture suckers , Mr . Botchway said they were not contaminated and that they grew faster than the field suckers . With this technology , you can do flower induction after seven to ten months , depending on the sizes of the fruits desired . With the seven months , you can get the fruit sizes as big as 1 . 2 to 1 . 6 kg , while the ten months ones can produce two kg weight of fruit sizes . The new technology ensured that the tissue suckers could be rejuvenated very fast and produces lots of suckers once they were on the field . Culled from : Daily Graphic , Monday , November 1 , 2004 . Resources Available at GAINS The following resources are available for use at the GAINS Coordinating Center : 1 . CAB Abstracts , 1972 November 2004 CAB Abstracts is the most comprehensive bibliographic , abstracting and indexing database in its field . CAB Abstracts covers the applied life sciences , including agriculture , forestry , human nutrition , veterinary medicine and the environment . CAB Abstracts includes molecular biology , genetics , biotechnology , breeding , taxonomy , physiology and other aspects of pure science relating to organisms of agricultural , veterinary or environmental importance . 2 . TROPAG & RURAL , 1975 June 2004 TROPAG & RURAL , produced by the Information , Library and Documentation department of the Royal Tropical Institute , The Netherlands , are two databases containing full bibliographic references with abstracts to the worldwide literature on agriculture and economic and social development . All records stored in TROPAG are also available in hard - copy as the journal " Agriculture and Environment for Developing Regions " ( TROPAG ) . RURAL brings together abstracts from recent literature on economic and social development in developing countries . It focuses on a wide range of topics including development strategies , international cooperation , health development , agriculture , income generation , education , women and development and environmental issues . TROPAG covers literature on the cultivation of food crops and industrial crops , animal husbandry , forage and pastures , aquaculture , forestry , agroforestry , postharvest operations , farming systems and environmental management in tropical and subtropical regions . 3 . AGORA - Access to global online research in agriculture The AGORA site provides access to over 400 journals from major scientific publishers in the fields of food , agriculture , environmental science and related social sciences . AGORA is available to students and researchers in qualifying not - for - profit institutions in eligible developing countries . 4 . ScienceDirect It is now possible to access full text articles on the ScienceDirect database of Elsevier Science . This gives users 1 , 700 online journals . This service is free - of - charge to GAINS as a member of the Royal Tropical Institute ( KIT ) of the Netherlands IManagement community . 5 . The Essential Electronic Agricultural Library ( TEEAL ) TEEAL is a full - text and bibliographic CD - ROM library of over 140 of the world s most important scientific journals in the field of agriculture . This CD - ROM is updated annually and is essential to research and education in : agricultural economics , agricultural engineering , crop improvement , environmental and natural resources , food processing and nutrition , forestry , livestock production , plant protection , range management , rural development , soil and water management , sustainable agriculture and veterinary medicine . TEEAL includes the complete text and images from the 1993 - 2003 editions of the journals included in it over two million pages compressed onto 426 compact discs .  Document Supply Service of CAB International Training Programmes at CSIR - INSTI - 2005 The Institute for Scientific and Technological Information ( INSTI ) of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research ( CSIR ) announces the following training programmes for the year for all interested people : SERIAL NO . COURSES TARGET GROUP 1 Computer Appreciation Research Scientists , Administrators , PRO s , IT Officers , Librarians and other information professionals 2 Presentation Techniques MS PowerPoint Research Scientists , Administrators , PRO s , IT Officers , Librarians and other information professionals 3 Electronic Information Resources Management Research Scientists , Administrators , PRO s , IT Officers , Librarians and other information professionals 4 Website Design and Management Research Scientists , Administrators , PRO s , IT Officers , Librarians and other information professionals 5 Database Management MS Access and CDS - ISIS Research Scientists , Administrators , PRO s , IT Officers , Librarians and other information professionals 6 Data Analysis SPSS Research Scientists , Administrators , PRO s , IT Officers , Librarians and other information professionals 7 Use of Internet Resources Research Scientists , Administrators , PRO s , IT Officers , Librarians and other information professionals 8 Records Management Research Scientists , Administrators , Secretarial and Records Personnel , Librarians and other information professionals For information regarding dates , duration and cost of each programme , please contact : The Director , CSIR - INSTI P . O . Box M . 32 , Accra , Ghana Phone : 233 - 21 - 764822 / 233 - 20 - 2019767 Fax : 233 - 21 - 763523 E - mail : cemensah @ hotmail . com GAINS Information Request Form The Question and Answer Service ( QAS ) of the GAINS has been set up by the CSIR - INSTI in collaboration with the Technical Centre for Agricultural and Rural Cooperation ( CAT ) to meet the demands for information by all stakeholders in agriculture and rural development . To help the QAS meet your demand please complete the form below and submit . Your request will be treated with the urgency it deserves . A : PARTICULARS OF REQUEST i . Description of request ....... ................. ................. ................. .................. . ................. ................. ................. ii . Please provide keywords / Terms relevant to your request . .. ........... iii . Limiting factors ( please specify any limitations or preference if any ) Geographic ( Place ) Time Scale ( Year ) ... .. iv . Reason ( s ) for request Personal Use Crop Production Animal Production Agro - Processing Marketing Information Policy development Community Education Lecture / Address Research B . PERSONAL INFORMATION This information is required to determine the type of user information is being supplied to : i . User Category Farmer University Lecture Teacher Consultant Extension Officer Policy maker Student Librarian / Archivist Other ( Please Specify ) ii . Gender Male Female iii . Type of organization you are affiliated with : Government Organization NGO University Research Institute Commercial company Farmer Co - op / Co - op / Association Private Person Other ( Please Specify ) iv . How can we get in touch with you ? Title Mr . Mrs . Ms . Dr . Prof . Name : Address : Tel . Fax . E - mail c . PLEASE RETURN COMPLETED FORM TO The Co - ordinator GAINS ( INSTI ) P . O . Box M32 , Accra . Ghana Tel . 233 - 21 - 763523 Fax233 - 21 - 779809 / 777655 / 763523 Email : jsam @ workmail . com FOR OFFICIAL USE Request ID No . Main Discipline Specialism Commodity Group Main Commodity Method of request Email Personal Visit ( Delivery ) By Post By Fax Date request received Sources used Forwarded to which Library Date forwarded Date returned Date response sent to user Compiled and Edited by Joel Sam For further information about GAINS , please contact : The GAINS Coordinator GAINS - INSTI P . O . Box M . 32 , Accra , Ghana Tel : 233 - 21 - 763523 / 233 - 20 - 2019766 Fax : 233 - 21 - 763523 / 779809

Read more about Mary Ackummey >> If we are meeting for the first time , my full name is Mary Afua Ackummey . I am a teacher by profession with 37 year teaching experience . I have taught at all levels of education and worked at the head quarters and regional offices of education . I have been an employee of the University of Education , Winneba since December 1993 . I worked first with the Institute of Education and Extension as action research co - ordinator . I am currently the Director of the Counseling Centre of the university and a senior lecturer . My favourite Web sites : An introduction to Ghana : www . interknowledge . com / ghana Education : www . ghana . edu . gh Education projects : ww . ghanaeducation . org Ghana : Education and Health : www . adventist . org ADZRAKU K . Z . ART EDUCATION kzadzraku * at * yahoo . com RESEARCH AREAS Colour and the Person Approaches to Picture making Sculpture in Modern Theatre Read more about Adzraku >> ABOUT HIM Born on June 7 , 1958 at Anloga in the Volta Region of Ghana to Newton Kwadzo Adzraku and Akuwor Dziekpor . He spent his early childhood at the port city of Takoradi . His refusal to go to school made the father to send him to the uncle Yao Gbeve Adzraku to be trained in farming . Realising that farming is difficult , and seeing the cousins go to school , he decided to go to school . Areas of Interest Colour and the Person Approaches to Picture making Sculpture in Modern Theatre AKEB AGYEMANG FRENCH EDUCATION RESEARCH AREAS French Language , Grammar & Dissertation Director of Research Work - Of International Standing - in : French , Black African Literature and Civilization Dept of French UEW P . O . Box 25 Winneba - Ghana Address in France 45 , rue Roger Salengro 21300 CHENOVE FRANCE Read more about Akeb Agyemang >> EDUCATION & CERTIFICATE 1990 - Doctorat d ' Etat or French Professor ' s qualifying Doctorat , University of Paul Valery , Montpellier , France . French Language , Literature and Francophone African Civilisation 1978 - Doctorat de 3e Cycle or French 3rd Cycle Doctorate French Literature / Francophone African Literature , University of Paul Valery , Montpellier , France . 1976 - Maitrise d ' Anglais , Master ' s degree in English , Anglo - American and African Literature , University of Paul Valery , Montpellier , France . 1972 - Maitrise d ' Ensignement , Lettres Modernes or Master ' s degree in Arts , Option : Literature Language , University of Paul Valery , Montpellier , France . 1971 - Licence d ' Enseignement or French University First degree in French Language and Literature 1969 - Bachelor of Arts , French , ( General Education ) University of Ghana / Legon / Cape Coast in French , English and Education 1962 - Post - Secondary Teacher ' s Certificate A . Presbyterian Teachers ' Training College , Akropong - Akwapong Areas of Interest French Language , Grammar & Dissertation Director of Research Work - Of International Standing - in : French , Black African Literature and Civilization AKROFI GODFRED ART EDUCATION akroficreation * at * yahoo . com Read more about Akrofi Godfred >> I am Godfred Akrofi , a Lecturer in Art Education of the Department of Art Education , University of Education , Winneba - Ghana . I am married with two young children , a boy and a girl . I teach Painting and Drawing in all classes of the department . An Artist ' s Way of Life I as an artist feel blessed simply , because every Artist has a unique way of doing things . Essentially , every artist loves nature so do I . I ABHOR WICKEDNESS BECAUSE IT IS INIMICAL TO GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT . I see EVIL IN ANY FORM AS A CALAMITOUS ACT . I love cool colours in my work I draw daily I allow criticism of my works I help my students at difficult times I give ideas to learners and also take from them for my creative work ALI MARK K . K . GHANAIAN LANGUAGE alikamark * at * yahoo . com or Unit Head Dagaare , Department of Ghanaian Languages , UEW , GHANA . Read more about ALIKANADA DAGAARE LITERATURE Ali is a lecturer in the Department of Ghanaian Languages Education , University of Education , Winneba , Ghana . He has taught in the erstwhile School of Ghanaian , Ajumako . For now Ali intends writing books , particularly in Dagaare , the language he teaches in the University . Dagaare is one of the eleven indigenous languages being taught to first degree level teachers . Teachers do not only need the language books to study but to teach after their course . There are a few books written by authors like Bodomo Adams , Kropp - Dakubu and Zakpãã but they are just inadequate for our purpose . The task of writing is therefore one that is dear to the heart of many speakers of the language , especially students of this university who are offering Dagaare as their major . Although other people may be highly motivated by the demand of these books by students , the reading population of the language in general is not promising . Writers find it difficult to publish because apparently no investors want to undertake this venture . There is however a move to pool resources for this task , one that we hope will bear fruits . A fund has been initiated by the Dagaare Language students whereby members have agreed to pay a yearly contribution of ¢ 50 , 000 per student . We have appealed to benevolent individuals and bodies for assistance and we welcome any such support from anyone who has not been formally contacted AMEKU FELIX K . B . SPECIAL EDUCATION felixameku * at * yahoo . co . uk Read more about Ameku Felix K . B . >> I am a Lecturer at the Department of Special Education , University of Education , Winneba . I specialized in the Education of the Visually Impaired and Multiply Handicapped Children AMMAH JONATHAN HEALTH , PHYSICAL EDU . , RECREATION , SPORTS osbyjay * at * hotmail . com RESEARCH AREAS Including individuals with disabilities in the general physical education class Supervision of preservice teachers Academic Learning Time in physical education Read more about Ammah Jonathan >> Welcome I was born on Tuesday , 30th July , 1957 in Accra . I attended Ebenezer Secondary School , Mamprobi . My initial Teacher Training education was at Akrokerri Teacher Training College , Akrokerri . Upon graduation , I taught for three years at the Dawa Presby Primary , and then proceeded on to further study at the then Specialist Training College where I obtained a Diploma in Physical Education . Since then I have had the opportunity to study abroad to earn my masters and doctorate degrees . I am glad to be back home to help strengthen my department and build my neophyte university . My area of specialty includes physical education and adapted physical education . Areas of Interest Including individuals with disabilities in the general physical education class Supervision of preservice teachers Academic Learning Time in physical education AMOAH EMMANUEL SOCIAL STUDIES eamoah * at * yahoo . com RESEARCH AREAS Traditional Socio - political Institutions of Ghana Curriculum Studies in Social Studies Education Government and Politics of Ghana Read more about Amoah Emmanuel >> Welcome I am a Lecturer at the Department of Social Studies Education in the University of Education , Winneba . Areas of Interest Traditional Socio - political Institutions of Ghana Curriculum Studies in Social Studies Education Government and Politics of Ghana CURRICULUM VITAE : Mr Emmanuel Amoah had his elementary education at the Agona Nyakrom Presbyterian Primary and Middle School from 1947 to 1957 . I attended St . Andrew ' s Teacher Training College at Ashanti Mampong and passed out as a 4 - Year Certificate ` A ` teacher in 1966 . In 1971 , I entered the University of Ghana , Legon where I obtained B . A . ( Hons ) degree in Political Science . Then in 1979 , I obtained a Post Graduate Certificate in Education . I finally read for M . Phil in Curriculum Studies at the University of Cape Coast . AMPPIAH M . E . MATHEMATICS EDUCATION meamppiah * at * uew . edu . gh Read more about Amppiah M . E . >> Hello , you are welcome to my home page . I have taught at all levels of the educational system in Ghana for the past 27 years . I have been teaching at the University of Education , Winneba for the past 7 years . In 2000 , I was a Fulbright student at Teachers College , Columbia University in the City of New York , USA . While there , I was actively involved in the Global Classroom activities organised by Metro International . My favourite web sites National Council of Teachers of Mathematics Columbia University in the City of New York Teachers College , Columbia University Institute of International Education , the organization mandated by the US Bureau of State to administer the Fulbright Fellowship program . Metro International , in charge of Global Classroom . The Global Classroom is an effort to send foreign students studying in New York City to schools to talk about their culture to students in NYC University of Nottingham For information on articles and publications from the Department of Mathematics Education , University of Education , Winneba , Ghana , visit http : // www . inasp . info / ajol ATTEH E . T . GHANAIAN LANGUAGE emmanuelatteh * at * yahoo . com Read more about Atteh E . T . >> ABOUT MYSELF I am Emmanuel Tetteh Atteh . I am a Dangme lecturer at the Department of Ghanaian Languages Education , University of Education , Winneba . I am married with five children , two boys and three girls . Besides teaching as my main profession , I also do business . I deal in stationery items . Tonny and Alhaji are my business partners . I first graduated from the erstwhile School of Ghana Languages Ajumako with diploma certificate Ghanaian Languages , Dangme in 1986 . I obtained my first degree in Ghanaian Languages and Special Education from the University College of Education , Winneba in 1994 . Currently I hold an M . Phil . degree in Curriculum Studies from the University of Cape Coast , Ghana . BOATENG - ENNIMFUL E . SCIENCE EDUCATION eboatengful * at * yahoo . com Children ' s Ideas Conceptual Approach to Teaching Science The Constructivist ' s View of Science Teaching Teacher ' s Views About the Nature of Science and the Impact on Classroom Practice Using the Discovery Approach to the Teaching of Selected Science Topics Read more about Boateng Ennimfule E . >> Welcome I am Rev . E . Boateng - Ennimful , a Lecturer at the Department of Science Education , UEW . My areas of specialization are Physics and Science Education . I am also the Chaplain of the University . AREAS OF INTEREST Children ' s Ideas Conceptual Approach to Teaching Science The Constructivist ' s View of Science Teaching Teacher ' s Views About the Nature of Science and the Impact on Classroom Practice Using the Discovery Approach to the Teaching of Selected Science Topics Bannerman Valentina ( Mrs ) Ag . Librarian M Phil ( Ed . Psy . ) ; Graduate Diploma in Library Studies ( G . D . L . S ) ; B . A ( Ed . ) Read more about Bannerman Valentina ( Mrs . ) >> Research Interests Information Literacy Knowledge Management Organisational Learning Publications The Impact of IFLA / DANIDA Project on UCEW Library . IFLA / DANIDA Newsletter , Vol . 5 no . 1 2002 , p . 3 - 4 Directory of African University Libraries and Professional Librarians in the West African Sub - Region , The Standing Conference of Africa University Libraries , Western Area ( SCAULWA ) , & International Network for the Availability of Scientific Publications ( INASP ) , Kumasi , 2002 Report of The Standing Conference of Africa University Libraries , Western Area ( SCAULWA ) , 2001 Conference . SCAULWA Newsletter , Vol . 3 no . 1 January - June 2002 pp 4 - 7 Report on the Information Technology Workshop . Sabre Foundation Website www . sabre . org / lits / ucewreport . html April , 2001 Information Literacy in Academic Libraries Ghana Library Journal . Vol . 1 no . 3 2001 , pp 45 - 55 From Conventional Libraries to Electronic Libraries : The Role of the African University in the Transformation . AAU Newsletter Vol . 7 No . 1 2001 pp . 3 - 6 . Presented jointly with Helena Asamoah - Hassan ( Mrs . ) Quality Assurance in African University Libraries . Library Standards , Performance Measurement , Staff Appraisal . Proceedings of the Revival Meeting held at Mamphey Hall , GIMPA 22 - 27 November 1999 , The Standing Conference of Africa University Libraries , Western Area ( SCAULWA ) , 2000 pp39 - 59 Information Anxiety . What is it ? GEMTA Newsletter . Vol . 2 issue 1 January 1999 . DAKE G . Y . SOCIAL STUDIES dakegershon * at * yahoo . com Read more about Dake G . K . >> ABOUT MYSELF I am a young man who is lecturing at the Department of Social Studies Education , University of Education Winneba in Ghana . I am fully married and all my children are boys . I obtained both my first and second degrees in Economics from the University of Cape Coast . I hold a Diploma Certificate in Education ( UCC ) and in Ghanaian Language ( SGL ) Ajumako . As a trained teacher ( Cert . A P / S ) , I taught at all levels , namely the Middle School ( 3 years ) , the Secondary School ( several years ) and currently in the University . My main subject area is Economics . I am however particularly interested in Development Economics . My research interest is in Poverty , Industrialisation and the Emancipation of Women / Women and Empowerment . deGRAFT - YANKSON PATRIQUE ART EDUCATION patriqueee * at * wowmail . com Read more about deGraft Yankson Partrique >> YOU ' RE WELCOME Who is he ? Patrique deGraft Yankson is a Ghanaian born on the 1st of October , 1966 . He completed his elementary school education in 1982 , proceed to teachers training college and finally to the University of Education for his B . Ed . Degree in Art Education . He minored in Literature in English . Currently he is pursuing his Masters Degree in the Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology . He is also a Teaching Assistant in the Department of Art Education , University of Education , Winneba . He gives practical tutorials to students in Computer Graphics and Digital Art . What he wants to be The aim of deGraft - Yankson is to spearhead the advocacy for the full integration of ICT tools in the teaching and learning of Art in Ghanaian Schools . This he has started with a research into the design of a basic handbook in ICT education for Art , which he is feverishly working on for his Masters Degree in Art Education . My Favorite Web sites www . wetcanvas . com www . photoshopuser . com www . iconadvertising . com deHeer - Amissah Adrian SCIENCE EDUCATION andamissah * at * uew . edu . gh Read more about deHeer - Amissah Adrian >> Academic / Research Interests Prof . deHeer - Amissah s areas of interest are Physics of the Lower Atmosphere and Environmental Science . He has done extensive work on Transport Phenomena ( of Momentum , Sensible Heat and Water Vapour ) , and Energy Balance of the Earth / Atmosphere interface . He is a Fellow of Ghana Institution of Physicists ( GIPhy ) ; a member of the West African Science Association , and Ghana Science Association . He served as the President of GSA ( 1985 - 1987 ) . He was the Chairman of the Committee to review Pre - Tertiary Education Programme in Ghana ( 1984 ) . He also chaired a Committee appointed by the Ministry of Education to submit proposals for the establishment of a Joint Admissions and Matriculation Board ( JAMB ) for placement of candidates in tertiary institutions . After twenty - eight years of teaching in the University of Cape Coast , Prof . deHeer - Amissah was seconded to the National Council for Tertiary Education as the first Executive Secretary for four years . He has been on post - retirement contract with the University of Education since 1999 . His main pre - occupation in the University is developing a viable Post - Graduate School . He is the Director of a Carnegie Corporation Funded Project on Post - Graduate Studies with Women in Focus Selected Publications Deheer - Amissah , A . N . ( 1966 ) ; Possible Climatic Changes that may be caused by the Creation of the Volta Lake ; in E . Obeng ( ed ) , Man - Made Lakes ; Ghana Universities Press , pp . 73 – 82 . Deheer - Amissah , A . N . ( 1973 ) . Surface Energy Balance of Some Climatic Regimes in West Africa ; Ghana Journal of Science ; Vol . 13 , No . 2 . Deheer - Amissah , A . N . ( 1973 ) . Estimates of Evapotranspiration Rates by Penman and Thornthwaite Methods ; Ghana Journal of Science ; Vol 13 , No . 2 . Deheer - Amissah , A . N . , Hogstrom , U ; Smedman - Hogstrom , A . S . ( 1981 ) . Calculation of Sensible and Latent Heat Fluxes , and Surface Resistance from Profile Data . Boundary - Layer Met . , 20 , 35 – 49 . Deheer - Amissah , A . N . ( 1982 ) . Advection of Water Vapour Flux across the Guinea Coast ; Proceed . , 13th Bien . Conf . of Ghana Science Association ; Accra . Deheer - Amissah , A . N . ( 1984 ) . A Semi - Empirical Method for Estimating Latent Heat Flux from Routine Meteorological Data . Arch . Met . Geoph . Biocl . , Ser A33 , 187 – 197 . Deheer - Amissah , A . N . ( 1984 ) . Seasonal and Vertical Distribution of Water Vapour in West Africa ; Proceed . , 14th Bien . Conf . of Ghana Science Association , Kumasi . EMINAH JOHN SCIENCE EDUCATION johneminah * at * yahoo . com Read more about Eminah John >> Welcome I am a senior lecturer in science education at the University of Education , Winneba . I ' m married with five children . My research interests include gender , curriculum and philosophical issues in science education . I am currently working on the worldviews of science and non - science major students on HIV / AIDS . I hope to present my doctoral dissertation in science education to the Faculty of Education , University of Cape Coast by mid November 2003 . I have presented three papers on my findings at national and international conferences in Ghana and Finland . I am working on a fourth paper to be presented at the Annual Conference of the Ghana Chemical Society in December 2003 . One of my long - term projects involves the development of an instrument that can be used to read the thoughts / minds of individuals . Research Areas I have published ten research reports and articles on various educational issues - comprising gender , philosophical , curricular and cultural issues in science education . Following are the titles of some of my publications : Hindrances to Females ' Participation in Science in Tertiary Teacher Training Institutions in Ghana . The Under - Representation of Females in Science in Ghana : Some Unconsidered Factors and Possible Remediation Towards a Workable Language Policy for Primary Science Teaching in Ghana Proficiency in English Language and its Effect on Cognitive Achievement in Science Science Teaching and Learning in Linguistically Heterogeneous Primary Classes in Ghana Teacher - Verbal Interactions in Selected J . S . S . Science Classes HANSON RUBY SCIENCE EDUCATION maameruby * at * yahoo . com Read more about Hanson Ruby >> Welcome My name is Ruby . I however wish to be called Ruu by my friends . I am married with two boys aged 12 and 10 . The big boy will turn 13 on the 11th of December . The younger one turned 10 on the 17th of June . I have two other grown up kids . They are all real lovely and wonderful kids .. I teach at a University in Winneba while my husband works in a town called Akwatia . He is the head of an institution there . He is called Kofi Hanson . I teach Chemistry at the science department of the University . I majored in analytical chemistry in school . Research Interests I have been teaching in UEW for the past five years . My area of interest has been in Inorganic Chemistry . My research interest has been in looking at the effects of additives , pesticides and other environmental pollutants on living organisms . Specifically , I have looked at the effect of food additives , particularly , flavourings and essences on man , using white mice . It was observed that mice fed on additives either died off early , had aborted pregnancies , or no births at all . Others had low weight offspring . This research was carried out at a basic level where further tests such as instrumental analyses were not carried out . It is hoped that this research will be followed up with time . A second research was carried out based on the effect of smoke fumes and other obnoxious gas on the effect on school children . The research was carried out in areas where schools had their buildings sited near rubbish dumps . A higher and recent research has been carried out on the effect of pesticides ( Lindane , Pentachlorophenol , and Propoxur ) on three fresh water fish , namely Chrysicthys nigrodigitatus , Oreochromis niloticus and Clarias gariepinus species . Very interesting findings resulted from the work . I hope to carry out even further research on the findings made . HARUNA W . Z . SCIENCE EDUCATION wizigha * at * yahoo . com Read more about Haruna W . Z . >> Welcome I am William Zigunah Haruna . I come from Kaleo in the Upper West Region of Ghana and I am married with two sons , Fred and Frank and a daughter , Gifty . I am a Biology teacher in the Department of Science Education , University of Education , Winneba , Ghana . I am trained as a botanist with ecology bias . My research interest is in Conservation Biology . In recent times , I have been working on coastal wetlands , specifically on mangrove vegetation and hope to continue along this line . As a science educationist , however , I also plan to do some collaborative work with colleagues in the field of science education . JOHNSON A . K . ENGLISH EDUCATION Department of English , University of Education , P O Box 25 , Winneba , Ghana . kwam42 * at * yahoo . com Read more about Johnson A . K . >> Welcome My name is A . K . Johnson , a lecturer in the department of English Education , University of Education , Winneba . I have lived and studied outside Ghana . I taught in Swaziland and had my further education in South Africa . My interest in the area of English education is literature , particularly children ' s literature , and media education ; how we can relate the new modern technologies in the construction and interpretation of text . It is my philosophy to empower my students , to make them discover the talents they have and use it creatively in their teaching and research . My favorite web sites Tony ' s lectures on media education and the English curriculum Kwamlah ' s notes on children ' s literature Johnson ' s literature series KNIEL Adrian SPECIAL EDUCATION Department of Special Education , University of Education , P O Box 25 , Winneba , Ghana . Tel : + 233 24 729 723 akniel * at * yahoo . de , akniel * at * uew . edu . gh Read more about KNIEL Adrian >> Studied Sociology , Social Psychology and Education at the Universities Erlangen - Nürnberg , Berlin and Mannheim . MA in Sociology 1971 1971 - 1974 Research Assistant to the National German Committee on the Reform of Special Education 1974 to 1979 Teaching Assistant at the Department of Education Ruhr University Bochum PhD in Education 1977 , Master in Special Education 1980 1980 Lecturer at the Department of Special Education University of Cologne 1980 to 1987 Associate Professor for Special Education at the University of Kassel . Model Project and Research on the integration of handicapped children in Preschools for the German Youth Institute . 1987 to 1991 Founder and Headmaster of the first Schools for Mentally Retarded Children ( Envol ) in Togo Conferences on Special Education for the German Cultural Centres in Jordania , Syria , Algeria , Tunesia , Morocco , Senegal , Cameroon , Congo , Nigeria , Ghana and Togo 1985 - 1995 . Organised the first Workshop for representatives of schools for mentally retarded children from Central and West Africa 1989 . Developed the Curriculum for Schools for Mentally Retarded Children together with teachers from Ghana and Togo in 1990 . Evaluated and supported projects for handicapped children in India , Guinea and Ivory Coast . 1991 to 2001 Associate Professor for Special Education at the University of Kassel . Evaluation Research on Community based Rehabilitation for Persons with a Disability and People First groups of Mentally handicapped persons in Germany financed by the Ministry of Social Welfare and Ministry of Health . 2002 to the present , Professor at the department of Special Education University of Education , Winneba . Initiated unit for mentally retarded children in regular schools in Winneba and Swedru . Research Interests Standardisation of the Draw - a - Man - Test and Raven s coloured progressive matrices for Ghana ( Data entry for Ghanaian normative sample in progress ) Development of an adaptive behaviour scale for Ghanaian children ( Data entry for Ghanaian normative sample in progress ) Development of a handbook to improve transition from school to work for adolescents in schools for the mentally retarded in Ghana . Go through my list of publications LUGOGYE R . B . GHANAIAN LANGUAGE rblugogye * at * yahoo . com Read more about Lugogye R . B . >> Welcome Lion Heart is fast acquiring the latest skills in the ICT business . As we enter the technological age , no one can afford to remain at the foot of the mountain . Whatever your social , economic , religious , political or educational background you need to be computer - literate to be able to rediscover yourself within the global context . I have been teaching Kasem in the Department of Ghanaian Languages for the past six years . With the skills I have acquired now , my work has been made easier . From now onwards my lectures will be delivered on - line so I urge my students to develop great interest in ICT so they can access the volumes of knowledge packed in the web . OFORI S . S . ART EDUCATION sazmo * at * hotmail . com Read more about Ofori S . S . >> Welcome My full name is Smiles Ofori . My field of specialization is Architectural Ceramics . I like to work on environmental scale and also share this knowledge with my students . I teach undergraduate ceramics at the Department of Art Education , of the University of Education , Winneba . I have been teaching since 1971 , but I have been into the teaching of Ceramics for twenty years . I also do collaboration with indigenous potters in rural communities in Ghana . Three years ago , I organized a clay exchange program for my undergraduate students to exchange expertise with traditional potters . It is an exciting experience , and I have planned to enlarge it to involve students from the junior secondary schools and secondary schools . TENTEH A . M . K . FRENCH EDUCATION tentehkweku * at * yahoo . co . uk Read more about Tenteh A . M . K . >> Welcome My full name is Anthony Martin Kweku Tenteh . I am fifty - seven and have been in Winneba since November 1987 . I taught French Language and Literature in the then Advanced Teacher Training College . With the inception of the University College of Education , I have been teaching French language and Linguistics . My research interest is in dialectology involving phonetic and lexical differences in local dialects . I am also interested in all kinds of family planning with emphasis on the use of natural methods . TURNER SANDRA V . MATHEMATICS EDUCATION sturner * at * uew . edu . gh Read more about Turner Sandra V . >> Welcome I am a Fulbright Professor for 2003 - 04 at the University of Education , Winneba . Although my husband and I have lived in Botswana and traveled widely in southern and eastern Africa , this is our first time in West Africa . We have two children and two grandchildren . My husband Jack is retired from his job as finance director at a seminary in Chicago . We like to travel , hike and bike . One summer we hiked 192 miles across England , coast to coast , in 14 days . We ve also climbed Kilimanjaro . I ' m from Ohio University in the USA , where I teach computer courses to teachers at the post - graduate level and advise doctoral students in their dissertation research related to computers in education . I ve been using computers for nearly 30 years and teaching with computers for 25 years . I ve learned , however , that no one is ever an expert . There are always new things to learn . In fact , I expect you will teach me something new . That s what I like about computing . My other web page is at http : // oak . cats . ohiou . edu / ~ turners My research interests include : Technology in K - 12 Schools Technology in Teacher Education Multimedia / Hypermedia Constructivist Learning Environments Peer Collaboration Gender Differences in Information Technology Web - Based Learning Lego Logo Robotics Teacher Professional Development International Education and Technology Technology and Math Education The web site for my NSF Research Grant : Getting the Media Message My Curriculum Vitae YIDANA ISSIFU MATHEMATICS EDUCATION iyidana * at * uew . edu . gh Read more about Yidana Issifu >> Welcome I am Issifu Yidana . I teach Mathematics and Information Technology at the University of Education , Winneba . I teach first , second and third year undergraduate courses . My academic interests include Numerical Analysis , Optimization Techniques , and Information Communications Technology in Education ( ICTE ) . For more information about me , click here !

Kwame went to pick up his fiancé from her work place . As she come out of the office , there were a number of her office colleagues at the premises and she went around hugging each one of them with some of them flaunting kisses on her cheek and forehead areas . Kwame got furious that she got too intimate with especially her male colleagues . She also insisted she was only being courteous with just another form of greeting . This degenerated into a very nasty argument between them . Some people believe that close hugging and kisses are alien to our culture and the fact is that we are not used to and most people are uncomfortable , unlike people from western cultures , with that kind of physical contact . Do you agree with this assertion ? Are close hugs and kisses not really in conformity with our culture and social setting ?

The Government of Ghana has placed a ban on an International Conference of Gays and Lesbians scheduled to take place in Ghana later this month . The Government made it clear that it shall not permit the proposed conference to take place anywhere in Ghana . The Government has even asked the Interior Minister to investigate and punish the officials who gave permission for a gays and Lesbian s conference at the International Conference Centre . It says homosexual relationships offend the culture and morality of the people There are some people , not necessarily gays or lesbians who are opposed to the government directive because they say it is against the constitutional right of freedom of association . They point that it is engaging in a homosexual act that is an offence in Ghana and not merely saying you are one . In other words , you cannot arrest someone because he / she says I am a thief without proof of an act being committed . They say the constitutional right of an individual should overcome any argument of culture and morality . There are others too who say regardless of rights or whatever , homosexuality should not have any place in our society and encourages the government to employ all the power at is disposal to deal with the perpetrators of the act . What is your candid opinion on this matter ?

Welcome to the University of Ghana , Legon . We hope that your stay at the University will be pleasant , fruitful and very rewarding . The Dean and the staff of the International Programmes Office look forward to meeting you and we wish you every success . We are delighted that you have chosen the University of Ghana for your studies . Whether you are here for one or two semesters of study abroad or a full degree programme at the undergraduate or graduate level , we trust that your studies at the University of Ghana will be intellectually challenging , culturally stimulating and personally rewarding . This handbook provides a brief description of the University of Ghana and some useful information to help you settle in . The handbook is designed to address frequently asked questions . While all your questions may not be answered , services and people who may provide more information on life at Legon are identified . Please contact the International Programmes Office if you have any specific questions relating to International Programmes and International Student Exchange or if you have any suggestions for improvements in this handbook . It is my pleasure to welcome you to the University of Ghana . Professor Eric Danquah / Dean , International Programmes / Office Location / Contact Information The Office of the Dean is located in the K . A . B . Jones - Quartey Building First right after the Main Entrance near the Faculty of Law First floor , Right Wing , Room 5 ( Building # 4 on the Campus map ) Telephone : 021 - 518067 Legon Exchange : 021 - 500381 Ext . 2112 ( General Office ) Ext . 2069 ( Asst . Registrar ) Fax : 021 - 507147 E - mail : inep @ ug . edu . gh The University of Ghana THE UNIVERSITY S MISSION The Mission Statement of the University of Ghana defines the business scope and unique competencies that determine why the University will be successful as a tertiary institution and its approach to realizing its goals . It aims to encompass all the critical activities and capabilities of the University and covers the entire span of its endeavours . Finally , it captures the prioritisation given to each sphere of activity based on the contribution to be made toward the achievement of the University s long - term objectives . Our Mission is to develop World - class human resources and capabilities to meet national development needs and global challenges through quality teaching , learning , research and knowledge dissemination . We will build on our core strength as a centre of excellence for high quality teaching and research , relevant Institutions and good infrastructure and our unique competencies in the sciences , medicine , humanities , law , business , cultural studies , information technology and other emerging disciplines , to secure and sustain world - class competitive advantage in a stable democratic environment . We will build deeper awareness of the needs of our consumers , especially students , the private and public sectors , government and the world community and re - orient our teaching , research and extension activities and harmonize synergies between disciplines to achieve operational excellence . We will promote innovative , relevant and cutting - edge technology , leadership development and an enterprise culture , to enhance the delivery of value to our consumers and stakeholders . The University of Ghana s operations are governed by the highest level of integrity , ethical standards , openness and fairness and are underpinned by a performance driven reward recognition system . Brief Introduction Founded in 1948 as the University College of the Gold Coast , for the purpose of providing and promoting university education , learning and research , it became the University College of Ghana on the attainment of Ghana s independence in March 1957 . During the initial years it enjoyed a special relationship with the University of London , which supervised its academic programmes and awarded University of London external degrees to successful students . By an act of Parliament in 1961 , the University College of Ghana attained sovereign university status with authority to award its own degrees and thus the University of Ghana was established . It is the oldest and largest of the five universities in Ghana . Governing Body The University s governing body is the University Council whose membership includes representation from Government , Alumni , Students , Staff and University Teachers . Precincts The campus of the University of Ghana is situated about 13 kilometres north - east of Ghana s capital - Accra , at an altitude of between 300 and 400 feet . University Avenue extends 1 km . from the main University gate at the Accra - Dodowa Road to Commonwealth Hall on Legon Hill . Along this avenue are grouped other Halls of Residence , Departments , lecture rooms and laboratories . Mid - way , the University Square , an open space with an ornamental pool is overlooked by the University s main library , the Balme Library ( named after the first principal of the University College , David Mowbray Balme ) . The Commercial precinct where banks and the post office may be found is located here . Across from University Square are sports fields , a central cafeteria and halls of residence . Built into the slope of Legon Hill behind Commonwealth Hall an open - air theatre with a Grecian style auditorium is located . On the summit of Legon Hill is the Convocation group of buildings housing the University s administration offices , the Great Hall , with a seating capacity of 1 , 500 and a Tower , donated by the Government of Ghana in 1959 to commemorate Ghana s Independence . The south side of the campus contains residential accommodations for senior members , the University Primary School , the Manciple s Organisation , the International Students Hostel and the Noguchi Memorial Institute of Medical Research . On the northern side are teaching departments , lecture halls and laboratories . Across the Accra - Dodowa road from the main University gate is the Legon Police Station and located behind it are the University Hospital and residential accommodation for other staff of the University ( see Campus Map ) . Departments and Faculties Academic life of the University of Ghana is centred on Faculties , Schools , Institutes and Centres . The main Faculties are Arts , Social Studies , Agriculture , Law , and Science . The College of Health Sciences is made up of a Medical School , Dental School , School of Nursing , School of Public Health and the Noguchi Memorial Institute for Medical Research . Other academic units are the School of Administration , School of Communication Studies , Institute of African Studies , Institute of Adult Education , Institute of Statistical , Social and Economic Research , Regional Institute for Population Studies , the School of Performing Arts , the Legon Centre for International Affairs ( LECIA ) , the International Centre for African Music and Dance , the Language Centre , and the Centre for Tropical Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics . The University has three agricultural research stations located off campus . Academic Programmes There are three levels of academic programmes : ( i ) sub - degree courses ; ( ii ) Bachelor s degree courses ; and , ( iii ) Master s and Doctoral degree programmes . Almost all academic departments offer Master s and Ph . D . programmes . Library Facilities The Balme Library holds more than 300 , 000 volumes and over 5 , 000 periodicals . These holdings are supplemented by Departmental and Hall libraries . Residential Facilities The University is largely residential with 3 co - ed Halls of Residence ( Legon Hall , Akuafo Hall , Mensah Sarbah Hall ) and 2 single sex Halls of residence ( Volta Hall for females and Commonwealth Hall for males ) . In addition , there is a 100 - room co - ed Graduate Hostel and a 217 - bed co - ed International Students Hostel . Other residential facilities include the Jubilee Hostel and the SSNIT Hostel , both co - ed . International Co - operation The University of Ghana envisions university - wide integrated programmes in teaching , research , and service with a strong international dimension . All international programmes are intended to enable members of the university community to benefit from trans - cultural knowledge that may be applied to a range of critical issues . This vision will enhance the university s advancement as a world - class teaching and research institution . In order to accord proper attention to its international programmes and students , the University established an office of International Programmes , headed by a Dean . The University of Ghana has both formal and informal links with several . Institutions worldwide and is a member of the International Association of African Universities ( IAAU ) , the Association of Commonwealth Universities ( ACU ) , the Association of African Universities as well as a member of the League of World Universities ( comprised of 47 renowned research Universities around the world ) . The University has also established academic and research links with several Universities and Research Institutions worldwide . Additionally , the University is linked , among others , to the Norwegian Universities Committee for Development Research and Education ( NUFU ) , the Council for International Education Exchange ( CIEE ) based in New York , International Students Exchange Programme ( ISEP ) , and the Commonwealth Universities Study Abroad Consortium ( CUSAC ) . The majority of participating students in these programmes come from the United States , Canada , Asia , the United Kingdom and Europe . The University of Ghana also provides an opportunity for some Ghanaian students to broaden their knowledge and experience by studying for one or two semesters at an International Institution while pursuing their degree at the University of Ghana . The International Programmes Office : This office was established to promote and co - ordinate all the University s external relations , including International Students , Visiting Scholars , staff on exchange , external staff training programmes and research collaboration . The Office of International Programmes offers a variety of services to international students and scholars . It also processes special admission student applications for international students and co - ordinates their accommodation in University of Ghana residential facilities . Recognizing that international students add to the cultural enrichment of the social , as well as academic , setting of the Legon campus , the Office is dedicated to fostering global understanding and goodwill and assisting all international students to reap maximum benefit from their stay in Ghana . All international students must report to the Office of International Programmes upon their arrival to complete registration formalities . Meet the Staff Dean Assistant Registrar Senior Administrative Assistant Principal Accountant Administrative Assistant Driver Shuttle Bus Driver Messenger / Cleaner Training Manager ( International Students Hostel ) Chief Porter ( International Students Hostel ) Prof . Chris Gordon Miss Lydia Nyako Vacant Ms Helen Asare Mrs . Victoria Baku - Atiboly Mr . Ernest Frimpong Mr . Emmanuel Attu Mr . David Opare Mr . Daniel Azumah Mr . Dominic Mintah Office Location The Office of International Programmes is located on the First Floor , Right Wing of the K . A . B . Jones - Quartey Building , ( near the Faculty of Law ) close to the main entrance of the University of Ghana . We can be reached by : Tel / Fax : 021 - 507147 ( direct line Tel : 021 - 500381 Ext . 2112 ( through the University switchboard ) E - mail : dip @ ug . edu . gh The mailing address is : International Programmes Office University of Ghana P . O . Box LG 586 Legon , Ghana , West Africa . Services for International Students The Office provides the following services : Reception and Orientation Airport pick - up . Given adequate information on the travelling arrangements of in - bound students ( name , airline , flight number , arrival time ) , the International Programmes Office arranges pick - up from Kotoka International Airport and transport to University of Ghana Hostels for students who do not have transport arranged by their home programme . Those meeting you will be waiting immediately outside the cordoned off area when you leave the airport building ( you exit by going down an internal ramp that takes you under the road ) . Residential Accommodation Assistance is provided to all international students on their arrival to ensure that they acquire residential accommodation at the International Students Hostel and / or another Hall of Residence . Registration All international students must report at the Office of International Programmes to complete the registration process . Internet Access Our students have access to computers available in our conference room to connect to the internet . Immigration In any new country your passport is your most valuable document . You must keep your passport in a safe place . Students are advised to make photocopies of the most important pages in their passports and store them in a different secure place . On arrival in Ghana , all international students must register with their respective High Commissions / Embassies at their earliest convenience . Should you lose your passport , you must IMMEDIATELY report the loss to the police , then to your country s high commission , embassy , or consulate and also to the Ghana Immigration Service . The Office of International Programmes is responsible for acting as the intermediary between the University of Ghana , the international student , and various outside organisations , most importantly the Ghana Immigration Service . Assistance is provided to international students to enable them to regularise their stay . Academic and Adjustment Assistance The Office of International Programmes offers advice to assist with any adjustment problems and is available to explain University policy as well as some aspects of Ghanaian culture . The goal of the Office is to help make the transitional process of every international student as easy and smooth as possible . Student Welfare The Dean and staff of the International Programmes Office are committed to maintaining a vigilant concern for the welfare of all international students . Every effort is made to ensure that , both academically and socially , the period of stay of all international students both on campus and in Ghana as a whole is an enjoyable and rewarding one . Peer Partner Programme The Office of International Programmes in conjunction with the Student Representative Council ( SRC ) is initiating a programme designed to introduce each new student to a continuing Legon student who will assist the new student to adjust to life at Legon . Such assistance may include : help in opening bank accounts ; introduction to the various services available to students on campus ; and , general familiarisation with the campus itself . The International Students ' Hostel The International Students Hostel is located on the southern part of the campus , off the road leading to the Noguchi Memorial Institute for Medical Research . This Hostel ( commissioned June 18th , 1999 ) was purpose built to cater for the increasing numbers of international students at the University of Ghana opened for students of the 2000 / 2001 academic year . To ensure that our international students have as much contact with their Ghanaian peers as possible and to foster close socio - cultural interaction with our international students , a number of Ghanaian students are resident in the hostel . The International Hostel is made up of 4 floors with a total of 128 rooms of single and double occupancy . Each floor has a laundry , 2 kitchenettes and a T . V . lounge . In addition the ground floor has two Reading Rooms . To further ensure the safety of our students , every evening from 7 : 00 11 : 00 p . m . , a free Shuttle Service is run to and from the hostel connecting to other points on the campus , including the Balme Library , the Central Cafeteria and the main University Gate . Students are advised to bring along or acquire on arrival basic toiletries and other basic essentials to outfit their rooms . Telephone facilities ( intercom , local and IDD ) are available ( per student ) in each room at the hostel . This service has been disrupted due to a technical problem . Every effort is being made to restore the serivce . Some Comments from International Students about the University of Ghana My experience in Ghana was definitely life changing . Attending the University enabled me to really learn about the Ghanaian Culture . Spending the semester learning the Twi l anguage , traditional African dance and Drama and interacting with the students made my stay an incredible one . Kimberly Kingsley Council The University of Ghana provides great opportunities for foreign students . The classes offer students the chance to study unique subjects , from traditional African dance to the History of West African religions in a setting much different from what we are accustomed to . Personally I found this experience to be the most amazing of my life . Corey Bodoh - Creed Suny / Brockport The University of Ghana has provided me with a challenging and thought - provoking academic experiences . The University caters very well to the needs of International Students , helping us to integrate into the community while supporting our special needs . My semester at the University of Ghana was a great cultural experience . I could not have asked for a better place to study . Matthew Bailey Joyce Suny / Brockport The University of Ghana has provided me with a unique educational experience . By participating in a combination of academics , sports and social life , I was able to become part of the Campus Community . While it wasn t always easy , I recommend to students to stay for a whole year because it is only then that you get a taste of what it s really like in Ghana . I thought a year will be a long time , but I realized how short it really was . It has changed my life and it is bound to change yours . So if you are sitting there and drinking your cup of coffee and contemplating it -- challenge yourself ! Leave your comfort zone and experience University of Ghana . Georgia Gould ISEP THE GHANAIAN LEGAL SYSTEM The Legal system in Ghana is based primarily on the British Common Law and Customary Law . The three fundamental principles are that : everyone is equal under the Law ; an accused person is presumed innocent until proven guilty ; and , ignorance is no excuse for breaking the Law . As an international student , you have the full protection of Ghanaian laws . The third principle is especially important to international students : Please note that if you break the laws of the land , you cannot get away with it on the grounds that you did not know that what you did was wrong . All international students are to note that the Laws of Ghana prohibit the use of narcotics and restricted drugs , such as heroin , cocaine and marijuana . Students caught using or dealing in such drugs will be prosecuted and , if found guilty , could be sentenced to several years imprisonment . All students are strongly advised to stay away from drugs . GHANA NATIONAL HOLIDAYS National holidays are observed in Ghana on the dates listed below . Dates not indicated vary from year to year . Students should note that on such days all government offices , banks and most stores are closed . Public Holidays New Year s Day Eid al - Adha Independence Day Good Friday Easter Monday May Day African Union Day Republic Day Eid al - Fitr Farmers Day Christmas Day Boxing Day January 1st Variable ( in January ) March 6th Variable Variable May 1st May 25th July 1st Variable ( in November ) 1st Friday in December December 25th December 26th SAFETY AND SECURITY The University of Ghana and its environs are a relatively safe place to live and study . However it is always important to be on your guard . Please take all possible precautions for your safety especially after dark . Kindly be guided by the following safety tips . DON T as far as possible , go unaccompanied after dark , there is safety in numbers , so always go places with a friend ( s ) . DO keep your room locked even if you are leaving it for only a few seconds . DO be careful as to whom you give your name or address to or allow into your room . DO travel light and try not to flaunt expensive jewellery , gadgets , clothes or flash cash . DON T accept lifts from strangers . DO , if possible , ensure that others know of your whereabouts . DO plan the safest route to your destination and use it , keeping to well lit areas . DON T wander into unknown areas find out how safe they are first . DO keep valuable property e . g . your Passport , Laptops etc . , under lock and key . DO on trips off campus , keep a vigilant eye on your bags and other property . DO avoid hitchhiking , bearing in mind the dangers involved . DO as much as possible avoid the company of certain shady characters ( mostly male ) who will try to entice you and take advantage of you . DO trust your instincts ! If you feel uncomfortable in any place or situation , leave it . See also Security Policy and Procedures SOME SERVICES PROVIDED ON CAMPUS HEALTH SERVICES The University of Ghana runs a 64 - bed hospital ( including 13 maternity beds ) open 24 hours daily . It consists of an outpatient Department , a minor Operating Theatre , a Pharmacy , an X - Ray Department , a Dental Section and a Laboratory . The hospital is headed by a Director of University Health Services and supported by a team of medical officers , pharmacists , qualified nurses and other health officials . The hospital provides free medical attention to all members of the university community , namely , students , staff and staff dependants . In addition the University Hospital runs a clinic for students on the ground floor of the Central Cafeteria Building . This is open between 6 . 30 a . m . to 11 . 00 a . m . each working day . If you should become sick or injured on campus , you should report at the University Hospital for medical attention . Other private hospitals where students can attend , if they choose , are the Trust Hospital at Osu , and the Nyaho Clinic at the Airport Residential Area . Information on malaria COUNSELLING SERVICE The University of Ghana has a Counselling and Placement Centre purposely set up to supplement other facilities at the University for the promotion of welfare and development of students located next to the Sociology Department at the Commonwealth Hall end of campus . Competent Specialists are available free of charge to assist students with diverse problems including emotional , psychological and educational problems . As this is a walk - in clinic , appointments are not necessary . Current information on the Counsellors follows : Counsellors Dr . Rose Schroeder Counselling Psychologist , Lecturer Department of Psychology , University of Ghana , Legon Time : Mondays 3 : 00 5 : 00 p . m . Dr . Samuel Ohene Psychiatrist , Lecturer , University of Ghana Medical School Time : Tuesdays 4 : 00 6 : 00 p . m . Dr . ( Mrs ) Araba Sefa - Dedeh Clinical Psychologist , Lecturer , University of Ghana Medical School Time : Wednesdays 3 : 30 6 : 00 p . m . Dr . J . J . Lamptey Psychiatrist - in - charge , Valley View Clinic and Part - time Lecturer , University of Ghana Medical School Time : Thursdays 4 : 30 6 : 00 p . m . Mr . John Gordon Egyir - Croffet Full - time Counsellor / Ag . Director Counselling & Placement Centre Ms . Sarah Mary Addo Full - time Counsellor , Counselling & Placement Centre Time : Monday / Wednesday 9 - 11 a . m . / 2 - 4 : 30 p . m . Tuesday / Thursday / Friday 9 : 00 a . m . 4 : 30 p . m Speciality Assists students with personal problems including emotional and psychological problems ; tension , heaviness - in - the - head ; sleeplessness ; anxiety ; dependence on drugs , alcohol and other substances ; phobia ; stammering . Assists students with personal problems including emotional and psychological problems ; anxiety ; tension ; sleeplessness ; phobia ; stammering ; etc . Assists students with personal problems including emotional and psychological problems ; depression ; tension ; heaviness in - the - head ; sleeplessness ; anxiety ; dependence on drugs , alcohol and other substances ; phobias ; etc . Assists students with educational problems ; poor performance ; study skills ; general adjustment ; personal problems including social relationship , family , friends , etc . ; and , career planning , etc . BANKING SERVICES One of the first things students are advised to do on arrival is to put their money in a bank , as it is not wise to carry a lot of cash about . Opening a Bank Account in Ghana To open a bank account , you have to provide photocopies of the following documents : 1 . Student identification card 2 . Admission letter 3 . Passport 4 . Two passport sized pictures 5 . Letter from the Dean of your hall of residence Standard Chartered Bank and Barclays Bank have branches on the University campus ( located near University square , 300m from the University s main enterance ) . The Ghana Commercial Bank is located across from the main University entrance . Banks operate between the hours of 8 . 30 a . m . and 3 . 00 p . m . Monday - Friday and provide several services . Traveller ' s Cheques may be cashed but you will need your passport and the maximum allowed at any one transaction is $ 200 . 00 US . American Express has only one agent in Accra - Scantravel . Located in Enterprise House on High Street , Ussher Town , Scantravel is open from 8 : 00 a . m . to 5 p . m . Monday to Friday . The Banks operate Automated Teller Machines ( ATMs ) available 24 hours a day . Barclays and Standard Chartered ATMs accept international transactions using a Visa / Mastercard / Debit / Credit card ( there is usually a maximum number of times you may use a credit card for cash withdrawals per week - check with your credit card company before leaving home ) . Your account is billed with the dollar equivalent of money withdrawn and there ' s a small fee . Bank cards affiliated with VISA are most widely accepted . The " Cirrus " or " Plus " signs on the back of your bank card are also accepted . ATMs operation is dependent on telephone lines so when the lines are down , communication with the ' Bank master ' that facilitates the ATM transactions is lost . When that happens ( not infrequently ) you will get a message saying that the " ATM is temporarily out of order " or " We regret we cannot offer cash at this moment " . When this happens , keep trying at intervals to see if service has been restored . Western Union services are available from the Post Office on campus for transfer of money to Ghana . While most Standard Chartered Banks do have Western Union service , the campus branch does not . Transfering Money to Ghana You can receive an inward transfer of any amount through the bank even without an account . You will need your passport and some proof of residence . Transfers may be paid in the original currency transferred at a fee of 5 % of amount received . Transfers may be sent to Ghana using WESTERN UNION MONEY TRANSFER or SWIFT ( for Standard Chartered Bank ) . To receive money through SWIFT at a Standard Chartered Bank ( which takes 72 hours ) you will need the following information : SWIFT CODE : SCBL GH AC BANK : STANDARD CHARTERED BANK LTD . ACCT # : NAME : BRANCH : LEGON ADDRESS : P . O . BOX LG 16 , LEGON ACCRA GHANA . currency converter PLACES OF WORSHIP The constitution of Ghana guarantees freedom of religion . The University has diverse religious groups some meeting places are listed below : GROUP Catholic Baptist Anglican Methodist - Presbyterian Union Legon Interdenominational Church Legon Pentecostals Union Campus Christian Family Pentecost Students and Associates Assemblies of God Campus Ministries Jehovah s Witnesses Legon Mosque Seventh Day Adventist Church Deeper Life Ministries Lighthouse Chapel Int . PLACE OF WORSHIP Mensah Sarbah Hall Chapel Commonwealth Hall Chapel Behind the Nursing Dept . Central Cafeteria Behind the Nursing Dept . N - 2 Lecture Room , N - Block Legon Hall Dining Hall Nursing Dept . Auditorium Volta Hall Dining Hall Legon Hall Long Room Off the Noguchi / I . S . H . Road Akuafo Hall Chapel Legon Hall Chapel Legon Hall Dining Hall There is a Buddhist place of worship at the Temple at the Dansoman Estates , behind Club 250 Hotel , in Accra . COMMUNICATION Postal Service The Ghana Post has a branch on the campus . The Legon Post Office is located in the commercial area of the university ( opposite Legon Hall ) , sells stamps , air letter cards , registers letters and accepts mail to be posted to all parts of the world . It also sells greeting cards and other stationery . Letters / parcels from home should be addressed to : Student ' s Name International Students ' Hostel Room Number University of Ghana P . O . Box LG 586 Legon , Accra Ghana , West Africa Letters arrive in ISH and are placed in your cubby hole at the Porter ' s Desk . When a parcel arrives , you will find a notification card in your cubby hole telling you which Post Office is holding the parcel ( usually , Accra North [ Nkrumah Circle ] - which is a fair distance away from the University ) . You will need photo ID to claim your parcel and there is a charge . Although the charge is fixed , the charge seems to vary with what the worker seems to think they can get away with charging and may also depend upon whether the person receiving the parcel is perceived as polite . Telephone Service Ghana Telecom has placed a number of public phone booths at various vantage points on the Legon Campus . Phone cards are easily available for purchase . Toll free directory assistance for land - line phones dial 160 or 105 . Telephone facilities are available in all rooms at the International Students Hostel . Students may sign on for the use of this facility . The Internet Café at the International Students ' Hostel has local / international calling services . Many people have cell phones . It is free to receive calls on cell phones ( even international calls ) . It is one of the few ways you can be reached by your parents in case of emergency . You may purchase a cell phone ( called mobile in Ghana ) in Accra ( e . g . Spacefon on Oxford Street in Osu ) but they don ' t take credit cards . Some people share a phone to cut costs . Many phones from back home work in Ghana , you just need to purchase a new SIM / " SNAP " card in Ghana for about $ 15 . 00 USD . Business and Communication Centres A number of businesses and communication centres are located within the university campus . Services provided include local , trunk and international telephone calls , faxes , typing , printing , photocopying and binding services for a fee . Some centres are : The Legon Business Centre O . T . Business Centre Key Pubcom Business Centre Media Designs The S . R . C . Business Centre Maranatha Business Centre Dixwell Communication Centre Bubbles Geo Support Legon Hall Commonwealth Hall Mensah Sarbah Hall Central Cafeteria KAB Jones - QuarteyBuilding KAB Jones - QuarteyBuilding KAB Jones - QuarteyBuilding Mensah - Sarbah Hall Annexe B Akuafo Hall ( above Tacobell ) Cyber Cafés Several Cyber Cafés are located on campus and offer Internet services for a fee to students between the hours of 8 . 30 a . m . and 9 . 00 p . m . daily . The fee is about 5 , 000 cedi or . 50 cents UDS per hour ) . These may be found at : The University Guest Centre Reception S . R . C . Computer Laboratory , - Akuafo Hall African Virtual University , - on top of the University Bookshop Balme Library Legon Hall ( 24h broad band operations Above Tyme Out ) . Benx Zola Computer Services Akuafo Hall Annexe B The Speedster Cyber Café SRC Union Building Queens Cyber Café - International Students ' Hostel and Legon Hall Where to Eat Most of the residential Halls on campus have dining halls serving lunch and dinner . Some of the , mainly local , dishes served include : Rice and meat / fish sauce Rice and beans ( Waakye ) Fried ripe plantain and beans ( Red - Red ) Rice spiced with pepper sauce and chicken ( Jollof ) Fufu ( Pounded cassava and plantain meal ) with meat / fish soup . Ampesi ( Boiled yam ) and sauce Banku ( Cornmeal ) with soup or sauce Kenkey and fish with pepper sauce Tuo zaafi ( a type of corn porridge ) The International Students Hostel has kitchens and other facilities for cooking and residents may prepare their own meals if they so choose . In addition to the meals provided by the dining halls , other eateries located on campus also serve local and continental dishes for breakfast , lunch and dinner . Some of these places are : Tacobell Tyme - Out Wiltex Food Designs The Roof Top Tasty Treats El Gringo Cindyiks Central Cuisiné The Basement Quest Café School of Performing Arts The University Guest Centre On the Run Akuafo Hall Legon Hall Volta Hall Computer Science Department Jubilee Hall Estates Department International Students Hostel Legon Central Cafeteria Legon Central Cafeteria KAB Jones - Quartey Building Restaurant Restaurant Mobil Station , Legon ( off campus ) Other places to eat include Hajia ' s Special at the Bush Canteen ( the Legon Social Market ) and the Shangri - La market , behind the School of Nursing . Shopping and Market Centres Several shopping and market centres are located on the campus and its environs . These include general grocery shops , card and gift shops , bookshops , pharmacies and hair salons and barber s shops . General grocery shops include : The Central Cafeteria : Nabbot Ventures ( behind the Central Cafeteria ) and Partners B / c Services ( inside the Central Cafeteria ) The Manciple s Shop near the University Primary School The Legon Social Market ( Bush Canteen ) The Night Market ( near the Manciple s shop ) Legon Mobil Mart , off campus ( near the Main Gate ) Legon Shell Shop , off campus ( South Legon ) Total Shop ( near the Main Gate ) Unipetrol Shop , off campus ( near ECG , Legon ) Card and Gift Shops / Bookshops include : Cud n Cuddles ( Commonwealth Hall ) The Legon Bookshop The Legon Bookshop Annexe ( at the Jones - Quartey Building ) The Volta Hall Gift Shop ( Volta Hall ) Bubbles ( Mensah - Sarbah Annexe B ) Pharmacy Shops include : Pfago Pharmacy ( Legon Hall Annexe B ) Pills & Tabs Pharmacy ( located beside On the Run , across the main road from the University ) tel : 0244 - 252851 Salons and Barber s Shops include : Swanky Modes Salon ( Legon Hall ) Volta Hall Salon Hair Sense Barbering Shop ( Mensah Sarbah Hall ) Mensah Sarbah Hall Salon Mensah Sarbah Hall Annexe A Salon Bush Canteen Salons and Barbers Shops Shopping is also available at : Madina , a suburb of Accra close to Legon Osu ( an eastern suburb of Acca ) noted for its commercial activities , notably grocery shops , fast food joints and brisk nightlife Central Accra Bookshops Books for Less ( Oxford Street , Osu ) second - hand bookshop dealing in English language books and paperbacks at reasonable rates ( in the building housing the Woodin Fabric store round the corner from the front entrance ) . There is a cluster of bookshops and stalls on and around Pagan Road selling second - hand books . Riya ' s Bookstore ( 18th Lane , Osu ) new books priced in the range you would pay at home . Supermarkets Maxmart ( Liberation Road opposite the Golden Tulip Hotel ) Koala Supermarket ( Osu ) Sotrec Groceries ( Osu ) Ghana Supermarket ( Osu ) Tip Top In Town ( Osu ) Multistores ( High Street ) Vegetarian Products Relish Health Foods ( corner of 11th Lane and 6th Street , Osu ) Crafts and Curios Cultural Centre ( on the seafront at 28th February Road ) Makola Market ( city centre ) Kaneshie Market ( Winneba Road ) Trade Fair Centre ( opposite La Palm Hotel ) The Loom Art Gallery ( Nkruma Avenue in Adabraka between Terra Nova Bar and Wok Inn Restaurant ) Step In Gallery ( near The Loom ) Craft Stalls at Tetteh Quarshie Circle ( close to campus ) Recreational Facilities The University of Ghana , through the Amalgamated Sport Clubs , offers students a wide variety of campus recreational activities . The following are some of the team sports offered : Basketball Badminton Volleyball Handball Hockey Athletics Football Rugby Lawn Tennis Students may also register with swimming clubs that make use of the facilities at some of the hotels close to the university . Some of these hotels are Hotel Shangri - La , Golden Tulip Hotel , Miklin Hotel , and Nogahil Hotel . There are also some private gymnasiums where students may register and go for regular workouts Entertainment Centres Various entertainment spots are located within the university campus where students may meet for entertainment programmes such as film shows , dance clubs as well as indoor games . Some places providing such services include : Tyme Out ( Legon Hall ) Pub , music and dance , and indoor games . Desperados ( Commonwealth Hall ) Pub , cinema and barbecue nights ( Friday evenings ) Efua Sutherland Drama Studio Drama and Theatre Productions and cinema Tacobell ( Akuafo Hall ) - Bar and Restaurant Other Services Other campus based services include laundry facilities , and are provided at various locations on campus including : Legon Hall Commonwealth Hall Mensah Sarbah Hall Central Cafeteria Wiseway Cleaners ( near the main university entrance ) Getting Around The University of Ghana is a very short travelling distance from Accra , the capital city . The Legon Police Station , the Junior Staff Village and the University Hospital are located in close proximity to the Legon campus and all are accessible by foot . To get into town from Legon , intra - city buses , tro - tros or local mini - buses as well as taxis are widely available both within campus and at the Main Gate . A free shuttle bus links the International Students Hostel and the other parts of the campus every evening from 7 p . m . till 11 . 00 p . m . Students are advised to avail themselves of this service as much as possible . Students wanting to travel outside Accra are advised to use the services of S . T . C . , located on the Ring Road West , near the Obetsebi - Lamptey Circle as much as possible . It provides inter - city buses linking Accra and most Regional Capitals like Kumasi , Ho , Cape - Coast , Takoradi , Tamale and Bolgatanga . Inter - City Road Distances More Information on customs and regulations in Ghana DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS IN GHANA International Organisations A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z A Algeria , Embassy of The Democratic People s Republic of 87 Tito Avenue P O Box 2747 ... 776719 Austrian Consulate 45 Water Road , North Ridge P O Box 564 .. 225719 B Belgium Consulate 2 Mankata Ave . Box C706 . . 23321 . 773378 / 774957 Benin , Embassy of Republic of 80 Volta Street 2nd Close Airport P O Box 7871 , Accra - North . 774860 Brazilian Embassy 5 Volta Street Airport Residential Area P O Box 2918 .. 774921 / 774908 Fax . 773572 British High Commission , Embassy of The United Kingdom of Great Britain & Northern Ireland 1 Osu Link , P O Box 296 221665 / 221715 / 667657 & 669585 Bulgaria , Embassy of The People ' s Republic of 3 - 5 Kakramadu Road East Cantonments P O Box 3193 . 772404 / 777004 / 774231 Burkina Faso , Embassy of 772 / 3 Asylum Down , P O Box 651 , .. ... 221988 & 221936 C Canadian High Commission 42 Independence Avenue , Accra , Ghana P O Box 1639 Tel : .. .. 228555 / 228566 Fax : 773792 China , Embassy of The People ' s Republic of 6 Agostino Neto Road , Airport Residential Area , P O Box 3356 .. .. 777073 Cote d Ivoire , Embassy of The Republic of F . 710 / 2 18 Lane Off Cantonments Road , Osu , P O Box 3445 . 774611 & 774612 Cuba , Embassy of The Republic of No . 20 Amical Cabral Airport P O Box 9163 . .. 775868 Ambassador Office : GLB 006 Airport Residential Area . .. 774998 Czech , Embassy of The Czech Republic Kanda Highway 2 C2660 / 5 P O Box 5226 , Accra - North 223540 / 225337 D Denmark , Royal Danish Embassy 67 Dr . Isert Road North Ridge P O Box C596 , Cantonments 229830 / 226972 & 301861 Fax . .. 228061 E Egypt , Embassy of The Arab Republic of 27 Noi Fetreke Street P O Box 2508 . 776854 Ethiopia , Embassy of The Federal Democratic Republic of 2 Milne Close off Dr . Amicadi Cabral Road Airport Residential Area P O Box 1646 . 775928 & 776807 F Finland Consulate 7 , 3rd Rangoon Close , Box M262 .. 776307 / 774513 France , Embassy of The Republic of 12th Liberation Avenue P O Box 187 228571 / 228504 .. . 774469 .. ... Fax 778321 Consular And Chancery Section ..... 774480 Cultural Section ... 778322 G Germany , Federal Republic of 6 Ridge Street , North Ridge P O Box 1757 . 221311 & 221326 Guinea , Embassy of The Republic of 161a , 4th Norla Street Labone P O Box 5497 , Accra - North Tel : .... 777921 Fax . 760961 H Holy See Apostlic Nuciature in Ghana , Embassy of The 8 Drake Avenue , P O Box 9675 Airport 777759 & 774019 Hungarian Consulate C97 / 2 Ayikuma Avenue , Adabraka P O Box 11738 , Accra - North .. 223313 I India , High Commission of . 775601 / 775602 9 , Ridge Road , Roman Ridge , P O Box 3040 . . 772176 Iran , Embassy of the Islamic Republic of 12 Sir Arku Korsah Street , Roman Ridge P . O . Box 12673 .. 777043 / 774474 Ireland Consulate C / o ECG Project Office , Ring Road West , Box 521 . 22185 x 225 Italy , Embassy of The Republic of Switchback Crescent , Off Jawaharlal Nehru Rd . Box C885 , Cantonment 775622 & 775621 Visa Section ... .. 775536 J Japan , Embassy Of 8 Josif Broz Tito Ave . Off Jawaharlal Nehru Avenue , Box 1637 , 775615 & 775616 Tel : ... 775879 & 777519 Fax . 775951 K Korea , Embassy of The Republic of 3rd Abokobi Road , East Cantonments P O Box 13700 ... 776157 & 777533 Korea , Embassy of The Democratic Peoples Republic of C81 Abelenkpe P O Box 13874 .... 760205 L Lebanon , Embassy of The Republic of F 864 / 1 Cantonments , Road Osu P O Box 562 .. . 776727 & 776745 Liberia , Embassy of The Republic of 10 Odoi Kwao Street , Airport Residential Area , P O Box 895 Tel : .. . 775641 & 775987 Libya , People ' s Bureau of The Socialist People s Libyan Arab Jamahiryal 47 Liberation Road , Airport Residential Area , P O Box 9685 , Airport Tel : 774819 & 774820 M Mali , Embassy of The Republic of 8 Agostino Neto Road , Airport P O Box 1121 775160 N Netherlands , The Royal Netherlands Embassy 89 , Liberation Road , Thomas Sankara Circle , P O Box 3248 ... . 231991 / 231992 / 773644 & 773655 Niger , Embassy of The Republic of E104 / 3 Independence Avenue P O Box2685 ... 224962 & 229011 ... .. 777950 / 774521 / 774723 Nigeria , Office of The High Commission of The Federal Republic of 5 Josif Tito Avenue off Jawahalal Nehru Rd P O Box 1548 . 776158 & 776159 P Pakistan , High Commission of Plot 11 , Ring Road , East Danquah Circle P O Box 1114 ... 775910 Palestine , Embassy of The State of State House , J . 3 Ghana Airways Avenue , Airport Residential Area P O Box 01728 , Osu .. 231362 / 231363 / 778736 / 778737 / 772529 R Romania , Embassy of The Socialist Republic of 16 Nme Lane Airport Residential Area , P O Box M112 . .. 774281 & 772554 Russia , Embassy Of The Russian Federation F . 586 / 1 Ring Road East , P O Box 1634 . . 775611 S Saudi Arabia , Royal Embassy of 10 Noi Fetreke Street , Roman Ridge Ambassadorial Estate Extension Airport Residential Area , P O Box 670 Tel : .. 774311 & 776651 South Africa High Commission Plot 12 Airport Residential Area P O Box 298 , Trade Fair Tel : . 776651 / 762380 / 773880 Fax ... 774311 / 762381 Spain , Embassy of The Kingdom of Lamptey Avenue Extension , Airport Residential Area , P O Box 1218 .. 774004 Switzerland , Embassy of 9 Water Road , North Ridge P O Box 359 , ... 228185 & 228125 Attaché , 2nd Circular Road , 777386 Fax . 223583 T Togo , Embassy of The Republic of Cantonment Circle , P O Box C120 Cantonments ... 777950 & 774521 Residents : Ambassador . .. 774723 U United States of America , Embassy of The Ring Road , East Near Danquah Circle , Osu , P O Box 194 775348 Fax 776008 Consular Section , 10th Lane 3rd Ring Road , East Near Danquah Circle Osu , P O Box 194 775348 ... . Fax 775747 Y Yugoslavia , Embassy of The Socialist Federal Republic of 47 Senchi Street Airport Residential Area , P O Box 1629 .. . 775761 International Organisations European Union , Delegation of The European Commission in Ghana 81 Cantonments Road , P O Box 9505 Airport 774202 / 774094 / 774236 / 774201 ... . Fax 774154 Food & Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Maxwell Road P O Box 1628 666851 - 4 International Monetary Fund Ministry of Finance Building P O Box M40 . 666031 United Nations Children ' s Fund ( Unicef ) 772527 / 777972 / 772524 / 773583 4 - 8th Rangoon Close , P O Box 5051 Accra - North 773584 / 776353 & 773147 United Nations Economic Commission for Africa Regional Institute for Population Studies at University of Ghana RIPS , PO Box 96 , Legon . Tel 501070 Fax 772829 United Nations Fund For Population Activities ( UNFPA ) . 773890 - 6 United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees Branch Office in Ghana 25 , Sir Arku Korsah Road , Airport Residential Area , PMB Airport Tel : . 777419 / 772638 , 772635 Fax .. . 773158 United Nations Information Centre Fao Building , Junction of Liberia Road and Gamel Abdel Nasar Road P O Box 2339 ... 666651 - 4 Tel : 665511 Fax . 665578 Office of the Resident Coordinator & Representative of the United Nations Development Programme P O Box 1423 ... 773890 - 6 United Nations Resident Coordinator & UNDP Resident 777831 UNDP Deputy Resident Representative .. 775207 UNDP , Operations Manager 775539 UNIDO Country Director 773898 W . F . P . Country Director .. 772830 W . F . P . 773540 United Nations University Private Mail Bag Airport , Main Line .. 500396 Direct .. 500791 Fax 500792 United States Information Services 64 Independence Avenue and Sudan Road , P O Box 2288 .. . 229179 / 229829 / 230571 / 230572 . 231218 & 229882 United States of America , Agency for International Development Mission to Ghana ( USAID ) E . 45 / 3 Independence Avenue , P O Box 1630 , ... 228440 / 231942 / 228467 / 231939 . 225087 / 225326 / 231938 World Bank 69 , 8th Avenue Extension , North Ridge , P O Box M27 .. 229681 Fax 227887 World Health Organisation 13 Kanda Highway , P O Box M142 .. . . 225676 / 232502 .. . 228397 / 228367 20 Water Road 225276 Handbook for International Students / International Programmes / Created : 2004 / 11 / 22 / Last Updated : 2005 / 03 / 03 . Page maintained by

2nd Annual TTB Media Night / Best Worker Award for 2005 Date : 09 May 2006 Address by Mr . Isaac Owusu - Hemeng , Managing Director of The Trust Bank at the 2nd Annual TTB - Mdia Night / Best Worker Award held on march 17 , 2006 at the rooftop of the bank s head office . Management and Staff of TTB Media Men & Women present Ladies and Gentlemen , It is exactly one week ago since we met to formally inaugurate the 13th branch of the bank located at Sakumono , here in Accra . As per the maiden event organized in December 2004 , this evening s ceremony marks the second ANNUAL TTB - MEDIA NIGHT / BEST WORKER AWARD . As was established at the maiden event , this ceremony will afford the management of the bank the opportunity to interact with business journalists as a way of strengthening the already existing relationship as we prepare to do more business in 2006 . As you would agree with me , the undue delay in organising this ceremony has , fortunately , made it possible for me to share information with you on the bank s performance as well as other developments taking place recently . As I promised you last week , preparations are underway for a more formal meeting with the core of the business journalist for exhaustive deliberations . Our meeting this evening is an informal one and we are expected to freely interact and share notes on anything bordering our minds concerning TTB . I believe that my colleagues on the management team are readily available to you . Kindly feel free and enjoy the evening . Performance in brief : The year 2005 marked the second year in the implementation of the bank s 3year business plan . The year ended with a net profit of ¢ 45 . 3 billion representing 22 % growth over the previous year . This translated in a return on equity of 52 % and a 9 % growth in assets to ¢ 982 billion . The bank also recorded total income of ¢ 154 . 2 billion with net loans and advances growing by 102 % . Other developments Ladies and Gentlemen , we will in due course be announcing to you massive changes in the structure of TTB . Suffice it to mention that TTB for the first time has a black Ghanaian serving as Managing Director . LEADERSHIP , BUILDING BLOCK OF OUR FUTURE HUMAN RESOURCE . One of the important challenges for management has been the continuous motivation of our staff as a vital and necessary complement to our effort at creating a performance based culture at TTB . As you may be aware , this requires strong leadership on the part of all managers of the bank , who are expected to work as leaders to their individual teams . As leaders , we must know our people and be able to conduct fair performance appraisals and determine what motivates them and at the same time recognize the need to constantly improve motivational packages over time to meet the changing needs of staff . The support of our Human Resource Department to this effect has been crucial as they are responsible for achieving the three fold task of : Creating the framework within which colleagues can work and be adequately compensated by way of salaries and other incentives , including career development opportunities Ensuring that the right people are at the right places in terms of job mobility , and Regularly measuring staff satisfaction through periodic surveys to help evaluate the performance of management from the viewpoint of staff , which affords us the opportunity to determine areas that we do well and the areas that require improvement Job mobility is regarded as a critical element of our new HR policy . We live in a world where it is not longer possible to exercise the same job from inception way up to retirement . We have therefore built a dynamic organisation where the productive assets , as in staff , are recognized and rewarded accordingly . This has helped in drastically reducing all levels of despondency among our staff . Last but very critical also is the institution of a strategic remuneration framework , which aims at attracting , retaining and motivating the required competencies in an increasingly competitive market . It is based on this that management proactively introduced a sound Performance Appraisal & Reward - system in the year 2004 which for the first time took into account the responsibilities and value of jobs ( as opposed to the previous grade rankings ) . The Annual Best Worker Award was instituted in the same year to complement the outlined packages . As you would remember , the maiden event took place at the Regency Hotel in December 2004 and this evening s ceremony marks the second of its kind in the life of the bank . In coming to a decision regarding the winners , a vigorous appraisal methodology was followed to ensure transparency , objectivity and fairness . I believe the Head Of HR will make a brief presentation on the process adopted in determining the award winners . Management and the HR will continue to demonstrate strong leadership skills so as to inspire and empower all colleagues . Conclusion As I mentioned last week , the bank continues to place People first in all its activities . We are Passionate about our work , Passionate for customers and Passionate for results . We believe in Professionalism and ensure sound corporate governance practices and ethical conduct in all our operations . Our idea of Performance is about revenue growth but also about cost control and sound credit risk management . The satisfaction of our customers remains our most important asset , and we shall forever seek to protect this with the greatest passion . We thank you all for making time to honour our invitation to attend this evening s function .

ADDRESS BY H . E . ALHAJI ALIU MAHAMA , VICE - PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF GHANA AT FIRST EVER W / R HOMECOMING SUMMIT MONDAY 9TH AUGUST 2004 Hon . Members of the Council of State ; Hon . Ministers of State Hon . Members of Parliament ; Your Excellencies , Members of the Diplomatic Corps ; The President of National House of Chiefs ; The President of the Western Regional House of Chiefs ; Metropolitan / District Chief Executives ; Distinguished Invited Guests ; Members of the Media ; Ladies and Gentlemen : I am delighted for this opportunity to address the sons and daughters of the Western Region at the opening of this first Western Region Homecoming Summit . It takes time , energy and ideas to orgnaize an important and laudable event such as this . I therefore , wish to commend the Regional Minister , District Chief Executives and the Chiefs and people of the Western Region for making this event a reality . It is indeed good to be back home . In the first place , the homecoming of brothers and sisters after a period of absence brings about a euphoria that is refreshing . Indeed , it helps to vent out emotions and the renewal of relationships . I am happy that you are now enjoying the type of euphoria I am talking about . The homecoming summit can also foster unity amongst the chiefs and people of this region . The huge attendance at this durbar , the joy and the display of culture at its best indicate clearly that you are one poeple with a common destiny . It is also an opportunity for you to showcase the existing trade and investment potentials and opportunities in order to attract both local and foreign investors to locate in the region . I am certain that you will also want development partners , friends of the Westion Region and Non - Governmental Organizations to turn their attention to this part of the country . Nananom , Ladies and Gentlemen , the Western region is endowed with enormous human and natural resources . The region accounts for close to 60 percent of the nation ' s direct output of cocoa . It is also the leading producer of all other major cash crops , oil palm , coconuts and rubber . The region has the richest mineral resource base in the country . It is second in the production of gold and the only region producing bauxite and manganese . There are also large deposits of diamond that are yet to be exploited . The Western region is also fortunate to have several tourist attractions . For example , Ankasa - Eco Tourism , Monkey Hill Eco tourism , Domana Rock Shrine etc . The region has virtually all the components making up Ghana ' s tourist products ; Cultural heritage , historical heritage , beaches and recreation centers , conferences and conservation tourism . Despite these natural endowments , the situation of the Western Region is paradoxically one of poverty and deprivation in the midst of plenty . The physical infrastructure of roads were neglected for several years . Social services of health and educational facilitities are also not in the best of shapes . llliteracy rate is still high and many communities do not have access to health care and sanitation . Nananom , Ladies and Gentlemen , this situation is unacceptable . Government is committed to its promise of developing this country into a middle - income economy . This will require a level of development of all parts of the country . In pursuit of this , government has decided to concentrate on five priority areas to accelerate development . Infrastructure development and enhanced social services delivery , especially in education and health form part of the programme . In this light , government ' s educational programme has sought to increase enrolment at all levels of education , build some new school blocks and improve facilities of some existing institutions . Happily there are several ongoing constructional activitie sin all the districts of this region under the District Assemblies Common Fund and the HIPC disbursements . The Western Region has not been left out in the area of infrastructural development . As a Government , we are convinced that the development of infrastructure is the way to transform the economy . This agenda is being faithfully and systematically executed through the reconstruction , rehabilitation and maintenance of town roads , trunk roads and feeder roads to open up the countryside to enhance accelerated economic activities , employment generation , wealth creation , reduction of poverty levels and assurance of better living standards for the people of this region . Nananom , Ladies and Gentlemen , the pace of implementation of government ' s development programmes is , however , hampeed by resource constraints . We need therefore to come to the realization that the central government alone cannot take on the burden of single handedly developing all our towns and villages . It has now become a common practice in Ghana , for citizens of the vairous towns and villages resident elsewhere to come together with the sole aim of seeing to the development of their areas . Many communities have improved their conditions of living through the initiative and efforts of their citizens living outside their home regions and districts . Nananom , I believe that this homecoming summit has a great opportunity to affect the destiny of the Western Region . Those of you seated here are the brains and the strength of the the region . Looking around this durbar ground , I see great and knwledgeable chiefs , queenmothers , emn and women with vast and varied experiences capable of turning things around . This homecoming summit should afford you the opportunity to discuss and seek workable solutions that will make things better for the people of this region . I will encourage you to examine the challenges and difficulties that hamper development and devise strategies and programmes for promoting the accelerated development o the region . I also would urge you to organize development associations wherever you are to raise funds for projects in the villages and towns in this region . The development associations should also establish contacts and networking with brothers and sisters resident outside Ghana to bring home assistance in the form of books , computers , hospital equipment etc . to help improve the living conditions of the people . Nananom , Ladies and Gentlemen , this homecoming event is taking palce at the most opportune time . As you are aware , we have envisioned the creation of the Golden Age of Business in Ghana . Government has therefore declared 2004 as the " Business friendly year . " We have fashioned policies to create a more conducive business friendly environment to enable the private sector to become the real engine of growth and prosperity . I wish to urge you to encourage your brothers and sisters residing outside Ghana to come home and site agro - processing industries in the region to expand the market for locally produced agricultural products and also create job opportunities . In this eyar ' s budget , Government has granted zero tax rates for such companies established outside regional capitals . All those interested in agro - processing should take advantage of these measures to help create jobs and wealth in our rural communities . It is my prayer that you will not use the time at this forum to talk politics but that you would discuss issues pertaining to the overall development of this potentially prosperous region . Nananom , Ladies and Gentlemen , the people of this region cannot derive the full benefits of the outcome of this summit if there is no peace in our towns and villages . I wish to use this occasion to drawn your attention to the disturbing chieftaincy disputes in some traditional areas in the Western Region . The government is deeply concerned that a noble institution , so much respected is unfortunately plagued by numerous disputes , some of which very often result in violent clashes leading to loos of lives and properties . These disputes have had not only adverse affects on the peace , stability and security of the region , but also on its development and progress . Such a situation no doubt drives awayt prospective investors and leaves the reigon the poorer . It also results in dividing communities into antagonistic factions . Such communities are often denied the benefits of leadership and mobilization for development . I wish to appeal to the chiefs and people in all communities in the Western Region who are involved in chieftaincy and land disputes to use the appropriate institutional arrangements to resolve their disagreements and not to take the law into their own hands . Nananom , Ladies and Gentlemen , I wish to end my address by reminding you that we are about to enter the period of active political campaigning . We wish to assure you that everything is being done to ensure that we have the most peaceful , free and fair elections in Ghana , come December 2004 . I wish to appeal to you all especially the youth not to allow yourselves to be used to cause trouble before , during and after the elections . The NPP is convinced that we have delivered on our promises . We have placed this country on the right direction towards progress . And the good people of Ghana will vote massively for our human centered polices . Nananom , Your Excellencies , Ladies and Gentlemen , " The best , indeed , comes from the West . " The Chiefs and the people of the Western Region are at your best today . It is my hope that what we are witnessing today ; the sense of unity , excitement and enthusiasm will be reflected in the implementation of the outcome of this summit . And I will recommend that every village town , district , region in Ghana should organize such Homecoming activities at lease once in every two years . I wish you successful deliberations at this summit . It is now my pelasure to declare the 1st ever Western Region Homecoming Summit " Nkabom Afahye " duly open . Thank you and may Allah bestow His blessings on you all .

A Quarterly Newsletter of the Ghana Question and Answer Service ( GAINS ) In this issue Grafting Fruit Trees Improves Quality Mushrooms Mean Food and Money Chick Tricks Sweet potato savoury pastry chips Sweet potato spice - nut cake Resources Available at GAINS Training Programmes at CSIR - INSTI - 2005 Grafting Fruit Trees Improves Quality By planting only seedling trees , even though the seeds we use may be from excellent fruit , the trees will often give small or poor quality fruit . If we take a bud or small branch from a tree , which produces high quality fruit , and we are able to make it grow on the stem of a new seedling tree , we can produce fruit of the same quality as the tree from which we took the bud or stem . This process is called grafting . Basically it means that we are putting together the cut parts of two stems . We have taken the bud of a good fruit - bearing tree and put it against the stem of good rootstock . The main requirement is to be sure that the soft formative tissue or green inner bark of both the stems are in contact so that they will grow together . Scion is the name used for the parent tree from which the bud is taken . If the grafting is to be successful the scion wood and the seedling must be about the same age and of the same stem diameter . First , we have to raise the rootstock or the seedling trees onto which we are going to graft . 1 . Choose healthy seeds from the trees that grow well in your area . Mangoes and avocados and many other fruit trees are good trees to graft . 2 . Pick fruit from the trees but do not take fruit that has already fallen off the tree . Mango and avocado fruit should be fresh and not dried . 3 . After cleaning away the pulp , place mango seeds in a bucket of water . If the seeds are of poor quality , they will float . Throw those seeds away . For Avocado seeds , remove the outer skin and slice a small piece off the pointed end . 4 . Plant the seeds in sand in tins or cans with holes at the bottom to let them drain properly . Or in plastic tree bags in a shaded place . Avocado seeds should be planted with the pointed end up , while Mango seeds should be planted with the pointed end down . 5 . Once the seeds sprout , allow only one stem to grow for about 6 - 8 months . 6 . When the seedling tree is as thick as your little finger ( about 5 - 6mm ) , it is ready for grafting . Cleft Grafting for Mangoes and Avocados There are several ways to graft . We have chosen the way most used for the Mango and Avocado trees . 1 . Select and prepare the bud - sticks from the ends of the branches of an excellent quality mother ( scion ) tree . The bud sticks should be the same thickness as the seedling stock . Choose bud - sticks not yet sprouting but with fat buds . Then cut them 12 - 15 cm in length . Remove all leaves carefully . 2 . With a very sharp knife cut the bottom of the bud stick with two sloping cuts 3 ½ cm long to form a wedge . 3 . Cut off the tops of the seedling stock about 30 cm above the soil . Make one straight vertical cut in the top of the rootstock about 3 cm deep . 4 . Push the wedge of the bud - stick firmly into the cleft of the rootstock leaving 1 / 3 of the cut on it outside the rootstock . 5 . Tie firmly together with raffia , or strips of plastic about 2 cm in width . Do not remove this binding until you can see that the graft has taken . You can tell whether it has taken by whether the bud starts to grow . 6 . Remove any shoots that grow below the graft . If the bud you have grafted dies , then you should let one bud grow below the graft and you must wait several months before you can try once more to graft the same root stock . Culled from : Youthworks 6 ( 2 ) , 1992 Mushrooms Mean Food and Money Many years ago mushrooms were considered a luxury food . Today the popularity of mushrooms is due not to their culinary value but also to their potential as a source of protein that can enrich human diets . In some developing countries where meat may be rare and very expensive mushrooms could play an important role in a balanced diet . The protein content of mushrooms can be almost equal to that of corn , milk and legumes . Gram for gram , mushrooms contain more protein than either potato or cabbage . They can be eaten raw , cooked or sun - dried . Besides their protein content , mushrooms contain vitamins B , C , and D . Mushrooms are not grown directly on the soil , as are other crops but on organic substrates either raw or composted made from waste materials . Using these otherwise useless by - products including corn cobs , straw or sawdust , oil palm waste , banana leaves , poultry wastes , coconut husks , tree bark and leaves may also help to reduce environmental pollution because disposal of these wastes may become less of a problem . Furthermore , used compost from mushroom growing may also be recycled for use as animals feed , soil conditioning and fertilizer . Available land may be a competitive problem for most crops but not for mushroom culture . Mushrooms require little space and they can be grown under cover . Outdoors they can be grown on beds constructed from layers of various substrata or on tiers of wooden frames or on available space between trees . They can also be grown inside mushrooms houses , in basements or in urban areas . YOUTHWORKS has chosen the Pleurotus spp . a mushroom often referred to as the oyster mushroom because it is one of the choice edible mushrooms , which can be grown in the tropics . The Pleurotus grows well within a temperature range of 15o C to 30o C . It can be produced on a mixture of sawdust and rice bran , rice straw and rice - bran , sawdust and ipil - ipil leaves and other combinations of tropical waste . Other wastes such as corn cobs , cotton waste , sugarcane bagasse and leaves , corn leaves , grasses , rice hulls and water hyacinth leaves are all good substrates for growing this kind of mushroom . The production of the starter or mycelium is usually not the responsibility of the mushroom grower . In most cases , the mycelium is obtained through a mushroom laboratory or a culture collection . Mushroom laboratories are more easily available in Asian countries . Before deciding whether to grow mushrooms , you must find out where the starter mycelium spawn can be obtained locally . The illustrations here are from a mushroom growing project in Bhutan . Getting Started 1 . Cut and tie rice straw in 10 cm lengths to make bundles 2 . Soak the bundles in water using 3 kg of water for 1 kg of straw . 3 . Put the bundles on a large plastic sheet as shown in drawing . Once a day , for four days , cover the bundles . Then uncover them . Keep the bundles moist during this period . 4 . The next step is to inseminate the bundles with mycelium or spores of the oyster mushroom . 5 . The bundles and mycelium should be turned and mixed well . 6 . Put the bundles into large plastic bags . Tie the bags securely . Store for a period of forty days . 7 . At the end of the forty - day period , cut the tops off the bags . 8 . Water the contents of the bags the following day . 9 . The first harvest of mushrooms will be after 15 days . The second harvest will be after another 15 days . Culled from : Youthworks 6 ( 2 ) , 1992 Chick Tricks Harassed poultry keepers in Africa resort to a number of tricks to safeguard and feed their chickens . One farmer who says snakes swallow chickens of all ages , and hawks carry away others , dyes the birds with gentian violet or any other bright ( Natural and non - toxic ) colouring agent that will scare hawks . He plants tobacco around the area where his chickens free - range , and claims the odour of the tobacco drives away snakes and soldier ants . A Lagos farmer claims he combats Newcastle disease by using potassium permanganate , a chemical found at most chemist shops . When given in concentrated solution to ill birds at an early stage , half of the infected birds survived . A professor of veterinary science agrees that the use of potassium permanganate for Newcastle could have a scientific basis , since the chemical is a known biocide and antiseptic . Another Nigerian farmer and animal science graduate , faced with the problem of getting enough protein for his birds from cheap local sources , grows his own termites in cow dung . He digs up termites , puts them in a calabash of something similar , along with cow dung , and allows the termites to multiply . Periodically he harvests some of the termites to feed his chickens and then adds more cow dung . He also uses fowl droppings to produce large numbers of maggots ( larvae of flies that lay their eggs in the droppings ) and harvests them in the same way . Another protein feeds is brewer s mash and papaya ( pawpaw ) seeds . Culled from : AGRI - OUTREACH , 7 ( 1 ) , July 2004 . Sweet Potato Recipe Corner We wish to bring to the attention of our readers the recipe for Sweet Potato Savoury Pastry Chips and Sweet Potato Spice - Nut Cake by the kind courtesy of the Food Research Institute of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research ( CSIR ) and the Root and Tuber Improvement Programme ( RTIP ) . Sweet Potato Savoury Pastry Chips Ingredients Standard Weight Standard Measure Wheat flour 249g 2 cups Salt 10g 1 teaspoon Curry powder 5g ½ teaspoon Fat 120g ½ cup Mashed and sifted sweet potato 200g 1 cup Baking powder ( optional ) 5g 1 teaspoon Liquid 60ml . ¼ cup Method 1 . Sift together flour , salt , curry and baking powder if used 2 . Rub in fat until a fine meal is obtained 3 . Add sweet potato and mix well between fingers 4 . Sprinkle liquid on until mixture forms a neat ball 5 . Knead lightly in a bowl and roll thinly on a floured board 6 . Cut into tiny ½ inch squares , and deep fry in hot oil until golden brown 7 . Drain and serve Yields 12 squares Note : In using margarine as fat , reduce salt to ½ teaspoon Sweet Potato Spice - Nut Cake Ingredients Standard Weight Standard Measure Wheat flour 120g 1 cup Sugar 180g ¾ cup Baking powder 3g 1 teaspoon Salt 5g ½ teaspoon Grated nutmeg or cinnamon 3g ½ teaspoon Chopped roasted groundnuts 30g 1 tablespoon Egg 100 g 2 eggs Cooking oil 120 ml . ½ cup Raw sweet potatoes 500g 2 medium ( 2 ½ cups grated ) Method 1 . Line a 7½ sq . inch cake pan with wax paper 2 . Set oven at moderate heat ( 350oF or 175oC ) 3 . Thoroughly mix all dry ingredients 4 . Break eggs into a large bowl and beat well 5 . Add oil gradually while beating hard ( preferably with an electric or hand beater ) 6 . Wash , peel and grate sweet potatoes . Quickly blend into egg and oil 7 . Blend in dry ingredients slowly until smooth . Pour into linen cake pan 8 . Bake in middle shelf of oven for 45 minutes or until an inserted skewer comes out clean 9 . Cool in cake pan for 10 minutes . Turn onto a cooling rack 10 . Serve as snack ( Serves 10 ) 10 Resources Available at GAINS The following resources are available for use at the GAINS Coordinating Center : 1 . CAB Abstracts , 1972 November 2004 CAB Abstracts is the most comprehensive bibliographic , abstracting and indexing database in its field . CAB Abstracts covers the applied life sciences , including agriculture , forestry , human nutrition , veterinary medicine and the environment . CAB Abstracts includes molecular biology , genetics , biotechnology , breeding , taxonomy , physiology and other aspects of pure science relating to organisms of agricultural , veterinary or environmental importance . 2 . TROPAG & RURAL , 1975 June 2004 TROPAG & RURAL , produced by the Information , Library and Documentation department of the Royal Tropical Institute , The Netherlands , are two databases containing full bibliographic references with abstracts to the worldwide literature on agriculture and economic and social development . All records stored in TROPAG are also available in hard copy as the journal " Agriculture and Environment for Developing Regions " ( TROPAG ) . RURAL brings together abstracts from recent literature on economic and social development in developing countries . It focuses on a wide range of topics including development strategies , international cooperation , health development , agriculture , income generation , education , women and development and environmental issues . TROPAG covers literature on the cultivation of food crops and industrial crops , animal husbandry , forage and pastures , aquaculture , forestry , agro forestry , post harvest operations , farming systems and environmental management in tropical and subtropical regions . 3 . AGORA - Access to Global Online Research in Agriculture The AGORA site provides access to over 400 journals from major scientific publishers in the fields of food , agriculture , environmental science and related social sciences . AGORA is available to students and researchers in qualifying not - for - profit institutions in eligible developing countries . 4 . ScienceDirect It is now possible to access full text articles on the ScienceDirect database of Elsevier Science . This gives users 1 , 700 online journals . This service is free - of - charge to GAINS as a member of the Royal Tropical Institute ( KIT ) of the Netherlands IManagement community . 5 . The Essential Electronic Agricultural Library ( TEEAL ) TEEAL is a full - text and bibliographic CD - ROM library of over 140 of the world s most important scientific journals in the field of agriculture . This CD - ROM is updated annually and is essential to research and education in : agricultural economics , agricultural engineering , crop improvement , environmental and natural resources , food processing and nutrition , forestry , livestock production , plant protection , range management , rural development , soil and water management , sustainable agriculture and veterinary medicine . TEEAL includes the complete text and images from the 1993 - 2003 editions of the journals included in it over two million pages compressed onto 426 compact discs . 6 . AGRICOLA , 1984 December 2004 AGRICOLA ( AGRICultural OnLine Access ) is a bibliographic database of citations to the agricultural literature created by the National Agricultural Library ( NAL ) and its cooperators . Production of these records in electronic form began in 1970 , but the database covers materials in all formats , including printed works from the 15th century . The records describe publications and resources encompassing all aspects of agriculture and allied disciplines , including animal and veterinary sciences , entomology , plant sciences , forestry , aquaculture and fisheries , farming and farming systems , agricultural economics , extension and education , food and human nutrition , and earth and environmental sciences . Although the AGRICOLA database does not contain the materials , thousands of AGRICOLA records are linked to full - text documents online , with new links added daily . AGRICOLA is searchable on the World Wide Web . For information on how to obtain library materials from NAL , see NAL ' s Document Delivery Services web site . Training Programmes at CSIR - INSTI - 2005 The Institute for Scientific and Technological Information ( INSTI ) of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research ( CSIR ) announces the following training programmes for the year for all interested people :

ADMISSION OF CANDIDATES TO DEGREE PROGRAMMES OF THE UNIVERSITY FOR THE 2006 / 2007 ACADEMIC YEAR ( ADVANCED LEVEL / MATURE / ABCE / GBCE AND SSSCE CANDIDATES ) It is announced for the information of prospective Applicants and the general public that Application Forms for Admission to Degree / Diploma programmes of the University for the 2006 / 2007 Academic Year are now on sale . The Sale is open to the following Applicants : • SSSCE holders who have passes in Three ( 3 ) Subjects English , Mathematics and Integrated Science plus passes in Three Elective Subjects with an aggregate score of 20 or better in the relevant area of study . OR GENERAL BUSINESS CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION ( GBCE ) holders who possess passes in Two compulsory Subjects including English Language and passes in any Three Elective Subjects including Business Mathematics . • ADVANCED LEVEL holders with credits in at least five ( 5 ) subjects at the GCE O ' Level ( or its equivalent ) including English and Mathematics , plus at least two passes in the relevant subjects at the Advanced Level . OR ADVANCED BUSINESS CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION ( ABCE ) holders with Three compulsory plus Two optional subjects relevant to the programme of study , OR Applicants with Stage I of ACCA , ICA , Associate of Chartered Institute of Bankers ( ACIB ) , Chartered Institute of Marketing ( CIM ) with passes at SSSCE in Three ( 3 ) Core Subjects and Three ( 3 ) Elective Subjects or passes at GBCE or ABCEor GCE O ' Level including English Language and Mathematics . • MATURE STUDENTS who have attained the age of 30 years or above and have credits in five ( 5 ) GCE O Level subjects including English Language and Mathematics , in addition to passing an Interview . OR HND holders with three ( 3 ) years working experience in addition to the minimum entry requirement at SSSCE or five ( 5 ) GCE O ' Level passes including English Language and Mathematics . • FOREIGN APPLICANTS and all others who have any of the above qualifications or their equivalent from an accredited / recognised institution . The Application Forms may be purchased by a Special Postal Order ( Ghana Post ) from : - The University Cash Office , Main Administration Block , KNUST , Kumasi - University Guest House , Seventh Avenue , opposite Geological Survey Department , Accra . - Faculty of Forest Resource Technology , KNUST ( Sunyani Campus ) , and - All Regional Post Offices ( Ghana Post ) COST OF APPLICATION FORM A set of Application Forms , together with copies of Admission Requirements for the various programmes of study , Guidelines for the completion of Application Forms and Prepaid EMS Envelopes costs as follows : SSSCE Applicants - 400 , 000 Advanced Level / Diploma / HND / IB / ABCE / GBCE / Mature Applicants - 450 , 000 Foreign Applicants - $ 75 APPLICANTS ARE REQUIRED TO PURCHASE AND SUBMIT ONE SET OF APPLICATION FORMS ONLY . THOSE WHO SUBMIT MORE THAN ONE SET SHALL BE DISQUALIFIED . The completed Application Forms should be submitted by post to the Deputy Registrar ( Academic Affairs ) , KNUST , Kumasi , by February 28 , 2006 . COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE AND NATURAL RESOURCES BSc Agriculture BSc Natural Resource Management BSc Post Harvest Technology BSc Forest Resource Technology ( Sunyani Campus ) Diploma Natural Resource Management ( Sunyani Campus ) COLLEGE OF ART AND SOCIAL SCIENCES BFA Painting and Sculpture BA Communication Design ( Graphic Design ) BA Industrial Art BA Integrated Rural Art and Industry BA Publishing Studies BA Economics BA Geography and Rural Development BA Sociology and Social Work BA Religious Studies BA History and Political Studies BA Modern Languages BA Culture and Tourism BA English BBA ( Business Administration ) BBA Business Administration ( Part - Time ) LLB ( Law ) ( 4 years for SSSCE / GBCE and Equivalent Holders ) Ll ( Law ) ( 3 years for Degree Holders ) ( Law ) ( Part - Time , 4years for Degree Holders ) COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING BSc Agricultural Engineering BSc Chemical Engineering BSc Civil Engineering BSc Geomatic ( Geodetic ) Engineering BSc Materials Engineering BSc Mechanical Engineering BSc Electrical & Electronic Engineering BSc Computer Engineering BSc Special Geomatic ( Geodetic ) Engineering ( Degree Holders , only ) BSc Aerospace Engineering BSc Petroleum Engineering BSc Telecommunication Engineering BSc Geological Engineering COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING BSc Architecture . BSc Building Technology BSc Development Planning BSc Human Settlement Planning BSc Land Economy COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES BPharm ( Pharmacy ) BSc Herbal Medicine BSc Human Biology ( to be followed with the 3 - year Clinical programme leading to MB ChB Degree ) BSc Medical Laboratory Technology BSc Sports and Exercise Science BSc Nursing ( For SSSCE Applicants with Science Electives , G . C . E . O & A / Level in Science , Registered General Nursing ( RGN ) Diploma holders , Staff Registered Nurses ( SRN ) with 5 years working experience and Mature Applicants 30 years and above ) . COLLEGE OF SCIENCE BSc Biochemistry BSc Food Science and Technology BSc Theoretical and Applied Biology ( Biological Sciences ) BSc Environmental Science BSc Chemistry BSc Computer Science BSc Mathematics BSc Physics BSc Statistics and Actuarial Science OD Doctor of Optometry FEE - PAYING APPLICANTS A Fee - paying facility is available to Applicants who do not meet the competitive Departmental / Faculty requirements and cut off points but satisfy the minimum entry requirements of Aggregate 20 or better . Applicants who wish to take advantage of this facility may complete the Application Form and attach a Letter of Sponsorship from a sponsoring Company / Organisation / Institution . Sponsors will be required to complete Undertaking Forms on behalf of Applicants . FEE PAYING APPLICANTS MUST CLEARLY WRITE FEE - PAYING ON THEIR COMPLETED APPLICATION FORMS . NOTES : 1 . APPLICANTS AWAITING THE NOVEMBER / DECEMBER 2005 RESULTS SHOULD NOT COMPLETE ANY APPLICATION FORM UNTIL THEY HAVE RECEIVED THEIR RESULTS . 2 . APPLICANTS MUST INCLUDE IN THEIR APPLICATION FORMS PHOTOCOPIES OF THEIR RESULTS SLIPS AND / OR CERTIFICATES . 3 . ADMISSONS TO ALL PROGRAMMES OF THE UNIVERSITY ARE TRANSPARENTLY ADMINISTERED BY THE CENTRAL UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE WITHOUT ANY OTHER CONSIDERATIONS AND / OR SOLICITATIONS . ANY APPLICANT WHO PAYS MONEY TO ANY PERSON OR GROUP OF PERSONS FOR THE PURPOSES OF INFLUENCING ADMISSION INTO THE UNIVERSITY DOES SO AT APPLICANT ' S OWN RISK .

JOURNAL OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IN EDUCATION ( JORDE ) CALL FOR PAPERS The JOURNAL OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IN EDUCATION ( JORDE ) accepts ORIGINAL PAPERS that are RESEARCH BASED in all fields of Education . This includes experimental studies , clinical studies and case studies that present new knowledge . The JORDE is published annually . The Editorial Board welcomes articles for consideration . NOTES TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributors should note the following guidelines for presentation . Failure to submit articles in the correct style may result in rejection . Formats envisaged are : Full original papers with a maximum length of 15 pages on A4 paper . Manuscripts must be typewritten on one side of the paper using double spacing . Title Page : The article should be accompanied by the Title of article , Name ( s ) , e - mail address ( es ) and mailing address ( es ) of contributor ( s ) including institutional affiliation typed on a separate sheet . Abstract : Not more than 200 words . Illustrations : High quality originals are required . All data in photographs , tables , drawings , figures and graphs should be accompanied with the necessary data . References : Works cited should be referenced in accordance with the APA format below : Gadagbui , G . Y . ( 1998 ) Education in Ghana and special needs children . Accra : City Press . Ayanniyi , A . B . ( 1997 ) Illiteracy and truancy : Implications for parents , teachers and governments . Ife Psychologia . An International Journal , 5 , ( 2 ) , 143 151 . All references cited in the text should be listed alphabetically . Three ( 3 ) copies of each article should be submitted for review . It is a condition that articles are not simultaneously submitted or published anywhere . Latest date of submission of for the next edition of the JORDE is 23 July 2004 . Receipts of all articles will be acknowledged promptly . The decision of the journal ' s assessors to publish or not will be communicated without delay . Articles accepted for publication will be published at a fee of Fifty US Dollars ( $ 50 . 00 ) ( 2 ) copies of articles accepted for publication should be submitted in addition to a diskette copy ( Microsoft Word 2000 preferred ) . Submissions may be made electronically via e - mail to rskagbo @ uew . edu . gh i nstead of sending a diskette copy . All manuscripts should be submitted to : The Managing Editor Journal of Research and Development in Education Faculty of Specialized Professional Studies in Education University of Education of Winneba P . O . Box 25 , Winneba , Ghana . Call for Papers The WEB invites articles , short reports on professional developments and on - going researches , review of books , theoretical articles and review papers , report on events announcements on upcoming events etc . from interested researchers / authors / institutions for publication in its next Edition . The WEB accepts cross - disciplinary submissions ( i . e . from Archaeology to Zoology ) . Article should normally have a maximum length of 12 pages on A4 paper . Manuscripts must be typewritten on one side of the paper using double spacing . Title Page : The article should be accompanied by the Title of article , Name ( s ) , e - mail address ( es ) and mailing address ( es ) of contributor ( s ) including institutional affiliation typed on a separate sheet . References : Works cited should be referenced in accordance with the APA format below : Gadagbui , G . Y . ( 1998 ) Education in Ghana and special needs children . Accra : City Press . Ayanniyi , A . B . ( 1997 ) Illiteracy and truancy : Implications for parents , teachers and governments . Ife Psychologia . An International Journal , 5 , ( 2 ) , 143 151 . All references cited in the text should be listed alphabetically . Submissions may be made electronically via e - mail to rskagbo @ uew . edu . gh or mailed to the address given below . If submissions are mailed , 3 copies of each article ( typed in double line spacing ) should be submitted in addition to a diskette copy . Articles for the next edition must reach the address below by 20 th February 2004 : The Managing Editor , The WEB , Faculty of Specialised Profession Studies in Education , University of Education , Winneba , P . O . Box 25 , Winneba , Ghana . PUBLICATIONS BY PHILIP KWAME GERALDO GERALDO , P . K . ( 1999 ) Rapport entre la conférence Africaine Française de Brazzaville de 1944 et la Constitution de 1946 d une part , et la formation du R . D . A . en 1946 d autre part in INFOPROF , Numéro Spécial , Août , 1999 , pp 48 57 . GERALDO , P . K . et al ( 1999 ) Dialogues as a stepping - stone to free communication in the Teaching of French : The case of J . S . S . Teachers in Winneba , in INFOPROF , Numéro Spécial , Août , 1999 , pp 17 26 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 1999 ) The Teacher as an agent of development in the developing world in Ghanaian Journal of Special Education , Vol . 1 , No . 4 , December 1999 , pp 134 140 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2000 ) Language Planning and Language Policy in Ghana in Proceedings of the Seminar on Towards a New Language Policy for Ghana : The case of French , Department of French , UCEW . pp 78 86 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2000 ) Discours féminin dans l uvre de Calixthe Beyala in Co - existence of Languages in West Africa : A Socio - Linguistic Perspective , ( KUUPOLE , DD , Ed ) , pp 160 169 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2000 ) Developing Language Skills in the training of Foreign Language teachers in Ghana : The case of French in National Teacher Education Forum , UCEW , pp 28 36 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2001 ) Critical Theory and Method : Criticism of African Literature in the 21st Century in The Journal of Ghanaian Languages , Vol , 1 , No . 1 , March 2001 , pp . 52 57 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2001 ) Politique de langue en littérature africaine : Chinua Achebe ou Ngugi wa Thiong o ? in New Trends in Languages in Contact in West Africa , ( KUUPOLE , DD , Ed ) , pp 171 180 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2001 ) Une lecture de L Ex - père de la Nation d Aminata Sow Fall , in INFOPROF , Numéro 2001 , pp 12 32 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2001 ) Pertinence des Actes de parole dans l enseignement - apprentissage du FLE dans un contexte anglophone in Cahier du CERLESHS , Université de Ouagadougou , pp 8 27 . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2002 ) The Development of the Indigenous Languages : Implications for Poverty Reduction in Ghana in Proceedings of National Seminar on Language and Culture in Education and National Development , GTZ , GmbH , pp 28 37 . GERALDO , P , AMUZU , D . S . Y . ( 2002 ) . Bonjour , Amis I , ( A French Course for Junior Secondary Schools ) Accra : Adwinsa Publications . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2003 ) New Perspectives of Training Foreign Language Teachers in Ghana : The Case of French in The Ghana Teachers Journal , Vol . 1 , No . 1 , April 2003 , pp . 21 24 . GERALDO , P . , AMUZU , D . S . Y . ( 2003 ) . Bonjour , Amis II ( A French Course for Junior Secondary Schools , Accra : Adwinsa Publications . GERALDO , P . K . ( 2003 ) . L enseignement de l écrit aux apprenants des J . S . S . et S . S . S . au Ghana in INFOPROF , No , 001 , Août 2003 , pp . 29 - 40 PUBLICATIONS BY PROF . GRACE YAWO GADAGBU Gadagbui , G . Y . ( 2003 ) Screening for hearing and Speech impairment in children . Winneba ; Department of Special Education . Gadagbui , G . Y . ( 2003 ) Dysfunctional family : Implications for educational intervention . Winneba ; University of Education . Gadagbui , G . Y . ( 1998 ) Education in Ghana and Special needs children . Accra North : City Publishers . Gadagbui , G . Y . ( 1998 ) A handbook of Language and Speech deviations . Accra North : City Publishers . PUBLICATIONS BY PROFESSOR ROBERT MANFORD , PH . D Books Beginners Guide to Research in Education A Handbook for Elementary School Music Teachers Teaching Music Creatively Music for Senior Secondary Schools ARTICLES Teaching Music in the Junior Secondary Schools The Role of Professional Teachers Association What Teaching is All About Characteristics of a Good Educational Administrator : Summary in A to Z . Partnership in Teaching : The U . K . Version . Some Ideas of Funding Higher Education in Ghana .

This paper reviews the first stage of the skill acquisition process in Ghana , i . e . basic education . Basic education provides the essential building blocks to continue to higher levels of education . For those who do not continue to higher education it provides the foundation upon which work - related skills are developed . Two criteria are used in this paper to assess the performance of the basic education sub - sector . The first is progress that has been made in expanding access to basic education . This criterion on its own is not sufficient to pronounce a verdict on the success or otherwise of an education programme in improving upon the stock of a country ’ s human capital . Focus on this criterion alone assumes that as the basic education system expands standards are automatically maintained . However a rapid expansion of education in terms of numbers enrolled can be at the expense of the quality of education . The second criterion the study uses to assess performance of the basic education sector is the extent to which the sector has succeeded in equipping its graduates with the relevant skills to enter the world of work or else to continue to higher levels of education . Although there has been an increase in the absolute numbers enrolled at the basic education level there has been no significant increase in gross enrolment rates . Gender gaps in enrolment still exist . The quality of education in the public school system as measured by the performance of pupils in the Criterion Referenced Tests organised by the Ministry of Education is low . The poor test results raise questions about efficiency in the use of the sector ’ s resources . A reduction in the private cost of education will encourage an increase in enrolment rates . In addition an improvement in the quality of education is critical to an improvement in enrolment rates . Additional financial resources are but one of the many needs of the basic education sector in Ghana . A review of the curriculum , teaching methods and practices , teacher supervision and incentives for teachers is required in order to achieve an efficient use of the sector ’ s financial resources . The lack of a positive link between government education spending and performance of the sector shows quite clearly that pumping resources into the sector is not sufficient to solve the problems the sector faces . What is critical is how the resources going into the sector are managed , monitored and utilised . Improving upon the quality of education requires in addition an effective monitoring system . The BECE provides an excellent opportunity to monitor the output of the basic education system . However the choice of the Stanine system for marking has made it impossible to utilise the examination for this purpose . It is recommended that the marking system of the BECE be reviewed so that the examination can be used for monitoring purposes . BASIC EDUCATION IN GHANA IN THE POST - REFORM PERIOD Introduction " we must look to industry and agriculture to provide an increased standard of living , but these two sectors of the economy are dependent on an adequate supply of suitably educated and trained manpower ... Economic growth does not consist merely in the expansion of aggregate production , it consists in the expansion of output per head and therefore it necessarily entails an increase in productivity per head . Without such an increase in productivity the population may grow and with it the national income , but the level of prosperity cannot increase . Rising productivity derives from two sources . On the one hand it is influenced by the kinds of capital with which the population is supplied . On the other hand it depends upon the skill with which labour and management use these capital assets . Contemporary experience suggests that the latter is every bit as important as the former in determining the level of economic development in a country ’ . This quotation is not taken from Ghana ’ s Vision 2020 document published in the early 1990s or from policy documents of present day middle - income countries whose performance Ghana wishes to emulate . It is taken from the first paragraph of the chapter on education of the Seven - Year Development Plan for Ghana for the period 1963 / 64 - 1969 / 70 . For the architects of the plan , human capital formation was recognised as critical to the growth and development process . The sentiments expressed in the paragraph are even more pertinent to Ghana today . Knowledge and technology are increasingly becoming the basis of competitive advantage in the present world economy . The quality of a country ’ s stock of human capital influences the extent to which knowledge and technology can be utilised and created to enhance productivity and increase the well - being of citizens . Lall ( 1992 ) defines human capital as " not just the skills generated by formal education and training , but also those created by on - the - job training and the experience of technological activity and the legacy of inherited skills , attitudes and abilities " ( p . 170 ) . A not insignificant proportion of the knowledge base and skills of the work force in Ghana is tradition bound . If the competitiveness of Ghana in the world economy is to improve , the knowledge base , techniques of production and skills of the work force must be broadened beyond the confines of inherited skills , attitudes and abilities . Formal education is an important part of the skill acquisition process and development of the stock of human capital . It contributes to the process of moulding attitudinal skills and developing technical skills . Education increases the ability to understand and critique new ideas . It facilitates the adoption and / or modification of technology . For example in agriculture if modern farming practices are to be adopted and effectively implemented , farmers must be able to read instructions on how to use the new inputs . Empirical studies using data from several countries have been conducted to investigate the determinants of growth and have included a proxy for human capital . The results are inconclusive . Ojo and Oshikoya ( 1995 ) conducted a study on determinants of long - term growth using a panel data set of 17 African countries . The measures of human capital used in the study were the primary and secondary enrolment rates , literacy rates and average years of education . The primary and secondary school enrolment rates were not significant explanatory variables in the growth equation , whereas the literacy rate and average years of education variables were . A problem with these proxies of human capital is that they are an imprecise measure of skill acquisition and provide no indication whether the graduates of the educational institutions possess the skills required by the productive sectors of the economy . In addition the measures do not capture variations in the quality of education across countries and over time . There is less ambiguity when individual or household level data is used . Data from the third household survey conducted in Ghana in 1991 / 92 shows that the incidence of poverty amongst households declines the more educated is the household head ( Figure 1 ) . This suggests that education can be the route out of poverty . Education provides opportunities for involvement in activities with high returns . In addition , evidence from Ghana and other developing countries shows the children of educated mothers are more likely to have Figure 1 . Note : The poverty rate is the proportion of households that fall below the poverty line . The poverty line is defined as two thirds of the mean real household consumption expenditure per capita in 1987 . Source : Calculated from the third Household Survey , 1991 / 92 better levels of nutrition than children of uneducated mothers ( Glewwe , 1999 ) . Infant mortality rates amongst educated mothers is lower ( Strauss and Duncan , 1996 ) . Education therefore confers on women household heads the knowledge to manage household resources efficiently . This paper is the first in a series that will review the skill acquisition process in Ghana . Basic education provides the essential building blocks to continue to higher levels of education . For those who do not continue to higher education it provides the foundation upon which work - related skills are developed . Thus the review of the skill acquisition process in Ghana will understandably begin by an assessment of the performance of the basic education sector since the start of the education sector reforms in 1987 . Two criteria will be used to assess the performance of the basic education sub - sector . The first is progress that has been made in expanding access to basic education . This criterion on its own is not sufficient to pronounce a verdict on the success or otherwise of an education programme in improving upon the stock of a country ’ s human capital . Focus on this criterion alone assumes that the basic education system is able to maintain standards as the numbers enrolled increases . However a rapid expansion of education in terms of numbers of enrolled can be at the expense of the quality of education . The second criterion that this study will use to assess performance of the basic education sector is therefore the extent to which the sector has succeeded in equipping its graduates with the relevant skills to enter the world of work or else to continue to higher levels of education . A comparative approach will be adopted by comparing trends in education indicators with what pertains in other African countries and with what pertained three decades ago in some Asian economies . The current objective of economic policy is for to Ghana attain middle - income country status by the year 2020 . The Asian countries that have made the transition from low to middle income country status have been chosen as role models . It is the consensus of observers of the transition process in these economies that accumulation of human capital was an important part of the process . What can be learnt from the experiences of these countries ? The next section will present a brief discussion of developments in basic education prior to 1987 . The education reforms of 1987 and subsequent developments in basic education policy will be the subject of sections 3 and 4 . Section 5 will examine the outcomes and section 6 concludes the paper . The Education Sector Prior to the 1987 Reforms The average number of years of formal schooling of Ghanaians has improved in the period since independence . Information obtained from the national household survey conducted in 1991 / 92 finds that whilst the average years of schooling of persons aged over 64 was about 1 . 2 years , the average for those aged between 44 and 53 years was 3 . 7 years . It rose to 6 . 7 years for persons aged between 25 and 33 years ( Table 1 ) . The increase in average years of education from older to younger generations occurs for both men and women even though women still lag behind men ( Table 1 ) . The education policies , trends in the economy and changes in circumstances of households can explain the developments that have occurred over the last five or so decades . Table 1 Average Years of Education attained by Age Cohorts ( 1991 / 92 ) Age ( Years ) Both Sexes Men Women Mean Standard Deviation Mean Standard Deviation Mean Standard Deviation 25 - 33 6 . 68 5 . 39 8 . 60 5 . 16 5 . 35 5 . 14 34 - 43 5 . 76 5 . 52 7 . 8 5 . 50 4 . 35 5 . 12 44 - 53 3 . 75 5 . 32 6 . 04 5 . 93 2 . 02 4 . 02 54 - 63 2 . 53 4 . 69 3 . 76 5 . 24 1 . 18 3 . 55 64 and over 1 . 21 3 . 16 2 . 04 4 . 00 0 . 44 1 . 81 Source : Estimated from Third Household Survey , 1991 / 92 . Tuition - free primary and middle school education was introduced in 1952 . The Education Act of 1961 declared primary education to be compulsory and a parent not sending a child to school was liable to a fine . The Act also made provision for the establishment of private educational institutions . The Act delineated the responsibilities of central and local governments regarding the financing of education . Central government was to be responsible for teachers ’ salaries . The building , equipment and maintenance of all public primary and middle schools were made the responsibility of the local authorities . In 1963 the school textbooks scheme was introduced . Pupils were required to pay a token fee . The effect of the Education Act on enrolment was dramatic . Enrolment in public primary and secondary schools more than doubled between 1960 / 61 and 1964 / 65 ( Table 2 ) . This period saw the fastest increase in school enrolment in the country ’ s post - independence history . Children long past the normal school entry age of 6 entered primary school in response to the policy of tuition free primary education and children who had dropped out of school were able to re - enter at the point where they had left . The numbers enrolled in primary 1 more than doubled between 1960 / 61 and 1961 / 62 ( Table 2 ) . Gains were made in the enrolment of girls . There was a rapid increase in the proportion of girls in primary school between 1960 / 61 and 1964 / 65 . The proportion of girls in middle and secondary school also increased but the rise was not as rapid as in primary school ( Table 2 ) . The rapid expansion in enrolment rates was not maintained and a decline in actual numbers enrolled in primary school began in the 1965 / 66 academic year until 1972 / 73 when they began to rise again ( Table 2 ) . Enrolments in primary 1 declined in 1964 . The decline in enrolment rates has been attributed to the reversal to normal trends after the surge in enrolments when the policy of tuition free primary education was introduced . The introduction of textbook fees and growing unemployment amongst middle school leavers may also explain the drop in enrolment rates during this period . The gross enrolment rate ( GER ) in 1970 was estimated at 62 % at the primary school level . The GER continued to increase during the 1970s so that by 1980 it stood at 80 % . There was a rapid increase in the establishment of school facilities to absorb the increase in enrolments . The number of public primary schools increased from 3514 in 1960 / 61 to 6884 in 1962 / 63 and to 8144 in 1965 / 66 ( Ministry of Education 1968 ) . Many of these , however , were makeshift . In the seven - year plan special emphasis was placed on the expansion of secondary and technical schools to provide the necessary manpower to supply the needs of a modern economy . Table 2 Enrolment in Public Institutions in the 1960s Primary Middle Secondary Enrolment in Primary 1 Total % Girls Total % Girls Total % Girls 1960 / 61 106928 441136 36 . 16 145337 30 . 12 16577 22 . 04 1961 / 62 231784 691770 42 . 77 184292 30 . 75 19062 23 . 33 1962 / 63 264560 806211 39 . 94 204935 30 . 86 23891 23 . 44 1963 / 64 253693 871385 41 . 10 208625 32 . 72 27663 22 . 95 1964 / 65 274500 1065251 43 . 43 257625 33 . 04 33131 24 . 76 1965 / 66 272077 1137495 43 . 80 267434 32 . 52 42111 25 . 81 1966 / 67 221559 1116843 44 . 38 280566 33 . 33 42280 25 . 43 1967 / 68 214115 1072523 44 . 53 329679 35 . 33 43889 25 . 74 1968 / 69 199263 1015457 44 . 43 381569 36 . 75 46512 25 . 88 1969 / 70 975629 424430 46213 Source : Ministry of Education Although there was an increase in the numbers enrolled in school and in the gross enrolment rate there was a concern about the quality of the output of the education sector . A UNESCO report on education in Ghana published in 1970 had this to say : " Generally Ghana ’ s education services are not producing the kinds of quality manpower needed by the economy . The educational system is not providing an adequate base in English and Mathematics and offers little exposure to practical work " ( UNESCO , 1970 p . 21 ) . It went on to state that " the first problem is the poor quality of basic education in primary and middle schools , especially in the main educational language , English , " ( UNESCO 1970p . 34 ) . The rapid expansion of enrolment in a very short period of time was thus , to some extent , at the expense of the quality of education . Quality was compromised because there was inadequate supply of critical inputs to support the increase in enrolments . The supply of trained teachers could not keep up with the expansion in enrolments and schools . To meet the demand for teachers , untrained teachers were added to the staff . In 1962 trained teachers made up 52 % of the teaching staff in primary schools and middle schools . By 1966 / 67 they are estimated to have declined to 28 % of the teaching staff in primary schools ( Ministry of Education 1968 ) . There was an increase in the supply of trained teachers in primary schools thereafter so that in 1969 / 70 their share had risen to 49 % . A similar problem existed in the secondary school system although it was not as severe as at the primary level . There was a small drop in the share of graduate teachers in the secondary schools from 57 % of the teaching staff in 1961 / 62 to 54 . 3 % in 1969 / 70 . To get round the constraint of insufficient physical infrastructure to accommodate the rising enrolments , a two - shift system was introduced . A shortcoming of this system is that it can effectively place an upper limit on the number of contact hours in a day between pupil and teacher . The subsidised textbook scheme ran into financial difficulties as the number of pupils increased . To deal with the problem of financing the scheme it was decided in 1968 to limit the number of titles supplied to English Readers and Mathematics . The experience of the rapid expansion in education enrolments in the 1960s provided a lesson for future policy makers . It was that an increase in the opportunity to attend school did not automatically translate into an equal opportunity to access the same quality or standards across the country and over time . Prior to the implementation of a policy of expansion in education it must be ensured that the necessary inputs are available to guarantee that quality will not be compromised in the process . The education system introduced during the colonial period required that students spent at least 8 - 10 years before they could enter secondary school . In the Seven - Year Development Plan concerns were expressed about the length of time it took to complete secondary school . To address this issue it was proposed that children be selected to secondary school after six years of primary education . The middle school system was to be replaced by continuous schools that would offer courses of a vocational nature . Some continuous schools were established but no significant changes were made to the primary and middle school system . A new educational system was proposed in the Five - Year Development Plan for the period 1975 / 76 - 1979 / 80 . It aimed at reducing by four years the length of time taken by the average child from elementary school to the end of secondary school . It also aimed at introducing a curriculum with a large practical content aimed at equipping the individual with skills relevant to the needs of the country . The new education system was to be implemented in September of 1974 . In this new system the middle school was to be phased out by 1982 - 83 academic year and replaced by the Junior Secondary School ( See Appendix 1 for details of the education system that was proposed ) . Implementation of the new education system , however , did not move beyond the phase of pilot schemes . The education sector entered a crisis phase in the 1980s with the GER declining to about 70 % in 1986 . The sector suffered from a decline in the supply of teachers as teachers left the sector and country to find more remunerative employment elsewhere . There were shortfalls in the supply of learning and teaching materials and a failure to maintain the physical infrastructure in schools . Real per capita incomes had been falling in the late 1970s and early 1980s and as households faced hardship a response was to withdraw children from school . The education reforms of 1987 were introduced within the context of the crisis in the sector . 3 . The Education Reforms The public sector is the main provider of education at the primary and tertiary level . At the secondary level , although most of the senior secondary schools are public schools , the vocational schools sub - sector is dominated by the private sector . The structure of the education system before the reforms was such that to complete pre - university education could take between 13 and 15 years . This variation in the number of minimum years was because there was essentially a three - track system in place . Children who managed to complete primary schooling could take the middle school track and end their education after completing four years of middle school . It was possible to skip middle school and enter secondary school after sitting the common entrance examination in primary 6 . The alternative was to do one or two years at middle school before sitting for the entrance examination to secondary school . The reforms replaced the three - track system with a one - track system . All children are expected to go through a minimum of nine years of education , i . e . six years of primary and three years of junior secondary education . They can either enter the world of work or continue to the secondary level ( See Figure 2 ) . Figure 2 . Structure of the Education System . Pre - School Primary Junior Secondary Senior Secondary Technical / Vocational University Training Institutes Specialised Institutes Polytechnics Ghana presently has a 6 - 3 - 3 - 4 education system . Pre - school is not compulsory . Children are expected to enter the first year of primary school at age 6 . The first nine years that make up basic education consists of primary education of 6 years and 3 years of junior secondary school . Basic education is supposed to be compulsory for all children of the relevant age group . Unfortunately as this study will show universal primary education has still to be achieved in Ghana . An official selection process occurs at the end of the ninth year of basic education when all pupils take the Basic Education Certificate Examination ( BECE ) . Individuals who want to continue their formal education have the option of attending senior secondary schools , technical schools or vocational schools ( Figure 2 ) . The reforms began in 1987 with the intake of the first set of Junior Secondary School entrants . The senior secondary school system began in 1990 and the first examination was taken in 1993 . The middle school system was phased out in 1989 when the last set took the middle school leaving certificate . The ‘ O ’ and ‘ A ’ level systems were phased out in 1994 and 1996 respectively . Prior to the reforms some teacher training took place at the secondary level . Graduates from the middle schools were able to enter teacher training colleges and obtain a Certificate A . Specialist courses were available at the post - secondary level for secondary school graduates . The technical institutes also had placements for middle school certificate holders . The secondary school system has changed with the reforms . It has two components . The first is the senior secondary schools that provide 3 years of general academic education after which an external examination is taken . Passing this examination with the necessary grades qualifies entry into the tertiary level institutions . The second component is made up of the vocational and technical schools . Graduates of the technical and vocational institutions usually terminate their formal education at this level and enter the world of work or can continue at the polytechnics . The tertiary level education comprises of the training colleges , polytechnics , universities and specialised institutes of journalism and of professional studies . The 1991 White Paper on tertiary reforms had as one of its objectives the establishment of an integrated tertiary education system comprising all post - secondary pre - service training institutions under the general supervision , direction and control of the Ministry of Education . This has not happened . The National Council for Tertiary Education was established in 1993 to be responsible for the tertiary level education . The polytechnics were upgraded to tertiary status in 1992 . They still however continue to provide non - tertiary programmes . The Regional Colleges of Applied Arts , Sciences and Technology ( RECAAST ) proposed in the White Paper have not been established . The teacher training , nursing training and agricultural colleges were to be amalgamated under these colleges . Of those children that do attend school , many do not proceed beyond basic education . The apprenticeship training system that is provided at the work place is an important source of skill acquisition . Many of the " masters " have obtained limited training if any from the formal education system and have limited links with technical institutions and polytechnics . The masters may have in - depth knowledge of traditional techniques and technologies but may be at a disadvantage when it comes to knowledge about modern techniques of production , management and organisation . An important issue for Ghana during this period of rapid technological change in the world economy is how technology and skills can be transferred from the rest of the world to the Ghanaian workforce . The informal sector as it is presently organised has tenuous links with the international sources of technology . Enterprises in the sector do not tend to be involved in exporting and there is hardly any sub - contracting between foreign enterprise and local ones . An alternative institutional framework will have to be developed to facilitate the transfer of technology and skills that is needed . Formal technical and vocational education may have to be expanded to increase the supply of masters schooled in modern technologies to the informal sector . The education reforms begun in 1987 had the following objectives : To expand and make access more equitable at all levels of education . There were significant differences in educational attainment measured by years of education on the basis of gender and location . Access to senior secondary school ( SSS ) was to be increased by ensuring that 50 % of the JSS leavers entered SSS . Twenty - five percent of SSS graduates were to be absorbed by the tertiary institutions . To change the structure of the school system . The reforms aimed at reducing the number of years of pre - tertiary education . It was expected that this would reduce cost to both individuals and the state . To improve pedagogic efficiency and effectiveness . The education system tended to emphasise rote recall . It was necessary to inculcate a better understanding of the subject matter and improve upon practical and analytical skills . To make education more relevant . There was the concern that the curriculum was not relevant to the needs of the Ghanaian economy . It was considered that there was a need to have more " practical " subjects , for example agriculture . To ensure financial sustainability of the sector through the containment of costs and sharing of such costs with users . It had become increasingly difficult for central government to provide the necessary funding for education . To enhance sector management and budgeting procedures . The Education Ministry was constrained by limited planning capacity . Budget uncertainties made planning difficult and monitoring was inadequate . 4 . Reforms at the Primary and JSS level The reforms in primary education have been undertaken with substantial external donor support . The World Bank has extended four credits to support reform in the primary sector . USAID has provided funding to support reforms in the sector under its Primary Education Programme and its contribution to the fCUBE programme . Other donors to the fCUBE programme are DFID of the UK , JICA of Japan and Kfw and GTZ of Germany . Some specific objectives for the primary level were : The gross intake rate of 6 year olds should increase to 98 % by the year 2000 Enrolments and intakes at the primary level to increase by 5 % per annum Gross enrolment rate should exceed 90 % by the year 2000 Output from the teacher training colleges is to rise to 8000 after 1995 4 . 1 . Actions Taken The primary school curriculum was changed and Ghanaian languages and agriculture were made compulsory . Nine compulsory subjects were initially taken at the primary level . These were Mathematics , English , General Science , Agriculture , Social Studies , Cultural Studies , Ghanaian Languages , Life Skills and Physical Education . In 1997 the primary school curriculum was reviewed and the number of subjects taken reduced . At the lower primary level the pupils studied English Language , Ghanaian Language and Culture , Mathematics , Environmental Studies , Religious and Moral Education and Physical Activities . Integrated Science , comprising of General Science and Agriculture Science is introduced at the Upper Primary level . The syllabus was changed because the original number of subjects ( 9 ) was considered to be too many for pupils in Primary 1 - 3 . There was not enough time for the development of the most important skills at that level , i . e . reading , writing and numeracy . At the JSS level Integrated Science is broken into its two components and taught separately . In addition , Pre - Vocational Skills and Pre - Technical skills are added to the subjects for external examination . Life Skills , Music and Dance and Physical Activities are also part of the JSS curriculum . These subjects though are not examined externally . The school year was extended from 36 to 40 weeks and the school day extended from four to five hours . This was because of concern that there were not enough contact hours between teachers and students . On average the official instructional time in Ghanaian schools was lower than the average for other African countries . The lengthening of the official instructional time was also considered necessary because of the cut down in the length of time for the pre - university education . Untrained teachers with the middle school leaving certificate were phased out . They were either to be retrained or replaced with trained teachers . The objective was that by 1995 there would be no untrained teachers and all teachers would have received pre - service training . After 1988 the teacher training colleges no longer took candidates with middle school leaving certificates . The percentage of trained teachers has increased in both the primary and Junior Secondary Schools . However the target of having only trained teachers has not been achieved ( Table 3 and 4 ) . Regional differences exist . The Northern region stands out as having the lowest proportion of trained teachers in primary schools . At the start of the reforms the region with the highest proportion of trained primary school teachers was the Greater Accra region . Expansion in the number of teachers in the region appears to have occurred through the employment of untrained teachers . This is in contrast to the trends in the other regions . Table 3 Percentage of Trained Teachers in Primary ( Public and Private ) Schools 1986 / 87 1990 / 91 1992 / 93 1994 / 95 1996 / 97 Region Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent Total Trained Total Trained Total Trained Total Trained Total Trained Ashanti 12511 55 . 11 12199 66 . 82 12342 70 . 69 12986 75 . 32 13732 75 . 59 Brong Ahafo 5960 43 . 77 7779 53 . 07 7804 60 . 04 8163 68 . 33 8240 70 . 70 Central 5952 63 . 91 6392 67 . 78 6286 70 . 23 6788 70 . 00 6930 77 . 08 Eastern 12632 56 . 30 11235 68 . 50 10798 73 . 71 11602 74 . 55 11268 80 . 28 Greater Accra 4793 79 . 59 6732 68 . 56 7351 69 . 07 8529 65 . 04 7968 68 . 13 Northern 3205 31 . 98 4714 41 . 40 4913 52 . 88 4441 64 . 51 4394 40 . 45 Upper East 2059 44 . 09 2002 72 . 42 1994 79 . 94 2106 82 . 90 2187 84 . 81 Upper West 1133 60 . 90 1329 78 . 02 1504 83 . 91 1581 84 . 06 1523 88 . 31 Volta 10846 57 . 19 7326 77 . 01 7545 82 . 21 7970 82 . 82 7880 91 . 16 Western 7093 50 . 27 7238 49 . 73 7219 54 . 06 7697 61 . 11 7218 68 . 93 National 66184 55 . 34 66946 63 . 64 67756 68 . 51 71863 71 . 73 71340 76 . 49 Source : Ministry of Education Table 4 Percentage of Trained Teachers at Public and Private Junior Secondary School Region 1992 / 93 1994 / 95 1996 / 97 Percent Percent Percent Total Trained Total Trained Total Trained Ashanti 6618 77 . 36 7125 78 . 74 8120 79 . 37 Brong Ahafo 3888 73 . 74 4114 75 . 01 4493 79 . 55 Central 3432 77 . 21 3792 73 . 13 4280 76 . 24 Eastern 5632 75 . 09 6110 74 . 08 6200 82 . 42 Greater Accra 3964 85 . 52 7169 57 . 34 5356 81 . 20 Northern 1463 64 . 46 1412 71 . 46 1704 77 . 64 Upper East 882 67 . 91 975 71 . 69 1041 76 . 95 Upper West 732 76 . 09 855 83 . 16 872 83 . 37 Volta 3726 75 . 39 4194 77 . 83 4370 84 . 46 Western 3487 66 . 16 3668 71 . 32 3981 69 . 05 National 33824 75 . 30 39414 72 . 07 40417 79 . 25 Source : Ministry of Education A programme of upgrading and improving the teacher training colleges has been pursued to provide teachers with the required skills for the primary and JSS levels . In - service training courses were run for existing educational personnel . Teachers were provided with syllabi , teacher ’ s guide and basic stationary . To increase enrolments , school pavilions were constructed . Many of the schools particularly in the rural areas had very little in the way of infrastructure and children were exposed to the elements of the weather . There has been a 28 % increase in the number of public primary schools in the period 1986 / 87 – 1996 / 97 . The growth in private primary schools has been much more phenomenal ( Table 5 ) . From 1 . 8 % of the total number of schools in 1986 / 87 , it is estimated that private schools made up 11 % of the total in 1998 / 99 . The regional distribution of private schools is quite uneven . The Greater Accra , Ashanti and Central regions stand out as having the largest proportion of private schools , i . e . 32 . 4 % , 22 % and 9 . 6 % respectively in 1998 / 99 . Table 5 Number of Primary Schools 1986 / 87 1990 / 91 1992 / 93 1994 / 95 1996 / 97 Public Private Total Public Private Total Public Private Total Public Private Total Public Prvate Total Ashanti 1585 28 1613 1672 157 1829 1721 157 1878 1694 290 1984 1785 378 2163 Brong Ahafo 1080 8 1088 1299 39 1338 1348 39 1387 1388 68 1456 1409 137 1546 Central 909 6 915 1065 3 1068 1144 3 1147 1157 51 1208 1178 87 1265 Eastern 1670 14 1684 1772 40 1812 1831 40 1871 1848 93 1941 1903 134 2037 Greater Accra 604 96 700 545 259 804 649 259 908 677 314 991 726 374 1100 Northern 657 0 657 1191 18 1209 1213 18 1231 982 3 985 1203 1 1204 Upper East 260 0 260 361 1 362 374 1 375 412 1 413 438 5 443 Upper West 229 0 229 324 1 325 335 1 336 345 2 347 359 0 359 Volta 1193 7 1200 1187 9 1196 1431 9 1440 1408 25 1433 1444 48 1492 Western 1006 10 1016 1207 15 1222 1224 41 1265 1273 69 1342 1320 85 1405 National 9193 169 9362 10623 542 11165 11270 568 11838 11184 916 12100 11765 1249 13014 Source : Ministry of Education Table 6 Number of Junior Secondary Schools 1992 / 93 1994 / 95 1996 / 97 No . of Schools Public Private Total Public Private Total Public Private Total Ashanti 860 22 882 858 49 907 899 58 957 Brong Ahafo 592 5 597 606 17 623 68 28 96 Central 668 2 670 685 10 695 726 21 747 Eastern 837 8 845 847 14 861 908 28 936 Greater Accra 381 72 453 399 114 513 435 115 550 Northern 217 1 218 219 0 219 266 0 266 Upper East 157 0 157 157 0 157 172 1 173 Upper West 169 0 169 189 0 189 213 1 214 Volta 656 4 660 666 5 671 700 13 713 Western 592 9 601 615 9 624 640 17 657 National 5129 123 5252 5241 218 5459 5597 282 5879 Source : Ministry of Education About 40 % of the primary schools do not have junior secondary schools attached to them . The ratio of Junior Secondary Schools to primary schools in 1996 / 97 is estimated at 0 . 45 . Indeed the information on the number of primary schools provides no information regarding whether the school is complete in terms of providing all the primary classes . The regions with the lowest ratio of primary to Junior Secondary Schools in 1996 / 97 were the Northern and Upper West regions . Some communities may not have junior secondary schools attached to the primary schools because they do not have the resources to construct one . Second , if the primary school is not complete it is unlikely to have a JSS attached to it . A third possible reason may be the attempt to improve efficiency in the use of resources . Thus in sparsely populated locations a JSS may be established to serve the primary schools in the area . Even though this may seem to be an efficient use of resources it may not generate the expected outcomes in terms of enrolments if children have to walk long distances to get to school . Textbook user fees were applied to all pupils in primary 3 and above . In 1995 the policy was changed and textbooks were provided free in the public primary schools . The textbook user fee only applies to the JSS . Free Compulsory Universal Basic Education . Currently reforms in the primary sector are being implemented under the umbrella of the Basic Education Sector Improvement Programme ( popularly known as fCUBE ) . The basic education programme aims at providing all children with the ability to pursue further education or acquire skills for the world of work . Under this programme the Government of Ghana is committed to providing free , quality education at the basic level to all children of school going age by the year 2005 . The components of education expenses that are to be provided free under this scheme are tuition , textbooks , equipment and tools . Tuition is to be provided free to all in the public basic education system . Textbooks are to be provided free at the primary level to both public and private schools . At the JSS level pupils are expected to pay a textbook user fee that should not be more than 10 % of the average total cost of the textbook supplied per pupil . Equipment is to be provided free to all basic education schools in the public school system . The fCUBE programme has three components . These are improving the quality of education , improving the quality of education management and improving access to basic education . A Girls Education Unit has been set up to implement measures to increase enrolment of girls . Education Finances . The share of central government spending going to the education sector increased between 1982 and 1988 ( Table 7 ) . It has fallen since then to about 17 % in 1998 . Education spending by central government was equivalent to 2 % of the GDP in 1983 rising to 4 . 3 % in 1995 ( Table 7 ) . The volume of spending by central government is determined primarily by three factors . The first is the responsibilities that the state has taken upon itself in the education sector . Education in the public system at all levels is tuition - free . Central government spending must therefore be allocated to cover tuition costs . Other policies reduce if not eliminate central government ’ s spending on particular items . To illustrate : the introduction of textbook user fees reduces how much government must spend on this item and the shift of the cost of feeding students in the secondary schools and tertiary institutions to households has eliminated government expenditure on these items . The second variable that determines the size of spending is the number of enrolments . As enrolments increase it is expected that expenditure in the sector will rise . The increase in expenditure is not linear because of the existence of economies of scale . The third major determinant of the size of central government spending is the cost of inputs in the sector . These parameters , i . e . policy , enrolments and the cost of inputs define the maximum that must be spent by government . Government however can and does deviate from spending the maximum that is required . Expenditure per pupil in primary education has not kept up with the rate of inflation . Expenditure per pupil deflated by the education consumer price index fell between 1989 and 1991 , rose in 1992 and 1993 and declined until 1997 . By 1997 real spending per primary pupil was 66 % of the 1993 levels . The decline could be due to two possible reasons . The first is the influence of economies of scale . As enrolment increases resources are being used more efficiently . For example the number of teachers does not have to increase as enrolment rises . Thus if the pupil - teacher ratio is initially low it can increase to a higher level without necessarily comprising the quality of education . Teachers salaries form a considerable proportion of central government spending . An increase in class sizes for example will reduce the costs per student . The alternative explanation is that over time government has not been able to provide expected supplies and inputs . At the national level the pupil - teacher ratio has not changed by very much . It is therefore likely that the decline in real unit costs is due to the second reason . Table 7 . Education Spending in Ghana by Central Government : 1982 - 1998 Share of Total Central Government Spending ( % ) Education Spending as a Ratio of Gross Domestic Product . Public expenditure on primary education per pupil ( Nominal ) 1982 19 2 . 1 1983 20 1 . 6 1984 20 2 . 0 1985 22 2 . 0 1986 24 3 . 3 1987 26 3 . 6 1988 26 3 . 5 1989 24 3 . 4 12 , 662 1990 25 3 . 2 15673 1991 23 3 . 1 19643 1992 24 4 . 0 29015 1993 21 4 . 1 41726 1994 19 4 . 1 40018 1995 19 4 . 3 71033 1996 19 4 . 1 104360 1997 19 3 . 9 122635 1998 17 N / a N / a Notes : Education spending is the sum of recurrent and development expenditures Source : Calculated from data obtained from Ministry of Education and Quarterly Digest of Statistics . Recurrent spending on education by central government adjusted for the rate of inflation in the education sector rose in the year prior to the implementation of the reforms and in the two subsequent years . However except for the peaks in spending in 1992 , 1996 and 1999 , recurrent spending in real terms has stagnated since 1988 ( Figure 3 ) . Spending on basic education is the largest component of recurrent spending by central government . It averaged 67 % during the period 1989 - 1999 . Recurrent spending on basic education is dominated by salary payments . These payments averaged 94 % of recurrent spending during the period 1989 - 1998 . The almost total concentration of recurrent expenditures of emoluments can be considered as indicative of insufficient funding at the basic education level . This is because apart from meeting tuition costs , the state is expected to supply learning and teaching materials . These concerns may not be valid if indeed labour costs do dominate . However , anecdotal evidence suggesting that the effective operation of schools in some communities is hampered due to lack of equipment in the JSS workshops and inadequate supply of learning and teaching materials suggest that central government is not able to meet is commitments concerning the provision of these items . Second it suggests inequality of opportunity to access similar education standards amongst schools as measured by an adequate supply of these materials . Figure 3 . Notes : Real current expenditures are calculated by deflating nominal expenditures by the education consumer price index . Source : Estimated from data obtained from the Ministry of Education and GSS Quarterly Digest of Statistics . The basic education sector in Ghana has experienced what may be described as two " shocks " in the post - independence period . The first was the introduction of tuition - free education and the second is the education reforms of 1987 . The first shock was a quantitative one . The system had to accommodate the effects of an increase in the demand for education and did not have the resources to satisfy the demand whilst at the same time ensuring that standards were maintained and fairly uniform across the country . The reforms of 1987 constituted both a quantitative and qualitative shock . The quantitative shock was experienced at the junior secondary school level . Prior to the reforms the common entrance examination was an effective mechanism for reducing the numbers enrolled in the secondary system . With the implementation of the education reforms the official screening was deferred for three years thus resulting in a larger proportion of those wanting to continue education beyond primary school being able to do so . The qualitative shock was the change in the curriculum that brought about an increase in the number of subjects taught from the primary to the secondary level . These changes translated into an increase in the demand for teaching staff with the requisite qualification and training , learning and teaching materials and physical infrastructure . Unfortunately the experience of the 1960s was repeated . The resources supplied were not adequate to match the increase in demand . 5 . Assessing the Outcomes The performance of the basic education sector since the start of the reforms in 1987 will be assessed on the basis of : Changes in the apparent intake rate Changes in the retention or survival rate Changes in the quality of education as measured by examination performance . The quality of education may be assessed using inputs and outputs . The inputs are made up of teachers , curriculum , textbooks and facilities . Student ’ s achievement in school as measured by test scores is a measure of the output of the education system . Other measures are the drop - out and repetition rates . In this study the focus will be on the output measure because of lack of sufficient data to make an assessment on the basis of inputs . 5 . 1 Entry Rates into Primary 1 Entry into the first year of primary school increased slowly in the initial three years of the reforms and the proportion of children of school entrance age that did enter school ( the apparent intake rate ) remained below the 1986 levels until 1990 ( Table 8 ) . It was only in that year that a substantial increase was recorded in entry . This was not sustained and enrolments remained below the 1990 levels until 1996 . Except for 1990 / 91 and 1996 / 97 academic years the target for growth in intakes was not achieved . Negative growth in entry rates was recorded in several years . Apparent intake rates in primary 1 were still below the target of 98 % for the year 2000 ( Table 8 ) and were no different from rates that pertained ten years earlier . Apparent intake rates in Ghana and many African countries are still much lower than rates recorded in the mid - seventies by some of the present - day Asian middle - income countries ( Table 9 ) . Empirical evidence suggests that accumulation of human capital was an important aspect of the growth experience of many of the present day middle - income Asian countries . At the time that the economies of these countries began to take - off significant progress had been made in increasing the enrolment rates of children of school entry age . Table 8 . Apparent Intake Rates in Ghana AcademicYear Entry into Primary 1 % Change in Entry Apparent Intake Rate 1 1986 346924 86 . 7 1987 347194 0 . 08 87 . 0 1988 343837 - 0 . 97 82 . 6 1989 357421 3 . 95 83 . 3 1990 408742 14 . 36 93 . 7 1991 395843 - 3 . 16 89 . 9 1992 394804 - 0 . 26 85 . 0 1993 407661 3 . 26 84 . 8 1994 400094 - 1 . 86 80 . 8 1995 405080 1 . 25 79 . 2 1996 449654 11 . 00 84 . 8 1997 457229 1 . 68 81 . 4 The apparent intake rate is the ratio of children who enter primary 1 to the number of children aged 6 years . The population of children aged 6 years old is based on population projections obtained by the Ministry of Education from the Ghana Statistical Service . Source : Ministry of Education Table 9 . Apparent Intake Rates in Selected Asian and African Countries Country Year Apparent Intake Rate 1 GDP per capita US $ Indonesia 1975 109 . 7 224 Republic of Korea 1975 115 . 6 598 Singapore 1975 98 . 9 2495 Sri Lanka 1975 79 . 2 218 Thailand 1975 100 . 1 195 Cote d ’ Ivoire 1995 67 . 4 660 Benin 1995 80 . 0 370 Guinea 1995 47 . 8 550 Gambia 1995 95 . 0 320 Senegal 1995 75 . 7 600 Togo 1995 128 . 1 310 Apparent intake rate may exceed 100 % because of the enrolment of over - age or under age children . Source : UNESCO and World Bank The data at the national level masks significant spatial and gender variations . In some regions of Ghana the apparent intake rate and the apparent intake rate of boys exceeds 90 % . In 1996 four regions had enrolment rates that exceeded 90 % ( Table 10 ) . These are regions in the southern sector of the country . The trend in the apparent intake rate in all regions except Brong - Ahafo , Upper - East , Upper - West and Volta was downwards . The decline in the Greater Accra and Northern Regions was quite large , exceeding ten percentage points . It is interesting that two of the regions with the highest incidence of poverty in the country , i . e . Upper East and Upper West , recorded increases in gross entry rates over the period . Table 10 . Apparent Intake Rate into Primary 1 by Region 1991 , 1993 and 1996 Region 1991 1993 1996 National 89 . 9 84 . 8 84 . 8 Boys 94 . 7 89 . 0 88 . 7 Girls 85 . 2 80 . 6 80 . 9 Ashanti 100 . 1 92 . 7 92 . 1 Boys 103 . 1 95 . 2 94 . 9 Girls 97 . 2 90 . 2 89 . 4 Brong - Ahafo 93 . 8 85 . 4 86 . 5 Boys 94 . 8 86 . 1 87 . 8 Girls 92 . 7 84 . 6 85 . 0 Central 100 . 7 91 . 8 97 . 8 Boys 104 . 6 94 . 7 99 . 2 Girls 96 . 7 88 . 9 96 . 3 Eastern 94 . 0 90 . 3 87 . 1 Boys 95 . 6 92 . 4 87 . 8 Girls 92 . 3 88 . 1 86 . 4 Greater Accra 89 . 2 77 . 4 72 . 5 Boys 93 . 1 80 . 5 75 . 8 Girls 85 . 5 74 . 5 69 . 4 Northern 74 . 3 61 . 2 67 . 5 Boys 90 . 0 72 . 6 81 . 2 Girls 58 . 6 49 . 9 54 . 0 Upper East 73 . 0 71 . 4 73 . 5 Boys 89 . 0 82 . 2 83 . 7 Girls 57 . 8 61 . 1 63 . 8 Upper West 65 . 4 71 . 1 73 . 5 Boys 73 . 9 80 . 8 81 . 9 Girls 57 . 3 61 . 9 65 . 6 Volta 98 . 1 99 . 1 97 . 5 Boys 101 . 2 102 . 9 99 . 5 Girls 95 . 0 95 . 3 95 . 6 Western 96 . 5 91 . 3 91 . 3 Boys 96 . 5 93 . 7 91 . 3 Girls 94 . 4 88 . 8 88 . 9 Source : Ministry of Education . The apparent intake rate for girls is generally lower than that for boys . The rates are particularly low though rising in the regions with the highest incidence of poverty , i . e . Upper East and West and Northern regions . In 1996 the rate for the Northern Region was just over 50 % . In the Brong - Ahafo , Eastern and Volta regions the gender difference in apparent intake rates is insignificant . Again it is useful to compare the current situation in Ghana with that of the countries in Asia at the time of their take - off . By 1975 there was no significant difference in the apparent intake rates between boys and girls in many of these countries . Several factors influence the decision to send a child to school . Having a parent or guardian who has been to school or living in a neighbourhood with educated residents will increase the probability that a child will be sent to school . Using data from Ghana , ’ s second household survey conducted in 1988 / 89 , Tansel ( 1997 ) established a positive correlation between mother ’ s education and children ’ s schooling . In a world of imperfect information parents may obtain information about the possible returns to education by observing the decisions relating to human capital made by others . These neighbourhood effects can be important in determining whether or not to send a child to school . A study using Ethiopian data was able to confirm the hypothesis that the average level of human capital in the community in which a person grows up is an important determinant of educational attainment ( Jones , 1998 ) . Areas with a long tradition of formal education will probably have schools located within almost all communities or not too far away from them . The decision to send a child to school may be determined not only by ease of physical access to the primary school but can also be influenced by the distance to schools at the next education level . Proximity to a middle school or secondary school was found to be important in explaining primary school attendance in Ghana . There is an inverse relationship has between the distance travelled to middle school and secondary schools and the level of school attainment ( Tansel , 1997 ) . This suggests that primary school education is correctly viewed by households and families not as an end in itself but as a means to attain higher levels of education . Where physical access to the next level of schooling is difficult a decision is made not to invest in primary education . Some of the conditions that are expected to influence favourably the decision to send a child to school are more prevalent in the south than in the north of the country . There is a longer tradition of formal education in the south of the country than in the Northern , Upper East and Upper West regions . A child in these regions is less likely to have a parent who has had some formal schooling or live in a community with a large proportion of the population that has attended school . The Core Welfare Indicators Questionnaire ( CWIQ ) survey conducted in 1997 / 98 found that in the Northern , Upper West and Upper East regions the nearest primary school was less than 30 minutes away for 83 . 2 % , 65 . 1 % and 67 . 4 % of the respondents respectively . This contrasts with the situation in the other regions where the nearest primary was less than 30 minutes away for about 90 % of the respondents . These regions were also at some disadvantage when the variable of interest is the distance to the nearest secondary school . At the national level the nearest secondary school was more than 30 minutes away for 65 . 2 % of the respondents . However in the Northern , Upper East and Upper West regions it was the case for 90 . 9 % , 86 % and 93 . 5 % respectively of the respondents . The Brong - Ahafo and Western regions were similarly disadvantaged ( Statistical Service , 1998 ) . 5 . 2 Survival Rates Children may either not complete the nine years of basic education or may take longer than nine years to complete basic education because of repetition . Cohort analysis can be utilised to estimate the retention or survival rate in the school system . Tracking a cohort that enters primary 1 in a given year through the basic education system does this . The survival rate to primary class 4 for a cohort , for instance , is measured as the ratio of the number of children in the cohort who entered class 4 to the number in the cohort who entered class 1 . Entry into a class is measured as the numbers enrolled in the class minus repeaters . Low retention rates are indicative of an inefficient education system . The curriculum within a particular level of the education system is supposed to build up on cognitive skills . If there is a failure to complete the level of education this can mean that the individual may not have developed his or her skills to the expected extent at that level of the education cycle . It represents a waste of resources . In 1955 , about 59 % of the children enrolled in primary 1 were enrolled in primary 4 . Whilst about 63 % of the boys enrolled in Class 1 were enrolled in class 4 , the survival rate for girls was less than 60 % . There has been an improvement in the retention rates since then ( Figure 4 ) . Approximately 65 % of the children enrolled in primary 1 in 1964 were enrolled in Class 4 . Of the children who entered primary 1 in 1986 , approximately 77 % of them entered class 4 . The proportion had increased to 88 % for the cohort that entered primary 1 in 1994 . The increase in the number of schools thus reducing the distance that young children have to travel to get to school is important in explaining this improvement in retention rates over time . In 1955 and 1964 the largest drop - out rate was between primary 1 and primary 2 ( Figure 4 ) . More than 90 % of the children now make it to class 2 compared to less than 60 % in 1955 . An improvement in the health status of children as measured by a decline in the child mortality rate could be a factor in the reduction in the drop out rate between primary 1 and primary 2 . There is continuous attrition as one moves up to the higher grades ( Figure 5 ) . The proportion of children that complete 6 years of education is lower than the proportion that complete four years . Of the class 1 entrants in 1955 just over half of them entered class 6 . In 1986 , about three - quarters of the children that entered class 1 entered class 6 . In the first half of the 1990s there was an increase of five percentage points in the proportion of children that enter primary 4 ( Figure 5 ) . No clear pattern exists for the survival rate to class six over the period for which data is available ( Figure 5 ) . Figure 4 . Source : Calculated using data obtained from the Ministry of Education . Figure 5 . Source : Calculated on the basis of data obtained from the Ministry of Education . There is substantial regional variation in the survival rates . For example , on the basis of data on entry to class 1 in 1992 , it can be observed in Figure 6 that the survival rates in primary school in the Northern , Upper West and Upper East Regions are much lower than the national average . There is a clear difference between these three regions on the one hand and the other regions . Smaller proportions of children who enter primary 1 continue to primary 2 in these regions compared to the others . About 20 % of the children who enter the first year do not enter the second year of primary school . This is a pattern that prevailed in the country in the 1950s and 1960s but which still persists in these three regions . It is this relatively higher drop out rate between primary 1 and 2 which accounts for a substantial proportion of the difference in survival rates between the northern regions and the rest of the country . The reasons for this pattern are unclear . In the 1990s , in the Upper West and Upper East regions , survival rates to class four have followed a downward trend compared to the upward trend for the national average ( Appendix Figure 1 ) . Figure 6 . Source : Calculated on the basis of data obtained from the Ministry of Education There is a difference in the survival rates of boys and girls . A lower proportion of girls complete four years of education compared to boys . Thus even though there has been an Figure 7 Source : Calculated on the basis of data obtained from the Ministry of Education . increase in the survival rate to class 4 boys remain in school longer than do girls ( Figure 7 ) . The survival rates in Ghana are comparable to that in many other African countries . However in comparison to the present day middle - income Asian countries , two decades ago , the situation is less favourable ( Table 11 ) . UNICEF and the Ministry of Education carried out a pilot study in eight districts during December 1992 and March 1993 to find reasons why children dropped out of school . The most frequent reason given was the high cost of schooling . Basic education in Ghana in the public school system is tuition free . If however non - tuition costs of schooling are high , the likelihood of increasing enrolment rates and declining drop - out rates will be low . Unfortunately the policy of tuition free education in public basic education schools does not mean that the households do not make any payments to the schools regarding the provision of education services . The 1991 / 92 household survey obtained information on education expenses incurred by the household . Many households with children in primary school paid fees to the school in addition to dues to the Parent Teacher Association . These fees average about 23 % of the cost of educational expenses to the household . Other expenses that are incurred are the cost of school uniforms , travel to school , food and other expenses and in - kind expenses . In - kind expenses could be in the way of furniture that the pupils have to provide because of the failure of schools to provide them . The three largest expenditure items facing households on the basis of mean values are the cost of providing food for the child , school fees and registration costs and the cost of providing clothing for schools . Table 11 . Survival Rate to Class 4 ( Both Sexes ) Country Academic Year of Entry Survival Rate ( % ) Country Academic Year of Entry Survival Rate ( % ) Algeria 1987 99 Rep . of Korea 1977 97 1992 97 1985 97 Botswana 1987 97 Malaysia 1977 98 1992 92 1985 99 Burkina Faso 1987 72 Singapore 1977 99 Ghana 1987 86 1985 100 1992 88 Sri Lanka 1977 100 Mali 1987 89 1985 99 1992 89 Namibia 1992 85 Niger 1987 71 1992 79 Senegal 1987 89 1992 87 Togo 1987 58 Tanzania 1987 84 Zimbabwe 1987 94 1992 94 Source : UNESCO Table 12 . Distribution of Selected Educational Expenses Per Child : Primary School By Region Region School & Registration PTA Uniforms Other in - kind expenses Western 0 . 26 0 . 019 0 . 41 0 . 115 Central 0 . 19 0 . 026 0 . 17 0 . 060 Greater Accra 0 . 29 0 . 032 0 . 19 0 . 063 Eastern 0 . 21 0 . 038 0 . 359 0 . 159 Northern 0 . 16 0 . 049 0 . 338 0 . 015 Upper West 0 . 17 0 . 047 0 . 436 0 . 105 Upper East 0 . 14 0 . 106 0 . 599 0 . 000 Volta 0 . 189 0 . 030 0 . 318 0 . 051 Ashanti 0 . 210 0 . 040 0 . 257 0 . 127 Brong Ahafo 0 . 238 0 . 052 0 . 370 0 . 065 Source : Calculated from GLSS 1991 / 92 There are wide regional variations . School and registration fees vary from a high of 29 % of educational expenses per primary pupil in the Greater Accra region to 14 % in the Upper East region ( Table 12 ) . The regional variation can be explained partly by the distribution of private schools . The Upper East and Upper West regions have the lowest proportion of private schools . Thus the evidence from this region illustrates the point that even though the public school system is tuition - free some fees are still paid by pupils . The share of clothing in total educational expenses ranges from as high as 59 % of total educational expenses in the Upper East region to about 17 % in the Central region . The distribution of costs will be determined by whether the pupil is in a private school and what expenses the household decides to incur . Households can decide not to purchase extra books etc . However uniforms and food are an expense that must be incurred if the child should attend school . This may explain why these items are so important in the costs . It also suggests that for low - income families especially , uniform costs may be crowding out the purchase of learning materials that are more critical to the child ’ s acquiring knowledge and skills . In addition to the direct costs of education are the opportunity costs . The UNICEF / Ministry of Education survey found that the income forgone when the child went to school rather than be involved in an income earning activity was another reason given for children dropping out of school . It was the most frequently given reason for dropping out of school in the CWIQ survey of 1997 / 98 . The pattern of responses varied amongst the regions . In the Upper West region , the frequency of the need to work as the reason provided for dropping out of school was approximately 55 % . In the Greater Accra region the frequency was 51 % . This contrasts with the Brong - Ahafo region where the need to work ranked third as a reason for dropping out of school . The poor may tend to discount the future heavily . Therefore greater value is put on income earned today compared to income earned in the future . Their needs may be so pressing that they cannot put off consumption today in order to obtain higher income in the future through investment in education . Opportunity costs will therefore be quite important in influencing the decision on how long the child will stay in school . Why did the tuition - free education policy elicit such a tremendous response in the 1960s compared to the lukewarm response of a similar policy in recent years ? It may be because the level of funding now is inadequate to meet the costs of providing education services compared to what was made available by central government in earlier years . Even though in the public school system education is tuition - free the costs of education to the household may be higher now than it was forty years ago . The direct costs to the household of sending a child to primary school are not inconsequential . In 1991 the unit cost per child in a public primary school incurred by central government was about 20 , 000 cedis . Household expenses averaged 10 , 770 cedis which is equivalent to just over half of the unit cost to the public sector and about 35 % of the total educational expenditure of households and the public sector . Schools that find that the resources provided by central government and the local authorities are not sufficient to meet their running costs turn to households to make up the deficit . At the primary level , salary payments dominate public spending averaging 94 % over the period 1989 - 1997 . It could be safely assumed that the salary component of public unit costs at the primary school level is about 90 % . Thus in 1991 , of the 20 , 000 cedis per child that was spent by central government , about 18 , 000 cedis was to cover salary payments leaving 2000 cedis to meet other costs of running the school . It is therefore not surprising that the schools charge additional fees in the way of registration fees and parent - teacher association dues . Another factor that determines the demand for schooling is the expected returns from the investment . If the household does not perceive that the net returns to investment are high enough it will not incur the cost both direct and indirect of sending the child to school . Cultural as well as economic considerations may influence the household ’ s valuation of the costs and benefits of education . If education is perceived as yielding benefits only if one obtains a job in an office or factory and if these opportunities are not available locally , the household may decide that the investment is not worthwhile . There are benefits to education in the agriculture sector . These benefits may not be immediately obvious to farmers still using traditional methods and knowledge that is transferred orally and by observation . This perception on the part of farmers is likely to be determined by the lack of opportunities to make use of the education received . Farmers may not be able to break out of the traditional way of doing things even with education if they do not have access to credit , hybrid seeds , reliable supply of water , storage facilities and reliable links to markets . The quality of education that is provided is another factor in the decision to send and keep a child in school and affects the household ’ s valuation of the returns to education . In many farming communities , children sent to school are expected to be able to read and write in order to read and write letters etc for illiterate members of the household . If the education system is not able to provide these basic skills , the household may consider it unnecessary to send or keep the child in school for very long . Econometric investigation using evidence from Ghana into the causes of low enrolment rates has found that the inferior quality of the education infrastructure particularly in the rural areas can explain the low primary enrolment rates ( Lavy , 1993 ) . Participatory poverty assessments reveal that in some instances parents do not send their children to school if they are not satisfied with the outcome , i . e . ability of the children to read and write ( Norton et al , 1995 ) . The dislike of school and teachers and inadequate communication between parents and teachers leading to feelings of mistrust were the other reasons that have been provided by the UNICEF / Ministry of Education study to explain why children drop out from school . 5 . 3 Gross Enrolment Rates . The gross enrolment rates recorded are the result of the combination of two processes , i . e . the apparent intake rates and the survival rates . Changes in either or both of these variables will cause changes in the GER . There has been limited progress in enrolment rates in primary school since the start of the reforms . Ghana is still a long way from attaining universal primary education . To achieve this requires an increase in both the apparent intake and survival rates . In particular the enrolment of girls needs to be increased if the objective of universal primary education is to be attained . Wide regional variations exist in the GER . This is not surprising given the regional differences that exist in the apparent intake and survival rates . In 1996 / 97 the Central regions is estimated to have had the highest primary GER ( 92 % ) . The Ashanti Region has the next highest GER . The regions at the bottom end of the spectrum are the Northern ( 48 . 2 % ) , Upper East ( 51 . 1 % ) and the Upper West ( 52 . 8 % ) regions . The low enrolments in the Northern region can be explained by a factor that has not been discussed so far . This is the outbreak of war that took place in 1995 . The education system was disrupted when communities were displaced and destroyed . It took more than a year for the education system to get back to some form of normalcy in many communities . Table 13 . Gross Enrolment Rates at Primary Level : Ghana 1970 - 1994 . Year All Children Male Female 1970 62 . 4 71 . 3 53 . 6 1975 72 . 1 81 . 5 62 . 7 1980 79 . 4 88 70 . 7 1981 80 . 6 89 . 5 71 . 6 1982 78 . 3 87 69 . 5 1983 74 . 6 82 . 9 66 . 3 1984 75 . 5 84 . 8 66 . 2 1985 75 . 0 N / a N / a 1986 77 . 3 1987 77 . 6 82 . 7 68 . 0 1990 79 . 3 86 . 7 71 . 8 1991 79 . 0 85 . 6 72 . 3 1992 77 . 7 83 . 7 71 . 4 1993 78 . 1 84 . 1 72 . 1 1994 75 . 9 81 . 2 70 . 5 1996 76 . 5 81 . 5 71 . 5 1997 78 . 5 83 . 4 73 . 6 Notes : Data obtained from the third and fourth household surveys suggest that net primary enrolment rates increased from 74 % in 1991 / 92 to 83 . 4 % in 1998 / 98 . This finding is at variance with the estimates provided by the Ministry of Education . The estimates of the household surveys are based on the question " Did attend school / college at any time during the past 12 months ? " It is addressed to the head of the household . It does not take into account the frequency of attendance in the year . An underlying assumption is that the question is being answered truthfully in all instances . The Ministry of Education calculates its GER from data obtained from the annual census of schools . The Ministry ’ s data is subject to two possible sources of error . Coverage of the private schools is not as complete as coverage of the public schools . Second , estimates of the population of 6 - 11 year olds are obtained from the Ghana Statistical Services . If errors are made in the projection of the population growth rate this will be fed into the estimates of the GER . Source : UNESCO for 1970 - 1985 and Ministry of Education for 1986 - 97 . Table 14 . Gross Enrolment Rates , Primary , in Selected Asian Countries ( Both Sexes ) Country Year GER Year GER Hong Kong 1970 116 . 6 1975 119 . 6 Indonesia 1970 80 1975 86 Korea , Republic 1970 103 . 4 1975 106 . 9 Malaysia 1970 88 . 7 1975 94 . 5 Singapore 1970 105 . 5 1975 109 . 7 Thailand 1970 81 . 4 1975 83 . 6 Source : UNESCO The gross enrolment rates are lower than what had been attained by some middle income Asian countries three decades ago ( Table 14 ) . The Asian countries have been successful in increasing both the apparent intake and survival rates . In several of them the gender gap in enrolments has disappeared altogether at the level of basic education . 5 . 4 . Examination Performance The education reforms have as their objectives not only the quantity that is churned out each year but also the quality of the product that is produced . Quality considerations are important during periods of education expansion since quality can be compromised as numbers increase . The quality of education can be an important determinant of numbers enrolled in a society where there are no effective sanctions against parents who do not send children to school . Parents may choose not to send their children to school if the desired outcome is not realised because of poor quality of the education service that is provided . The Basic Education Certificate Examination ( BECE ) results will not be used as a measure of quality over time in this study . A shortcoming of the BECE as an indicator of the changes in the quality of schooling over time is that the examination is marked to achieve a distribution close to a normal distribution ( See Figures 2 - 5 in the Appendix ) . This method of grading does not make use of objective criteria to assess performance . An individual ’ s grade is assessed on the basis of the performance of the set of candidates who took the examination at the time and not in relation to independent criteria or benchmarks . The results are ranked in descending order and the top 4 % - 5 % constitutes the group that obtains grade 1 . In a particular year therefore the top 5 % could have obtained marks between 70 % and 75 % . In the next year however the top 5 % could obtain 60 % - 65 % . Both groups will be awarded grade 1 or A but it is quite clear that the performance of the two groups is not the same . Using the Stanine system of grading there is no relationship between the grade awarded and the mark obtained . It is therefore impossible and wrong to compare the performance of candidates over time because there is not enough information to know what is being compared . These shortcomings notwithstanding , it is possible to use the BECE results for comparisons across regions and by gender . The criterion referenced tests ( CRT ) conducted by the Ministry of Education since 1992 constitute part of the Ministry ’ s efforts to monitor performance in schools . Tests are conducted in English and Mathematics for a random sample of 5 % of children in primary 6 in public and private schools across the country . Mastery scores are set at 60 % for English and 55 % for Mathematics . The tests have been specially designed to test the pupil ’ s knowledge of the subject . A candidate ’ s score in the tests is an indicator of how much of the subject matter the candidate is familiar with . The CRT is therefore a better indicator of the quality of education compared to the BECE . This is because it provides a measure of the extent to which pupils have been able to acquire numeracy and literacy skills . The BECE results as presented do not provide this type of information . The Criterion Referenced Tests . Mean scores of the public school pupils in both subjects are significantly below the mastery scores . The mean scores in English have been consistently above the scores in Mathematics . The performance of pupils in private schools has been consistently better than that of the public schools . In the three years pupils from private schools were part of the sample , the extent of the improvement in their performance over time was much better than that of the public schools ( Table 15 ) . Table 15 . National CRT results by Percentage Mean Scores 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 English Public Schools 29 . 9 30 . 9 31 . 0 31 . 6 33 . 0 33 . 9 Private Schools 58 . 8 61 . 0 67 . 4 Mathematics Public Schools 27 . 3 27 . 4 27 . 7 28 . 1 28 . 8 29 . 9 Private Schools 47 . 3 47 . 0 51 . 7 English Boys 30 . 3 31 . 1 31 . 1 31 . 7 33 . 2 33 . 8 Girls 29 . 5 30 . 6 31 . 0 31 . 4 32 . 8 33 . 9 Mathematics Boys 28 . 0 28 . 0 28 . 3 28 . 7 29 . 4 30 . 5 Girls 26 . 4 26 . 6 26 . 9 27 . 4 28 . 0 29 . 3 Source : Ministry of Education The proportion of students that were able to obtain mastery scores in each of the two subjects is presented in table 16 . The results may be interpreted as showing that in the public schools , less than 7 % of the students know at least 60 % of the subject matter in Mathematics and English ( Table 16 ) . This contrasts with the private schools where the mean scores are significantly higher . More than half of the pupils in private schools obtained at least 60 % of in English . The mean scores for boys were higher than that of girls in all subjects until 1997 . In that year the mean score for girls exceeded that of boys in English ( Table 16 ) . The difference however in average scores for boys and girls is not large ( Table 16 ) . Although the private school pupils do better in mathematics than do pupils in the public school system the performance of both groups of candidates in mathematics is poor . In English the average mark in 1997 of the private school candidates was above the mastery score ( Table 15 ) . In mathematics on the other hand the average score was below the mastery score . A number of possibilities present themselves as explanations for this phenomenon . The mathematics syllabus may be too difficult at that level . There may be too many topics that have to be covered in the syllabus . Another possible reason could be failure of teachers to effectively transfer the expected level of numeracy skills to the children . Lack of access to textbooks outside of school hours may make it difficult for children to practice what they have been taught and this may affect their ability to remember their lessons . Table 16 . Percent of Candidates Obtaining Mastery Score and Above 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 English Public Schools 2 . 0 3 . 0 3 . 3 3 . 6 5 . 5 6 . 2 Private Schools 51 . 4 56 . 5 68 . 7 Mathematics Public Schools 1 . 1 1 . 5 1 . 5 1 . 8 1 . 8 2 . 7 Private Schools 31 . 7 31 . 0 40 . 4 Source : Ministry of Education Table 17 . Performance in CRT across Regions in Mathematics and English : 1997 English Mathematics Region Mean Score % Reaching Mastery Mean Score % Reaching Mastery Ashanti 30 . 4 1 . 4 28 . 9 1 . 7 Brong - Ahafo 31 . 7 3 . 6 38 . 1 1 . 1 Central 35 . 5 11 . 7 31 . 0 4 . 9 Eastern 32 . 9 3 . 6 29 . 6 1 . 0 Greater Accra 44 . 2 20 . 3 34 . 8 7 . 2 Northern 31 . 2 3 . 1 26 . 7 1 . 0 Upper East 34 . 0 6 . 1 31 . 2 4 . 3 Upper West 38 . 4 11 . 5 32 . 3 4 . 7 Volta 32 . 7 3 . 7 29 . 5 1 . 5 Western 32 . 5 3 . 5 29 . 9 2 . 8 Source : Ghanaian Times , June 18 1999 . Although candidates in the Greater Accra region do better than do candidates from the other regions , their performance is still quite poor . In 1997 , only 7 % of the pupils in the Greater Accra region reached the mastery score in Mathematics with about a fifth obtaining the mastery score in English ( Table 18 ) . The worst performing regions in Mathematics are the Northern , Eastern and Brong - Ahafo regions with approximately 1 % of the candidates achieving the mastery score . The Ashanti region lags behind in the English tests . It has both the lowest mean score and the lowest percentage of candidates obtaining the mastery score . The BECE . The number of students who sat for the BECE almost doubled between 1990 when the first examination was taken and 1999 . In 1999 approximately 233 , 000 sat for the examination . The proportion of girls taking the examination has risen from 40 % in 1990 to 44 % in 1999 . The percentage of candidates that have " passed " the examination , i . e . obtained between aggregates 6 and 36 ranged between 79 % and 84 % over the period 1990 - 1998 . A higher proportion of boys tended to pass the examination than girls . For both boys and girls there has been a downward trend in the proportion that pass the examination ( Figure 8 ) . Figure 8 . Source : West African Examination Council The definition of a pass was changed in 1999 when the bottom threshold was raised from aggregate 36 to 30 . This change was made to coincide with the minimum qualifying aggregate for admission to SSS that was changed from 36 to 30 . It was realised that very few if any of the candidates with aggregates above 30 were gaining entry to the SSS . Figure 9 provides information on performance by region and by gender for 1999 . At the national level approximately 60 % of the candidates obtained at least aggregate 30 . The Greater Accra Region is an outlier . Just over 80 % of the candidates in that region obtained aggregates of 30 and less . The region is an outlier not only in terms of the pass rate but also because the performance of girls is not significantly different from that of boys ( Figure 9 ) . The performance of girls in the Greater Accra Region was much better than girls and boys in other regions . The comparable performance of girls to boys in the Greater Accra region raises the question of what determines the performance of girls and why it varies across regions . The regions with the lowest pass rates for boys were Brong - Ahafo and Eastern and the regions with the lowest pass rates for girls were Brong - Ahafo , Upper West and Central . The difference in performance between boys and girls was quite substantial in the Upper East , Upper West and Brong - Ahafo regions . Figure 9 . Source : West African Examination Council To investigate further the nature of the gender and regional differences , the analysis was conducted by lowering the cut - off pass aggregate from 30 to 20 . This was thought to be a useful exercise given the current situation where pressure is put on children to get as many " ones " as possible . Second , very few of the senior secondary schools take applicants whose aggregate score is upwards of between 25 and 30 . Considering that not more than 5 % of the children in any subject obtain a grade one it is necessary from a policy perspective to know who gain entry into the senior secondary schools . It is also important to identify gender or regional inequalities so as to develop measures to eliminate them in order to achieve the objective of equality of access . There has been a steady decline for boys since 1987 , in the proportion of candidates that obtain between aggregate 6 and 20 ( Figure 10 ) . A higher proportion of the boys compared to girls obtains at least aggregate 20 . However whereas the proportion of boys who attain at least aggregate 20 has been on the decline this is not the case for girls , so that by 1999 , the gap between the boys and girls was smaller than it had been in 1991 . Figure 10 . Source : West African Examination Council . Amongst the regions , the Greater Accra region again stands out yet again ( Figure 11 ) . A significantly larger proportion of the candidates in the region obtains at least aggregate 20 . The average percentage of candidates in the other regions that obtain at least aggregate 20 is less than 20 % . Table 18 provides a summary of the Greater Accra region ’ s performance for selected years in the period 1991 - 99 when aggregate 20 is the cut - off point . The number and share of candidates presented for the BECE by the region has increased since 1991 . There has also been a steady increase in the region ’ s share of candidates that obtain at least aggregate 20 . Until 1997 there was a steady increase in the proportion of students from the region that obtained at least aggregate 20 . In 1999 , more than half of the boys and 48 % of the girl candidates in the region obtained at least aggregate 20 . Not only does the Greater Accra region outperform the other regions in terms of the percentage of candidates that " pass " the BECE , but the quality of the pass is considerably better . More than half the candidates obtain at least aggregate 20 , compared to other regions where less than 20 % are able to do as well . The share of candidates from the region that obtain less than aggregate 20 is much greater than the region ’ s share of total candidates . Figure 11 . Source : West African Examination Council . Table 18 . BECE Statistics for the Greater Accra Region for Selected Years . Year Region ’ s Share of Total Candidates ( % ) Share of Candidates from region Obtaining < 20 ( % ) Percentage of Candidates in Region Obtaining < 20 ( % ) 1991 13 . 0 19 . 4 43 . 3 1992 13 . 7 21 . 5 48 . 0 1993 15 . 2 27 . 7 53 . 3 1997 18 . 3 38 . 6 57 . 9 1998 18 . 4 38 . 2 52 . 9 1999 19 . 1 37 . 5 51 . 1 Source : West African Examinations Council Although performance in the CRT is improving , it is improving from a depressingly low level . The results show that the learning status of pupils in Ghana is extremely low . It is only a minute proportion of the school population that has gained knowledge of the subject matter in English and Mathematics . The results of the CRT raise questions about the pupil ’ s ability to comprehend the other subjects that are taught at the BECE level . If less than 7 % of children in the public schools are able to achieve scores of at least 60 % in English this suggests that their ability to understand and gain knowledge in the other subjects that are taught in English is limited . The CRT results highlight the limited usefulness of the BECE as an indicator of an individual ’ s acquisition of literacy and numeracy skills after nine years of basic education . The concerns articulated in the 1970 UNESCO report about the quality of the education system and the weaknesses in the basic education sector that are a cause of these quality problems are still very relevant today . A major concern is whether the current level of the learning status is adequate to make possible the transition to a modern industrialised economy . Very little if any information on agriculture practices and developments are documented in any of the local languages . In order not to spend scarce resources re - inventing the wheel it is critical that Ghanaian farmers and manufacturers are able to access and utilise information that exists in the rest of the world related to and dealing with problems and circumstances similar to their own . The Seven - Year Development Plan recognised how critical knowledge of the English Language is for achieving increases in productivity particularly through technological development . If more than 30 years later the education system is not able to produce pupils who have a firm command of the language this suggests that the quality of the human capital may act as a severe constraint on the ability to attain middle - income status . Basic education currently accounts for approximately two - thirds of the recurrent education budget of the central government . The share of central government spending going to education is similar to and in some cases higher than the shares allocated by governments in middle income Asian countries some three decades ago ( Appendix Table 1 ) . In 1998 , about 23 % of the spending of the District Assemblies and a fifth of donor funds were allocated to the basic education sector . Substantial resources are therefore being spent in the sector and it is disheartening to realise that the outcomes are so dissatisfying . The very low performance is indicative of inefficiency in the use of resources . For a poor country and for poor communities within the country this inefficiency is a cost we simply cannot afford . In both the CRT and the BECE candidates from the Greater Accra region perform better than the others and the performance of candidates from the Brong - Ahafo and Northern regions is quite weak . What makes the Greater Accra region so different and how can the performance of its students be replicated in the other regions of the country ? Several factors influence test scores . These can be classified into three groups : the quality of the school environment , family background and the characteristics of the child . Many factors influence the quality of the school environment . The first is the quality of the teaching staff . Whether teachers have attended teacher training college and the quality of teacher education are important factors in influencing the capacity of teachers to understand the curriculum and deliver it in the classroom in a format that will be comprehended by the pupils . Other variables that affect school quality are the availability of teaching and learning materials , the organisation and management of the school and the extent of teacher supervision . How does the Greater Accra region differ from the others on the basis of school quality ? Are the Brong - Ahafo and Northern regions at a disadvantage because of the very poor quality of their schools ? The data in Table 3 suggests that the Greater Accra region is not at an advantage when it comes to the supply of trained teachers . Indeed the number of teachers in the region has increased largely due to the hiring of untrained teachers . Does whether the school is private or public matter ? The test scores would suggest that it does matter . Just under a third of the schools in the Greater Accra region are private schools . This then may be a factor in the difference in performance between the Greater Accra region on the one hand and the rest of the country on the other . It may not however explain why the performance in the Brong - Ahafo region is poor compared to the Upper East and Upper West regions for example . What advantage does private ownership confer on a school ? Do private schools have better qualified teachers ? Are the teachers better supervised ? Are the teachers better remunerated ? Is it because children with high levels of innate ability attend these schools ? Is it because children from households at the upper end of the income distribution spectrum attend these schools ? These questions suggest that the difference in the performance of public schools is not only due to school quality factors but may also be influenced by the characteristics and family background of children who attend these schools . From a policy perspective it is important that the different strands that influence performance are clearly disentangled and understood . This brings us to the second set of factors that can explain test scores , i . e . family background . The relevant factors under family background are the wealth and income of the household , the quality of the home environment , the education of parents and guardians and religion and culture . Children from wealthy households are unlikely to be malnourished or hungry . The nutrition status of the child is important for the development of the brain . A healthy child is less likely to miss school because of sickness . Children from low - income households may have to combine work with school and may not attend school regularly because of this responsibility . Irregular attendance at school can affect the ability to comprehend lessons and thus affect test scores . Finally children from low - income households may not be able to afford to buy textbooks and other reading material nor will they be able to afford extra classes outside of the official school hours . If the household is over - crowded and noisy the child may not have the opportunity to do any school work at home because there may be too many distractions or simply no opportunity to study . Educated parents may be able to assist their children with homework . Educated parents could discuss the topics learnt at school with their children and may be more conscious of ensuring that the child has a home environment that is conducive for study . The better performance of the Greater Accra region compared to the other regions may be because children from the region , especially in the capital city may have family backgrounds that are more conducive to encouraging study . The incidence of poverty in Accra has tended to be lower than the average for the country . Thus family conditions and background of children living in Accra may be more conducive to learning than conditions in other regions of the country . The influence of income though important is not the only factor that can explain performance . This is because the performance in the CRT of students in the Upper East and Upper West regions that have poverty rates of more than 80 % is much better than the performance of children in the Ashanti and the Eastern regions where poverty rates are much lower . The third set of factors that influence test scores is the characteristics of the child . By this is meant the innate ability and gender of the child . The innate ability of a child will determine the ease with which lessons are comprehended . The test scores suggest that girls perform less well than do boys . This is more evident with the BECE results ( when the Greater Accra region is excluded ) . Inclusion of the Greater Accra region however suggests that gender does not matter . The hypothesis here is that gender indeed does not matter for test scores . What does matter is the social ramifications of being a boy or a girl and how this impacts on performance at school . Culture , religion , education and income are the social variables that impact on gender and determine its importance in explaining test scores . Whether a boy or girl will attend school regularly is determined by these variables . Whether a boy or girl will have enough time to study at home is determined by these variables . Whether a boy or girl has the ambition to do well is also determined by these variables . If the gender differences in test scores are to be reduced then policy must reduce the impact of these variables on the child . 6 . Conclusion and Recommendations The paper essentially set out to examine two phenomena . The first is the extent to which the education reforms have been able to ‘ expand and make access more equitable ’ at the basic education level . The second is the extent to which basic education has been able to equip its graduates with the expected skills at that level . Basic education is important because it provides the essential building blocks to continue to higher education . For those who do not continue to higher education it enhances the skill acquisition process and the ability of the individual to absorb new information . From the national perspective there has been no significant improvement in gross primary enrolments rates in the period up to 1997 / 98 for which information is available . This is largely because there has been no significant improvement in the enrolment rate of children of school entry age , i . e . 6 years . Retention rates to class 4 have only increased by 5 percentage points during the period under review . The slow improvement in the apparent intake rates and retention rates of girls can explain a large proportion of the failure of gross enrolment rates to increase . Wide regional disparities still persist . With the exception of the Northern region , the apparent intake rates of the regions in the northern sector of the country , i . e . Upper East and Upper West have increased in the 1990s although they still remain significantly below the rates in many of the southern regions . The rise in the retention rate that has been recorded nation - wide has not occurred in these regions . Indeed although more children of school entry age are being sent to school in these regions , the likelihood of them staying in school has been falling in the 1990s . In the Ashanti , Central and Volta regions apparent intake rates are almost 100 % . The focus of policy here should be on keeping children in school for 9 years . Although not as low as in the northern sector of the country , the apparent intake rates in Brong - Ahafo , Eastern and Greater Accra regions are below the national average and must be improved . What can we learn from the middle income Asian countries ? It has been argued by some that in many of these countries , for example South Korea , there was a strong desire for education . Education was seen as the means to get out of poverty and improve one ’ s social standing ( Ashton et . al . , 1999 ) . That the apparent intake rates in Ghana are higher than the gross enrolment rates would suggest that parents may initially perceive the need for education but as the child moves from one grade to the next the demand for it declines . Why is this so ? Many variables have been suggested that can explain this trend . The cost of education may be important but is definitely not the only reason . If education is not perceived to be generating any benefits to the household there will be no demand for it even if direct costs are lowered to the minimum . The economic strategy is therefore an important part of any strategy to encourage enrolments . In many of the Asian countries , for example South Korea and Singapore , there was a very close co - ordination of education and economic policy . Through the use of manpower policies and planning the education sector was developed to meet the needs of the economy ( Ashton et . al . , 1999 and Thant , 1999 ) . Planning and intervention are not without costs . Should a liberalised economy be involved in manpower planning ? It is important that policy makers have a clear understanding of how the economy is expected to evolve . Information must be provided on what is available and what is required to achieve objectives . Decisions have to be made on how the expected outcomes should be achieved . There is a range of options to choose from between state control in the decision of how resources are to be allocated to a laissez - faire approach . The laissez - faire approach does not mean that the state does not have an interest in what happens . The state has the responsibility that the right incentives are in place to encourage the flow of resources in the desirable direction . This is how the Asian experience can be interpreted . In Ghana this link between economic policy and education is weak if it exists at all . It is essential that it is strengthened so that there is a better synergy between the output of the education sector and the demand for labour . Increased enrolments at the level of basic education will require a reduction in the cost of education . What are the options available to reduce non - tuition costs to the household ? One option is to have another look at the policy of school uniforms . There are clear advantages to having school uniforms . Truants are easily identified . This has to be weighed against the possibility that school uniform costs increase the cost of sending a child to school and divert scarce household resources from being spent on educational items that will be of direct benefit to the child . If school uniforms must be maintained then the alternative is to allow schools to choose their own uniforms . This will allow communities to choose materials that are cheaper and therefore minimise school uniform costs . Improving upon the quality of education is critical to an improvement in enrolment rates and a raising of literacy and numeracy levels in the country . Even if there are no direct costs of education , there are opportunity costs . If a child is not perceived to have gained any additional knowledge by attending school because of the poor quality of education , the child will not be sent to school since it is not conferring any benefits . The CRT results show without a doubt that the quality of education in Ghana is very low . The low quality of education to some extent makes nonsense of the enrolment rates . If the enrolment rates are to be adjusted for the quality of education then what may be described as the effective enrolment rate is extremely low . The quality of basic education must be increased . Thirty years ago , the UNESCO report identified poor quality in the basic education system as explaining the poor quality of the output of the education system at the secondary level . In 1993 at a one - day seminar on the Implementation of the Senior Secondary School programme , it was recorded that " the students on the SSS programme have a lot of difficulty with communication in English : they are not able to express themselves or understand others who speak to them in English ; they cannot read , or write or understand simple texts in English . It was noted that this defect was a carry over from the JSS level and has persisted at the SSS level " . The poor quality of basic education can increase the cost of providing education at the higher levels , since more resources need to be used to address the weaknesses of the basic education system . If the problem is not corrected immediately the poor quality of basic education will compromise the quality of education at the higher levels . Financial resources to provide enough textbooks , equipment and stocked libraries are but one of the many needs of the basic education sector in Ghana . A review of the curriculum , teaching methods and practices , teacher supervision and incentives for teachers is required if an effective use of the financial resources that are made available to the sector is to be achieved . The lack of a positive link between state resources pumped into education and performance of the sector shows quite clearly that pumping resources into the sector is not sufficient to solve the problems the sector faces . There is absolutely no link between such financial measures as share of education in total central government spending and education spending to GDP ratio on the one hand and the ability of children to read and write at the end of six years . What is critical to ensuring that there is a positive link is how the resources that are pumped into the sector are managed , monitored and utilised . What is also important , but what has not been examined in any depth in this paper , is how resources of both the private and public sectors can be harnessed to finance and manage spending on education . The assessment of the quality of education has been conducted by analysing examination performance . The BECE results are of limited relevance when examining trends over time . However , the gender and regional differences that the BECE show , should not be dismissed . When the Greater Accra region is excluded regional variations in examination performance at the BECE are not very large . The regional variations that do exist can be explained partly by the variance in the performance of girls across the regions . The BECE results confirm what is known intuitively , that girls can do as well as boys . Unfortunately this is only limited to the Greater Accra region . Culture , religion , education and income have been identified as the factors that determine the performance of girls in school ( these variables also affect the decision to send girls to school ) . Economic policy has a limited impact on culture and religion especially in the short run . However it does influence income . Economic policy therefore has a role to play in raising income and therefore relaxing one of the constraints on the expansion of the education of girls . Improving upon the quality of education requires that there is an effective monitoring system . The BECE provides an excellent opportunity to monitor the output of the education system . However the choice of the Stanine system for evaluation of examination has made it impossible to utilise the examination for this purpose . It is recommended that the marking system of the BECE be reviewed so that the examination can be used for monitoring purposes . The decentralised system that has been introduced in the education sector should make it possible to design differentiated policy frameworks within the broad goals of the education system . Using the districts as the implementing unit rather than the region will ensure that those pockets of low apparent intakes and survival rates , and low participation of the girl child in regions with high apparent intake and gross enrolment rates will not be left out . Ghana has pumped substantial quantities of resources into the education sector . The sadness is that it has not yielded the expected results . If Ghana is to make the transition to a middle - income country then it is critical that its basic education sector is strengthened . References : Addae - Mensah , I . , J . S . Djangmah and C . O . Agbenyega ( 1973 ) Family Background and Educational Opportunities in Ghana . Ashton , D . , F . Green , D . James and J . Sung ( 1999 ) Education and Training for Development in East Asia Routledge , London and New York Ghana Statistical Service ( 2000 ) Poverty Trends in Ghana in the 1990s , Accra . Jones , P . ( 1998 ) " Skill Formation and Inequality in Poor Countries : How much do Ethnic Neighbourhoods Matter ? " Journal of African Economies , Vol . 7 , No . 1 . Pp . 62 - 90 . Lall , S . ( 1992 ) " Technological Capabilities and Industrialisation " World Development , Vol . 20 , No . 2 , pp . 165 - 186 . Lavy , V . ( 1992 ) Investment in Human Capital : Schooling Supply Constraints in Rural Ghana . LSMS Working Paper 93 , The World Bank , Washington D . C . Ministry of Education ( 1962 ) Education Report 1960 - 2 , Accra . Ministry of Education ( 1971 ) Education Report 1968 - 71 , Accra . Norton , A . , E . Bortei - Doku Aryeetey , K . Korboe and D . K . Dogbe ( 1995 ) Poverty Assessment in Ghana using Qualitative and Participatory Research Methods , PSP Discussion Paper Series 83 , Poverty and Social Policy Department , The World Bank , Washington D . C . Office of the Planning Commission Seven Year Plan for National Reconstruction and Development 1963 / 4 - 1969 / 70 , Accra Ojo , O . and T . Oshikoya ( 1995 ) " Determinants of Long - Term Growth : Some African Results " Journal of African Economies , Vol . 4 , No . 2 , pp . 163 - 91 . Quansah , K . B . ( 1997 ) 1996 Report on the Administration of Primary 6 Criterion - Referenced Tests Primary Education Programme , Ministry of Education , Ghana . Statistical Service ( 1998 ) Core Welfare Indicators Questionnaire ( CWIQ ) Survey . Main Report , Accra . Tansel , ( 1997 ) " Schooling Attainment , Parental Education and Gender in Cote d ’ Ivoire and Ghana " , Economic Development and Cultural Change , Vol . 45 , No . 4 . Thant , M . ( 1999 ) Lessons from East Asia : Financing Human Resource Development in Tan , J . L . H . ( ed ) Human Capital Formation as an Engine of Growth . The East Asian Experience Institute of South East Asian Studies , Singapore UNESCO ( 1970 ) Ghana . Education and Development : A Prospective Analysis . Paris World Bank ( 1993 ) Staff Appraisal Report . Republic of Ghana . Primary School Development Project . Population and Human Resources Division , Western African Department , The World Bank , Washington D . C . Appendix I The Proposed New Education System in 1974 . Kindergarten education of 18 - 24 months duration for 4 - 6 year olds . Basic Education : 6 years of primary and 3 years of Junior Secondary . Second Cycle Education : Senior Secondary Lower Course , 2 years Technical Education 2 years or Commercial Education , 2 years . Those who wish to continue and possess the necessary qualification can continue to Senior Secondary Upper Course , 2 years leading to " A " level . Teacher Training , 3 years . Polytechnic 1 - 4 years . Middle schools would have been phased out at the end of the 1982 / 83 academic year and been replaced by the Junior Secondary Schools of 3 years .

The Ghana Independence Act , 1957 : This received Royal Assent on 7 / 2 / 57 . The long title described it as An act to make provision for and in connection with , the attainment by the Gold Coast of fully responsible status within the British Commonwealth of Nations . The effect of the opening words was to place all the four territories on an equal footing as the dominions of Her Majesty in her capacity as Queen of Ghana . On 8 / 3 / 57 Ghana became a member of the United Nations Organisation . Constitution of 1957 : The Ghana ( Constitution ) Order in Council , 1957 ( S . I . 1957 , No . 277 ; L . N . 47 ) the main provision of which came into force on 6th March , 1957 , embodied the new Constitution of Independent Ghana , apart from Legislative powers contaired in the lst Schedule to the Independence Act . The most important new features were as follows : - The Executive : The Governor was replaced by a Governor - General , who was also Connnander - in - chief of tile armed forces . The Executive power of Ghana was vested in the Queen exercisable by her or by the Governor - General as her representative . Previous limitations on the power of the Cabinet were removed , and it was charged with the general direction and control of the Government of Ghana , and made responsible to Parliament . National Assembly : The Legislative Assembly was renamed the National Assembly . Membership had remained at 104 . Voting was - to be by secret ballot on the basis of adult suffrage . A Bill which passed through the Assembly was required to be presented to the Governor - General Who may assent thereto in her Manjestys name or refuse such amnt . Acts replaced Ordinances . Maximum life of the Assembly was extended from 4 years to five . Regions : Ghana was divided into 5 Regions . The Western and the Trans - Volta Regions remaing as before . Former Eastern and Acrxa Regions were merged into a new Eastern Region . Chieftaincy : The Constitution contained a provision that the office of chiefs in Ghana , existing by customary law and usage , is hereby guaranteed . A House of Chiefs was required to be established in each region . But in 1959 ' the Brong Ahafo Region was created and the Tmns - Volta / Togoland Region renamed the Volta Region . Courts of Justice : The Courts ( Amendment ) Ordinance 1967 ( No . 17 ) S . 2 divided the Supreme Court into the High Court of Justice and the Court of Appeal with effect from 6th March , 1957 . Appeals to WACA were abolished but jurisdictiort of the Privy Council continued . Justices of the Court of Appeal were given the same security as was enjoyed by Supreme Court judges . In an attempt to overcome the shortage of High Court judges the office of the Commissioner of Assize and Civil Pleas was created ( 1958 ) but abolished in 1960 . But by the Constitution ( Amendment ) Act , 1959 fNo . 7 ) the Judicial Service Commission was dissolved . Thereafter all judges of the Supreme Court and appeal commissioners were appointed on the advice of the Prime Minister . Power to appoint and exercise disciplinary control over judicial officers became exercisable on the advice of the Chief Justice given after consultation with the Prime Minister . Constitution of the First Republic - 1960 - 1966 : Passed by the Constituent Assembly on 29 / 6 / 60 and came into force on 1 / 7 / 60 . The Queen , acting through the person of her Governor - General , was displaced as Hoo of State and the President became the Head of State and holder of executive power . He was also the Commander - in - Chief of the Armed Forces and Fount of Honour . No Bill became law without his assent . Art . 18 enabled a Presidential Commission to be set up when there was no President capable of acting or when the President was merely temporarily incapacitated by illness or absence . Article 6 divided the territories of Ghana into 8 instead of 6 Regions . The Central and the Upper Regions were created by the Conslitution . National , Assembly : Under Art . 21 the National Assembly was to consist of the Speaker and riot less than 104 members elected on universal adult suffrage . - one man , one vote . The Speaker is to be elected by the members . Apart from its other functions the National Assembly was entrusted by the Constitution with the power of the dismissal of a judge of the Superior Court or the Auditor - General , to fix salaries and allowances of the President the Judges and the Auditor - General . Ministers were appointed from the Assembly ; and its Speaker was given , together with the Chief Justice , the function of pronouncing on the incapacity of the President . The Courts : Art . 40 of the Constitution Of l960 divided the laws of the country as follows : ( a ) the Constitution ; ( b ) enactments made by or under the authority of the Republican Parliament ; ( c ) enactments other than the Constitution made by or , under the authority of the Constituent Assembly ; ( d ) enactments in force immediately before Republic Day ; ( a ) the common law ; and ( f ) customary law . The Constitution divided the Courts of Ghana into superior and inferior courts . The former embraced the Supreme and , the High Courts . The Courts Act , 1960 ( C . A . 9 ) created the inferior courts consisting of circuit . district , juvenile and local courts . Article 42 ( 1 ) declared the Supreme Court to be the final court of appeal , the appellate jurisdiction of the Wm African Court of Appeal and the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council having been abolished . Judges , Art . 45 provides for judges to be appointed by the President . It is silent as to qualifications for appointment but S . 8 of the Judicial Service Act , 1960 ( C . A . 10 ) provides that no person shall be appointed as a judge of the Supreme Court unless his standing as legal practitioner is at least , 10 years . Five years ' standing was enough for the High Court . A Judge could be removed only by 2 / 3 ' majority of the National Assembly and the grounds for removal were stated misbehaviour or infirmity of body or mind . Retiring age of a Supreme Court judge was 65 and that of a High Court judge was 62 . Constitution of the National Liberation Council : 1966 - 1969 : By a Proclamation dated 26th February 1966 , the Constitution of the First Republic 1960 was suspended ; and the National Liberatiori Council was established with powers to administer the country . Decrees replaced Acts , but the ordinary laws in the country continued in operation as well as the Public Services and other institutions . The Courts : The Courts Decree , 1966 ( NLCD . 84 ) provided , inter alia , a Supreme Court of Judicature consisting of the Court of Appeal and the High Court , which shall be the Superior Courts of Ghana ; and ( i ) the Circuit Courts , ( iii ) District Courts of two Grades designated District Courts ( Grade 1 ) and District Courts ( Grade 111 ) , and ( iii ) such other Inferior Courts as may be provided by law . Appointments to Grade 11 courts were filled mainly by non - lawyers , while Grade - 1 were strictly packed with lawyers . The Decree also Established Juvenile Courts . Constitution ( Consequential and Transitional Provisions ) Decree , 1969 - ( NLCD 406 ) made 30 / 9 / 69 dissolved the National Liberation Council and the Executive Council and the Proclamation of February 1966 was repealed . Constitution of the Second Republic : 1969 - 1972 : The 1969 Constitution provides , inter alia , the offices Of 8 President and a Prime Minister with a Cabinet . Art . 53 provides for a Council of State to aid and counsel the President . Provision is made for a Parliament consisting of the President and a National Assembly . The National Assembly shall consist of not less than 140 and not more than 150 elected members . Prominence is given to the liberty of the individual , fundamental human rights and the Rule of Law . Art . 100 makes provision for the establishment of an Ombudsman . The Judiciary : Art . 102 ( 4 ) provides that the Judiciary shall consist of the Supreme Court of Ghana , the Court of Appeal and the High Court of Justice which shall be the superior courts of record and which shall constitute one Superior Court of Judicature and other inferior and traditional Courts Parliament may by law establish . Appointments of Judges is spelt out in full in Arts . 115 to 120 . The Chief Justice shall be appointed by the President acting in consultation with the Council of State . Other Judges of the Superior Court of Judicature shall be appointed by the President acting in accordance with the advice of ttie Judicial Council . Only lawyers of not less than 15 years are eligible to be appointed to the Supreme Court ; not less than 12 years to the Court of Appeal ; and not less than 10 years to the High Court of Justice . A Superior Court Judge may retire at the age of 60 years and shall vacate that office at the age of 65 years . Provision is also made for the establishment of a Judicial Council , which shall advise the Chief Justice in the performance of his administrative functions and other functions as provided by the Constitution or by any other law . Art . 121 provides for the establishment of a Rules of Court Committee to make Rules for regulating the practice and procedure of all Courts in Ghana . also the provisions of the Courts Act 1971 ( Act 372 ) . Constitution of the N . R . C . : 1972 - 1975 : The National Redemption Council ( Establishment ) Proclamation , 1972 , established , inter alia , the National Redemption Council as from 13 / l / 72 . The 1969 Constitution was suspended . Offices of the President , Prime Minister and Leader of Opposition were abolished and the National Assembly dissolved ; but the Public Services and the Public Services Commission as well other national institutions were allowed to continue until a decree provided the contrary . The Chieftaincy Act , 1971 ( Act 370 ) was retained with all Houses of Chiefs and Traditional authorities . The Courts : Decree are to have the force of Acts , and any enactment or rule of law in force in Ghana immediately in force before 13 / l / 72 " shall continue in force . " Para 4 rouins the Courts , the Judicial Service , the Judicial Council and the Rules of Court Committee until rectified by subsequent decrees , . ( See the Courts ( Amendment ) Decree 1972 ( NRCD 101 ) , and the Courts ( Amendment ) ( No . 2 ) Decree , 1972 ( NRCD 137 ) . A Change to Supreme Military Council : 1975 - 1979 : This was provided by the National Redemption Council ( Establishment ) Proclamation ( Amendment ) Decree , 1975 ( NRCD 360 ) . The Decree established the S , M . C . on 9 / 10 / 75 as the highest legislative and administrative authority in Ghana . Members are : The Chairman of the former NRC , the CDS , The Army , Navy and Air Force Commanders ; and the Inspector - General of Police . The National Redemption Council comprises , Members of the SMC , Commissioners of State appointed by the Chairman of the SMC on the advice of the SMC ; and , the Commander for the First and Infantry Brigades with Chairman of the SMC as the Chairman of the NRC , Head of State and Commander of the Armed Forces . Executive power shall be vested in the Chairman and he shall , whenever practicable , act in accordance with the advice of the SMC . Any enactnwnt in existence before the commencement of this Decree shall have effect subject to such modifications as may be necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Decree The Armed Forces Revolutionary Council 1979 : The Armed Forces Revolutionary Council ( AFRC ) Govemment did not effect any change in the court structure as it existed immediately before June 1979 . However , the military regime set up a special court under the An - ned Forces Revolutionary Council ( Special Courts ) Decree , 1979 ( AFRCD 31 ) to try specified criminal offences . The court was to be composed of ajudge - advocate and adult Ghanaians able to speak and read the English language with a degree of proficiency that would enable them to actively participate in proceedings : see AFRCD 3 , s 1 ( 5 ) . Its decisions were final and not appealable to any court . By a subsequent amendment , it was decreed that its decisions were valid notwithstanding any defect in the composition of a panel : see Armed Forces Revolutionary Council ( Special Courts ) ( Amendment ) Decree , 1979 ( AFRCD 19 ) . The operations and procedures of these courts were also shrouded in - miystery , but people were known to have been fined . mprisoned . executed or had their properties confiscated by orders from those courts Before handing over to a civilian government , the AFRC established a special tribunal by the Armed Forces Revolutionary Council ( Special Tribunal and Other Matters ) Decree , 1979 ( AFRCD 23 ) which took over cases pending before the special courts and tribunal established by the AFRC Government . Court structure under the Third Republic - 1979 - 1981 : A third civilian government came into being yet again between 1979 and 1981 as thegovernment of the Third Republic . It was ushered in by the 1979 Constitution . Under this Constitution , the structure and hierarchy of the courts remained the same as they existed underthe 1969 Constitution and Act 372 . Section 17 of the transitions ] provisions of the 1979 Constitution reinforced the powers given to the special tribunal established under AFRCD 23 . By implication , AFRCD 23 and the 1979 Constitution abolished all other special Courts established by the Armed Forces Revolutionary Council . The structure and hierarchy of the courts was again as follows . - ( I ) The Supreme Court - , ( ii ) the Court of ' Appeal : ( III ) the High Court , ( lv ) the circuit court : ( v ) the district court grade 1 ; and ( vi ) the district court grade 11 . Provisional National Defence Council Government : 1981 - 1992 : The court structure under the Third Republic was intact when the army took over the government in December 1981 and established the ProvisionaI National Defence Council ( PNDC ) . All these courts continued to operate until 1992 . The PNDC Government however made a fundamental change in the court system with the introduction ofthe public tribunals into this country in 1982 : see the Public Tribunals Law , 1982 ( PNDCL 24 ) ; the Provisional National Defence Council ( Establishment ) Proclamation ( Supplementary and Consequential Provisions ) Law , 1982 ( PNDCL 42 ) and the Public Tribunals Law , 1984 ( PNDCL 78 ) as ai - nended by the Public Tribunals ( Ai - nendmeiit ) Law , 1985 ( PNDCL 108 ) and the Public Tribunals ( Amendment ) Law , 1989 ( PNDCL 213 ) . Between 1982 and 1993 , the stricture and hierarchy of the tribunals were represented as the : National Public Tribunal , Regional Public Tribunal , District Public Tribunal , Community Public Tribunal . Until the enactment of Act 459 , the courts and the public tribunals operated parallel to one anther as two distinct and separate adjudicating institutions . No appeals or reviews in one system could be taken up in the other system : see PNDCL 78 , s 24 ( l ) . Administratively , the courts were run by the Judicial Court , while the tribunals were run by the Board of Public Tribunals under PNDCL 78 . Finally , the PNDC Government also introduced special rent and housing committees into the country with the enactment of the Rent Control Law , 1986 ( PNI ) CL 139 ) as amended by the Rent Control ( Amendment ) Law , 1986 ( PNDCL 163 ) . The rent and housing committees were situated in speqified cities and towns ; and had jurisdiction to , inter alia , deal with specified matters involving landlord and tenant . The Fourth Republic : 1993 TO DATE : The Fourth Republic was ushered in by the 1992 Constitution which introduced very dramatic changes to the structure and hierarchy of the two main adjudicating institutions in the Country . The 1992 Constitution abolished all the public tribunals and created the Regional Tribunal whose chairman was equated with the High Court judge in respect of qualifications and further made provision for the establishment of the lower courts and tribunals . Act 459 was enacted pursuant to this article and it established the circuit tribunal and vested it with the entire criminal jurisdiction of the circuit court . With the enactment of Act 459 , the circuit court now has civil jurisdiction only . Act 459 also established the community tribunals which replaced the district courts , grades I and 11 , and all of their sub - divisions . However , even before it became fully operational , Act 459 was amended by Act 464 which empowered the circuit court to have and exercise the jurisdiction of the circuit tribunal similarly empowered the district court grade l in existence immediately before the coming , into force of act 459 to have and to exercise the jurisdiction of the community tribunal under sections 47 and 48 of act 459 : see Act 464 , s 3 . Hence , the district courts grade I were still in existence The lower courts and tribunals as established under Act 459 thus comprised the circuit courts , circuit tribunals and community tribunals . Finally , it may be added that the specialised divisions of the district court grade I of old , namely the motor courts , the ejuvenile courts and the family tribunals still continue in existence as specialised divisions of the community tribunals or district courts under the new court system . In effect , the 1992 Constitution and Act 459 merged the courts and tribunals under one judiciary , headed by the Chief Justice The amendment to the Courts Act 2002 ( Act 620 ) abolishes community and Curcuit Trabunals and re - establish the Curcuit and Magistrate Courts .

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS Section PART I - SUPERIOR COURTS OF JUDICATURE Sub - Part I - The Supreme Court I . Composition of Supreme Court and qualification of its Justices 2 . General jurisdiction of Supreme Court 3 . Original jurisdiction of Supreme Court 4 . Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court 5 . Supervisory jurisdiction of Supreme Court 6 . Powers of Supreme Court to review its decisions 7 . Powers of a single Justice of Supreme Court 8 . Production of official documents in court 9 . Certain functions of Supreme Court relating to the prerogative of mercy . Sub - Part II - Court of appeal IO . Composition of Court of Appeal and qualification of its Justices 11 . Jurisdiction of Court of Appeal 12 . Powers of single Justice of the court of Appeal 13 . Powers of the court of Appeal in special cases Sub - Part III - High Court 14 . Composition of High Court and qualification of its Justices 15 . Jurisdiction of High Court 16 . Supervisory jurisdiction of the High Court 17 . High Court jurisdiction over acts of piracy 18 . High Court jurisdiction in relation to infants 19 . High Court jurisdiction in relation to persons of unsound mind 20 . High Court jurisdiction in maritime matters 21 . Rights of appeal to the High Court 22 . High Court Masters Sub - Part IV - Regional Tribunals 23 . Regional Tribunal 24 . Original and appellate jurisdiction of Regional Tribunal 25 . Trial by Regional Tribunal 26 . Decision of Regional Tribunal and appeals against decisions of Regional Tribunal . 27 . Appointment of panel members of Regional Tribunal other than the Chairman . Sub - Part V - Provisions relating to Appeals before the Superior Courts and Other general provisions relating to the Superior Courts 28 . Death sentence not to be executed while appeal is pending 29 . Suspension of court order where there is appeal 30 . Orders available to Superior Courts over appeals 31 . Appeal in criminal matters allowed on substantial miscarriage of justice . 32 . Order for production of document 33 . Other general provisions relating to appeals before Superior Courts 34 . Dismissal of frivolous appeals 35 . Offer of compensation or restitution 36 . Contempt of Superior Court of Judicature , etc . 37 . Seals of Superior Court of Judicature 38 . Places of sittings of Superior Court of Judicature PART 11 - LOWER COURTS AND TRIBUNALS 39 . Establishment of lower courts Sub - Part I - Circuit Court and Circuit Tribunal 40 . Circuit Courts and judges 41 . Jurisdiction of Circuit Court 42 . Appeals from Circuit Court 43 . Circuit Tribunal 44 . Jurisdiction of - circuit Tribunal and its Procedure 45 . Decision of Circuit Tribunal and appeals against its decisions Sub - Part II - Community Tribunals 46 . Community Tribunals 47 . Civil jurisdiction of Community Tribunal 48 . Criminal jurisdiction of a Community Tribunal 49 . Procedure and rules applicable to Community Tribunals 50 . Decision of Community Tribunal and appeals against its decision 51 . General Powers of Community Tribunal 52 . Monthly lists to be sent to Regional Tribunal 53 . Tribunals subject to the directions of High Court , Regional Tribunal and Chief Justice . PART 111 - COMMON LAW AND CUSTOMARY LAW 54 . Choice of law 55 . Ascertainment of customary law 56 . Criminal jurisdiction of courts of Ghana 57 . Limitation of jurisdiction in chieftaincy matters 58 . Summoning witnesses 59 Warrant in criminal cases 60 . Witness arrested under warrant 61 . Penalty for non - attendance by witness PART IV - EXERCISE OF JURISDICTION , EVIDENCE AND RULES OF COURT 62 . Examination of witnesses 63 . Bystander may be required to give evidence 64 . Prisoners may be brought by warrant to give evidence 65 . Allowances to witnesses 66 . Defrayment of witness allowances 67 . Penalty on giving false evidence 68 . Inspection 69 . Recording of proceedings before a court 70 . Access to record of court 71 . Minutes of proceedings 72 . Courts to promote reconciliation in civil cases 73 . Reconciliation in criminal cases 74 . Vexatious proceedings 75 . Order for the examination of witnesses in matters pending before a foreign tribunal . 76 . Certificate of ambassador , sufficient evidence in support of application . 77 . Examination of witnesses to be taken upon oath 78 . Expenses of witnesses 79 . Extent of right of refusal to answer questions and to produce documents . 80 . Rules of court . PART V - ENFORCEMENT IN GHANA OF FOREIGN JUDGMENTS AN MAINTENANCE ORDERS Sub - Part I - Foreign Judgments 81 . Application of Sub - Part I 82 . Registration of judgment 83 . Instances when registered judgments shall or may be set aside 84 . Powers of registering court on application to set aside registration 85 . Foreign judgments which can be registered not to be enforceable otherwise . 86 . General effect of certain foreign judgments 87 . Power to make foreign judgments unenforceable in Ghana if no reciprocity . 88 . Issue of certificates of judgments obtained in Ghana Sub - Part II - Maintenance Orders 89 . Application of Sub - Part 11 90 . Registration of foreign maintenance orders 91 . Confirmation of foreign provisional order 92 . Transmission of maintenance order for registration abroad 93 . Making of provisional order against persons resident abroad 94 . Communications between courts 95 . Mode of enforcing orders 96 . Proof of documents signed by officers of foreign court 97 . Depositions to be evidence Sub - Part III - General Provisions Relating to this Part 98 . Rules of Court to be made in respect of this Part 99 . Interpretation of this Part PART VI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 100 . Reservation of questions of law to the Supreme Court , Court of Appeal and High Court . 101 . Jurisdiction of High Court and Regional Tribunal concurrent with Community Tribunals . 102 . Court and Tribunal proceedings to be generally held in public 103 . Duty of Judges to give judgment in cases part heard 104 . Power of transfer by Chief Justice 105 . Power of Judge of High Court , Chairman of Regional Tribunal to report case of transfer . 106 . Power of transfer by a Judge of the High Court and Chairman of Regional Tribunal . 107 . Remission of civil causes by a Judge of the High Court 108 . Chief Justice to select court or tribunal in case of doubt 109 . Wrong ruling as to stamping 110 . Execution of process 111 . Negligence or misconduct of officers 112 . Procedure for enquiring into allegations against certain officers 113 . Non liability of Judges and Tribunal members in exercise of functions . 114 . Legal Aid 115 . Succession of courts and pending cases 116 . Regional Tribunals and High Court 117 . Interpretation 118 . Modifications of , and consequential amendments to existing enactments . 119 Application of English statutes of general application 120 . Repeals and savings 121 . Instruments continued in force SCHEDULES Act 459 THE FOUR HUNDRED AND FITHY - NINE ACT OF THE PARLIAMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF GHANA ENTITLED THE COURTS ACT , 1993 AN ACT to incorporate into the law relating to the courts , the provisions of chapter eleven of the Constitution ; to provide for the jurisdiction of Regional Tribunals ; to establish lower courts and tribunals , provide for their composition and jurisdiction ; to consolidate and reenact the Courts Act , 1971 and to provide for connected purposes . DATE OF ASSENT : 6th July , 1993 BE IT ENACTED by Parliament as follows : PART I - SUPERIOR COURTS OF JUDICATURE Sub Part I - The Supreme Court 1 . ( 1 ) The Supreme Court shall consist of the Chief Justice and not less than nine other Justices of the Supreme Court . ( 2 ) The Supreme Court shall be duly constituted for its work by not less than five Supreme Court Justices except as otherwise provided in section 7 of this Act . ( 3 ) The Chief Justice shall preside at sittings of the Supreme Court and in his absence , the most senior of the Justices of the Superior Court , as constituted , shall preside . ( 4 ) A person shall not be qualified for appointment as a justice of the Supreme Court unless he is of high moral character and proven integrity and is of not less than fifteen years ' standing as a lawyer . 2 . ( 1 ) The Supreme Court shall be the final court of appeal and shall have such appellate and other jurisdiction as may be conferred on it by the Constitution or by any other law . ( 2 ) The Supreme Court shall not be bound to follow the decisions of any other court . ( 3 ) The Supreme Court may , while treating its own previous decisions as nominally binding , depart from previous decision when it appears to it right to do so ; and all her courts shall be bound to follow the decisions of the Supreme Court on questions of law . ( 4 ) For the purposes of hearing and determining a matter within its jurisdiction and the amendment , execution or the enforcement of a judgment or order made on any matter , and for the purposes of any other authority , expressly or by necessary implication given to the Supreme Court by the Constitution or any other law , the Supreme Court shall have all the powers , authority and jurisdiction vested in any court established by the Constitution or any other law . ( 5 ) The determination of any question before the Supreme Court shall be in accordance with the opinion of the majority of the members hearing the case . ( 6 ) 3 . ( 1 ) Subject to the jurisdiction of the High Court in the enforcement of the Fundamental Human Rights and freedoms as provided in article 33 of the Constitution , the Supreme Court shall have exclusive original jurisdiction in - ( a ) all matters relating to the enforcement or interpretation of the Constitution ; and b ) all matters arising as to whether an enactment was made in excess of the powers conferred on Parliament or any other authority or person by law or under the Constitution . ( 2 ) Where an issue that relates to a matter or question referred to in subsection ( 1 ) of this section arises in any proceedings in a court other than the Supreme Court , that court shall stay the proceedings and refer the question of law involved to the Supreme Court for determination ; and the court in which the question arose shall dispose of the case in accordance with the decision of the Supreme Court ( 3 ) ( 1 ) An appeal shall lie from a judgment of the Court of appeal to the Supreme Court ( a ) as of right in any civil or criminal cause or matter in respect of which an appeal has been brought to the Court of Appeal from a Judgment of the High Court or a Regional Tribunal in the exercise of its original jurisdiction ; ( b ) with the leave of the Court Appeal , in any other cause or matter , where the case was commenced in a court lower than the High Court or a Regional Tribunal and where the Court of Appeal is satisfied that the case involves a substantial question of law or is in the public interest ; ( c ) as of right , in any cause or matter relating to the issue or refusal of writ or order of habeas corpus , certiorari , mandamus , prohibition or quo warranto . 2 ) Notwithstanding subsection ( 1 ) of this section , the Supreme Court may entertain an application for special leave to appeal to the Supreme Court in any cause or matter ( including interlocutory matter ) civil or criminal , and may grant leave accordingly . , ( 3 ) The Supreme Court shall have appellate jurisdiction , to the excursion of the Court of Appeal to determine matters relating to the conviction or other wise of a person for high treason or treason by the high Court . ( 4 ) An appeal from a decision of the Judicial Committee of the National House of Chiefs shall lie to the Supreme Court . with the leave of that Judicial Committee or the Supreme Court . ' ( 5 ) Subject to subsection ( 2 ) of this section , the Supreme Court shall not entertain any appeal unless the appellant has fulfilled all the conditions of appeal prescribed under the Rules of Court . 5 . The Supreme Court shall have supervisory jurisdiction over all courts and over any adjudicating authority and may , in the exercise of that supervisory jurisdiction , issue orders and directions including orders in the nature of habeas corpus , certiorari , mandamus , prohibition and quo warranto for the purpose of enforcing or securing the enforcement of its supervisory power . 6 . ( 1 ) The Supreme Court may review any decision made or given by it on such grounds and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by rules of court . ( 2 ) The Supreme Court , when reviewing its decisions under this section , shall be constituted by not less than seven justices of the Supreme Court . 7 . A single Justice of the Supreme Court may exercise power vested in the Supreme Court not involving the decision of a cause or matter before the Supreme Court except that - ( a ) in criminal matters , where that Justice refuses or grants an application in the exercise of any such power , a person affected by it is entitled to have the application determined by the Supreme Court constituted by three Justices of the Supreme Court ; and ( b ) in civil matters , any order , direction or decision made or given under this section may be varied , discharged or reversed by the Supreme Court , constituted by three Justices of the Supreme Court . 8 . ( 1 ) The Supreme Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether an official document shall not be produced in court because its production or the disclosure of its contents will be prejudicial to the security of the State or will be injurious to the public interest . ( 2 ) Where any issue referred to in subsection ( 1 ) of this section arises as to the production or otherwise of an official document in any proceedings before any court , other than the Supreme Court , the proceedings in that other court shall be suspended while the Supreme Court examines the document and determines whether the document should be produced or not ; and the Supreme Court shall make the appropriate order . ( 3 ) The proceedings of the Supreme Court as to whether an official document may be produced shall be held in camera . ( 4 ) For the purpose of this section , the Supreme Court may - ( a ) order any person or authority that has custody , legal or otherwise of the document to produce it ; and any person so ordered shall produce the document for the purpose of inspection by the Supreme Court ; and ( b ) determine whether or not the document shall be produced in the Court from which the reference was made after hearing the parties to it or their legal representatives or after having given them the opportunity of being heard . ( 5 ) Where the Supreme Court is of the opinion that the document should be produced it shall make an order that the person or authority that has custody of the document shall produce it or shall produce so much of the contents of it as is essential for the proceedings in accordance with the terms of the order . ( 6 ) Where the question of the production of an official document arises in any proceedings in the Supreme Court in the circumstances mentioned in subsection ( 1 ) of this section , the Supreme Court shall be governed , with such modifications as may be necessary , by the provisions of this section for the determination of the question that has arisen . ( 7 ) Where there is a doubt as to whether any document referred to in clause ( 2 ) of article 121 of the Constitution ( which prohibits the production by public officers of certain documents in proceedings before the Parliament ) is injurious to the public interest or prejudicial to the security of the State , the Speaker or the National Security Council as the case may be , shall refer the matter to the Supreme Court for determination by that Court whether the production or the disclosure of the contents of the document would be injurious to the public interest or prejudicial to the security of the state . ( 8 ) Sub sections ( 4 ) and ( 5 ) of this section shall , with such modifications as may be necessary , apply to a determination by the Supreme Court under subsection ( 7 ) as they apply to a determination under subsection ( 2 ) of this section . 9 Where a person has been convicted or sentenced for an offence by a court established under this Act and a petition is presented to the President for the grant of the prerogative of mercy in respect of the conviction or sentence , the President may , except in the capital , sentence of death - ( a ) refer the whole case to the Supreme Court and the case shall then be heard and determined by that court as in the case of an appeal by a person convicted ; or ( b ) if the President desires the assistance of the Supreme Court on any point arising in the case with a view to the determination of the petition , refer that point to that Court for its opinion and the Supreme Court shall consider the point referred and famish the President with its opinion . Sub - Part II - Court of Appeal 10 . ( 1 ) The Court of Appeal shall consist of - ( a ) the Chief Justice ; ( b ) subject to subsections ( 2 ) and ( 3 ) of this section , not less than ten Justices of the Court of Appeal ; and ( c ) such other Justices of the Superior Court of Judicature as the Chief Justice may , for the determination of it , particular cause or matter by writing , signed by him , request to sit in the Court of Appeal for any specified period . ( 2 ) The Court of Appeal shall be duly constituted by any three of the Justices referred to in subsection ( 1 ) of this section and when so constituted , the most senior of the Justices shall preside . ( 3 ) A person shall not be qualified for appointment as a Justice of the Court of Appeal unless he is of high moral character and proven integrity and is of not less that twelve years ' standing as a lawyer . ( 4 ) The Chief Justice may create such divisions of the Court of Appeal as he considers necessary to sit in such places as he may determine . ( 5 ) subject to clause ( 3 ) of article 129 of the Constitution , the Court of Appeal shall be bound by its own previous decisions ; and all courts lower than the Court of Appeal shall follow the decisions of the Court of Appeal on questions . of law . ( 6 ) The determination of any question before the Court of Appeal shall be according to the opinion of the majority of the members hearing the case . l Jurisdiction of Court of Appeal ( Section 11 of Act 459 amended ) 11 . ( 1 ) The Court of appeal shall have jurisdiction throughout Ghana to hear and determine , subject to the provisions of the Constitution , appeals from a judgment , decree or order of the High Court and Regional Tribunals and Such other appellate jurisdiction as may be conferred on it by the Constitution or any other law . ( 2 ) Except as otherwise provided in the Constitution , an appeal shall lie as of right from a judgment , decree or order of the High Court and a Regional Tribunal to the Court of Appeal . ( 3 ) The Court of Appeal shall also have - ( a ) jurisdiction to hear appeals from any judgment of a circuit Court ; and ( b ) any other jurisdiction conferred on the Court by any other enactment . ( 4 ) A person aggrieved by any judgment , decree or order of a Circuit Court may appeal against it to the Court of Appeal . ( 5 ) A person aggrieved by any interlocutory order or decision made or given by a Circuit Court may appeal to the Court of appeal against the order or decision with the leave of the Circuit Court and upon a refusal with the leave of the Court of Appeal and the Court of Appeal shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any such appeal . ( 6 ) Where a party desires to appeal to the Court of Appeal in a criminal case , he shall give notice of appeal or notice of application for leave to appeal within one month of the decision appealed against ; except that the time specified may at any time be extended by the court to which the appeal is being made or by the court whose decision is being appealed against . ( 7 ) The Court of Appeal shall not entertain any appeal unless the appellant as fulfilled all the conditions prescribed in that behalf by Rules of Court . ( 8 ) For the purpose of hearing and determining an appeal within its jurisdiction and the amendment , execution or enforcement of a judgment or order made on any appeal , and for the purpose of any other authority expressly or by necessary implication given to the Court of appeal by the Constitution , this Act or any other law , the Court of appeal shall have all the powers , authority and jurisdiction vested in the court from which the appeal is brought . lSection 11 of Act 459 amendment see below 1 . The Courts Act , 1993 ( Act 459 ) as amended and referred to in this Act as the " principal enactment " is further amended by the substitution for subsections ( 3 ) and ( 4 ) of section 11 of the following : " ( 3 ) The Court of Appeal shall also have Jurisdiction ( a ) to hear appeals from any judgment of a Circuit Court in a civil cause or matter ; and ( b ) in any matter in which jurisdiction is conferred on the Court under any other enactment . ( 4 ) A person aggrieved by a judgment of a Circuit Court in a civil cause or matter may appeaI against the judgment to the Court of Appeal . l 12 . A single Justice of the Court of Appeal may exercise a power vested in the Court of appeal that does not involve the decision of a cause or matter before the Court of Appeal , except that - ( a ) in criminal matters where that Justice refuses or grants an application in the exercise of such power , a person affected by it is entitled to have the application determined by the Court of appeal as duly constituted ; and ( b ) in civil matters any order , direction or decision made or given in exercise of the powers conferred by this section may be varied , discharged or reversed by the Court of Appeal as duly constituted . 13 . ( 1 ) If it appears to the Court of appeal that an appellant , though not properly convicted on some count or part of the indictment or charge , has been properly convicted on some other count or part of the indictment or charge , the Court may either confirm the sentence passed on the appellant at the trial , or pass a sentence in substitution for it as it thinks proper and as may be warranted in law by the verdict on the count or part of the indictment or charge on which the Court considers that the appellant has been properly convicted . ( 2 ) Where an appellant has been convicted of an offence and the Judge , the jury or panel who tried him , could on the indictment or charge have found - him guilty of some other offence , and on the finding of the Judge , jury or panel it appears to the Court of appeal that the Judge , jury or panel must have been satisfied off acts which proved him guilty of that other offence , the Court may , instead of allowing the appeal , substitute for the verdict found by the Judge , jury or panel a verdict of guilty of that other offence , and pass such sentence in substitution for the sentence passed at the trial as may be warranted in law for that other offence . ( 3 ) Where on the trial of the appellant the jury or panel have found a special verdict and the Court of Appeal considers that a wrong conclusion had been arrived at by the Court before which the appellant was convicted on the basis of that verdict , the Court of Appeal may instead of allowing the appeal , order such conclusion to be recorded as appears to the Court of appeal to be in law required by the verdict , and make such other order as may be warranted in law . ( 4 ) Where after the trial of the appellant a special verdict has been found and the Court of Appeal is satisfied that the special verdict was wrongly found the Court of appeal may set aside the verdict and substitute an order of conviction or acquittal or may make such other order as may be warranted in law . ( 5 ) If on any appeal it appears to the Court of appeal that although the appellant was guilty of the act or omission charged against him , he was insane at the time the act was done or omission made so as not to be responsible according to law for his actions , the Court may set aside the sentence passed at the trial and order the appellant to be kept in custody as a criminally insane person in a place and in such manner as the Court shall direct until the pleasure of the President is known and the President may give orders for the safe custody of the appellant . ( 6 ) Where the Court of Appeal is of the opinion that the proceedings in the trial court were a nullity either through want of jurisdiction or otherwise , the Court of Appeal may order the appellant to be tried by a court of competent jurisdiction . ( 7 ) If the Court Appeal is satisfied that owing to exceptional circumstances the interest of justice requires that there should be a re - trial , the Court may order a re - trial on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit . Sub - Part III - High Court 14 . ( 1 ) The High Court shall consist of - ( a ) the Chief Justice ; ( b ) not less that twenty Justices of the High Court ; and ( c ) such other Justices of the Superior Court of Judicature or Chairmen of Regional Tribunals as the Chief Justice may , by writing signed by him , request to sit as High Court Justices for any period . ( 2 ) The High Court shall be constituted - ( a ) by a single Justice of the Court ; or ( b ) by a Chairman of a Regional Tribunal ; or ( c ) by a single Justice of the Court and jury ; or ( d ) by a single Justice of the Court with assessors ; or ( e ) by three Justices of the Court for the trial of the offence of high treason or treason as required by article 19 of the Constitution . ( 3 ) There shall be in the High Court such divisions consisting of such number of Justices respectively as the Chief Justice may determine . ( 4 ) A person shall not be qualified for appointment as a Justice of the High Court unless he is a person of high moral character and proven integrity and is of at least ten years ' standing as a lawyer . l Jurisdiction of High Court . Section 15 amended by Act 620 15 . ( 1 ) The . High Court shall , subject to the provisions of the Constitution have - ( a ) original jurisdiction in all matters and in particular , in civil and criminal matters ; ( b ) jurisdiction to enforce the Fundamental Human Rights and Freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution ; ( c ) appellate jurisdiction from a decision of a Community Tribunal in civil matters ; any other jurisdiction conferred by the Constitution or by any other enactment . ( 2 ) For the purpose of hearing and determining an appeal within its jurisdiction and the amendment , execution or enforcement of any judgment or order made on an appeal , and for the purpose of any other authority , expressly or by necessary implication given to the High Court by the Constitution , this Act or any other law , the , High Court shall have all the powers , authority and jurisdiction vested in the court from which the appeal is brought . ( 3 ) The High Court shall have no power , in a trial for the offence of high treason or treason , to convict any person for an offence other than high treason or treason . ( 4 ) A Justice of the High Court may , in accordance with rules of court , exercise in court or in chambers , all or any of the jurisdiction vested in the High Court by the Constitution , this Act or any other law . l Section 15 of Act 459 amended 2 . The principal enactment is amended by the substitution for subsection ( 1 ) of section 15 of the following : Jurisdiction of High Court . " 15 . ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of the Constitution , the High Court shall have - ( a ) an original jurisdiction in all matters ; ( b ) appellate jurisdiction in a judgment of the Circuit Court in the trial of a criminal case ; ( c ) appellate jurisdiction in any judgment of a District Court or Juvenile Court ; ( d ) jurisdiction to enforce the Fundamental Human Rights and Freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution ; and ( e ) any other jurisdiction conferred by the Constitution , this Act or any other enactment . l 16 . The High Court shall have supervisory jurisdiction over all lower courts and any lower adjudicating authority ; and may , in the exercise of that jurisdiction , issue orders and directions including orders in the nature t of habeas corpus , certiorari , mandamus , prohibition and quo warranto for the purpose of enforcing or securing the enforcement of its supervisory powers . 17 . ( 1 ) Subject to any right of appeal conferred by any enactment , only the High Court shall have jurisdiction to try an act of piracy . ( 2 ) An act of piracy shall , for the purposes of this Act , have the meaning assigned to it under section 19 of the Criminal Code , 1960 ( Act 29 ) . 18 . ( 1 ) In addition to any jurisdiction conferred by any enactment , the High Court shall have power , subject to the provisions of any other enactment - ( a ) on application by any person , and after hearing any objections to the application , to appoint any person as a guardian or as joint - guardian f or an infant , where the Court is of the opinion that the appointment is desirable in the circumstances having regard to the welfare of the infant ; ( b ) on application by any person , and after hearing any objections to the application , to make such orders concerning the custody of an infant , the right of access to an infant , and weekly or other periodic payments towards the maintenance of an infant , as the Court may consider just in the circumstances , having regard to the means of the persons concerned and the welfare of the infant ; ( c ) for good cause to remove any guardian or joint - guardian and to appoint a new guardian or joint - guardian ; ( a ) to determine any dispute between a guardian and a parent , or between joint - guardians ; ( e ) to intervene in any guardianship where in the opinion of the Court the guardian has acted or . is likely to act prejudicially to the welfare of an infant , and to make such consequential orders as the Court may consider desirable having regard to the welfare of the infant ; ( t ) in respect of any infant to make such orders and give such directions for the control and administration of the estate of that infant , including the investment of money , as the Court may consider desirable having regard to the welfare of the infant ; ( g ) in respect of any infant to make such orders and give such directions permitting the use of moneys for the education of the infant , or for setting him up in any occupation or career , as the court may consider desirable having regard to the welfare of the infant . ( 2 ) The welfare of the infant shall be the primary consideration of the High Court in the exercise of its powers under this section . ( 3 ) In this section , " infant " means a person under the age of twenty - one years . 19 . In addition to any jurisdiction conferred by any enactment the High Court shall have power , subject to the provisions of any other enactment - ( a ) on application by any person , and after hearing any objections to the application , to appoint any person as a guardian or as joint - guardian for a person of unsound mind or to direct the person of unsound mind to be delivered into the care of a responsible authority or a relative , where the Court is satisfied that such course is desirable to ensure the welfare of the person of unsound mind ; ( b ) to vary or rescind for good cause an appointment made under paragraph ( a ) and to attach such conditions to an appointment as may appear desirable ; ( c ) to make such orders and give such directions as appear necessary or desirable to secure the maintenance , safety and welfare of a person of unsound mind , the efficient administration , disposition and management of any of his property or affairs , and for purposes ancillary to them ; ( d ) to make such orders as appear necessary or desirable to secure the carrying out of any contract entered into by a person of unsound mind , or the conduct of any legal proceedings in his name or on his behalf . 20 . ( 1 ) The High Court shall , subject to the provisions of any other enactment , have jurisdiction to hear and determine any of the following questions or claims - ( a ) a question as to the title to or ownership of a ship , or the proceeds of the sale of a ship , arising in an action relating to possession , salvage , damage , necessaries , wages or bottomy ; ( b ) a question arising between the co - owners of a ship registered at a port in Ghana as to the ownership , possession , employment or earnings of that ship , or any share of it , with power to settle any account outstanding and unsettled between the parties in relation to it , and to direct the ship , or any share of it , to be sold , or to make such order as the Court thinks fit , ( c ) a claim for damage to a ship ( whether receive on the high seas or within the territorial waters or for damage done by a ship ) ; ( d ) subject to section 249 of the Merchant Shipping Act , 1963 ( Act 183 ) , a claim in the nature of salvage for services rendered to a ship ( including services rendered in saving life from a ship ) , whether rendered on the high seas or within the territorial waters , and whether a wreck in respect of which the salvage is claimed is found on sea or land ; ( e ) a claim in the nature of to wage , whether the services were rendered on the high seas or within the territorial waters ; a claim for necessaries supplied to a foreign ship ( whether supplied on the high seas or within the territorial waters ) and a claim for necessaries supplied to a ship elsewhere than in the port to which the ship belongs ; ( g ) a claim by a seaman for wages earned by him on board a ship , whether due under a special contract or otherwise , and a claim by the master of a ship for salary earned by him on board the ship and for disbursements made by him on account of the ship ; ( h ) a claim in respect of a mortgage of any ship , being a mortgage duly registered under the Merchant Shipping Act , 1963 ( Act 183 ) , or in respect of any mortgage of a ship which is , or the proceeds of which are , under the arrest of the Court ; ( i ) a claim for building , equipping or repairing a ship , if at the time of the institution of the proceedings the ship is , or the proceeds of it are , under the arrest of the Court ; claim arising out of an agreement relating to the use or hire of a ship , or the carriage of goods or persons in a ship , or in tort in respect of goods or persons carried in a ship . ( 2 ) The High Court also has power - ( a ) in an action of restraint instituted by part - owners , to give such relief . as it considers just and equitable , including the imposition of bail on defendant part - owners to ensure the safe return of any ship ; ( b ) to remove for good cause the master of any ship within the jurisdiction of the High Court and to appoint a new master ; ( c ) to give such relief as it considers just and equitable , including the granting of injunctions , in respect of injurious acts done upon the high seas . ( 3 ) In this section , " damage " includes loss of life and personal injuries , and " ship " includes any description of vessel used in navigation not propelled by oars . l Section 21 amended by Act 620 21 . ( I ) A person aggrieved by a decision or order of a Community Tribunal in a civil cause or matter may appeal against the decision or order to the High Court . ( 2 ) A person aggrieved by an interlocutory order or decision made or given by a Community Tribunal in a civil matter may appeal against it to the High Court with the leave of the Community Tribunal or of the High Court and the High Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine the appeal . ( 3 ) An appeal under this section against a decision of a Community Tribunal shall , subject to any transfer directed by the Chief Justice , be made to the Judge of the High Court exercising jurisdiction over the area of jurisdiction of the Community Tribunal . ( 4 ) The High Court shall not entertain any appeal unless the appellant has fulfilled all conditions imposed in that behalf by rules of court . l Section 21 of Act 459 amendment Right of appeal to the High Court . 3 . The principal enactment is amended by the substitution for section 21 of the following : 21 . ( 1 ) The prosecution or a person convicted of an offence " in a criminal case , tried by a Circuit Court or tried by a District or Juvenile Court may appeal against the judgment to the High Court . ( 2 ) A person aggrieved by any judgment of a District Court in a civil matter may appeal against the judgment to the High Court . ( 3 ) A person aggrieved by an interlocutory order or decision made or given by a District Court may appeal against the decision or order to the High Court with the leave of the District Court or of the High Court and the High Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine the appeal . ( 4 ) An appeal under this section against a judgment of a Circuit , District or a Juvenile Court , shall , subject to any Transfer directed by the Chief Justice , be made to the Judge of the High Court exercising jurisdiction over the area of jurisdiction of the Circuit , District or Juvenile Court . ( 5 ) The High Court shall not entertain any appeal unless the appellant has fulfilled all conditions imposed in that behalf by Rules of Court . " l 22 . ( I ) The Chief Justice acting in accordance with the advice of the Judicial Council and with the approval of the President , may appoint a lawyer of not less than ten years standing as a Master of the High Court for such period and subject to such terms and conditions as the Chief Justice may determine . ( 2 ) A Master appointed under this section shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by legislative instrument issued by the Chief Justice and shall perform such other functions as the Chief Justice may direct . ( 3 ) A person aggrieved by an order or decision of a Master may by leave of that Master or of the Court of Appeal , appeal to the Court of Appeal against the order or decision and the Court of appeal shall have power to hear and determine the appeal . Sub - Part IV - Regional Tribunals 23 . ( 1 ) A Regional Tribunal shall consist of - ( a ) the Chief Justice - , ( b ) one Chairman ; and ( c ) such members who may or may not be lawyers as shall be designated by the Chief Justice to sit as panel members of a Regional Tribunal and for such period as ' shall be specified in writing by the Chief Justice . ( 2 ) A Regional Tribunal shall in the exercise of its original jurisdiction be duly constituted by a panel consisting of the Chairman and not less than two or more than four other panel members . ( 3 ) A person shall not be appointed to be a Chairman of a Regional Tribunal unless he is qualified to be appointed a Justice of the High Court . ( 4 ) A panel member of a Regional Tribunal shall be a person of high moral character and proven integrity . ( 5 ) The Chief Justice or any Justice of the High Court or Court of Appeal nominated by the Chief Justice may sit as a Chairman of a Regional Tribunal . 24 . ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of the Constitution , this Act and any other law , a Regional Tribunal shall have concurrent original jurisdiction with the High Court in all criminal matters and shall in particular try - ( a ) the special offences specified under Chapter 4 of Part III of the Criminal Code 1960 ( Act 29 ) ; ( b ) offences arising under - ( 1 ) Customs , Excise and Preventive Services Management Law , 1993 P . N . D . C . L . 330 ) ; ( ii ) Income Tax Decree , 1975 ( SMCD 5 ) ; ( iii ) Narcotic Drugs ( Control , Enforcement and Sanctions ) Law , 1990 ( iv ) ( PNDCL . 236 ) ; and ( c ) any other offence involving serious economic fraud , loss of state funds or property . ( 2 ) A Regional Tribunal does not have jurisdiction to try a criminal offence if the trial requires the participation of a jury or assessors . ( 3 ) A Regional Tribunal shall have appellate jurisdiction to hear and determine appeals from a judgement , decree or order of a Circuit or Community Tribunal in any criminal trial including appeals from trials of juvenile offenders . ( 4 ) For the purpose of hearing and determining an appeal within its jurisdiction and the amendment , execution or enforcement of a judgement or order on any appeal , and for the purpose of any other authority expressly or by necessary implication given to it by the Constitution , this Act or any other law , a Regional Tribunal shall in respect of the appeal have all the powers , authority and jurisdiction vested in the tribunal or court from which the appeal is brought . ( 5 ) A Regional Tribunal shall in the exercise of its appellate jurisdiction be duly constituted by the Chairman and any four members . ( 6 ) A Regional Tribunal shall not entertain an appeal under this section unless conditions prescribed by rules of court have been complied with . 25 . ( I ) Subject to the Constitution , this Act and any other enactment , a Regional Tribunal shall in the exercise of its jurisdiction have and exercise all the powers conferred on the High Court by this Act or any other enactment and shall have power to issue in criminal matters any order or impose any sentence which a High Court may issue or impose . ( 2 ) For the avoidance of doubt , the Criminal Procedure Code , 1960 ( Act 3 0 ) . the Evidence Decree 1975 , ( NRCD 323 ) , the Rules of court and all other rules of evidence and procedure applicable to the High Court in criminal trials and hearing of criminal appeals shall , subject to the provisions of this Sub - Part , apply to trials and appeals before a Regional Tribunal . 26 . ( 1 ) The determination of any question before a Regional Tribunal in the exercise of its original and appellate jurisdiction shall be in accordance with the opinion of the majority of the members hearing the case . ( 2 ) Where the majority does not include the Chairman and the accused is convicted , the accused shall , where he gives notice to appeal against the decision , be granted bail by the Tribunal , subject to such conditions as the Tribunal may determine . ( 3 ) A person aggrieved by a judgment , decision or order of a Regional Tribunal in any matter before the Tribunal may appeal against it to the Court of Appeal . ( 4 ) The Court of Appeal shall not entertain an appeal under this section unless all conditions prescribed by rules of court have been complied with . 27 . ( I ) The panel members of a Regional Tribunal other than the Chairman shall be appointed by the Chief Justice in consultation with the Regional Co - ordinating Council for the region and on the advice of the Judicial Council . ( 2 ) Except as otherwise provided in this Act , the Chief Justice on the advice of the Judicial Council shall determine the qualifications and tenure of office of members of Regional Tribunal other than the Chairman . Sub - Part V - Provisions Relating to Appeals before the Superior Courts and Other General Provisions Relating to the Superior courts 28 . Where an appeal to a Superior Court relates to a conviction involving a sentence of death - ( a ) The sentence shall not be executed until after the expiration of the time within which notice of appeal or of an application for leave to appeal may be given ; and ( b ) If notice is given the sentence shall not be executed until the expiration of seven days after the determination or discontinuance of the appeal or until the expiration of seven days after the application for leave to appeal is finally refused or withdrawn . 29 . ( I ) Where a court has on conviction of a person ordered payment of compensation , payment of any expenses of the prosecution or the restoration or revesting of property in a person , the operation of the order shall be suspended - ( a ) until the expiration of the period within which an appeal may be brought ; and ( b ) where notice of appeal or notice of application for leave to appeal is given in accordance with law , until the determination of the appeal or until the refusal of leave to appeal or withdrawal of the application for leave to appeal . ( 2 ) Where the operation of an order is suspended pending determination of the appeal , the order shall , unless the appellate court otherwise directs , not take effect if the conviction is quashed on appeal . ( 3 ) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this section the trial court may in the case of stolen property where the title to the property is not in dispute , order the immediate enforcement of the order . 30 . Subject to the provisions of this Sub - Part , an appellate court may in a criminal case - ( a ) on an appeal from a conviction or acquittal - ( i ) reverse the finding and sentence and acquit and discharge or convict the accused as the case may be or order him to be retried by a court of competent jurisdiction , or commit him for trial ; or ( ii ) alter the finding maintaining the sentence or with or without altering the finding , reduce or increase the sentence ; or ( iii ) with or without such reduction or increase and with or without altering the finding alter the nature of the sentence ; or ( iv ) annul the conviction and substitute a special finding to the effect that the accused was guilty of the act or omission charged but was criminally insane so as not to be responsible for his action at the time when he did the act or made the omission and order the accused to be confined as a criminally insane person in a mental hospital , prison or other suitable place of safe custody ; ( v ) annul or vary any order of imprisonment or other punishment imposed on the person convicted ; ( vi ) annul or vary any order for payment of compensation or of expenses of the prosecution or for the restoration of property to any person whether or not the conviction is quashed ; ( b ) on an appeal from any other order , alter or reserve the order , and in either case make any amendment or any consequential or incidental order that may appear just and proper . 31 . ( 1 ) Subject to subsection ( 2 ) of this section an appellate court on hearing any appeal before it in a criminal case shall allow the appeal if it considers that the verdict or conviction or acquittal ought to be set aside on the ground that it is unreasonable or can not be supported having regard to the evidence or that the judgment in question ought to be set aside on the ground of a wrong decision of any question of law or fact or that on any ground there was a miscarriage of justice and in any other case shall dismiss the appeal . ( 2 ) The court shall dismiss the appeal if it considers that no substantial miscarriage of justice ha s actually occurred or that the point raised in the appeal consists of a technicality or procedural error or a defect in the charge or indictment but that there is evidence to support the offence alleged in the statement of offence in the charge or indictment or any other offence of which the accused could have been convicted upon that charge or indictment . ( 3 ) Without prejudice to the generality of subsections ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) of this section - ( a ) where the charge upon which a person is being tried is amended in the course of the trial and the accused is not called upon to plead to the amended charge , but the case proceeds as if the accused had pleaded not guilty to the amended charge , an appeal based only on the failure to call upon the accused to plead to the amended charge shall be dismissed ; ( b ) where a person is charged with an offence such as defrauding by false pretences or forgery and the particulars of the offence in the charge or indictment omit to allege an intent to defraud or any other intent forming part of the offence but evidence is led of such intent , an appeal based only on the omission in the charge or indictment shall be dismissed ; ( c ) where a person is charged with corruption or extortion as a public officer and the charge or indictment omits to allege in the particulars of offence that the accused is a public officer but evidence is led that the accused is such an officer , an appeal based only on the omission shall be dismissed ; or ( d ) where a person is charge with false pretences , stealing or other offence relating to property and the charge omits to allege the ownership of the property in question or that the person defrauded parted with the ownership of the property but evidence is led of the particulars omitted , an appeal based only on the omission shall be dismissed . 32 . Subject to article 13 5 of the Constitution , in the exercise of its Jurisdiction the appellate court may if it thinks it necessary or expedient in ' the interest of justice - ( a ) order the production of any document , exhibit or other thing connected with the proceedings , the production of which appears to it necessary for the determination of the case ; ( b ) order any witnesses who would have been comparable witnesses at the trial to attend and be examined before the court , whether they were or were not called at the trial , or order the examination of the witnesses to be conducted in a manner provided by rules of court , or in the absence of rules of court , in such manner as the Court may direct , before any Justice of the Court or before any officer of the Court or other person appointed by the court for the purpose , and allow the admission of any depositions taken as evidence before the court . 33 . ( 1 ) The court before which a person is convicted or the court to which an appeal is . made may if it thinks fit on the application of an appellant grant the appellant bail pending the determination of his appeal . ( 2 ) Where an appeal has been lodged by a person entitled to appeal , the court to which the appeal is made may , pending the hearing and for reasons to be recorded by it in writing , order that the execution of the sentence or order appealed against be suspended . ( 3 ) The time during which an appellant is released on bail pending the determination of his appeal shall not count as part of any term of imprisonment under his sentence . ( 4 ) Subject to subsection ( 3 ) and to any directions which may be given by the court , a sentence of imprisonment shall begin to run as from the day on which the prisoner is received into prison under the sentence . ( 5 ) Where a question of law is reserved for the consideration of the Court of appeal under section I 00 of this Act , the provisions of this section shall , with the necessary modifications apply to the person in relation to whose conviction the question of law is reserved as it applies to an appellant . ( 6 ) An appellant who is in custody shall , if he so desires , be entitled to be present at the hearing of the appeal unless he , conducts - himself in such a manner as to render the continuation of the proceedings in his presence impracticable and the Court orders him to be removed for the trial to proceed in his absence ; but the appellate court may exercise any power to pass sentence notwithstanding that the appellant is for any reason not present . ( 7 ) Where the appeal is by the prosecution the respondent shall be entitled , with such modifications as may be necessary , to the rights of the appellant under this section . ( 8 ) Subject to the provisions of the Constitution the judgment of an appellate court on any appeal shall be enforced in the same manner as if it were a judgment of the court from whose decision the appeal was brought . ( 9 ) For the removal of doubt an appellate court shall , in a criminal case have power to impose only such sentence as could have been imposed by the court by which the case was tried . ( 10 ) An appeal in a criminal case shall abate on the death of the person to whom the decision against which the appeal is brought relates except that this subsection shall not apply to any order requiring the payment of a fine , costs or compensation or the delivery or restitution of any property or the payment of its value or the destruction or forfeiture of any property . 34 . ( 1 ) Where the Supreme Court considers that an appeal made to the Court is frivolous or vexatious or does not show any substantial ground of appeal , the Court may dismiss the appeal summarily without calling on any person to attend the hearing . ( 2 ) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection ( 1 ) of this section an appeal against a conviction in a criminal case may be dismissed summarily under that subsection where the appellant has pleaded guilty and has been convicted on his own plea . l Section 35 amended by Act 620 35 . ( 1 ) Where a person is charged with an offence before the High Court or a Regional Tribunal the commission of which has caused economic loss , harm or damage to the State or any State agency , the accused may inform the prosecutor whether he admits the offence and is willing to offer compensation or make restitution and reparation for the loss , harm or damage caused . ( 2 ) Where an accused makes an offer of compensation or restitution in addition to reparation to the satisfaction of the Court , the Court shall thereupon proceed to accept a plea of guilty from the accused and convict him on his own plea . ( 3 ) Where an accused to whom this section applies is after conviction , willing and able to pay compensation or make restitution and reparation , the Court may in lieu of passing sentence on him , make an order for him to pay compensation or make restitution and reparation . ( 4 ) An order of the Court under subsection ( 3 ) shall be subject to such conditions as the Court may direct . ( 5 ) Where a person convicted under this section defaults in the payment of any money required of him under this section or fails to fulfil any condition imposed by the Court under subsection ( 4 ) , any amount outstanding shall become due and payable and the Court may proceed to pass a suspended sentence which shall become enforceable after 6 months from the date of it ' s pronouncement on the convicted person . l Section 35 of Act 459 amended 4 . The principal enactment is amended by the substitution for section 35 of the following : " Offer of 35 . ( 1 ) Where a person is charged with an offence before compensation the High Court or a Regional Tribunal , the commission of or restitution . which has caused economic loss , harm or damage to the State or any State agency , the accused may inform the prosecutor whether the accused admits the offence and is willing to offer compensation or make restitution and reparation for the loss , harm or damage caused . ( 2 ) Where an accused makes an offer of compensation or restitution and reparation , the prosecutor shall consider if the offer is acceptable to the prosecution . ( 3 ) If the offer is not acceptable to the prosecution the case before the Court shall proceed . ( 4 ) If the offer is acceptable to the prosecution , the prosecutor shall in the presence of the accused , inform the Court which shall consider if the offer of compensation or restitution and reparation is satisfactory . ( 5 ) Where the Court considers the offer to be satisfactory , the Court shall accept a plea of guilty from the accused and convict the accused on his own plea , and in lieu of passing sentence on the accused , make an order for the accused to pay compensation or make restitution and reparation . ( 6 ) An order of the Court under subsection ( 5 ) shall be subject to such conditions as the Court may direct . ( 7 ) Where a person convicted under this section defaults in the payment of any money required of the person under this section or fails to fulfil any condition imposed by the Court under subsection ( 6 ) , any amount outstanding shall become due and payable and upon failure to make the payment , the Court shall proceed to pass a custodial sentence on the accused . " 36 . ( 1 ) The Superior Courts of Judicature shall have the power to commit for contempt to themselves and all such powers as were vested in a court of record immediately before the coming into force of the Constitution in relation to contempt of court . ( 2 ) In the exercise of the judicial power conferred upon the Judiciary by the Constitution , this Act or any other law , the Superior Court of Judicature shall have power , in relation to any matter within its jurisdiction , to issue such orders as may be necessary to ensure the enforcement of any judgment , decree or order of the Court . 3 7 . ( 1 ) The Supreme Court , the Court of Appeal , the High Court and the Regional Tribunal shall each have a seal which shall - ( a ) be used as occasion may require ; ( b ) have a device or an impression of the Arms of Ghana with the inscription of the words " Superior Court of Judicature " together respectively , with the words " Supreme Court " , " Court of Appeal " , " High Court of Justice " , or " Regional Tribunal " , and ( c ) be in such form as the Chief Justice may prescribe . ( 2 ) The seal of the Supreme Court shall be kept by the Chief Justice and a duplicate of the seal shall be kept by each Justice of the Court or by any other public officer approved by the Chief Justice . ( 3 ) The seal of the Court of Appeal shall be kept by the Chief Justice and a duplicate of the seal shall be kept by each Justice of the Court or by any other public officer approved by the Chief Justice . ( 4 ) The seal of the High Court of justice shall be kept by the Chief Justice and a duplicate of the seal shall be kept by each Justice of the Court or by any other public officer approved by the Chief Justice . ( 5 ) The seal of a Regional Tribunal shall be kept by the Chief Justice and a duplicate shall be kept by the Chairman of the Regional Tribunal or by any other public officer approved by the Chief Justice . 38 . Subject to the provisions of clause ( 4 ) of article 136 . of the Constitution , the sittings of the Supreme Court , the Court of appeal , the High Court or a Regional Tribunal shall be usually held in such places as the Chief Justice may determine , except that the proceedings of any such Court shall not be invalidated by the fact that the sittings of the Court in relation to any proceedings took place in a place other than a place determined under this section . lPart 11 of Act 459 replaced by Act 620 PART II - LOWER COURTS AND TRIBUNALS 39 . The following are by this Act established as the Lower Courts and Tribunals of Ghana - ( a ) Circuit Court and Circuit Tribunal ; ( b ) Community Tribunal ; ( c ) the National House of chiefs , Regional Houses of chiefs and every Traditional Council , in respect of the jurisdiction of any such House or Council to adjudicate over any cause or matter affecting chieftaincy ; and ( e ) such other lower courts or tribunals as Parliament may by law establish . Sub - Part I - Circuit Court and Circuit Tribunal 40 . ( I ) There shall be established in each region of Ghana such Circuit Courts as the Chief Justice may by legislative instrument specify . ( 2 ) An instrument issued under subsection ( 1 ) of this section shall specify the area of jurisdiction of the Circuit Court . ( 3 ) There shall be assigned for each Circuit Court established under this Act a Judge who shall be appointed , subject to the approval of the President , by the Chief Justice acting on the advice of the Judicial Council . ( 4 ) A person shall not be appointed a Circuit Judge unless he is of high moral character and proven integrity and is of not less than five years standing as a lawyer . ( 5 ) Each Circuit Court Judge shall exercise the jurisdiction conferred upon him by this Act or any other enactment for the time being in force in respect of causes and matters arising within his area of jurisdiction . ( 6 ) A Circuit Court shall hold its sittings at such places and times as the Chief Justice may direct . ( 7 ) Subject to any direction of the Chief Justice , the sittings of a Circuit Court shall be held at such places and times as the Circuit Court Judge may think fit . ( 8 ) Without prejudice to subsection ( 3 ) of this section , the Chief Justice , any Justice of the Superior Court of Judicature or a Chairman of a Circuit Tribunal nominated by the Chief Justice may sit as a Circuit Court Judge . 41 . ( I ) The jurisdiction of a Circuit Court shall consist of the following - ( a ) original jurisdiction in civil matters - ( i ) in all personal actions arising under contract or tort or for the recovery of any liquidated sum , where the amount claimed is not more than 10 , 000 , 000 . 00 ; ( ii ) in all actions between landlord and tenant for the possession of land claimed under lease and refused to be delivered up ; ( iii ) in all causes and matters involving the ownership , possession , occupation of or title to land ; ( iv ) to appoint guardians of infants and to make orders for the custody of infants ; ( v ) to grant in any action instituted in the Court , injunctions or orders to stay waste , or alienation or for the detention and preservation of property the subject matter of that action or to restrain breaches of contract or the commission of any tort ; ( vi ) in all claims for relief by way of interpleader in respect of land or other property attached in execution of a decree made by a Circuit Court ; ( vii ) ( vii ) in applications for the grant of probate or letters of administration in respect of the estate of a deceased person , and in causes and matters relating to succession to property of a deceased person , who had at the time of his death a fixed place of abode within the area of jurisdiction of the Court and the value of the estate or property in question does not exceed 1 0 , 000 , 000 . 00 ; and ( b ) any other jurisdiction conferred by this Act or any other enactment . ( 2 ) Where there is a dispute as to whether or not any amount claimed or the value of any land or property in any action , cause or matter is in excess of the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section in relation to that action , cause or matter , the Circuit Court in question shall call evidence as to the said amount or value and if it finds that it exceeds the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) it shall transfer the case to the High Court . ( 3 ) Where the amount claimed or the value of any land or property exceeds the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section the Circuit Court shall , notwithstanding that subsection , proceed to hear the case if the parties agree that it should do so . ( 4 ) The Chief Justice may by legislative instrument increase or reduce the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section . 42 . A person aggrieved by a decision or order of a Circuit Court may , subject to the provisions of this Act and rules of court , appeal to the Court f of Appeal . 43 . ( 1 ) There shall be established in each region of Ghana such Circuit Tribunals as the Chief Justice may by legislative instrument specify . ( 2 ) An instrument issued under subsection ( 1 ) of this section shall specify the area of jurisdiction of the Circuit Tribunal which shall be the same as the area of jurisdiction of the corresponding Circuit Court in the region . ( 3 ) A Circuit Tribunal shall be duly constituted by a panel consisting of a Chairman and not less than two or more than four ' other members . ( 4 ) A person shall not be appointed to be a Chairman of a Circuit Tribunal unless he is qualified to be appointed a Circuit Court Judge . ( 5 ) A Chairman of a Circuit Tribunal shall be appointed , subject to the approval of the President , by the Chief Justice on the advice of the Judicial Council . ( 6 ) Panel members of Circuit Tribunal shall be appointed by the Chief Justice , acting in consultation with the relevant Regional Coordinating Council and on the advice of the Judicial Council . ( 7 ) Panel members of a Circuit Tribunal shall be persons of high moral character and proven integrity who are resident within the area of jurisdiction of the Circuit Tribunal . ( 8 ) Except as otherwise provided in this Act , the Judicial Council shall determine the qualifications , tenure of office and other conditions of service of panel members of Circuit Tribunal . ( 9 ) A Circuit Tribunal shall hold its sittings at such places and times as the Chief Justice may direct . ( IO ) Subject to the directions of the Chief Justice the sittings of a Circuit Tribunal shall be held at such places and times as the Chairman of the Tribunal may determine . ( I 1 ) The Chief Justice , or other Justice of the Superior Courts or a judge of the Circuit Court nominated by the Chief Justice may sit as Chairman of a Circuit Tribunal . 44 . ( 1 ) Subject to subsection ( 2 ) of this section a Circuit Tribunal shall within the area of its jurisdiction have originals jurisdiction in all criminal matters arising within their jurisdiction . ( 2 ) A Circuit Tribunal does not have jurisdiction to try - ( a ) the offence of treason or murder ; or ( b ) an offence declared by any enactment to be first degree felony ; or ( c ) an offence punishable by death or by life imprisonment . ( 3 ) A Circuit Tribunal does not have jurisdiction in any civil cause or matter . ( 4 ) A Circuit Tribunal shall try all cases before it summarily and for that purpose , the provisions of the Criminal Procedure Code 1960 ( Act 30 ) , the Evidence Decree 1975 ( NRCD 323 ) and any rules of court applicable to summary trial of offences by a Circuit Court in existence immediately before the coming into force oft his Act shall apply to trial of criminal cases by Circuit Tribunals . ( 5 ) A Circuit Tribunal shall in the exercise of its jurisdiction under this Act have and exercise all the powers of a Circuit Court in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act in criminal matters . 45 . ( I ) The determination of any question before a Circuit Tribunal in the exercise of its jurisdiction shall be in accordance with the opinion of the majority of the members hearing the case . ( 2 ) Where the majority does not include the Chairman and the accused is convicted , the accused shall , where he gives notice to appeal against the decision , be granted bail by the Tribunal subject to such conditions as the Tribunal may determine . ( 3 ) The prosecution or a person convicted of an offence by a Circuit , Tribunal may appeal to the Regional Tribunal on a question of law or fact against the acquittal , conviction or sentence other than a sentence fixed by law ) or against any order made by the Circuit Tribunal in respect of the trial . ( 4 ) For the purpose of subsection ( 3 ) , an order requiring a person to enter into a recognisance is a conviction . SUB - PART II - COMMUNITY TIUBUNALS 46 . ( 1 ) There shall be in each District of Ghana such Community Tribunals as the Chief Justice shall by legislative instrument determine . ( 2 A Community Tribunal shall be duly constituted by a panel consisting of a Chairman and not less than two or more than four other members . ( 3 ) A person shall not be appointed to be a Chairman of a Community Tribunal unless he is of high moral character and proven integrity and shall be preferably a lawyer of not less than three years standing or a person with such judicial or legal experience as the Chief Justice shall on the advice of the Judicial Council determine . ( 4 ) A Chairman of a Community Tribunal shall be appointed subject to the approval of the President , by the Chief Justice on the advice of the Judicial Council . ( 5 ) Panel members of a Community Tribunal shall be appointed by the Chief Justice acting in consultation with the relevant District Assembly and on the advice of the Judicial Council . ( 6 ) Members of a Community Tribunal shall be persons of high moral character and proven integrity who are resident in the area of the jurisdiction of the Community Tribunal . ( 7 ) Traditional rulers in the Districts shall whenever possible be appointed to serve as panel members on Community Tribunals . ( 8 ) Except as otherwise provided in this Act , the Judicial Council shall determine the qualifications , tenure of office and other conditions of service of panel members of Community Tribunals other than the Chairman . ( 9 ) Without prejudice to any provision in this section , the Chief Justice , any judge of the Superior Court of Judicature , a Chairman of a Regional or Circuit Tribunal or a Circuit Court judge may on the direction of the Chief Justice sit as a Chairman of a Community Tribunal . ( I0 ) Sittings of a Community Tribunal shall be held at such places and times as the Chief Justice may direct . ( I1 ) Subject to any such directions , the sittings may be held at such places and times as the Chairman thinks proper . 47 . ( 1 ) A Community Tribunal shall within the area of its jurisdiction have civil jurisdiction in the following cases - ( a ) in all personal actions arising under contract or tort for the recovery of any liquidated sum where the amount claimed does not exceed 05 , 000 , 000 . 00 ; ( b ) to grant in any action in stituted in the Community Tribunal , injunctions or orders to stay waste or alienation or for the detention and preservation of any property the subject matter of that action , or restrain breaches of contracts or the commission of any tort ; ( c ) in all claims for relief by way of interpleader in respect of land or other property attached in execution of a decree made by the Community Tribunal ; ( d ) in all civil causes or matters relating to the landlord and tenant of any premises or any person interested in such premises as required or authorised by any law relating to land or and tenant ; ( e ) in actions relating to ownership , possession or occupation of land where the value of the land does not exceed 05 , 000 , 000 . 00 ; in divorce and other matrimonial causes or matters and actions for paternity and custody of children where the law applicable is exclusively customary law ; and ( g ) in applications for the grant of probate or letters of administration in respect of the estate of a deceased person , and in causes and matters relating to succession to property of a deceased person , who had at the time of his death a fixed place of abode within the area of jurisdiction of the Community Tribunal and the value of the estate or property in question does not excee 05 , 000 , 000 , . 00 ; ( h ) hear and determine charges and dispose of other matters affecting juveniles that is persons under the age of seventeen . ( 2 ) A Community Tribunal shall also have jurisdiction to hear and determine any action arising under the Maintenance of children ' s Decree 1977 ( SMCD 133 ) and shall for purposes of that enactment be the Family Tribunal and exercise all the powers conferred on the Family Tribunal under that enactment . ( 3 ) Where a Community Tribunal sits as a Family Tribunal or as a Juvenile Court , the panel of the Community Tribunal shall include a Social Welfare Officer appointed by the Chief Justice on the recommendation of the Director of Social Welfare . ( 4 ) A Community Tribunal shall have and exercise jurisdiction and power conferred on District Courts Grades I and 11 in both civil and criminal matters under any other enactment in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act . ( 5 ) Where there is dispute as to whether or not any amount claimed or the value of any land or property in any action , cause or matter is in excess of the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section in relation to that action , cause or matter the Community Tribunal in question shall call evidence as to the said amount or value and if it finds that it exceeds the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) it shall , subject to the powers of transfer of the Chief Justice , transfer the case in a civil matter to a Circuit Court or in a criminal matter to a Circuit Tribunal . ( 6 ) Where in any action , cause or matter the amount claimed or the value of any land or property exceeds the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section , the Community Tribunal shall notwithstanding that subsection , proceed to hear the case if the parties agree that it should do so . ( 7 ) The Chief Justice may by legislative instrument increase or reduce the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section . 48 . ( 1 ) In criminal matters a community Tribunal has jurisdiction to try summarily - ( a ) an offence punishable by a fine not exceeding 0200 , 000 . 00 or imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years ; ( b ) any other offence ( except an offence punishable by death or by imprisonment for life or an offence declared by any enactment to be a first degree felony ) if the Attorney General is of the opinion that having regard to the nature of the offence , the absence of circumstances which would render the offence of a grave or serious character and all other circumstances of the case , the case is suitable to be tried summarily ; ( c ) an attempt to commit an offence to which paragraph ( a ) or ( b ) of this subsection applies ; ( d ) abetment of or conspiracy in respect of any such offence . ( 2 ) Subject to the other provisions of this section , a Community Tribunal shall in the exercise of its jurisdiction in criminal matters not impose a term of imprisonment exceeding two years or a fine exceeding 0200 , 000 . 00 or both . ( 3 ) A Community Tribunal does not have jurisdiction to try an offence under paragraph ( b ) , ( c ) or ( d ) of subsection ( 1 ) of this section where the enactment creating the offence has prescribed in relation to the offence a minimum penalty that exceeds the penalty permitted to be imposed by a Community Tribunal under subsection ( 2 ) of this section . ( 4 ) Where under any enactment increased punishment may be imposed upon any person previously convicted of a crime , a Community Tribunal may impose such increased punishment , or twice the maximum punishment prescribed by subsection ( 2 ) whichever is the lesser . ( 5 ) The Chief Justice may by legislative instrument increase or reduce the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section . ( 6 ) A Community Tribunal shall also have jurisdiction to try juvenile offenders and shall for that purpose exercise all the powers and functions of the Juvenile Court in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act . 49 . Until provision is , made by rules of court and subject to the provisions of this sub - part , the rules and procedure applicable to the District Court Grade I immediately before the coming into force of this Act in criminal trials and civil action shall with such modifications as are necessary apply to a community Tribunal in the exercise of its jurisdiction under this Act . 50 . ( 1 ) The determination of any question before a community Tribunal in the exercise of its jurisdiction shall be in accordance with the opinion of the majority of the members hearing the case . ( 2 ) Where the majority does not include the Chairman and in a criminal trial the accused is convicted , the accused shall , where he gives notice to appeal against the decision , be granted bail by the Tribunal subject to such conditions as the Tribunal may determine . ( 3 ) The prosecution or a person convicted of an offence by a Community Tribunal may appeal to the Regional Tribunal in the region on a question of law or fact against the acquittal , conviction or sentence ( other than a sentence fixed by law ) or against any order made by the Community Tribunal in respect of the trial . ( 4 ) For the purpose of subsection ( 3 ) , an order requiring a person to enter into a recognisance is a conviction . ( 5 ) A person aggrieved by a judgment , decision or order of a Community Tribunal in a civil cause or matter may appeal to the High Court against the judgment , decision or order . 51 . ( 1 ) Every Community Tribunal shall in addition to any jurisdiction conferred by this Act , have such other functions as may be conferred or imposed on it by any other enactment . ( 2 ) Every Chairman of a Community Tribunal may administer oaths , take solemn affirmations and declarations , make such decrees and orders , issue such process and exercise such powers , judicial and ministerial in relation to the administration of justice as are prescribed by any enactment , rules of court , or special order of the Tribunal . ( 3 ) A writ of summons for the commencement of any action in the High Court or a Circuit may , without prejudice to any power conferred on the High Court or a Circuit Court by any other provision of this Act or rules of court , be filed with any , Community Tribunal and it shall be the duty of the Tribunal with which the writ is filed to transmit the writ immediately to the High Court or Circuit Court at which the action in respect of which the writ is filed is to be determined . ( 4 ) No act done by or under the authority of a Chairman of a Community Tribunal shall be void or impeachable by reason only that the act was done , or that any act , offence , or matter in respect of or in relation to which the act was done , occurred beyond the limits of the district or area for which the Community Tribunal was appointed . ( 5 ) Where in any proceedings before , a Community Tribunal the defendant raises an objection to the jurisdiction of the Tribunal which , might but for this section have been valid , then if - ( a ) in a civil case , the objection is raised at a time , before the plaintiff calls his first witness in support of hi ! claim ; or ( b ) in a criminal case , the objection is raised at or before the time when the defendant is required to plead to the charge , the Tribunal shall consider the objection , and if it appears to it that there is prima facie proof of the objection , it shall , in a civil case report the matter to the High Court and in a criminal case report it to the Regional Tribunal who shall as the case may be direct where the matter shall be heard and determined . ( 6 ) Every Community Tribunal shall , when required by a court , execute any order or process issuing from that court and shall take security from any m person named in the order or process for his appearance in the court and shall , in default send the person to the place name in the order or process . 52 . ( 1 ) At the end of every month , every Chairman of a Community Tribunal shall forward to the Regional Tribunal for the time being exercising jurisdiction over the district , a complete list of all criminal cases decided by or brought before the Tribunal during that month , sitting out the name of the accused , the offence with which he was charged , and the date of conviction and the sentence , or of acquittal or discharge , as the case may be , and in every case the order of the Tribunal in full . ( 2 ) Upon receipt of the list referred to in subsection ( 1 ) of this section the Regional Tribunal may , if it thinks fit , call for a copy of the record of any case included in the list and , either without seeing the record or after seeing it , and either without hearing argument or after hearing argument , may - ( a ) subject to any enactment fixing a minimum penalty vary the sentence or impose such other sentence warranted in law by the verdict which the Community Tribunal could have imposed in substitution for the sentence imposed as the Regional Tribunal thinks ought to have been imposed ; or ( b ) subject to any enactment requiring a particular order to be made , set aside an order or modify an order in such form as the Regional Tribunal thinks fit ; or ( c ) set aside the conviction , in which case the person if under detention shall be immediately released from detention , and any fine already paid shall be refunded to the person fined , and any security given shall be released ; or ( d ) set aside the acquittal , record a conviction and impose any sentence which the Community Tribunal could have imposed ; or ( e ) set aside the conviction or acquittal and order a new trial or a preliminary enquiry before the Community Tribunal which made the conviction or acquittal or before any other Community Tribunal ; or ( f ) order further evidence to be taken either generally or on some particular point by the Community Tribunal which passed the sentence or which ordered the acquittal and order in the meantime any person who has been convicted and imprisoned to be released on bail or on his own recognisance ; and ( g ) make such other order as interest of justice may require , and give all necessary and consequential directions . ( 3 ) Upon the receipt of the list referred to in sub - section ( 1 ) of this section , if the Regional Tribunal is of the view that a conviction for another offence ought to have been imposed or that the accused was guilty of the act charged , but was insane so as not to be responsible for his action at the time when he did the act , the Regional Tribunal shall set aside the conviction and send back the case for rehearing by the appropriate Community Tribunal subject to such directions as the regional Tribunal may think fit and it shall further inform the prosecution and the defence that it has so directed . ( 4 ) When a person convicted has appealed against the conviction , or has applied for a case to be stated by the Community Tribunal under subsection ( 6 ) of section I 00 of this Act , the Regional Tribunal shall not exercise jurisdiction under this section in relation to the case to which the appeal or application relates . ( 5 ) When action on the list as provided in subsection ( 1 ) is complete , or if the Regional Tribunal decides to take no such action , the Regional Tribunal shall direct that the list be filed ; but the direction shall not have the effect of preventing the Regional Tribunal from subsequently taking any action prescribed in that subsection if it thinks fit . ( 6 ) Three months after the last day of the month to which the list relates the Regional Tribunal shall become functus officio in respect to fall cases on the list inrespect of which no action has been taken . ( 7 ) Proceedings under this section may be taken by the Regional Tribunal on its own motion or on the petition of any person interested in praying for the exercise of the revisional powers of the Tribunal and the powers may be exercised notwithstanding that the monthly list has not been transmitted to or received by the Regional Tribunal . 53 . ( 1 ) Members of every Community Tribunal shall be subject to the orders and directions of the High Court and Regional Tribunal as any other officer of the Court . ( 2 ) The Judge of the High Court for the time being exercising jurisdiction over the District may , whenever he thinks fit , require the Chairman of Community Tribunal to render to the Court in such form as the Court directs a report of any civil cause or matter which may be brought before the Tribunal . PART III - COMMON LAW AND CUSTOMARY LAW 54 . ( 1 ) Subject to this Act and any other enactment , a court when determining the law applicable to an issue arising out of any transaction or situation , shall be guided by the following rules in which references to the personal law of a person are references to the system of customary law to which he is subject or to the common law where he is not subject to any system of customary law : Rule 1 . An issue arising out of a transaction shall be determined according to the system of law intended by the parties to the transaction to govern the issue or the system of law which the parties may , from the nature or form of the transaction be taken to have intended to govern the issue . Rule 2 . In the absence of any intention to the contrary , the law applicable to any issue arising out of the devolution of a person ' s estate shall be the personal law of that person , Rule 3 . In the absence of any intention to the contrary , the law applicable to an issue as to title between persons who trace their claims from one person or group of persons or from different persons all having the same personal law , shall be the personal law of that person or those persons . Rule 4 . In applying Rules 2 and 3 to disputes relating to titles to land , due regard shall be had to any overriding provisions of the law of the place in which the land is situated . Rule 5 . Subject to Rules I to 4 , the law applicable to any issue arising between two or more persons shall , where they are subject to the same personal law , be that law ; and where they are not subject to the same personal law , the court shall apply the relevant rules of their different systems of personal law to achieve a result that conforms with natural justice , equity and good conscience . Rule 6 . In determining an issue to which the preceding Rules do not apply , the court shall apply such principles of the common law , or customary law , or both , as will do substantial justice between the parties , having regard to equity and good conscience . Rule 7 . Subject to any directions that the Supreme Court may give in exercise of its powers under article 132 of the Constitution , in the determination of any issue arising from the common law or customary law , the court may adopt , develop and apply such remedies from any system of law ( whether Ghanaian or non Ghanaian ) as appear to the court to be efficacious and to meet the requirements of justice , equity and good conscience . ( 2 ) Subject to this Act and any other enactment , the rules of law and evidence ( including the rules of private international law ) that have before the coming into force of this Act been applicable in proceedings in Ghana shall continue to apply , without prejudice to any development of the rules which may occur . 55 . ( 1 ) Any question as to existence or content of a rule of customary law is a question of law for the court and not a question of fact . ( 2 ) If there is doubt as to the existence or content of a rule of customary law relevant in any proceedings before a court , the court may adjourn the proceedings to enable an inquiry to be made under subsection ( 3 ) of this section after the court has considered submissions made by or ; on behalf of the parties and after the court has considered reported cases , textbooks and other sources that may be appropriate to the proceedings . ( 3 ) The inquiry shall be held as part of the proceedings in such manner as the court considers expedient , and the provisions of this Act relating to the attendance and testimony of witnesses shall apply with such modifications as may appear to the court to be necessary . ( 4 ) The decision as to the persons who are to be heard at the inquiry shall be one for the court , after hearing the submissions on it made by or on behalf of the parties . ( 5 ) The court may request a House of Chiefs , Divisional or Traditional Council or other body with knowledge of the customary law in question to state its opinion which may be laid before the inquiry in written form . PART IV - EXERCISE OF JURISDICTION , EVIDENCE AND RULES OF COURT 56 , ( l ) Subject to this section , the Jurisdiction of the courts of Ghana in criminal matters is exercisable only in respect of an offence committed within the territory of Ghana including its territorial waters and air space and in respect of offences committed on any ship or aircraft registered or licensed in Ghana . ( 2 ) When an act which if done within the jurisdiction of a court , would be a criminal offence , is done partly within and partly outside the jurisdiction , every person who within or outside the jurisdiction does or abets any part of the act may be tried and punished as if the act had been done wholly within the jurisdiction . ( 3 ) A citizen of Ghana who - ( a ) while employed in the service of the Republic of Ghana or of any statutory corporation does an act outside Ghana which if done in Ghana is punishable as an offence ; or ( b ) does an act outside Ghana which if done in Ghana would constitute the offence of murder or an offence under section 183A of the Criminal Code , 1960 ( Act 29 ) ; or ( c ) does outside Ghana any act which if done in Ghana constitutes an offence involving or resulting in the misappropriation , dissipation or loss of - ( i ) public funds ; ( ii ) government property including damage to government property ; ( iii ) property belonging to a statutory corporation including damage . to the property of the statutory corporation ; ( d ) does any act on the premises of a Ghanaian diplomatic mission which if done in Ghana would be punishable as an offence , commits an offence as if the offence was done in Ghana and may , subject to section 46 of the Criminal Procedure Code , 1960 ( Act 30 ) be prosecuted and punished in Ghana . ( 4 ) Any person ( whether a citizen of Ghana or not ) is liable to be tried and punished in Ghana for the respective offence if he does an act which if done within the jurisdiction of the courts of Ghana would have constituted any of the following offences - ( a ) slave trade or traffic in slaves ; ( b ) piracy ; ( c ) traffic in women or children ; falsification or counterfeiting or uttering of false copies or counterfeits of any official sea ] of Ghana or any currency , instrument of credit , Stamp , passport or public document issued by the Republic or under its authority ; ( e ) genocide ; ( 1 ) any offence against the property of the Republic ; ( g ) any offence against the security , territorial integrity or political independence of the Republic ; ( h ) hijacking ; ( i ) unlawful traffic in narcotics ; ( i ) attacks on any international communications system , canal or submarine cable ; ( k ) unauthorised disclosure of an official secret of the Republic ; an offence by or against a person in the employment of the Republic or a statutory corporation while acting in the course of the duties of such employment ; ( m ) traffic in obscene publications ; and ( n ) any other offence which is authorised or required by a convention or treaty to which the Republic is a signatory to be prosecuted and punished in Ghana wherever the offence was committed . 57 . Subject to the provisions of the Constitution , the Court of Appeal , the High Court , Regional Tribunal , a Circuit and Community Tribunal shall not have jurisdiction to entertain either at first instance or on appeal any cause or matter affecting chieftaincy . 58 . In any proceedings , and at any stage of the proceedings , a court either on its own motion or on the application of any party , may summon any person to attend to give evidence , or to produce any document in his possession or excerpts from it subject to any enactment or rule of law . 59 . In a criminal case if the court is satisfied by evidence on oath that a person can give material evidence and will not attend court unless compelled to do so , the court may immediately issue a warrant for the arrest and production of the witness before the court at a time and place specified in the warrant . 60 . ( 1 ) Where a witness has been arrested on warrant the court may order the release of the witness from custody for his appearance at the hearing of a case , on such security as it may determine . ( 2 ) If the witness fails to furnish proper security , the court shall order his detention for production at the hearing . 61 . ( 1 ) Any person summoned as a witness who - ( a ) without reasonable excuse fails to attend court as required by the summons after having had reasonable notice of the time and place at which he is required to attend ; or ( b ) having attended court departs without reasonable excuse and without having obtained the permission of the court ; or ( c ) fails without reasonable excuse to attend after adjournment of the court after being ordered to attend , may be proceeded against by warrant to compel his attendance , and commits an offence and may be dealt with summarily by the court for contempt of court and sentenced immediately to a fine not exceeding 050 , 000 . 00 or six months imprisonment or both . ( 2 ) The fine may be levied by attachment and the sale of any movable property belonging to the witness . ( 3 ) For good cause shown , the High Court , Regional Tribunal or Circuit Tribunal may remit or reduce a fine imposed under this section by a Community Tribunal . 62 . ( 1 ) Subject to any enactment or rule of law to the contrary , a court shall require any witness to be examined on oath . ( 2 ) The court may at any time if it thinks just and expedient for reasons to be recorded in the proceedings , take without oath the evidence of any person who declares that the taking of any oath whatsoever is according to his religious belief unlawful or who by reason of immature age or want of religious belief ought not in the opinion of the court to be admitted to give evidence on oath . ( 3 ) The fact that the evidence has been taken without oath shall be recorded in the proceedings and the evidence taken shall be treated as if it had been taken on oath . ( 4 ) Whenever a person , appears in court to give evidence and - ( a ) refuses to be sworn ; or ( b ) having been sworn , refuses without lawful excuse to answer a question put to him ; or ( c ) refuses or neglects to produce any document or thing which he is required to produce ; or ( d ) when lawfully required to do so refuses to sign his deposition , without offering any lawful or sufficient excuse for his refusal or neglect , that person shall , independently of any other liability , be guilty of contempt of court and the court before which he commits the contempt may deal with him summarily and sentence him as if he had been convicted of a misdemeanour . 63 . A person present in court , whether a party or not in the proceedings before the court may be compelled by the court to give evidence , or to produce any document in his possession or under hi s control , in the same manner and subject to the same rules as if he had been summoned to attend and give evidence , or to produce the document , and may be punished in the same manner for refusal to obey the order of the court . 64 . ( 1 ) A Judge , Chairman of a Regional , Circuit or Community Tribunal may issue a warrant for a prisoner , or a person in custody to appear as a party or be examined as a witness , in any proceedings in a Court or Tribunal . ( 2 ) A warrant shall not be issued unless the Judge , Chairman of a Regional , Circuit or Community Tribunal has probable grounds for believing that the appearance of the prisoner is necessary or desirable or that his evidence is likely to be material . ( 3 ) The Director of Prisons or any other person in whose custody the prisoner may be , shall immediately obey the warrant by bringing the prisoner to the court in his custody , or by delivering him to an officer of the court as ordered and if the prisoner , under the terms of the warrant , is delivered to an officer of the court , the Director or other person shall not be liable for his escape . 65 . ( 1 ) A court may , in any proceedings order and allow to all persons required to attend , or be examined as witnesses such sums of money as seem fit both for defraying their reasonable expenses and for giving them reasonable compensation for their trouble and loss of time . ( 2 ) It shall not be lawful in any proceedings for a person to refuse to attend as a witness , or to give evidence when so required by order of the court on the grounds that his expenses have not first been paid or provided for . 66 . All sums of money allowed under section 65 shall be paid - ( a ) in civil proceedings by the party on whose behalf the witness is called and shall be recoverable as ordinary costs of the suit if ordered by the court ; or ( b ) in criminal proceedings out of the Consolidated Fund if not paid by the convicted party or the prosecutor . 67 . Any person who in relation to any proceedings before a court give , false evidence on a declaration without oath , commits an offence and shall be convicted and punished in the same manner as if he had given the evidence on oath . 68 . In any proceedings a court may , on the application of either party or on its own motion make an order for the inspection by the court , the jury , the panel , the parties , or witnesses , of any movable or immovable property , the inspection of which may be material to the proper determination of the question before the court , and the court may give such directions in respect of the inspection , as it thinks fit . 69 . ( 1 ) In any proceedings before a court the court may cause oral evidence to be recorded by shorthand , tape recorder or by such other means as the Chief Justice may determine . ( 2 ) The recording shall be done by an officer of the court or any other person appointed for that purpose . ( 3 ) A record taken under subsection ( 1 ) shall be transcribed by a person referred to in subsection ( 2 ) and the transcript shall for all purposes be the official record of the proceedings in question , ( 4 ) Before any person , other than the Judge , Chairman of a Regional , Circuit or Community Tribunal , records or transcribes any evidence under this section , an oath shall be tendered to and taken by that person for the accurate and faithful recording of that evidence . ( 5 ) An officer of the court who has once duly taken the oath shall not again be required to take the oath in respect of the same or of any subsequent case , ( 6 ) The evidence shall be recorded under the supervision and control of the presiding Judge or Chairman who may at any time before appending his signature to the written statement of the evidence amend , anything in it which he considers requires to be amended . ( 7 ) Before signing , the presiding Judge or Chairman shall examine the statement and satisfy himself that it is in substance an accurate and faithful record of the oral evidence given . ( 8 ) If an officer or other person employed to record or transcribe evidence under this section willfully falsifies or misrepresents the true meaning of any oral evidence recorded under this section - ( a ) he commits an offence , and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding I00 , 000 . 00 or to a term of imprisonment not exceeding one year or to both ; or ( b ) he may be dealt with summarily by the court as for contempt of court and be sentenced immediately to a fine not exceeding 5O , OOO . OOoratermofimprisonmentnot exceeding six months . 70 . ( 1 ) No person is entitled , to inspect or to have a copy of the record of evidence given in a case before a court or to a copy of the court ' s notes , except as may be expressly provided by the Constitution , a rule of court or any other enactment . ( 2 ) If a person affected by a judgment or a court order desires to have a copy of the judgment , order , deposition or other part of the record , he shall on application for the copy be furnished with it if he pays its cost except where the court for some special reason thinks fit to furnish it free of charge . 71 . ( 1 ) In every civil or criminal proceedings dealt with in the High Court , Regional or Circuit Tribunal , Circuit Court , or Community Tribunal , minutes of the proceedings shall be drawn up and shall be signed by an officer of the Court duly authorised by the Judge or Chairman of the Tribunal . ( 2 ) The minutes , with the notes of evidence taken at the hearing or trial including any record of proceedings taken under section 69 of this Act , shall be preserved as records of the Court . ( 3 ) The minutes and notes of evidence including the record referred to in subsection ( 2 ) of this section or a copy of it signed and certified as a true copy by the officer referred to in subsection ( 1 ) shall at all times without further proof , be admitted as evidence of the proceedings and of the statements made by the witnesses . 72 . ( 1 ) Any court with civil jurisdiction and its officers shall promote reconciliation , encourage and facilitate the settlement of disputes in an amicable manner between and among persons over whom the court has jurisdiction . ( 2 ) When a civil suit or proceeding is pending , any court with jurisdiction in that suit may promote reconciliation among the parties , and encourage and facilitate the amicable settlement of the suit or proceeding . 73 . Any court , with criminal jurisdiction may promote reconciliation , encourage and facilitate a settlement in an amicable manner of any offence not amounting to felony and not aggravated in degree , on payment of compensation or on other terms approved by the court before which the case is tried , and may during the pendency of the negotiations for a settlement stay the proceeding for a reasonable time and in the event of a settlement being effected shall dismiss the case and discharge the accused person . 74 . ( I On an application by the Attonney - General the High Court may order that no legal proceedings shall be instituted by a person in any court without its leave if the person has habitually and persistently without reasonable ground instituted vexatious legal proceedings in any court whether against the same person or not . ( 2 ) The leave of the High Court shall not be given unless it is satisfied that the proceedings are not an abuse of court process and that there is prima facie ground for the proceedings . 75 ( I ) The High Court may order the examination of a witness within its jurisdiction on such terms as it considers necessary when an application is made by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction in another country for the testimony inrespect of criminal , civil or commercial matters before that court or tribunal . ( 2 ) The High Court may order the attendance of the person before any person named in the order - ( a ) to be examined on oath , on interrogatories ; or ( b ) to produce specific documents and shall give such directions as it thinks fit . ( 3 ) Any order of the High Court made under this section may be enforced in the same manner as an order made in a cause pending in the High Court . 76 . ( 1 ) An ambassador , minister , diplomatic agent or consular officer may issue a certificate that a matter the subject of an application under section 75 is a criminal , civil or commercial matter and that the court or tribunal requires the evidence pending before a court or tribunal in the country in which he is employed . ( 2 ) If no certificate under subsection ( 1 ) is issued , other evidence shall be admissible to show that the matter for which the evidence is required is pending before a court or tribunal in another country . 77 . A person authorised to take the examination of a witness by an order made under section 75 of this Act may take all the , examinations on oath . 78 . Every person whose attendance is required under section 75 of this Act shall be entitled to the same allowances as a witness appearing at a trial in the High Court . 79 . Every person examined under an order made under section 75 of this Act shall have the same right to refuse to answer questions tending to incriminate himself and other questions as a witness in any cause pending in the High Court would be entitled to . ( 2 ) No person shall be compelled to produce under any such order any writing or other document that he would not be compellable to produce at a trial of such a cause . 80 . ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of the Constitution , the Rules of court Committee established by article 157 of the Constitution may in accordance with clause ( 2 ) of article 157 of the Constitution by constitutional instrument , make Rules of court for regulating the practice and procedure of all courts in Ghana , which shall include regulations relating to the prevention of frivolous and vexatious proceedings . ( 2 ) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection ( 1 ) of this section the Rules of Court Committee may , subject to the provisions of the Constitution , make rules of court - ( a ) for regulating the practice and procedure of the Superior Court of Judicature for the purposes of article 33 of the Constitution , ( which relates to the protection of rights by the courts ) ; ( b ) for the practice and procedure for petitions to the Supreme Court challenging the election of a President under article 64 of the Constitution ; ( c ) for the practice and procedure of the High Court of Justice with respect to the exercise of the jurisdiction conferred on it by article 99 of the Constitution ( which inter alia relates to the determination of the validity of the election of a Member of Parliament and of the Speaker of Parliament ) ; ( d ) for the practice and procedure of the High Court in respect of appeals against a disallowance or charge by the Auditor - General for the purposes of clause ( I 0 ) of article 187 of the Constitution ; ( e ) for regulating the award of interest on sums claimed and Found by any court to be due and prescribing the rates of such interest ; for regulating matters relating to the costs of the proceedings in court and prescribing fees and allowances to be paid in respect of any matter relating to the proceedings of any court ; ( g ) for regulating the sittings of the court sand prescribing the periods of the vacations of the courts ; ( h ) for prescribing forms , registers , books , entries and ac - counts which may be necessary or desirable for the transaction of the business of any court . ( 3 ) The Rules of Court Committee may also make rules - ( a ) for the practice and procedure for the removal of a President under article 69 of the Constitution ; ( b ) For regulating the practice and procedure of inquiries conducted before a Commission of . Inquiry for the purposes of clause ( 2 ) of article 281 of the Constitution and for regulating the practice and procedure of any committee or other body of inquiry appointed by the Government or established under any enactment ; and ( c ) regarding any matter in relation to which the Rules of Court Committee is authorised or required by any enactment to make rules . PART V - ENFORCEMENT IN GHANA OF FOREIGN JUDGMENTS AND MIANTENANCE ORDERS Sub - Part I - Foreign Judgments 81 . ( 1 ) Where the President is satisfied that , in the event of the benefits conferred by this Sub - Part being extended to judgments given in the superior courts of any country , substantial reciprocity of treatment will be assured in respect of the enforcement in that country of judgments given in the Superior Court of Judicature of Ghana , the President may by legislative instrument order - ( a ) that this Sub - Part shall extend to that country ; and ( b ) that such courts of that country as are specified in the order shall be the superior courts of that country for the purposes of this Sub - Part . ( 2 ) Any judgment of a superior court of a country to which this Sub Part extends , other than a judgment of the court given on appeal from a court which is not a superior court , shall be a judgment to which this Sub - Part applies , if - ( a ) it is final and conclusive between the parties ; and ( b ) there is payable under it a sum of money , not being a sum payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a similar nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty ; and ( c ) it is given after the coming into operation of the order directing that this Sub - Part shall extend to that country . ( 3 ) For the purpose of this section , a judgment shall be deemed to be final and conclusive notwithstanding that an appeal may be pending against it or that it may still be subject to appeal in the courts of the country of the original court . 82 . ( 1 ) A judgment creditor under a judgment to which this Sub - Part applies may apply to the High Court to have the judgment registered . ( 2 ) The application for registration of the judgment shall be made within six years after the date of judgment or where there has been an appeal , after the last judgment given in those proceedings . ( 3 ) The High Court may order the judgment to be registered subject to proof of the prescribed matters and to the provisions of the Sub - Part . ( 4 ) A judgment shall not be registered if at the date of the application - ( a ) it has been wholly satisfied ; or ( b ) it could not been forced by execution in the country of the original court . ( 5 ) Subject to the provisions of this Sub - Part with respect to the setting aside of a registration - ( a ) a registered judgment shall , for the purposes of execution , be of the same force and effect ; ( b ) proceedings may be taken on a registered judgment ; ( b ) the sum for which a judgment is registered shall carry interest ; and ( c ) the registering court shall have the same control over the execution of a registered judgment , as if the judgment had been a judgment originally given in the registering court and entered on the date of registration . ( 6 ) Execution shall not issue on the judgment under this Sub - Part or any rules of court made in pursuance of it , so long as it is competent for any party to make an application to have the registration of then judgment set aside , or , where an application is made , until after the application has been finally determined . ( 7 ) Where the sum payable under a judgment which is to be registered is expressed in a currency other than the currency of Ghana the judgment shall be registered as if it were a judgment for a sum in the currency of Ghana based on the rate of bank exchange prevailing at the date of the judgment of the original court . ( 8 ) If at the date of he application for registration , the judgment of the original court has been partly satisfied , the judgment shall not be registered in respect of the whole sum payable under the judgment of the original court but only in respect of the balance remaining payable at that date . ( 9 ) If , on an application fort he registration of a judgment , it appears to the registering court that the judgment is in respect of different matters and that some of the provisions of the judgment are such that if those provisions had been contained in separate judgments those judgments could properly have been registered , the judgment may be registered in respect of those that could be registered but not in respect of an y other provisions contained in it . ( I 0 ) In addition to the sum of money payable under the judgment of the original court and any interest due up to the time of registration by the law of the country of the original court , the following costs shall also be paid - ( a ) reasonable costs of and incidental to registration of the judgment ; and ( b ) costs of obtaining a certified copy of the judgment from the original court . 83 . ( 1 ) On an application made by a party against whom a registered judgment may be enforced , the registration of the judgment - ( a ) shall be set aside if the registering court is satisfied - ( i ) that the judgment is not a judgment to which this Sub - Part applies or was registered in contravention of this Sub - Part ; or ( ii ) that the original court had no jurisdiction in the case ; or ( iii ) that the judgment debtor , being the defendant in the proceedings in the original court , did not ( notwithstanding that process may have been duly served on him in accordance with the law of the country of the original court ) receive notice of those proceedings in sufficient time to enable him to defend the proceedings and did not appear ; or ( iv ) that the judgment was obtained by fraud ; or ( v ) that the enforcement of the judgment would be contrary to public policy in Ghana ; or ( b ) may be set aside if the registering court is satisfied that the matter in dispute in the proceedings in the original court had prior to the date of the judgment in the original court been the subject of a final and conclusive judgment by a court that had jurisdiction in the matter . ( 2 ) For the purpose of this section the original court shall , subject to subsection ( 3 ) of this section be deemed to have had jurisdiction - ( a ) in the case of a judgment given in an action in personam - ( i ) if the judgment debtor , being a defendant in the original court , submitted to the jurisdiction of that court by voluntarily appearing in the proceedings otherwise than for the purpose of protecting , or obtaining the release of property seized , or threatened with seizure , in the proceeding or of contesting the jurisdiction of that court ; or ( ii ) if the judgment debtor , was plaintiff in counter - claimed in the proceedings in the original court ; or ( iii ) if the judgment debtor , being a defendant in the original court , had before the commencement of the proceedings agreed , in respect of the subject matter of the proceedings , to submit to the jurisdiction of that court or of the courts oft hat country ; or ( iv ) if the judgment debtor , being a defendant in the original court , was at the time when the proceedings were instituted resident in , or being a body corporate had its principal place of business in the country of that court ; or ( v ) if the judgment debtor , being a defendant in the original court , had an office or place of business in the country of that court and the proceedings in that court were in respect of a transaction effected through or at that office or place ; ( b ) in the case of a judgment given in an action of which the subject matter was immovable property or in an action in rem of which the subject matter was movable property , if the property in question was at ' the time , of the proceedings in the original court situated in the country of that court ; or ( c ) in the case of a judgment given in an action other than an action in ( a ) or ( b ) of this subsection , if the jurisdiction of the original court is recognised by the law of the registering court . ( 3 ) Notwithstanding anything in subsection ( 2 ) of this section , the original court shall not be deemed to have had jurisdiction - ( a ) if the subject matter of the proceedings was immovable property outside the country of the original court ; or ( b ) except as provided in sub - paragraphs ( i ) , ( ii ) and ( iii ) of paragraph ( a ) and paragraph ( c ) of subsection ( 2 ) of this section , if bringing the proceedings in the original court was contrary to an agreement under which the dispute in question was to be settled otherwise than by proceedings in the courts of the country of that court ; or ( c ) if the judgement debtor , being a defendant in the original proceedings , was a person who under the rules of public international law was entitled to immunity from the jurisdiction of the courts of the country of the original court and did not submit to the jurisdiction of that court . 84 . ( 1 ) If the applicant on an application to set aside the registration of a judgment satisfies the registering court that - ( a ) an appeal is pending ; or ( b ) he is entitled and intends to appeal , the court may set aside the registration or adjourn the application until the expiry of such time as the court considers necessary to enable the applicant to have the appeal disposed of by a competent tribunal . ( 2 ) Where the registration of a judgment is set aside under subsection ( 1 ) of this section or solely for the reason that the judgment was not at the date of the application for registration enforceable by execution in the country of the original court , the setting aside of the registration shall not prejudice a further application to register the judgment when the appeal has been disposed of or when the judgment becomes enforceable by execution in the country of the original court . ( 3 ) Where the registration of a judgment is set aside because the judgment was registered for the whole sum payable under it , even though at the date of application fort he registration of the judgment it had been partly satisfied , the registering court shall order judgment to be registered for the outstanding balance payable at the date of the application by the judgment creditor . 85 . No proceedings for the recovery of a sum payable under a foreign judgment , being a judgment to which this Sub - Part applies other than proceedings by way of registration of the judgment , shall be entertained by any court in Ghana 86 . ( 1 ) Subject to this section , a judgment to which this Sub - Part applies or would have applied if a sum of money had been payable under it , shall be recognised in any court in Ghana as conclusive between the parties to it in all proceedings founded on the same cause of action and may be relied upon as a defence or counter - claim in any such proceedings . ( 2 ) Subsection ( 1 ) shall apply whether the judgment can be registered , is registered or is not registered . ( 3 ) This section shall not apply in the case of any judgment - ( a ) Where the judgment has been registered and the registration has been set aside on some ground other than - ( i ) that a sum of money was not payable under the judgment ; or ( ii ) that the judgment had been wholly or partly satisfied ; or ( iii ) that at the date of the application the judgment could not be enforced by execution in the country of the original court ; or ( b ) where the judgment has not been registered and it is shown ( whether it could have been registered or not ) that if it had been registered , the registration would have been et aside on application on some ground other than those specified in paragraph ( a ) of this subsection . 87 . If it appears to the President that the treatment in respect of recognition and enforcement accorded by the court of any country to judgments given in the Superior Courts of Ghana is substantially less favourable than that accorded by the courts of Ghana to judgments of the superior courts of that country , the President may by legislative instrument order that no proceedings shall be entertained in any court in Ghana for the recovery of any sum alleged to be payable under a judgment given in a court of that country . 88 . ( 1 ) Where a judgment for a sum of money which is not for taxes or similar charges or is not a fine or other penalty is entered by the High Court against any person , and the judgment creditor wants to enforce the judgment in a country to which this Sub - Part applies , he may apply to the court in Ghana to issue to the judgment creditor a certified copy of the judgment , together with a certificate containing such particulars with respect to the action , including the cause of action , and the rate of interest , if any , payable on the sum under the judgment as may be prescribed by the court that gave the judgment . ( 2 ) Where execution of a judgment is stayed for any period pending an appeal or for any other reason , an application shall not be made under this section with respect to the judgment until the expiration of that period . Sub - Part II - Maintenance Orders 89 . ( 1 ) This Sub - Part shall apply to any country in respect of which the President , having regard to reciprocal provisions under the law of that country , may by legislative instrument direct the application of this Sub Part . ( 2 ) If it appears to the President that the law of any country to which this Sub - Part applies no longer contains reciprocal provisions in relation to this Sub - Part , the President may by legislative instrument discontinue the application of Sub - Part to that country . 90 . ( 1 ) A maintenance order made in a country the prescribed applies may be registered in the appropriate court in manner and shall be of the same force and effect and may be enforced as if the order had originally been given in that court on the date of registration ( 2 ) The appropriate , court for the purposes of this Sub - Part shall if the court by which the order was made was a superior Court , High Court and , in any other case , be the Community Tribunal . ( 3 ) A certified copy of the order shall in the first instance be sent to the Minister for transmission to the appropriate court for registration . 91 . ( 1 ) Where a maintenance order has been made in a country to which this Sub - Part applies and by the law of that country the order is provisional only unless confirmed by a court in Ghana the provisions of this section shall apply . ( 2 ) If a certified copy of the order , together with the depositions of witnesses and a statement of the grounds on which the order might have been opposed , is transmitted to the Minister and it appears to him that the person against whom the order was made is resident in Ghana the Minister may send the documents to any Community Tribunal with a requisition that summons be issued calling upon the person to show cause why the order should not be confirmed , and the court shall issue the summons and cause " it to be served on that person . ( 3 ) The summons may be served in the same manner as if it had been originally issued or subsequently endorsed by a court with jurisdiction in the place where the person happens to be . ( 4 ) At the hearing it shall be open to the person on whom the summons was served to state that he was not a party at the hearing and to raise any defence which he might have raised in the original proceedings had he been a party to it , but no other defence , and the certificate from the court which made the provisional order stating the grounds on which the making of the order might have been opposed if the person against whom the order was made had been a party to the proceedings , shall be conclusive evidence that those grounds are grounds on which objection may be taken . ( 5 ) if at the hearing the person served with the summons does not appear or , on appearing fails to satisfy the court that the order ought not to be confirmed , the court may confirm the order without modification or with such modifications as the court upon hearing the evidence thinks fit . ( 6 ) If the person against whom the summons was issued appears at the hearing and satisfies the court that for the purpose of any defence it is necessary to remit the case to the court which made the provisional order to take further evidence , the court may remit the case and adjourn the proceedings for that purpose . ( 7 ) Where a provisional order has been confirmed under this section , it may be varied or rescinded as if it had originally been made by the confirming court and where on an application for rescission or variation , the court is satisfied that it is necessary to remit the case to the court which made the order to take further evidence , the court may so remit the case and adjourn the proceedings for that purpose . ( 8 ) Where an order has been confirmed under this Sub - Part it shall have the same effect as if it were an order made by the court which confirmed it . 92 . Where a court has made a maintenance order against a person and it appears to the court that he is resident in a country to which this Sub Part applies , the court shall , at the request of the applicant for the order , send a certified copy of the order to the minister for transmission to the appropriate authority in that country for the order to be registered in that country . 93 . ( 1 ) Where - ( a ) an application has been made to a Community Tribunal for a maintenance order against any person and ( b ) that person does not appear at the hearing ; and , ( c ) it appears to the Tribunal that he is resident in a country to which this Sub - Part applies and the Tribunal is not satisfied that the summons had been duly served upon the Tribunal may upon hearing the evidence make such order as it might have made if the summons had been duly served on that person and he had . failed to appear at the hearing but in that case the order shall be provisional and shall not have effect unless confirmed by a competent court in that country . ( 2 ) The evidence of each witness shall be put into writing and the deposition shall be read to him and signed by him . ( 3 ) The court shall send to the Minister for transmission to the appropriate authority in the foreign country , a certified copy of the order with the depositions and a statement of the grounds on which the making of the order might have been opposed if the person against whom the order was made had been duly served with a summons and had appeared at the hearing , and such other information as the court may possess to facilitate the identification of that person and ascertaining his whereabouts ( 4 ) Where the order has come before a court in the foreign country for confirmation , and has been remitted to the court which made the order for the purpose of taking further evidence , that court shall , after giving the prescribed notice , proceed to take the evidence in the same manner and subject to the same conditions as the evidence in support of the original application . ( 5 ) If upon the hearing of the evidence it appears to the court that the order ought not to have been made , the court may rescind the order , but in any other case the depositions shall be sent to the Minister and dealt with in the same manner as the original depositions . ( 6 ) The confirmation of an order made under this section shall not affect any power of a court to vary or rescind that order . ( 7 ) On the making of a varying or rescinding order , the court shall send a certified copy of it to the Minister for transmission to the appropriate authority and in the case of an order varying the original order the order shall not have any effect unless and until confirmed in the same manner as the original order . ( 8 ) The applicant shall have the same right of appeal , if any , against a refusal to make a provisional order as he would have had against a , refusal to make the order had summons been duly served on the person against whom the order is sought to be made . 94 . The Minister may by legislative instrument provide for the manner in which a case can be remitted by a court authorised to confirm a provisional order to the court which made the provisional order and generally for facilitating communications between the courts . 95 . ( 1 ) A court in which an order has been registered under this Sub Part or by which an order has been confirmed under this Sub - Part , shall take such steps for enforcing the order as may be prescribed . ( 2 ) Every order shall be enforceable in the same manner as a decree for the payment of money by installments or in such other manner as may be prescribed . ( 3 ) A warrant of distress or committal issued by a Community Tribunal for the purpose of enforcing any order registered or confirmed may be executed in any part of Ghana in the same manner as if the warrant had been originally issued or subsequently endorsed by a Community Tribunal having jurisdiction in the place where the warrant is executed . 96 . Any document purporting to be signed by a judge or officer of a court in a country to which this Sub - Part applies shall , until the contrary is proved , be deemed to have been signed without proof of the signature , or judicial or official character of the person appearing to have signed it and the officer of a court by whom a document is signed shall be deemed to have been the proper officer of the court to sign the document until the contrary is proved . 97 . Depositions taken for the purposes of this Sub - Part in a court in a country to which this Sub - Part applies may be received in evidence in proceedings before a court under this Sub - Part . Sub Part III - General Provision Relating to this - Part 98 . ( I ) The Rules of Court Committee may make rules of court - ( a ) for the giving of security for costs by persons applying for the registration of judgments ; ( b ) for matters to be proved on an application for the registration of a . judgment and for regulating the mode of proving those matters ; ( c ) for the service on the judgment debtor of notice of the registration of a judgment ; ( d ) for fixing of a period within which an application may be made to have the registration of the judgment set aside and the extension of the period fixed ; ( e ) for the method by which issues arising under this Part for the enforcement of a foreign judgment by execution in the country of the original court or what interest is payable under a foreign judgment under the law of the original court are to be determined ; ( t ) for any matter which under this Part is to be prescribed . ( 2 ) Rules made for the purposes of this Part shall in their application to proceedings under Sub - Part I of this Part have effect subject to the provisions of any order made under section 89 of this Act . 99 . ( 1 ) In this Part of this Act unless - the context otherwise requires - appeal " includes any proceeding by way of discharging or setting aside a judgment or an application for a new trial or a stay of execution ; certified copy " in relation to an order of a ' court , means a copy of the order certified by the proper officer of the court to be a true copy ; country of the original court " means the country in which the original court is situated , court " includes a Community Tribunal ; " dependents " means such individuals as a person is liable to maintain according to the law in force in the country in which the maintenance order was made ; " judgment " means a judgment or order given or made by a court in any civil proceedings or judgment or order given or made by a court in any criminal proceedings for the payment of a sum of money in respect of compensation or damages to an injured party ; " judgment creditor " means the person in whose favour the judgment was given and includes any person in whom the rights under the judgment have become vested by succession , assignment or otherwise ; " judgment debtor " means the person against whom the judgment is enforceable under the law of the original court ; " judgment given in the High Court " it includes judgment given on appeal against that judgment ; maintenance order " means an order , other than an order of affiliation , for the periodic payment of sums of money towards the maintenance of the wife or other dependants of the person against whom the order is made , and includes an order or decree for the recovery or repayment of the cost of public relief or maintenance ; original court " in relation to a judgment means the court which gave the judgment ; " prescribed " means prescribed by rules of court ; " registration " means registration under this Part ; " registering court " in relation to any judgment , means the Court to which an application to register the judgment is made ; " the Minister " means the Minister responsible for Justice . ( 2 ) For the purpose of this Part , " action in personam " shall not ' include any matrimonial cause or any proceedings in connection with matrimonial matters , administration of the estates of deceased persons , insolvency , winding up of companies , lunacy or guardianship of infants . ( 3 ) This Part applies to a maintenance order whether made before or after the commencement of this Act . PART V I - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 100 . ( I ) This section shall have effect without prejudice to any right of appeal conferred by the Constitution , this Act or any other enactment . ( 2 ) The Court of Appeal may before giving judgment in any proceedings before it reserve a question of law by case stated for the consideration of the Supreme Court . ( 3 ) A Judge of the High Court or of a Circuit Court may at any time before judgment in any civil cause or matter before it , reserve for the consideration of the Court of Appeal , by case stated , any question of law which may arise in the proceedings . ( 4 ) A Judge of the High Court in any criminal trial may before judgment , reserve for the consideration of the Court of Appeal by case stated , any question of law which may arise in the proceedings . ( 5 ) A Regional Tribunal or a Circuit Tribunal in any trial before it may before giving judgment , reserve for the consideration of the Court of appeal by case stated by the Regional or Circuit Tribunal any question of law arising in the proceedings . ( 6 ) A Community Tribunal may at any time before giving , judgment in any civil or criminal action before it , reserve any question of law that may arise in the proceedings for the consideration - ( a ) of the High Court in civil action ; or ( b ) of the Regional Tribunal in criminal trial by case stated by the Community Tribunal . ( 7 ) Any court to which a question of law is referred under this section shall have power to hear and determine that question . ( 8 ) Where a question of law has been reserved for the consideration of a court under this section , the court which reserved the question shall adjourn the proceeding in question until the decision of the first mentioned court on it is given and the court which reserved the question shall , after the decision is known give judgment in the case in accordance with that decision . ( 9 ) The court to which any question of law is reserved under this section shall ensure that the question referred to it is heard and determined by it as expeditiously as possible and that its decision is communicated to the court which reserved the question . 101 . ( I ) No jurisdiction conferred upon any Community Tribunal shall in any way restrict or affect the jurisdiction of the High Court and the High Court shall have in all cases and matters , civil and criminal , an original jurisdiction concurrent with the jurisdiction of a or community Tribunal . ( 2 ) For the removal of doubt it is declared that in the exercise by the High Court of the jurisdiction referred to in subsection ( 1 ) of this section the Court may - ( a ) act independently of the Community Tribunal ; and ( b ) in a criminal case , impose penalty and exercise any power prescribed or conferred by an enactment in relation to an offence tried by it up to any limit set by this Act in relation to the High Court and shall not be limited to the imposition of only such penalties as may be imposed by a Community Tribunal and shall have the powers specified in subsection ( 2 ) of this section in respect of Community Tribunals . ( 3 ) A Regional Tribunal shall have in all criminal matters an original jurisdiction concurrent with the jurisdiction of a Community Tribunal . 102 . ( 1 ) Except as may be otherwise ordered by a court or tribunal in the interest of public morality , public safety or public order , the proceedings of every court or tribunal including the announcement of the decision of the court or tribunal shall be held in public . ( 2 ) Nothing contained in subsection ( 1 ) of this section shall prevent a court or tribunal from excluding from the proceedings persons other than the parties to the case or action and their counsel , to such an extent as the court or tribunal may consider necessary or expedient - ( a ) in circumstances where publicity would prejudice the interest of justice or any interlocutory proceedings ; or ( b ) in the interest of defence , public safety , public morality , the welfare of persons under the age of majority or the protection of the private lives of persons concerned in the proceedings ( 3 ) Subject to the provisions of article 125 and clause ( 4 ) of article 140 of the Constitution and to any rules of court , a court or member of the court or tribunal exercising a function under the Constitution , this Act , or any other enactment may discharge the function in chambers . ( 4 ) The parties to any proceeding to which subsection ( 3 ) of this section applies shall be informed in writing of the decision to discharge in chambers any function referred to in that subsection . 103 . Where any cause or matter is for determination by a court or Tribunal and the Court or Tribunal has heard the arguments of the parties on the cause or matter , no Judge or Chairman , or panel member of the Court or Tribunal shall withdraw from the proceedings unless the judgment or decision has been delivered . 104 . ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of the Constitution , the Chief Justice may by order under his hand transfer a case from any Judge , or tribunal to any other Judge or Tribunal , and from a court referred to in this Act to any other competent court at any time or stage in the course of proceedings and either with or without application from the parties to the proceedings . ( 2 ) The order may be general or special and shall state the nature and extent of the transfer and in any case of urgency the power of transfer may be exercised by means of a telegraphic , telephonic or electronic communication from the Chief Justice . ( 3 ) A transfer of a case made by telegraph , telephone or , electronic communication and not confirmed immediately by order signed and sealed in a manner specified by the Chief Justice or any other person authorised in that behalf by him shall be of no effect . 105 . ( 1 ) Any Judge of the High Court or Chairman of a Regional Tribunal may on his own initiative or on application by any person concerned , report to the Chief Justice any case civil or . criminal - pending before him which in his opinion ought for any reason to be transferred from him to any other court , Judge or Regional Tribunal . ( 2 ) If the Chief Justice is satisfied that a transfer is desirable he ' shall specify the court or tribunal to which or the Judge to whom that case is to be transferred for hearing and determination and give such other directions as may be necessary . 106 . ( 1 ) Subject to subsection ( 2 ) of this section a Judge of the High Court shall in respect of civil matters , or a Chairman of a Regional Tribunal shall ii respect of criminal matters , have and exercise all the powers of the Chief Justice with respect to the transfer of a case , from one Community Tribunal to another Community Tribunal or from a Community Tribunal to a Circuit Court or to a Circuit Tribunal as the case may be . ( 2 ) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to restrict the power of transfer vested in the Chief Justice and an order of transfer made by a Judge or a Regional Tribunal under this section shall have no effect where the Chief Justice has transferred the case in question or the Judge or Tribunal has , at the time of the making of the order , notice of an application to the Chief Justice for a transfer . 107 . ( 1 ) A Judge of the High Court may either on his own motion or on the application by any of the parties to the motion and at any stage of the proceedings before judgment , remit to a community Tribunal any civil , cause or matter pending before him which he considers may suitably be proceeded with by that Community Tribunal . ( 2 ) The power to remit conferred by this section may be exercised in the same manner and shall be subject to the same limitations as the power conferred by section 106 of this Act . 108 . ( 1 ) The Chief Justice shall in case of doubt select the court or tribunal where any cause or matter should be heard and determined . ( 2 ) Where the Chief Justice has under this section selected a court or tribunal for the hearing and determination of a case , that case shall be heard and determined by that court or tribunal . 109 . Whereanobjectionistakeninanycourttotheadmissibilityofa document in evidence on the ground of absence or insufficiency of a stamp , the decision of the court shall not be reversed , set aside or , otherwise interfered with by reason only of a ruling of the court that the document requires a stamp or that the stamp on the document is insufficient or because the document does not require a stamp . 110 . The execution of any process of the court may be performed by such police officers or other persons as may be authorised by law and any police officer or other person who is in possession of the process shall be presumed to be duly authorised and shall for the purposes of the execution , and any matter relating to it be an officer of court . I11 . If an officer employed to execute an order of a court willfully or by neglect or omission loses the opportunity of executing it , on complaint by the person aggrieved and proof of the fact alleged , the High Court may if it thinks fit , order the officer to pay the damage sustained by the aggrieved person and the order shall be en forced as an order directing the payment of money . 112 . ( 1 ) Where it is alleged in respect of an officer of a court that - ( a ) he has committed extortion under pretence of executing the process of the court or otherwise under the pretext of acting with the authority of the court ; or ( b ) he has failed to pay over money levied ; or ( c ) he is guilty of any other misconduct in relation to his duties , the High Court or a Regional Tribunal may , without prejudice to any other liability or punishment to which the officer would , in the absence of this subsection be liable , enquire into the allegation in a summary manner . ( 2 ) The High Court or Regional Tribunal may for the purpose of subsection ( 1 ) summon and enforce the attendance of any person before it and shall make such order for the payment of money levied and for the payment of damages and costs as it thinks fit . ( 3 ) The Court may also impose on the officer a fine not exceeding 050 , 000 . 00 . 113 . A Judge or Chairman of the Superior Courts , a judge of the Circuit Court , a Chairman of a Tribunal and panel members of regional , Circuit and Community Tribunals shall not be liable for any matter or thing done by them in the performance of their functions . 114 . ( 1 ) The Supreme Court , the Court of Appeal , the High Court or Regional Tribunal may assign a lawyer by way of legal aid to any party to any proceedings before the Court or Tribunal where the Court or Tribunal is of the opinion that it is desirable in the interest of justice that the party should have legal aid and that he is financially unable to obtain the services of a lawyer . ( 2 ) A Circuit Court , a Circuit or Community Tribunal may also with the prior approval of the Chief Justice unless otherwise provided in this Act assign a lawyer by way of legal aid to any party in any proceedings before the Court or Tribunal where it appears to the Court or Tribunal desirable in the interest of justice that the party should have legal aid and that he has not sufficient means to enable him to obtain the services of a lawyer . ( 3 ) For the purpose of enforcing any provision of the Constitution a person shall have legal aid in connection with any proceedings relating to the Constitution if he has reasonable grounds for taking , defending , prosecuting or being a party to the proceedings . ( 4 ) For the purpose of this section , legal aid shall consist of representation by a legal practitioner including assistance in preliminary or incidental matters to any proceedings or arriving at or giving effect to a compromise to avoid or to bring an end to any proceedings . ( 5 ) Any lawyer assigned to a party under this section for his services to that party in relation to the proceeding shall be paid out of the Consolidated Fund such fees as the Minister responsible for Justice may in consultation with the Chief Justice determine . ( 6 ) The Minister responsible for Justice may after consultation with the Chief Justice , by legislative instrument make regulations for the purposes of giving full effect to the provisions of this section and the regulations shall prescribe - ( a ) the conditions for a grant of legal aid , to which subsection ( 4 ) of this section applies ; ( b ) the extent of contribution to be made by a person granted legal aid under this section ; ( c ) the assessment of disposable capital , income or property for the purposes of contributions towards legal aid ; and ( d ) the grant of assistance to a person in respect of legal advice , the right to and nature of legal advice for the purposes of this section . 115 . ( 1 ) For the purpose of this Act and in accordance with the Constitution , the Supreme Court , Court of Appeal and High Court specified in this Act are successors to the Supreme Court , Court of appeal and High Court respectively in existence immediately before the coming into force of the Constitution . ( 2 ) The Regional Tribunal established under this Act shall subject to the provisions of this Act , be successor to the Regional Public Tribunal in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act . ( 3 ) All proceedings pending before any of the courts referred to in subsection ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) of this section immediately before the coming into force of this Act may be proceeded with and concluded in that court . ( 4 ) Subject to the jurisdiction in civil causes and matters provided under section 41 of this Act , the Circuit Court established under this Act shall be successor to the Circuit Court in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act and shall continue to hear and determine civil cases . ( 5 ) Notwithstanding the want of jurisdiction in criminal matters , a Circuit Court before which a part - heard criminal case is pending on the coming into force of this Act may proceed and conclude that case but shall not after the coming into force of this Act commence any fresh criminal trial . ( 6 ) The Community Tribunal established under this Act shall subject to the provisions of this Act , be successor to the District Court Grade I in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act . ( 7 ) The District Court Grade 11 , District and Community Public Tribunals established under the Public Tribunals Law 1984 ( PNDCL . 78 ) and in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act shall on the coming into force of this Act cease to exist . ( 8 ) A reference in any enactment or rules of court to District Court Grade 1 , District Court Grade 11 , Magistrate Grade 1 , Magistrate Grade 11 , Juvenile Court or Family Tribunal shall be read as a reference to the Community Tribunal established under this Act . ( 9 ) Where hearing has commenced in any action before any Magistrate Grade I or Grade 11 Court which is in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act , that Court may proceed and conclude that action notwithstanding any other provision of this Act to the contrary within six months of the coming into force of this Act . ( I0 ) Subject to the other provisions of this section where a court or tribunal before which a case is pending is not continued in existence under this section , the Chief Justice shall give such directives as he considers appropriate for the disposal of the case . ( I1 ) For the purpose of this section proceedings or case pending include any proceedings or case before the court or tribunal , partly heard or mentioned , and recorded by the court or tribunal , and proceedings or case , the documents in respect of which have been filed in the registry of the court or tribunal before the coming into force of this Act . 116 . For the purposes of Part lll of this Act which relates to Common Law and Customary Law ) , Part IV ( which relates to Jurisdiction Evidence and Rules of Court ) and Part VI ( Miscellaneous ) , unless the ' context otherwise requires and subject to the jurisdiction and power conferred specifically by this Act on the Regional Tribunal , a reference to the High Court includes a reference to the Regional Tribunal . 117 . ( 1 ) In this Act unless the context otherwise requires - cause or matter affecting chieftaincy " means any cause , matter , question or dispute relating to any of the following - ( a ) nomination , election , selection , installation or deposition of a person as a chief or the claim of a person to be nominated , elected , Selected , installed as a chief , ( b ) the destoolment or abdication of any Chief ; ( c ) the right of any person to take part in the nomination , election , selection , appointment or installation of any person as a Chief or in the deposition of any Chief ; ( d ) the recovery or delivery of stool property in connection with any such nomination , election , appointment installation , deposition or abdication ; ( e ) the constitutional relations under customary law between Chiefs , civil case " includes any action , suit or other original proceedings between plaintiff and defendant ; " Constitution " means the Constitution of Ghana , 1 992 ; " court " means a court of competent jurisdiction established under this Act and includes a tribunal ; " judgment " includes a decree , order , decision or any other finding whatsoever ; panel " means the Chairmen and other members of a Regional , Circuit or Community Tribunal ; rules of court " means , rules of court made by the Rules of Court Committee ; " tribunal " means a Regional , Circuit or Community Tribunal established under this Act . ( 2 ) In this Act and in any other enactment a reference to an officer of a court shall , unless the contrary intention appears , include counsel in any proceedings and also any person required to assist in the initiation or conduct of any court proceedings or in the enforcement of any judgment or decree or order of a court but does not include the parties in the case . 118 . ( 1 ) Any enactment in existence immediately before the commencement of this Act shall have effect subject to such modifications as may be necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Act . ( 2 ) The enactments set out in the first column of the First Schedule to this Act are amended to the extent indicated in the second column of that Schedule . 119 . ( 1 ) Until provision is made by law in Ghana , the Statutes of England specified in the Second Schedule to this Act shall continue to apply in Ghana as statutes of general application subject to any statute in Ghana . ( 2 ) Until provision is made by law in Ghana sections 49 , 50 , 51 , 59 , 71 ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) , 131 , 139 , 14 . 5 , 150 , 151 , 154 , 15 8 , 161 , 164 , and 184 of the Law of property Act , 1925 ( 15 Geo . V . c . 20 ) shall apply in Ghana subject to such verbal amendments , not affecting substance as may be necessary to enable those sections to be conveniently applied in Ghana . 120 ; ( 1 ) The enactments set out in the Third Schedule to this Act are repealed . ( 2 ) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Courts Act 1971 ( Act 372 ) the statutory instruments specified in the third Schedule to this Act shall continue in force until revoked , altered or otherwise modified under this Act . ( 3 ) The rules of court applicable to the Supreme Court , Court of Appeal High Court and Circuit Courts and in force immediately before the coming into force of this Act shall , subject to the provisions of this Act , continue to apply to those Courts . ( 4 ) The rules of court applicable to the High Court in the exercise of its criminal jurisdiction shall subject to the provision of this Act and with necessary modifications apply to the Regional Tribunals in the exercise of its jurisdiction . ( 5 ) The rules of court and procedure applicable to the District Court Grade 1 , the juvenile e Court and Family Tribunal and in force on the coming into force of this Act shall subject to the provisions of this Act , apply to the Community Tribunal in exercising its jurisdiction under this Act with such modifications as may be necessary . 121 . The instruments set out in the Fourth Schedule to this Act are by this section continued in force . lEstablishment of lower courts . Part 11 of Act 459 replaced 5 . The principal enactment is amended by the substitution for Part 11 of the following : 39 . The following are by this Act established as the lower courts of the country - ( a ) Circuit Courts ; ( b ) District Courts ; ( c ) Juvenile Courts ; ( d ) the National House of Chiefs , Regional Houses of Chiefs and every Traditional Council , in respect of the jurisdiction of any such House or Council to adjudicate over any cause or matter affecting chieftaincy ; and ( e ) such other lower courts as Parliament may by law establish . Sub - Part I - Circuit Courts Circuit Courts and judges . 40 . ( 1 ) There shall be established in each Region such Circuit Courts as the Chief Justice may determine . ( 2 ) The Chief Justice shall specify the area of jurisdiction of each Circuit Court . ( 3 ) There shall be assigned for each Circuit Court a Judge who shall be appointed , subject to the approval of the President , by the Chief Justice acting on the advice of the Judicial Council . ( 4 ) A person shall not be appointed a Circuit Court Judge unless he is of high moral character and proven integrity and is of not less than five years standing as a lawyer . ( 5 ) Every Circuit Court Judge shall exercise the jurisdiction conferred upon him by this Act or any other enactment for the time being in force in respect of causes and matters arising within his area of jurisdiction . ( 6 ) A Circuit Court shall hold its sittings at such places and times as the Chief Justice may direct . ( 7 ) Subject to any direction of the Chief Justice , the sittings of a Circuit Court shall be held at such places and times as the Circuit Court Judge may think fit . Superior Court Judge to sit as Circuit Court Judge . 41 . Without prejudice to subsection ( 3 ) of section 40 , the Chief Justice , or any Justice of the Superior Court of Judicature - nominated by the Chief Justice may sit as a Circuit Court Judge . Jurisdiction of Circuit Courts civil in matters . 42 . ( 1 ) The civil jurisdiction of a Circuit Court consists of the following - ( a ) original jurisdiction in civil matters - ( i ) in personal actions arising under contract or tort or for the recovery of any liquidated sum , where the amount claimed is not more than 100 million ; ( ii ) in actions between landlord and tenant for the possession of land claimed under lease and refused to be delivered up ; ( iii ) in causes and matters involving the ownership , possession , occupation of or title to land ; ( iv ) to appoint guardians of infants and to make orders for the custody of infants ; ( v ) to grant in any action instituted in the Court , injunctions or orders to stay waste , or alienation or for the detention and preservation of any property the subject matter of that action or to restrain breaches of contract or the commission of any tort ; ( vi ) in claims of relief by way of interpleader in respect of land or other property attached in execution of an order made by a Circuit Court ; ( vii ) in applications for the grant of probate or letters of administration in respect of the estate of a deceased person , and in causes and matters relating to succession to property of a deceased person , who had at the time of his death a fixed place of abode within the area of jurisdiction of the Circuit Court and the value of the estate or property in question does not exceed ( 100 million ; and ( b ) any other jurisdiction conferred by this Act or any other enactment . ( 2 ) Where there is a dispute as to whether or not any amount claimed or the value of any property in any action , cause or matter is in excess of the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section in relation to that action , cause or matter , the Circuit Court in question shall call evidence as to the said amount or value and if it finds that it exceeds the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) it shall transfer the case to the High Court . ( 3 ) Where the amount claimed or the value of any property exceeds the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section the Circuit Court shall , notwithstanding that subsection , proceed to hear the case if the parties agree that it should do so . ( 4 ) The Attorney - General may by legislative instrument amend the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section Criminal jurisdiction of Circuit Court . 43 . A Circuit Court has original jurisdiction in all criminal - matters other than treason , offences triable on indictment and offences punishable by death . Appeals from Circuit Courts . 44 . ( 1 ) A person aggrieved by a judgment of a Circuit Court in any civil action may , subject to this Act and Rules of Court , appeal to the Court of Appeal against the judgment . ( 2 ) A person aggrieved by a judgment of a Circuit Court in criminal trial may , subject to this Act and Rules of Court , appeal to the High Court . Sub - Part II - District Courts Establishment of District Courts . 45 . ( 1 ) There shall be in each District of the country such District Courts as the Chief Justice may determine . ( 2 ) There shall be assigned to each District Court , a Magistrate who shall be appointed , subject to the approval of the President , by the Chief Justice on the advice of the Judicial Council . ( 3 ) The Chief Justice shall specify the area of jurisdiction of each District Court . Qualification of a Magistrate and sitting of the District Court . 46 . ( 1 ) A person does not qualify to be appointed a Magistrate of a District Court unless he is of high moral character and proven integrity and is a lawyer of not less than three years standing . ( 2 ) The Chief Justice , any Justice of the Superior Court of Judicature or a Circuit Court Judge nominated by the Chief Justice may sit as a Magistrate of any District Court . ( 3 ) Sittings of a District Court shall be held at such places and times as the Chief Justice may direct . ( 4 ) Subject to any such directions , the sittings may beheld at such places and times as the Magistrate thinks appropriate . Civil jurisdiction of District Courts . 47 . ( 1 ) A District Court shall within the area of its jurisdiction have civil jurisdiction in the following matters - ( a ) in personal actions arising under contract or tort for the recovery of any liquidated sum where the amount claimed does not exceed 50 million ; ( b ) to grant in any action instituted in the District Court injunctions or orders to stay waste or alienation or for the detention and preservation of any property the subject matter of that action , or restrain breaches of contracts or the commission of any tort ; ( c ) in claims for relief by way of interpleader in respect of land or other property attached in execution of a decree made by the District Court ; ( d ) in civil causes or matters relating to the landlord and tenant of any premises or any person interested in such premises as required or authorised by any law relating to landlord and tenant ; ( e ) in actions relating to ownership , possession or occupation of land where the value of the land does not exceed 50 million ; in divorce and other matrimonial causes or matters and actions for paternity and custody of children ; ( g ) in applications for the grant of probate or letters of administration in respect of the estate of a deceased person , and in causes and matters relating to succession to property of a deceased person , who had at the time of his death a fixed place of abode within the area of jurisdiction of the District Court and the value of the estate or property in question does not exceed 050 million ; and ( h ) hear and determine charges and dispose of other matters affecting juveniles that is persons under the age of eighteen . ( 2 ) Where there is dispute as to whether or not any amount claimed or the value of any land or property in any action , cause or matter is in excess of the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section in relation to that action , cause or matter the District Court in question shall call evidence as to the said amount or value and if it finds that it exceeds the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) it shall , subject to the powers of transfer of the Chief Justice , transfer the case to a Circuit Court . ( 3 ) Where in any action , cause or matter the amount claimed or the value of any land or property exceeds the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) , the District Court shall notwithstanding that sub section , proceed to hear the case if the parties agree that it should do so . ( 4 ) The Attorney - General may by legislative instrument amend the amount or value specified in subsection ( 1 ) of this section . Jurisdiction of District Court in criminal matters . 48 . ( 1 ) In criminal matters a District Court has jurisdiction to try summarily -- ( a ) an offence punishable by a fine not exceeding 500 penalty units or imprisonment for a term not exceeding 2 years or both ; ( b ) any other offence ( except an offence punishable by death or by imprisonment for life or an offence declared by any enactment to be a first degree felony ) if the Attorney - General is of the opinion that having regard to the nature of the offence , the absence of circumstances which would render the offence of a grave or serious character and all other circumstances of the case , the case is suitable to be tried summarily ; ( c ) an attempt to commit an offence to which paragraph ( a ) or ( b ) of this subsection applies ; ( d ) abetment of or conspiracy in respect of any such offence . ( 2 ) Subject to the other provisions of this section , a District Court shall in the exercise of its jurisdiction in criminal matters not impose a term of imprisonment exceeding 2 years or a fine exceeding 500 penalty units or both . ( 3 ) A District Court does not have jurisdiction to try an offence under paragraph ( b ) , ( c ) or ( d ) of subsection ( 1 ) where the enactment creating the offence has prescribed in relation to the offence a minimum penalty that exceeds the penalty permitted to be imposed by a District Court under subsection ( 2 ) . ( 4 ) Where under any enactment increased punishment may be imposed upon any person previously convicted of a crime , a District Court may impose the increased punishment , or twice the maximum punishment prescribed by subsection ( 2 ) whichever is the lesser . ( 5 ) The Attorney - General may by legislative instrument amend the amount or value specified in subsections ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) of this section . Juvenile Juvenile Courts . 49 . ( 1 ) The Chief Justice may designate any District Court as a Juvenile Court . 2 ) A Juvenile Court shall be composed of the Magistrate of the District Court as the presiding person and two other persons one of whom shall be a Social Welfare Officer and the other , a person of not less than 25 years both of whom shall be appointed by the Chief Justice on the recommendation of the Director of Social Welfare . ( 4 ) A Juvenile Court has power to hear and determine any matter civil or criminal that involves a person under the age of eighteen and shall for that purpose have and exercise all the powers of a District Court . Jurisdiction of District Court under the Children ' s Act . 50 . A District Court also has jurisdiction to hear and determine any action that arises under the Children ' s Act , 1998 ( Act 560 ) and shall for the purposes of that enactment be the Family Tribunal and exercise the powers conferred on a Family Tribunal under that Act and any other enactment . General powers of District Courts . 51 . ( 1 ) Every District Court shall in addition to the jurisdiction - by this Act , have such other functions as conferred may be conferred or imposed on it by any other enactment . ( 2 ) Every Magistrate may administer oaths , take solemn affirmations and declarations , make such decrees and orders , issue such process and exercise such powers , judicial and ministerial in relation to the administration of justice as are prescribed by any enactment , Rules of Court , or special order of the District Court . ( 3 ) A writ of summons for the . Commencement of any action in the High Court or a Circuit Court may , without prejudice to any power conferred on the High Court or a Circuit Court by any other provision of this Act or Rules of Court , be filed with any District Court and it shall be the duty of the District Court with which the writ is filed to transmit the writ immediately to the High Court or Circuit Court at which the action in respect of which the writ is filed is to be determined . ( 4 ) No act done by or under the authority of a Magistrate shall be void or impeachable by reason only that the act was done , or that any act , offence , or matter in respect of or in relation to which the act was done , occurred beyond the limits of the district or area for which the Magistrate was appointed . ( 5 ) Where in any proceedings before a District Court a defendant raises an objection to the jurisdiction of the Court , which might but for this section have been valid , if - ( a ) in a civil case , the objection is raised at a time before the plaintiff calls his first witness in support of his claim ; or ( b ) in a criminal case , the objection is raised at or before the time when the defendant is required to plead to the charge , the Magistrate shall consider the objection , and if it appears to the Magistrate that there is prima facie proof of the objection , the Magistrate shall , in a civil case report the matter to the High Court and in a criminal case , report the matter to the Circuit Court , and the High Court or Circuit Court shall as the case may be , direct where the matter shall be heard and determined . ( 6 ) Every Magistrate shall , when required by a court , execute any order or process issuing from the District court and shall take security from any person named in the order or process for his appearance in the court , and shall , in default send the person to the place named in the order or process . Monthly lists to be sent to High Court and power of High Court to revise decision of Magistrates . 52 . ( 1 ) At the end of every month , every Magistrate shall forward to the High Court for the time being exercising jurisdiction over the District , a complete list of all criminal cases decided by or brought before the Magistrate during that month , setting out the name of the accused , the offence with which he was charged , and the date of conviction and he sentence , or of acquittal or discharge , as the case may be , and in every case the order of the Magistrate in full ( 2 ) Upon receipt of the list referred to in subsection ( 1 ) of this section the High Court Judge may , if he thinks fit , call for a copy of the record of any case included in the list and , either without seeing the record or after seeing it , and either without hearing argument or after hearing argument , may - ( a ) Subject to any enactment fixing a minimum penalty , vary the sentence or impose such other sentence warranted in law by the verdict which the District Court could have imposed in substitution for the sentence imposed as the Judge thinks ought to have been imposed ; ( b ) Subject to any enactment requiring a particular order to be made , set aside an order or modify an order in such form as the Judge thinks fit ; ( c ) set aside the conviction , in which case the person if under detention shall be immediately released from detention , and any fine already paid shall be refunded to the person fined , and any security given shall be released ; ( d ) set aside the acquittal , record a conviction and impose any sentence which the District Court could have imposed ; ( e ) set aside the conviction or acquittal and order a new trial or a preliminary enquiry before the District Court which made the conviction or acquittal or before any other District Court ; order further evidence to be taken either generally or on some particular point by the District Court which passed the sentence or which ordered the acquittal or by any other District Court and order in the meantime any person who has been convicted and imprisoned to be released on bail with surety or on his own recgnisance ; or ( f ) make such other order as interest of justice may require , and give all necessary and consequential directions . ( 3 ) Upon the receipt of the list referred to in subsection ( 1 ) of this section , if the High Court is of the view that a conviction for another offence ought to have been imposed or that the accused was guilty of the act charged , but was insane so as not to be responsible for his action at the time when he did the act , the High Court shall set aside the conviction and send back the case for rehearing by the appropriate District Court , subject to such directions as the Judge may think fit and the Judge shall further inform the prosecution and the defence that he has so directed . ( 4 ) When a person convicted has appealed against the conviction , or has applied for a case to be stated by the District Court under subsection ( 6 ) of section 100 of this Act , the Judge shall not exercise jurisdiction under this section in relation to the case to which the appeal or application relates . ( 5 ) When action on the list as provided in subsection ( 1 ) is complete or if the Judge decides to take no such action , the Judge shall direct that the list be filed ; but the direction shall not have the effect of preventing the Judge from subsequently taking any action prescribed in that subsection if he thinks fit . ( 6 ) Three months after the last day of the month to which the list relates the Judge shall become functus officio in respect of all cases on the list in respect of which no action has been taken . ( 7 ) Proceedings under this section may be taken by the Judge on his own motion or on the petition of any person interested praying for the exercise of the revisional powers of the Judge and the powers may be exercised notwithstanding that the monthly list has not been transmitted to or received by the Judge . Magistrate subject to the directions of High Court 53 , ( 1 ) Every Magistrate is subject to the orders and directions of the High Court as any other officer of the Court . ( 2 ) The Judge of the High Court for the time being exercising jurisdiction over the District may , whenever he thinks fit , require the Magistrate of the District Court to render to the High Court in such form as the Court directs a report of any case which may be brought before the Magistrate . ( 3 ) The Chief Justice may also exercise the jurisdiction and functions conferred by section 52 and subsection ( 2 ) of this section on the High Court and may give directions as to the Judge by whom and the manner in which the jurisdiction and the functions are to be exercised in any particular case or class of cases . Section 115 of Act 459 amended 6 . The principal enactment is amended in section 115 by the repeat of subsections ( 4 ) to ( 1 ( 1 ) and the insertion of the following subsections : ( 4 ) The Circuit Court provided for under this Act shall be the successor to the Circuit Court in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act and shall have and exercise the jurisdiction conferred on the Circuit Court under this Act . ( 5 ) The Circuit Tribunals in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act are abolished . ( 6 ) Any criminal case pending before a Circuit Tribunal immediately before the coming into force of this Act , is by this Act transferred to the Circuit Court with jurisdiction for the trial and where the case is part - heard , the Circuit Court shall try the case de novo unless the parties agree that the Court adopts the proceedings . ( 7 ) The Community Tribunals in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act are abolished . ( 8 ) Any civil or criminal case pending before a Community Tribunal immediately before the coming into force of this Act is transferred to the relevant District Court for hearing and determination and where the case is part - heard , the case shall be heard de novo by the District Court unless the parties agree that the Court adopts the proceedings . ( 9 ) For the purposes of subsections ( 6 ) and ( 8 ) a case pending include any proceedings or case before the court or tribunal , partly heard or mentioned , and recorded by the court or tribunal , and proceedings or case , the documents in respect of which have been filed in the registry of the court or tribunal before the coming into force of this Act . ( 10 ) A reference in any enactment , Rules of Court or any other document in force or in existence immediately before the coming into force of this Act to a Circuit Tribunal or Community Tribunal shall upon the coming into force of this Act be read and construed as a reference to the Circuit Court or District Court respectively specified for under this Act . ( I 1 ) A reference in any enactment , Rules of Court or other document in force immediately before the coming into force of this Act to a Chairman of a Circuit Tribunal or a Chairman of a Community Tribunal , shall upon the coming into force of this Act be read and construed as a reference to a Circuit Court Judge or District Court Magistrate respectively . Other amendments to Act 459 and revision upwards of specific penalties in Act 459 7 . The sections of the principal enactment specified in column I of the Schedule to this Act are amended to the extent indicated correspondingly in column 2 of the Schedule . Repeal and saving 8 . ( 1 ) The Courts ( Amendment ) Act , 1993 ( Act 464 ) is repealed . ( 2 ) Section 24 ( 3 ) , ( 4 ) , ( 5 ) and ( 6 ) and section 101 ( 3 ) of the principal enactment are repealed . ( 3 ) Lawyers holding office as Chairmen of Circuit Tribunals and Community Tribunals immediately before the commencement of this Act shall on the coming into force of this Act , hold office as Circuit Court Judges or District Court Magistrates respectively . ( 4 ) The provisions of this Act shall apply notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the principal enactment or any other enactment . Commencement 9 . This Act shall come into force on such date as the Attorney - General and Minister for Justice may in consultation with the Chief Justice by executive instrument specify .

Today , economic problems corne at the head of man ' s present plight . They may be considered the root of life ' s problems that leave a pervasive impact on man ' s material interests and social conditions . The result has a direct effect not only on the life of the individual but also oil the community and on the level of their material progress and civil development . Father and mother are two precious beings . Everyone knows their value and looks upon them with respect . The parent - child relationship is structurally complimentary . Responsibility for and compassion towards the child is a matter of religious importance as well social concern . Whether the parents are alive or deceased , present or absent , known or unknown , the child is to be provided for with optimum care . Obviously , one of the most unfortunate sections of society are children who lose their parents or art abandoned when they are quite young and children thrown on the street to fend for themselves because parents cannot make ends meet . Formation This project was conceived by a concerned citizen of Teshie , Mrs . Janet Anyeley Parker . One day , at a funeral she attended at Teshie township , she saw right in the center of the town both boys and girls in groups . Some of them were gambling with playing cards whilst others were engaged in bingo . The girls were cooking with sand . These children were of school going age between the ages of 5 and 13 . She approached thern and started questioning them . Their answers , she said , were pathetic and virtually the same : " My parents are dead , rny mother says she doesn ' t have money to send me to school , I don ' t know the whereabout of my father and so on . In order to satisfy her curiosity , she ventured into the arena by moving from house to house so as to verify the authenticity of the information given to her by these children . It was one of her own research and study that it came to light that most of the children did not have anybody to care for them . She was struck by the extent of deprivation suffered by these children in the Teshie township . There is not much of a constituency for these homeless kids who are being marketed , or who must sell themselves to survive . These children survive as a result of tips they receive from people whose errand they carry . The tips are most of the time in the form of food . In the evening , they are found at the vicinity of video houses and some even pass the night on pavements and places uncongenial to their health . Mrs Parker thought she had seen everything , but she was shocked to learn about another disturbing problem which needs serious solution . That is the burning issue of teenage mothers who are on the increase , indeed a bane to our community and the nation and a matter of grave concerti to all of us - even to the teenagers themselves . These are found among illiterates and school dropouts . The results is high proportion of young mothers who do not know how to properly look after themselves , let alone their babies . Along the way , these inexperienced mothers , out of hardship and frustration , leave the children to struggle and . fend for themselves in the streets . Viewed critically from this gloomy backdrop , she embarked upon this arduous task with a high ambition and hope to draw public attention to this silent destroyer of our national heritage : these needy children the teenage mothers and the neglected aged folks . Can anything be done ? Nowhere has the question been answered more effectively than the establishment of the Teshie Orphanage by Mrs Janct Anyeley Parker in May 1995 in consultation , with well - meaning persons in and around Teshic township . Although as a Non - governmental organization basically concerned with the plight of deprived children , the policies and plans as have designed for our development are naturally people centred ; and human oriented . In essence , everything which contributes to the welfare and well - being of the underprivileged in our society . Performance As a first step , Mrs . Parker launched a massive house - to - house campaign advising that the ever - increasing rate of school dropouts and teenage pregnancies with its attendant child labour in the fishing and load - carring industry in the township is a bane to the community . Parents were encouraged to educate - but not frighten their children to the danger , to keep close track of their children , to form neighbourhood watch groups and to ask headteachers to immediately notify parents whose children failed to reach school . Meanwhile , the Orphanage had to screen and organize home based care for some of these needy children whose conditions were in very deplorable state . During this time , she kept on prodding while pushing on the work through difficulties and hardships of which it is useless to complain . In July 1995 , starting with 22 children , 13 boys and 9 girls , they met at Las Cala Cinema Flall on every Sunday at 2 . 00 p . m . where these children were given pre - schooling tuition and later served with food and delicacies as inducements . The number of children as at now , between the ages of 7 months and 20 years is 45 . That is 23 boys and 22 girls . Teshie Orphanage has been in existence 8 years ago . Sponsors - Teshie Women ' s Society Aims and objectives :: The aims and objectives of the Society shall be : ( a ) To provide food and clothes for the poor and needy children . To establish pre - schooling , child nutrition centers as well as an Orphanage . ( b ) To help the poor aged and the disabled financially and in kind . ( c ) To provide social services for needy teenage mothers and to organize for them vocational training . ( d ) To improve women s social status and enhance their involvement in the development process . ( e ) To run educational , health care clinics and awareness - raising programmes relating to women and children . ( f ) To establish small productive projects for women and provide guidance on household economy . ( g ) To protect and improve the environment . Copyright © 2002 Teshie Orphanage . All rights reserved | Terms of Service | Privacy Policy

AFRICA CONFERENCE ON THE RIGHT TO WATER SUMMARY REPORT Author : N / A Day 1 May 12 OPENING ADDRESS The conference deliberations commenced with opening remarks from Charles Abugre , Executive Director of ISODEC . He chronicled how the efforts of the Integrated Social Development centre ( ISODEC ) and later the Ghana National Coalition Against the Privatisation of Water , with the help of the international civil society successfully brought into the public domain the hitherto secret , corporate - driven , World Bank pressurised , fast - tracked , Ghana government water privatisation agenda . This exposure put both the Bank and the Ghana Government on the defensive and forced them to debate the issues publicly . MR . Abugre took the opportunity to congratulate the thousands of activists across Ghana , and indeed the entire world without whose sacrifice the modest gains chalked in Ghana against the privatisers would have been impossible . The Trades Union Congress and the National Union of Ghana Students came in for special mention . He lamented that the imposition of privatisation and the oppressive conditionalities of international finance capital continues to weigh heavily on developing countries , whose compliance is no longer just being solicited , but extorted by the impunity of military might . Charles concluded that despite the gloomy times , the small victories against water privatisation in Ghana and elsewhere are encouraging , and may be the forerunners to complete victory . First Panel Topic : " Putting the Issues in Perspective : After Kyoto What Next ? " The first panel featured two panellists who tackled water privatisation concerns in the aftermath of Kyoto . The first panellist , Ms Wenonah Hauter , lauded the Ghana group ' s modest success in rolling back the looming privatisation programme . She castigated the role of the international financial institutions and the global water corporations , highlighting their rapacious nature worldwide , the turmoil they have created even in developed countries such as the U . S . A . She did not mince her words , using " criminal country with thugs in it " " leech suckers " " major mafia " to describe the perpetrators of privatisation . She asked the participants to be encouraged by the fact that the corporate water suckers are retreating and trading compromises everywhere in the face of resistance . She said alternatives to Kyoto , including the present conference , have come out with better ideas and that the movement against water privatisation is gathering momentum . The second presenter Alhassan Adam of the NCAP secretariat analysed the spurious solutions and obvious distortions contained in the World Water Commission report entitled " Financing Water for all " . It uses terms like Devaluation , Backstopping , and Liquidity going for the low - hanging fruits to disguise the same old exploitation of the helpless . Discussions and reactions from participants followed . Second Panel Topic : " Gender , Poverty and Water Privatisation in Africa " The gender perspective to water privatisation was admirably outlined by two presenters : Miss Zo Randrianamaro of TWN - Africa secretariat and Miss Elizabeth Eilor of AWEPON [ UGANDA ] . Using Ghana as her focus , miss Randrianamaro outlined the grievous cost privatisation can exact on women . Women who bear the burden of providing water for household use are now spending more on water as a result of sharp increases in the price of water following the introduction of increased full cost recovery principles . Women are spending less on the education of their children . A sizable number of them are also resorting to shallow hand - dug wells as sources of drinking water to save money thus greatly compromising the health of their families . Miss Eilor said the situation in Uganda is no different . Water for domestic use is considered the responsibility of women . An upward adjustment in the price of water impacts severely on the pockets of women and reduces their ability to live decently . Privatisation also tends to focus on urban water while the peri - urban and rural folk who are far much more poorer are left to their own devices . The moderator of the panel Miss Hameda Deedat in her summary said the South African water access situation too has similar problems . She said several years after apartheid there is still deep poverty particularly among the black population with women suffering the most . She said all human beings have the right to water are where price become a barrier to access then the state ought to intervene in support of the poor . Universal access to water cannot be left to the charity of private operators . COUNTRY REPORTS The afternoon session featured the nature of the privatisation process in various countries including Senegal , Ghana , Congo Brazzaville , South Africa , Burkina Faso , Europe ( Britain ) , Uganda and the U . S . A . Notably , the growing influence of civil society groups in the fight was highlighted , as well as the increasing tendency of water multinational corporations to force management service contracts on poor countries using the World Bank as leverage to avoid investment risks . The Ghana country report indicated that the government and the WB are now considering a 3 - year management service contract followed by a long - term lease . Questions and contributions centred on the need for a unified struggle taking advantage of the common as well as the diverse experiences emerging through out the continent . Day 2 - 13th May 2003 The proceedings kicked off with a flipchart representation of the full conference session of views , comments and opinions as to the best way forward to achieve greater success in the struggle . The day ' s proceedings were refreshingly vibrant and of greater thematic depth on the issues confronting the conference . Lamine Ndiaye , the Oxfam Trade and Campaign officer based in Dakar – Senegal , who moderated the first plenary session , suggested the modification of the conference title to " Africa Conference on the right to universal access to safe drinking water " instead of the present title : " Africa conference on the right to water " . His organisation is also encouraging through this conference the facilitation of the integration of francophone countries and organisations into the debate . First Panel Topic : " Corporate Globalisation and the Scramble for Africa ' s Water : Scrutinising the roles of the Bretton Woods Institutions ad the Donor Community " Scrutinising the roles of the international financial institutions and their links with the donor community in the corporate globalisation and the scramble for Africa ' s water was the theme informing this 1st plenary session . The first panellist – Mr . Charles Abugre , discussed the important roles the IFIs play and the complex institutional arrangements facing globalisation . Their first role is that of gatekeepers or centurions for global finance in the interest of global capital . He stressed that though these institutions might sometimes cancel debts , they invariably impose conditionalities to guarantee repayment in such a manner that poor countries literally pay with their blood . Since the USA and to some extent the G - 8 , is the greatest shareholder of the WB , and are themselves driven by corporate interests , then inevitably , corporate interests would drive world financial organisations . Indeed the IMF is considered an extension of the US Treasury . On Foreign Direct Investment [ FDI ] , he that African countries have been made to believe that they cannot do without it . The FDI myth is one of the means by which " we have been mentally enslaved " he emphasised . Another myth is that support from the IFIs impacts directly on the macro - economic framework . This is false . The end result of this dependence is that IMF has arbitrary powers to assess your risk status and use it for leveraging – i . e . providing you with a tiny amount of your needs and using this to impose entire control over your policies . Another form of control is through budgetary policies . Monopolistic ideas such as the " there is no alternative [ TINA ] to structural adjustment " , " the state has no business doing business " , " privatisation is the key to development " etc become the prescriptive policy framework for Africa . This monopolisation of ideas takes several forms , through university research results , attaching action plans to invented sector policies which in their turn need borrowed financing , and poring over the budgets even before they are read to us . The latest instrument of control and of the promotion of strategic networks ostensibly to support Africa ' s development is NEPAD . The last straw that may break the African ' s back is their control of our domestic savings in the form of commercial banks . Public Commercial and development banks are divested and sold to so - called strategic advisers from outside . Pension funds that ought to be available for investment in essential services are literally sucked out of the system through all kinds of capital account liberalisation measures under the supervision of the IMF . The most dangerous thing is that our governments are more accountable to these institutions than they are to their own people . Even our elected parliaments are manipulated to pass laws to legalise the illegitimate . The IFIs create investment gaps and then offer to fill them . By so doing they determine the movement of funds into the areas that they choose . These institutions ensure that public utilities are not funded so as to have an excuse to privatise them . Mr . Gyekye Tanoh of the national secretariat of the Coalition against the privatisation of water was the next presenter . He came down hard on the policy convergence between the Bretton Woods institutions and the World Trade Organisation [ WTO ] to ensure that neo - liberalisation , though we have seen its sterile results , survive . He noted the unequal global power relations that have turned otherwise public - spirited leaders into turncoats and gaping sycophants overnight , as in Kenya and Ghana . He said the question of water privatisation should be abandoned altogether since its logic is poisonous and exclusionary . He said the efficiency principle related to privatisation is dangerously false as there is monumental evidence of private sector inefficiency , corruption and failure as ENRON and WORLDCOM amply demonstrated . It is not private sector involvement per se but its present questionable form of selfish private ownership – that is the most serious problem . The debate is not about refusing to encourage subordinate sub - contractors in the water system . It is ceding control of the whole superstructure to private owners , whether local or foreign . Under the guise of leaseholds , beneficial ownership , control and management are ceded to private profiteers . Public funds should not be used to fund private profit . If there must be a public debt then it must be for the public good . The existing slavish paradigm of " foreign is good , local is bad " must be debunked . Local initiatives such the water committees in parts of Latin America and Public [ state ] - community partnerships such as the Ghana water company / Savelugu township partnership are pointers to alternatives to privatisation and could be important instruments of interaction and management . Second panel . Topic : " Countering the Scramble for Africa ' s Water : Drawing Alternatives from our experience " The next presentations focussed on the local alternatives to the corporate takeovers of Africa ' s water by the multinational giants . Messrs Abu Subuniman , President of the Association of Water and Sanitation Boards and Patrick Apoya , Executive director of the Community Partnerships for Health and Development did a joint presentation . The presenters illustrated their case studies from first - hand experience . Their main task was to explode myths put up by privatisation of water promoters . They underlined that it is not just large financial bodies that can offer finance to needy communities ; local financing alternatives such as the use of pension funds can do so too . Also it is not true that just because water is managed publicly , it is inefficient . They cited Stockholm water and East Bay water in Oakland [ USA ] as two of numerous successful publicly managed utilities . They also pointed out that local expertise is often undervalued and disregarded to create the pretext for Vivendi , Suez Lyonnaise , Biwater and the like to takeover . Mr . Abu pointed out that the fact that community managed systems such as that of Bimbilla in the Northern region of Ghana and Mafi - Kumasi in the Volta region have survived and are doing well is illustrative of what communities can do for themselves if public policy is on their side . The so - called illiterate communities can manage their own finances and recover tariffs with appropriate quality control oversight and little government funding . In any case it is the primary responsibility of governments to provide essential services to citizens . No responsible government can run away from this . Communities can help governments do this efficiently and effectively by helping to address the governance issues . It is therefore unfortunate , that despite the admirable way these communities have managed things for themselves government and the WB are not talking of replication but rather privatisation . The public - public partnership idea should be pursued as an alternative . The Senegalese context The presenter , Mrs . Adjaratou Ndiaye of Aid Transparency regretted the untransparent manner in which water has been privatised in Dakar . Consultation with civil society was absent and negotiations were secret and between the government and the French companies only . Because privatisation had been largely a back door affair the people are ignorant of the process and therefore it is difficult to know whether they are for or against . She said one obvious fact is that water privatisation has brought about dramatic increases in the price of water and this is causing agitation among the population . South African context Mr . Ebrahim Harvey a renowned trade unionist , writer and researcher gave a brief presentation on water privatisation in the South African context . He said drinking water is largely supplied by public utilities in South Africa he added however that the ANC has reneged from its electoral promise not to privatise water and has permitted privatisations such as that involving Biwater in Nelspruit . In the Johannesburg area the introduction of private sector participation in the form of a management service contract has brought with it full cost recovery principles and the profit motive has become the dominant factor determining the delivery of water and sanitation services . This has resulted in a sharp escalation in the price of water and has created its own difficulties in spite of a lifeline and a constitutional guarantee of the right to water . The anti - privatisation movement in South Africa is militant and fairly large , relying as it does on the South Africa Municipal Workers Union [ SAMWU ] and other working class forces . Human rights activists and environmentalists also support the anti - privatisation movement . The South African experience with prepaid water meters has been disastrous . It has excluded the poor who cannot prepay for their water and created resistance in the communities . Mr Harvey said recent research findings has demonstrated at great length the unquestionably raw deal the poor black people of this city and the country , the overwhelming majority of the total population , have received in the closely related areas of water , sanitation and housing . Mr . Harvey said there is firm evidence to suggest the commodification and commercialisation of water and sanitation services in Johannesburg , as elsewhere , has been nothing less than brutally alienating , dis - empowering and crushing in its effects on the poor majority . We have also seen that the debates about water and sanitation , as with other municipal services , must move beyond the hackneyed divide between privatisation and nationalisation in more general terms and begin to study more closely how even under the rubric of ' public ownership ' poor people are being exploited by a commercialised service delivery framework . Capitalists have devised new ways to make money without calling for outright privatisation of municipal assets and are penetrating every nook and cranny to make a profit while governments continue to retain legal and formal ownership of services . This is precisely what a management contract does and participants better be forewarned . But perhaps an even more disturbing matter is the secrecy and confidentiality surrounding so much of the activities of private service providers . He narrated how in the City of Johannesburg , as a result of the management service contract entered into with a private international water consortium , the elected politicians who have committed themselves to openness and transparency have collaborated with private actors to deny him the right to access certain documents which relate to water and sanitation services in the course of his research . He had no doubt that the entry of the private sector into water service provision in the city has led , among other negative consequences , to the withholding of information , and thereby negating the right of citizens to know what is happening with water and sanitation services in their city . He disclosed that the policy framework for the corporatization of water services and the involvement of the private sector was established in a whole host of legislation since 1994 and this coupled with the formation of the Johannesburg Water company and the subsequent management contract it signed with JOWAM , have combined to create an environment in which the subjection of water and sanitation services to the raw power of money has brutalised the service itself as is evident particularly in the informal settlements . It is time that governments accept the fact water is a human right and therefore deserve a special place in National budgets . For example whereas the capital expenditure budget for Johannesburg water stood at only R200 million the Minister of Finance allocated R10 billion in the 2003 budget for black business development . If we proceed from the irrefutable premise that fulfilling basic water and sanitation needs is probably the most important public policy priority , for at least the alleviation of poverty , then these budgetary discrepancies are plainly unjustifiable and tell much about the class disposition of the new black ruling elite . Recommendations Mr . Harvey concluded with some recommendations , which he said though are borne out of the Johannesburg experience , is nevertheless relevant for the rest of Africa . While it is true that in the broader scheme of power relations these recommendations would probably mean little or nothing for public policy development and management – which in the final analysis this presentation is all about – it is hoped that it will provide the basis for a review of the decision to corporatise the water and wastewater services in the City of Johannesburg and also , importantly , that it serves to dissuade other cities in Africa from following a similar route . The City must move outside of its established , bureaucratically controlled and top - down ' participatory ' structures and processes – such as the ' city - wide forums ' , ward committees and integrated development plans – and instead convene a genuine people ' s summit of trade unions , community organisations and all other organisations of ' civil society ' in the city , to discuss the deplorable situation of water and sanitation services in low income areas and informal settlements . Those in these areas who have borne the brunt of the commercialisation of water and sanitation services in the city must have their own representatives . The unions and community organisations that have opposed the iGoli 2002 plan and the commercialisation of water and sanitation services and who have been marginalized by it must have their representatives at such a summit . It is there that representations on the six - kilolitre lifeline and the current water and sanitation levels of service and other related matters could be thrashed out . The City needs to reach out to its opponents and be informed by those on the other side of the policy discourse . He concluded that it is dangerous to put essential services particularly water in the hands of private corporations who are accountable to shareholders . These corporations are evil – they put one foot in the private sector and another in the public sector so that they can have the best of both worlds . African governments must settle down to the fact poverty eradication will remain a pipe so long as water and sanitation are managed as if they were commodities in a super market . Public Forum . The third panel of the day was held in public . Topic : " Trading away the right to water : how international trade agreements enforce the privatisation of essential services " The above broad topic run through deliberations at the Teachers ' Hall located in the centre of Accra where a public forum was held to allow for public participation in the conference . The hall was jammed to the full underscoring the significance of the water struggle . Significant among the audience were youth groups from some of the poorest communities in Accra - Sukura , Nima , Mamobi and Korle - Gornu . Mr . Akoto Ampaw , a private legal practitioner and a coordinator of Jubilee South in Ghana was the first presenter . He discussed the historical evolution of private capital and globalisation and the ideological mind washing that has made it possible for the forces of corporate globalisation to present the phenomena as inevitable and irreversible . He pointed out that the unholy trio – World Bank , IMF and WTO , have achieved the status of states without the responsibilities of the state , thus making them powerful without been accountable . They promote very narrow economic interests under the guise of the need for policy convergence and a dubious development paradigm that ensures that ¾ of the world remain poor in order to sustain the greed of the remaining ¼ . He called for fundamental changes in the charters of the World Bank , the IMF and the WTO to make them democratic and responsive to the felt development needs of member states , otherwise their existence is not necessary . He called on the participants to take grassroots work seriously as the power of the masses remain the most potent instrument of change . Wenonah Hauter , the next presenter again exposed the " sneaking imperialism " in the guise of trade agreements that basically remove the ability of our governments to manage their developments plans . The WTO for example has enormous judicial and legislative powers that it has used from time to time to whip governments who try to respond to the trade and development needs of their people into line . She said recent corporate failures in the US show unequivocally that the so - called greater efficiency of the multi - national corporations is false . She said multi - national corporations are seeking to substitute themselves for governments whilst rejecting the processes by which governments come into being . The fight must be waged urgently . She called on participants to urge their governments to reject the GATS framework as it will not only kill existing service delivery capacity in developing countries but will perpetually lock them into an unfair global system that will be difficult to unlock . " Can you imagine the day that you will have to buy water from a service station as we do now with gas ? " " I bet you that unless we stop them now we will soon be buying water from pumping stations owned by Vivendi , Suez Lyonnaise , Biwater , RWE etc " The next to speak was Hameda Didat . She reiterated the points made by the earlier speakers . She warned that if Africans sleep and allow their ministers to sign away their birth rights through privatisation they would have to pay dearly in future especially when it comes to taking the assets back . She cited Bolivia as an example where even after the defeat of Bechtel in Cochabamba they still fell on dubious international agreements to sue the government for " expected profits " . GATS will be problematic for the following reasons : - ? Under the GATS privatisation will be the norm and the public sector could disappear completely . She used the case of the transport sector as example of what could happen . GATS could also make the reversal of privatisations even where they are regrettable difficult due to the GATS framework that is structured to discourage reversals . ? She explained that if social movements succeed in stopping privatisation as happened in Cochabamba the defeated companies could sue for estimated or expected profits . ? GATS as a WTO agreement will allow private water companies to be exempted from complying with national laws around municipal services if they consider those laws or regulations as inhibiting or discriminatory in favour of local companies e . g . the lifeline of 6kl of water in South Africa can become an issue for litigation . ? Lastly , Kwesi Owusu of Southern Links in his presentation pointed out that the fight is even more justified because water is a spiritual and religious need as well . He called upon faith - based organisations to support the Ghana coalition by encouraging their members to join the local action committees . Day 3 - 14 - 05 - 03 Topic : " Protecting our environment and planning for the future : the legalities , the realities and the concerns " This panel consisted of a sole presenter . The proceedings started with some observations by Mr Rudolf Amenga - Etego , Campaign Coordinator of the National Coalition Against the Privatisation of Water . He lamented that even though the Water Resources Commission [ WRC ] in Ghana is a public body , it is increasingly dominated by private corporate interests especially with regard to the commercial use of fresh mineral water resources . He regretted that even though the WRC is statutorily required to regulate the use of our fresh water bodies to ensure a balanced and sustainable use , it is increasingly pandering to private water companies and the possibility of fresh bulk water export in the future cannot be ruled out . The rate at which the WRC is issuing out licences to private corporations such as coca cola to bottle spring water for both the local and foreign market is alarming . This is the trend all over Africa . He suggested that companies like coca cola and the mining companies that tend to use huge amounts of water that would otherwise be available for domestic use should be levied to support domestic supply . He suggested that even though supply side solutions are ultimately preferable , Commercial vehicle washing companies for example could use untreated water as a matter of policy . He said also that huge plantation agriculture for export is a huge waste of fresh water . Through export - oriented agriculture African countries have become net exporters of fresh water to the rich northern countries . Mr Thomas Akabzaa , a lecturer in the department of geology at the University 0f Ghana who was the sole presenter said water and Land cannot be separated , policies affecting water must therefore harmonise with policies affecting the use of land including land for mining purposes . He lamented that corporate greed is fast becoming the chief determinant of economic policy rather than the principles of sustainable and equitable development . He said developments in the mining sector have many parallels with what is happening in the mining sector . For example , the alleged efficiency of the private sector is the common excuse for privatisation enough private sector failures abound . Secondly " cherry picking " is always the norm . In the case of water prime urban areas are invariably hived off and offloaded to the private sector while the poor peri - urban and rural areas left to their own devices . Similarly the rich mining areas are doled out to the multi - national corporations leaving the less endowed areas to the local miners . The result is capital flight through capital account liberalization . Mining companies in Ghana are allowed by law to keep 71 % of their earnings in foreign accounts for their own use . Is it not ironic that a government which is cash - trapped is required to divest itself of its most lucrative foreign exchange earner and to create long tax holidays for the companies taking over with generous profit repatriation laws to boot ? As I talk the government of Ghana is divesting itself of its golden shares in Ashanti Gold fields , all kinds of privateers and speculators are staging mock takeovers to position themselves to subvert the bidding process and to create further basis to extend their tax holidays . This is made worse by the failure of government to provide regulatory framework around mining . So you see , the government can ' t do business so its ability to mobilise capital for investment in social infrastructure such as in water is reduced and this becomes the excuse for the WB to impose loans predicated on privatisation . Ding dong , isn ' t it ? Then there is the issue of pollution . The liberalisation of the mining sector has resulted in the drying up of water - bodies due to huge increases in the amount of water pumped for mining purposes . The pollution of Water bodies has reached an alarming proportion in the western region of Ghana where surface mining is has become the norm . Rivers that are important sources of drinking water for some communities in the Takoradi and Tarkwa areas have particularly high cyanide levels . Environmental management is de - emphasised to attract these miners . The pollution of fresh water bodies has added to the cost of water treatment for drinking thus creating avoidable pressure on the budget of the water company . The sad thing is that our policy makers appear to know very little about these machinations and " 419 double slaps " . Another phenomenon , which is the stock - in - trade of liberalisation and privatisation , is the massive layoffs of employees . Between Tarkwa and Prestea alone about 4000 lost their jobs similar to the 4000 workers projected to lose their jobs if Ghana water is privatised . Expatriate workers have however increased significantly . The battle to stop water privatisation should better be won or else everything else is lost . Strategising Session – Moderated by Bishop Akolgo , deputy executive director of ISODEC . Before the participants went into group discussions Kwesi Owusu of Southern Links did a 10 - minute presentation on campaign strategy . He emphasised the following : ? That information is very important as a catalyst of mobilisation so time should be spent putting out as much information as possible into the public domain as an integral part of mass mobilisation . ? The mass media must be cultivated as a strategic ally in information dissemination . ? Subgroups should be formed to pick up thematic issues ? Local languages should be used as much as possible with content simplified and presented in episodes for effectiveness . ? Drama , theatre , folklore etc should be used . Filmmakers should be engaged to make documentaries for popular viewing in theatre houses . Artistes in general should be cultivated as strategic allies . After Kwesi Owusu ' s presentation participants divided into groups to discuss the following : - ? Forging linkages ? Strengthening regional / international solidarity ? Information and Research ? Resource mobilisation Sub - regional / regional linkages ? How do we achieve West African coordination on the anti - privatisation cause on water ? ? How do we achieve an Africa - wide coalition ? ? What are the strategies to adopt to be able to bring together national interests and build regional networks ? ? What will be the mechanism for disseminating information and coordinating research ? The groups broadly agreed that there was the need to set up national and sub - regional coalitions to stop the privatisation of essential services . NCAP should serve as the provisional secretariat to coordinate the sub - regional coalitions and serve as a hub for information dissemination . To achieve this , it was agreed that : ? Coalitions based in individual countries would be greatly strengthened if they networked with other coalitions in other countries to form bigger coalitions . ? Organising the labour force as the NCAP has done will greatly strengthen the campaign ? Since translation of documents is quite expensive , francophone countries could network within themselves to translate English documents into French for their use and for the use of others . The English speaking countries should do likewise . These documents will include the evils of the IFIs and the WTO ? Existing websites should be linked and lists serve on essential services set - up to facilitate communication among members . Sourcing Funding ? Encourage local groups to do fundraising within their own communities . ? Organise dances , concerts , film festivals , popular theatres etc to raise funds from the general public ? Write funding proposals for the consideration of supportive donors and foundations . To facilitate the above , a working committee and contact group was set - up to act as Focal persons . The following persons were nominated as volunteer representatives : NAME COUNTRY 1 . HAMEDA DEEDAT SOUTH AFRICA 2 . ELIZABETH EILOR UGANDA 3 . BERNARD MAVOUNGOU CONGO BRAZZAVILLE 4 . ADJARATOU NDIAYE SENEGAL 5 . MOSES KAMBOU Burkina Faso 6 . Rudolf Amenga - Etego GHANA [ convener ] 7 . C0 - opted members Wenonah Hauter USA * Working committee to convene in South Africa by December 03 . POLITICAL STRATEGY ? National political institutions like Parliament , political parties , local authorities etc could all be engaged through dialogue , participatory endeavours or otherwise by local focal point animators . ? At the sub - regional levels , ECOWAS , SADCC etc should be engaged through whatever means possible . Likewise the AU and NEPAD structures keeping in mind the limitations of those engagements . ? International institutions and events like the G - 8 summit , annual IMF / WB meetings , WTO meetings , upcoming church meetings in Germany ; the Cancun ( Mexico ) summit , commonwealth meetings etc could also be engaged through letters , signature campaigns , lobbying etc ? There should also be a strategy to engage the governments , utility companies , the community media networks etc . ? There should be a special effort to draw the labour movement into the struggle . INTERNATIONAL SOLIDARITY International solidarity among the civil forces fighting for social , economic and environmental justice as well for peace and fair trade among peoples is crucial for the success our struggle in Africa . A special effort should therefore be made to engage and be part of the global movement . Conclusion : dream conference ends In the words of Rudolf Amenga - Etego , the conference , that the organisers had dreamt about and planned for almost a year had now finally come off successfully . He encouraged conference participants to remember the discussions and keep to the resolutions outlined above as committed activists . He hoped that , as a measure of the success of proceedings , every participant , once home , would have an interesting story to tell ! Wenonah Hauter , director of Public Citizen ' s Critical Mass Energy and Environment Program , anthropologist and expert on energy and regulatory issues .

Reflections on Aid and Debt Management in Ghana Nii Kwaku Sowa , Centre for Policy Analysis ( CEPA ) * " Foreign Aid " is a post World War II phenomenon . Most European countries devastated by the war received aid to reconstruct their cities . This in fact led to the establishment of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development ; otherwise known as the World Bank . In recent times " Foreign Aid " refers to the financial support given by external donors to developing countries . There are two objectives for giving aid : The first objective was to promote long - term growth and poverty reduction in developing countries ; the underlying motivation of donors was a combination of altruism and a more self - interested concern that , in the long term , their economic and political security would benefit if poor countries were growing . The second objective was to promote the short - term political and strategic interests of donors . Thus , America gave massive aid to Zaire at the height of the cold war because it served American interests . Similarly , in its role as champion of independence of African States , Ghana under Nkrumah extended aid to the tune of $ 10 million to Guinea to rebuild its economy after France had packed out . Naturally , with the Cold War over , foreign aid has dwindled . " Foreign Aid " comes in all shades and guises . Official Development Assistance ( ODA ) comprises grants plus concessional loans that have at least a 25 percent grant component . The difference between a grant and a loan is that grants are like gifts and do not have to be paid back . Official development finance ( ODF ) , on the other hand , is all financing that flows from developed country governments and multilateral agencies to the developing world . Some of this financing is at interest rates close to commercial rates . Often the term " Foreign aid " is associated with official development assistance and normally targeted to the poorest countries . Aid can be divided into bilateral and multilateral components . Bilateral assistance is administered by agencies of donor governments ( such as the U . S . Agency for International Development or Japan s Overseas Economic Cooperation Fund ) . Multilateral assistance is funded by contributions from wealthy countries and administered by agencies , such as the United Nations Development Programme and the World Bank . Of all official development assistance , roughly a third is multilateral . Some bilateral aid is tied that is , it must be used to procure goods and services from the donor country . Studies have shown that tied aid reduces the value of that assistance by about 25 percent , and there is widespread agreement that untying bilateral aid would make it more effective . Among OECD countries there has been a clear trend away from tied aid . Aid can also come in the form of technical assistance . A couple of decades ago , the debate on aid centered on the expression " Trade not Aid " . Protagonists argued that it is more important for the developed countries to engage in fair trade with the developing countries than to inebriate them with debt through aid . A famous quotable cliché during those arguments was the Chinese proverb that " It is better to teach an hungry man how to fish than to give him fish " . All said and done , most of us will agree that the expression should be " Trade and Aid " ; or in other words , the hungry man should be given a piece of fish for now and then be taught how to fish . Aid is necessary for development . Most countries that have gone through successful reform did so on the back of massive foreign financial support . For a country struggling to get on its feet , it is just not possible to marshal all resources domestically to finance all of its expenditures . The resulting broad gap would have to be filled by foreign aid and also by borrowing from internal and external sources . When foreign support is taken into consideration , the resulting domestic budget is defined as " broad " . Thus , if foreign grants are added to the domestic revenue and foreign supported capital expenditures are added on the expenditure side , the resulting balance will be referred to as the Overall Broad Balance . If the overall broad balance still shows a deficit then this would have to be financed by borrowing internally or externally . It is the borrowing to close the gap , which leads us into a debt situation . It is also possible for a country to receive enough foreign grants such that its budget on a broad basis shows a surplus as happened in Ghana in 1989 , resulting in zero domestic finance . Trends in Aid to Ghana Aid flows to Ghana reflect the country s economic and political history . Aid flows remained at a low level in the seventies . This was a period of mostly chronic domestic economic mismanagement . The NRC under Acheampong had earlier 1972 got Ghana blacklisted in the international financial circles when they repudiated some external debts . With the emergence of a democratically elected government in September 1979 , aid flows rose for two consecutive years . This trend reversed after 1981 following the coup d etat by the armed forces . Starting in 1985 , however , a clear and sustained increase in aid flows occurred as donors perceived greater commitment by government to better economic management and economic reform . Indeed , between 1985 and 1995 total aid flows to Ghana increased threefold from US $ 150 . 7 million to US $ 450 . 8 million . For the past decade , aid flows to Ghana have provided an average of $ 570 in project and programme support . In the 1990s there has been a marked decline in programme aid , while project aid has increased . Aid Disbursements , 1989 - 1998 ( US $ m ) Source : ADMU , MOF 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 Programme 173 213 213 190 232 76 172 125 72 132 Grants 41 70 55 74 62 45 84 52 31 38 Loans 132 143 158 116 170 31 88 72 41 93 Project : 303 287 243 357 303 431 571 597 509 505 Grants 157 122 63 124 137 158 292 260 208 187 Loans 146 166 180 233 166 272 280 337 302 318 Total 476 500 456 547 536 507 743 722 581 636 Multilateral aid has risen dramatically as a share of official development assistance to Ghana since the late seventies when it accounted for less than 10 percent . The most dramatic increase occurred in the mid eighties as the World Bank and International Monetary Fund ( IMF ) supported Ghana s economic reform efforts with a series of adjustment loans and facilities . Between 1983 and 1984 , multilateral aid doubled to 79 . 1 percent as a share of the total . While this share has fluctuated since then , it has never fallen below 71 percent . In 1996 , it was 85 percent . Sectoral distribution of aid reflects both the donors ’ interests and changes in government priorities . In the first two years of the Economic Recovery Program ( ERP ) , aid was primarily for financing imports . However , for the rest of the decade , aid was targeted at balance of payments support and the transport sector ( the latter reflecting the tremendous rehabilitation needs of the roads ) . Between 1986 - 89 , balance of payments support averaged just over 50 percent of total aid . During the nineties , BOP support continued to be important but increasingly aid went to community and social services – between 1993 - 1996 this sector averaged 37 . 1 percent of total aid . Both agriculture and transport ( again ) are important recipients of aid in the late nineties as well . Aid flow is very much tied to economic management and performance . Thus , following the elections in 1992 , total aid fell due to fiscal " slippage " in the reform program . This was linked to an 80 percent increase in wages to civil servants . The immediate consequence was a suspension of World Bank disbursements between November 1992 and the middle of 1993 . This episode was short - lived , and by the end of 1993 , both the World Bank and the IMF were disbursing funds and programs were back on track . Additional fiscal slippage in 1996 , however , led to a temporary derailment of the IMF - supported program under the Extended Structural Adjustment Facility . In 2000 Ghana could not meet about nine conditional benchmarks for which we had to ask for waivers . This may have affected the countries chances of assessing HIPC facilities early . Issues : 1 . Aid can only be effective if good economic policy management and the right institutional support support it . There is no doubt that the improved macroeconomic management by the authorities in Ghana at the inception of the ERP in the 1980s helped in the stabilization effort ; but it is important to emphasize that most of the gains could not have been achieved without the financial help of the external donor community . This is not exceptional to Ghana . Other successful cases of adjustment were largely supported by external inflows . Chile s impressive gains at adjustment in the 1970s were supported by massive inflow of funds , as were those of Bolivia and Israel . In the case of Israel the stabilization was not only supported by aid from the United States , but in addition , most of their long term loans with the US were converted into grants to ease the debt burden on the adjusting nation ( Liviatan , 1988 ) . The East Asian miracle could not have happened without the strong financial support from Japan . 2 . Aid coordination is very important to aid effectiveness . In some instances donors desirous of showing results which to fly their flags on specific projects . This leads sometimes to duplication of efforts and over concentration in specific areas . Take for example , the National Poverty Reduction Program funded by the UNDP and the Social Investment Fund funded by the ADB , both running from the NDPC . Aid coordination will focus efforts in achieving specific results . 3 . Given the current poor fiscal situation in Ghana , the kind of aid needed now is for fiscal support rather than balance of payments support . There are balance payments difficulties leading to the continuous depreciation of the currency ; but the fiscal needs are more urgent . 4 . Again given the poor state of the macroeconomy , the most urgent financing needs are for programme aid , rather than project tied assistance . Project aid comes with increased requirements for domestic financing . The situation of the economy now , demands more of budgetary and balance of payments support . Debt Now let us turn to Debt . Generally , debt is incurred to : Finance the Government deficit ; Accumulate foreign and domestic assets ; and Repay other previous debts . Since independence , Ghana has always had problem with central government finances . Government has never been able to marshal enough revenue to take care of its expenditures . This creates deficits , which have to be financed either by borrowing ( from domestic or external sources ) or by resorting to the " printing of money " . The latter form of financing the deficit can be inflationary while the former creates debt . In the 1970s , the deficit was mostly " money - financed " leading to strong inflationary pressures . This mode of financing was forced on the economy by the financial environment of the time . The financial system , particularly the money market , was underdeveloped and Treasury bill was not a popular financial instrument ; thus the Government could not borrow from domestic sources to support the budget . On the other hand , foreign borrowing was also limited , as Acheampong s " yentua " declaration had led to the country being blacklisted in the international financial community . Hence , the only avenue open for financing the deficit was through the " printing press " . This caused inflation to spiral upwards , hitting 123 percent in 1983 . Between 1983 and 1989 the hallmark of Ghana s commitment to economic reform , under the Structural Adjustment Program , was fiscal prudence . Aided by balance of payments and budgetary support from external sources , Ghana was able to maintain broad budget surpluses between 1986 and 1990 . Of course , the external borrowing created a pile up of external debt for the country . However , most of the external borrowing was on concessional basis with long moratoriums and do not pose immediate threat to the macroeconomy . The domestic debt is a problem of the 1990s . Gross domestic bonded debt rose sharply from 3 percent of GDP in 1990 to about 25 percent of GDP at the close of the millennium . See Table 1 . The evolution of the domestic debt was through fiscal excesses beginning from 1990 . Unbudgeted outlays for hosting of the Non - Aligned Movement ' s Ministerial Conference and the Peacekeeping operations in Liberia ( ECOMOG ) in 1990 , and later expenditures on District level elections proved to be too much strain on the fragile economy and the country has not recovered since . In the case of the district level elections , as in all other political expenditures , there were budgeted costs related to the process and unbudgeted costs to influence the process . The fiscal pressures of these unplanned expenditures were exacerbated by the fact that the availability of program aid was very limited in the 1990s and disbursement of project aid has slowed down considerably — not unrelated to the policy failures . Comparing changes in the debt from year to year with the deficits of each year shows that the debt was driven mostly by the deficit . In 1996 the budget plunged into a deficit , which only deepened over the years . From about 3 percent of GDP in 1996 , the deficit rose to about 17 percent at the close of 2000 . Table 2 compares the changes in the domestic debt ( less revaluation stocks ) with the deficit for each year . It is clear that since 1997 , creation of domestic debt was not enough to finance the deficit . Thus for the last half of the 1990s the country had to borrow externally and / or print money to finance the deficit . Table 2 : Relationship between Domestic Debt and Deficit ( in billion cedis ) 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 Change in Domestic Debt - 5 . 8 74 . 7 350 . 1 58 . 1 200 . 9 594 . 4 872 . 0 994 . 7 1301 . 8 855 . 5 Change in Treasury Bills - 8 . 5 20 . 3 18 . 3 32 . 7 86 . 4 450 . 0 677 . 9 751 . 8 1734 . 3 872 . 2 Deficit ( - ) / Surplus ( + ) 39 . 1 - 144 . 4 - 97 . 6 111 . 7 70 . 3 - 335 . 4 - 1174 . 2 - 1048 . 7 - 1339 . 7 - 4531 . 0 PSBR - 51 . 8 144 . 2 45 . 6 - 26 . 7 - 27 . 7 531 . 1 728 . 0 672 . 6 1117 . 5 2397 . 2 Interest Payments 10 . 6 24 . 9 94 . 3 166 . 4 232 . 9 434 . 5 644 . 9 861 . 4 872 . 0 1446 . 2 18 . 9 6 . 1 3 . 3 - 4 . 7 - 30 . 3 10 . 1 21 . 7 11 . 1 17 . 7 - 2 . 5 Real Interest Rate ( % ) Nature of the Debt It has been quite difficult to estimate the actual size of the domestic debt . The first issue relates to coverage . Total public debt must be defined to include the debt of ( i ) the central government ; ( ii ) the municipal and local governments ; and ( iii ) state owned enterprises and subvented organizations . Generally , discussion gets focused on central government debt to the neglect of the other forms of public sector debt . However , local government debt may have come about because of delays in the release of the District Assemblies Common Fund by central government . In the case of state - owned enterprises such as the Tema Oil Refinery ( TOR ) delays by central government in instituting proper pricing policies led to huge implicit subsidies on fuel resulting in a pile up of debt totaling trillions of cedis . Thus , the true size of the domestic public debt must include the debts of all these organizations . The coverage issue aside , the actual size of the debt is made fluid by the existence of payment arrears in the system . For some years now , government has been postponing honoring its obligations to some contractors , particularly those in the road sector . This has created a stock of payment arrears , which is officially neglected in the computation of the gross domestic debt . The more tractable debt is that which is bonded . Further , included in the classification of the debt is the revaluation stocks issued by government to the central bank in respect of losses incurred in the revaluation of net foreign assets owing to the depreciation of the currency . For a long time , this was on the books of the central bank , rendering its net worth negative , and creating operational problems for the Bank . In 1996 , a decision was made to transfer the revaluation losses to Government in exchange for interest bearing stocks : this has since been part of the debt . Although since 1996 there has been further accumulation of losses , no new transfers have been made to the central government accounts . Indeed , revaluation losses currently on the balance sheet of Bank of Ghana are much more than what has so far been transferred to central government s account . Since this is not an expenditure - related debt , it may be necessary to exclude the revaluation stocks from the debt in order to evaluate properly the budget - related debt . Figure 1 : Maturity Structure of the Domestic Bonded Debt in Ghana ( in billion cedis ) Decomposition of the Debt By the year 2000 , the gross domestic bonded debt of central government and the central bank has reached almost 7 trillion cedis . See Figure 1 . The limited availability of different forms of financial instruments on the money market places a limitation on the forms of debt held . Much of the debt is of short - term nature . About 90 percent of the debt is held in the form of 91 - day and 180 - day Treasury bills . Long - term bonds are only held by the central bank . In 1993 long - term stocks issued amounted to 291 billion cedis and this was increased to 590 . 7 billion cedis in 1996 . Consequence of the Debt The debt has both fiscal and monetary consequences . The gross domestic bonded debt is larger than or equal to ( excluding revaluation stocks ) the total government revenue . Interest payment on the debt is about 15 percent of total expenditure , more than development expenditure , and greater than the total of the expenditure on health and education combined . Thus , the size and rate of growth of the debt weakens the ability of the fiscal to meet social and developmental commitments . More frighteningly , the size and high rate of growth of the debt can lead to state of bankruptcy in which the Government fails to honor its debt obligations . This situation will arise when the fiscal cannot meet the solvency criterion . The fiscal is said to be solvent if the present value of the future streams of the country s income is larger than the size of the debt . It is important to do this computation and ensure that the fiscal never becomes insolvent . The debt also creates monetary problems . Because government needs to borrow more to take care of the debt due and also to close the fiscal gap , interest rates are kept high and attractive . A profile of interest rates reveals real rates ranging between 10 and 21 . 7 percent between 1996 and 1999 . The high interest rates worsen the debt burden and cause government to borrow more to service it . Thus the Government becomes a " debt junkie " . The fiscal and the monetary consequences of the debt lead to poor economic growth . Investment by the private sector is slowed because of the high rates of interest and also because the public sector " crowds out " the private sector in the credit market . Management of the Debt Clearly , the first recommendation for containing the debt will be to aim for surpluses on the fiscal . Participants at the first National Economic Forum agreed to this in 1997 ; but the Government of the National Democratic Congress did not commit itself to its implementation . The recent National Economic Dialogue has also endorsed fiscal prudence as a way to contain the debt . It is a fact that so many national development projects and social programmes are waiting to be implemented . Thus , reducing the fiscal expenditure may be problematic and may be politically costly . Elimination of waste and switching of expenditure into more productive areas may be more beneficial . The Government may also have to find ways of generating more revenue to achieve the budgetary surplus . The inflationary consequences and loss of macroeconomic policy consistency and stability that followed the introduction of the VAT in 1995 , however , are a reminder that generating non - inflationary revenue may be no less problematic than restraining expenditure growth . Some amount of surprise inflation in the system can also help to reduce the debt . Basically , the government as the debtor will gain for any rise in the general price level . But , quite apart from the inflation tax , the rise in the general price level creates seigniorage revenue for Government that can be used to pair back the debt . But , this can backfire . It has been established in the economic literature that as inflation increases seigniorage revenue can only increase up to a point , after which it then fall . However , inflation once initiated may be difficult to control . A third method of containing the deficit will be to divest some of the national assets . For some time now some state owned enterprises have been on the divestiture list and it is about time to push them for sale . Others that have been divested for which payments have not been made should be settled as quickly as possible . It is important that the divestiture be properly indexed to either foreign exchange or inflation so that value is not lost in case of long delays in payment . Finally , it may be necessary for government to transform some of the debt from short - term to long - term . Consensus was reached on this at the last Economic Dialogue . At the same time , if the official inflation numbers are to be believed , the rates of interest on the Treasury bills are too high , even in real terms . It is important to note that banking regulation already makes it mandatory for the banks to hold secondary reserves in the form of Treasury bills . Thus , the banks do not need too much " convincing " to invest in Treasury bills . With the non - bank public , the low rates on saving deposits makes the rates on the Treasury bills " too attractive " . In sum , the Treasury bill rates can come down by some percentage points without hurting demand , while giving tremendous boost to debt reduction . Regarding external debt , I will say that the decision of the Government to adopt the HIPC Initiative is welcome as it allows breathing space for tackling more pertinent domestic issues . Conclusion Aid is good if it is back by good policies . There is the need for proper coordination of aid projects in the country . The tendency for donors looking for results by planting their flags on specific projects should be discouraged . More grants may lead to smaller deficits and hence less borrowing . The domestic debt is a problem not only because of its size but also the rate at which it is growing . A large portion of the debt is held in short term bonds with high real rates , which create a vicious circle for the debt burden . The fiscal and monetary consequences of the debt are enormous with a threatening possibility of insolvency occurring in the near future . It is important to move the fiscal from the chronic deficit position into surpluses , to reduce the growing threat from the debt . The prudent fiscal management while a means to proper debt management also creates the condition for more aid inflow .

SPEECH BY PROF . JOPHUS ANAMUAH - MENSAH , VICE - CHANCELLOR OF THE UNIVERSITY OF EDUCATION , WINNEBA ON THE OCCASION OF THE TWELFTH MATRICULATION CEREMONY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF EDUCATION , WINNEBA HELD ON SATURDAY , OCTOBER 16 , 2004 Pro Vice - Chancellor , Registrar , Principals , Deans of Faculty , Directors , Heads of Department , Members of Convocation , Distinguished Freshmen and women , Ladies and Gentlemen . I extend a very warm welcome to all our distinguished guests on behalf of Council and Academic Board of the University of Education . I am particularly happy to welcome the first year students who constitute the twelfth batch of students to be matriculated in this University . I welcome you to the University of Education , Winneba . Dear freshmen and women , permit me to congratulate you for sailing through our stringent and competitive admission procedures . This ceremony enables you to take the matriculation oath that signifies your formal admission to the University . It also enjoins you to be of good behaviour and obedient to the Vice - Chancellor and all constituted authority while you remain students of this University . Take this ceremony and the advice you are given seriously . They can help shape your life in the University and for your future professional development . ADMISSIONS Ladies and Gentlemen , the mission of this University is to train competent teachers and educational administrators for the pre - tertiary level of education in this country . Over the past twelve years , the University has tried to achieve this mission through its enrolment and the provision of quality education . We have tried every year to offer admission to as many students as the academic and infrastructural facilities available to us permit us to cater for . Out of a total of 8181 applications received , 6585 qualified applicants sat the entrance examinations this year . Out of this number , 3796 constituting 58 % gained admission to pursue various programmes of study at the B . Ed level . A total of 1306 females constituting 35 % of total students were admitted . In the Winneba Campus , out of a total of 4644 applications received , 3736 qualified applicants sat the entrance examinations out of which 2381 ( 64 % ) made up of 1423 ( 60 % ) men and 958 ( 40 % ) women were admitted . In the Kumasi Campus , out of a total of 3010 applications received , 2617 qualified applicants comprising 1961 ( 75 % ) men and 656 ( 25 % ) women sat for the entrance examinations out of which 1190 ( 40 % ) made up of 879 ( 74 % ) men and 311 ( 26 % ) females gained admission . The Mampong - Ashanti Campus received a total of 527 applications out of which 232 were qualified to write the entrance examinations . This was made up of 195 ( 84 % ) men and 37 ( 16 % ) women . Out of this number , 225 made up of 188 ( 83 % ) men and 37 ( 17 % ) women secured admission . This University is profoundly constrained by lack of lecture halls and teaching / learning facilities . With adequate improvement in these facilities we would be able to increase our student intake . From next academic year , the University would give direct admissions to graduates of the Senior Secondary Schools who are ready to join the teaching profession . 25 % of the University s total admissions would be given to the SSS graduates . Ladies and Gentlemen , we have over the years been concerned about the imbalances in educational provision in this country especially at the tertiary level . We are particularly concern about low female enrolment in tertiary education , low enrolment of students offering science and mathematics programmes of study , low capacity for technical and vocational teacher education and low enrolment of students from disadvantaged areas of the country . The University therefore continues to explore strategies to encourage prospective students to enrol in these programmes . For the past five ( 5 ) years , the University has been organising pre - entry programmes to prepare prospective science students who do not have the requisite qualifications for direct admission in order to upgrade them to the level required for admission . In this academic year about 319 students have been admitted through this method . Through affirmative action the female to male ratio has also improved significantly . POSTGRADUATE ADMISSION This year the University admitted seventy - eight ( 78 ) students to its expanded postgraduate programmes . Four ( 4 ) out of the seventy - eight ( 78 ) students were admitted for Ph . D in applied linguistics and the remaining number were admitted to undertake various M . Phil and Postgraduate diploma programmes . Twenty - five ( 25 ) students representing 32 % were females . ACCOMMODATION One area that still seems to be of considerable concern to us is residential accommodation . For the past five years , as a result of the yearly increase in students ’ admission , it has been difficult for us to provide residential accommodation to all first year students . During the last academic year a small number of freshmen and women were offered residential accommodation . Out of a total of 2138 students offered admission at the Winneba campus , only 108 of them constituting 4 . 2 % were offered residential accommodation . This year , out of the total of 2381 students who have been offered admission at the Winneba campus , only 196 of them constituting 8 . 4 % have been offered residential accommodation . The rest of you have found yourself in private hostels dotted around Winneba . Some of you have even rented rooms with poor ventilation and toilet facilities . Students who go in for these relatively cheap rented premises should know that they are putting their health at risk . Good health is essential for the successful pursuit of academic work in the University . Patronize the excellent hostel facilities we have around . SEMESTER UNIT SYSTEM The University operates the semester system . Under this arrangement , students are assessed at the end of each semester on the basis of their work in their various courses . This demands consistent work , attendance at all lectures and tutorials and the completion of continuous assessment work . I wish to take this opportunity to encourage you to study hard to justify your selection . Please avoid procrastination so far as your studies are concerned . Students who fail to adhere to this advice and would want to cheat during examinations will have themselves to blame . STUDIES Dear freshmen and women let me remind you that you are here to be trained to enable you effectively handle the development of our children . A very important responsibility . This responsibility has even become profoundly important in view of the fact that our educational system is almost in a deplorable state . Standards in our educational system are falling fast . You are here to develop yourselves to make a difference in our schools . The academic programmes in which you have been enrolled will prepare you to develop analytical , community and pedagogical skills . Some of you are being prepared to become heads of schools . Who will be expected to manage and supervise instruction ? This again is a weak point in the education system . It is our hope that the new educational reform will pay attention to this and appoint heads of schools on contract for four ( 4 ) years . Any renewal should be based on performance . I will therefore expect you to take your studies seriously and avoid unnecessary disorder and disruptions of academic work which will prevent you from getting the best out of your education and mar the good name of the University . Let me refer you to Section 3 . 9 of the Regulations on Semester Calendar and Course Unit System which clearly spells out the conditions for your academic progression from semester to semester in this University and I quote subsections 3 . 9 . 1 , 3 . 9 . 2 and 3 . 9 . 3 . To progress from semester to semester , a student is required to maintain a cumulative GPA of 1 . 0 . A student may be allowed to trail not more than two failed courses for three semesters after which he / she is expected to pass the courses or withdraw . In any given semester a student cannot trail more than two courses . A student shall be allowed to repeat a course only once . This means that anyone who fails in more than two ( 2 ) courses in a particular semester will be withdrawn . I would like to entreat all of you to refer to this section for your guidance . The decision to withdraw or continue the programme would depend on your academic performance . I entreat you to take your courses seriously . The Departments have already made available to you course outlines that describe the aims and objectives of the courses for your benefit . You will also be provided with Departmental brochures that state the details of your programme of study . These will enable you know in advance what is expected of you and to plan your studies . ICT Freshmen and women , the three campuses of the University are hooked on to the internet via satellite and therefore have unlimited access to internet resources for research and teaching . The Internet is a powerful source of knowledge and I would like to appeal to you to visit academic sites regularly and research for information related to your studies ; while on holidays get in touch with your lecturers through the email where necessary to discuss your academic problems . The University s programmes will provide you with the best preparation for teaching . You will be introduced to ICT as a compulsory course and you will have access to the use of computers for fifteen ( 15 ) hours a day throughout your first year . This University has fully integrated information and Communication Technology into its teaching and learning processes . Lecturers will soon be posting their notes , assignments and answers to the most frequently asked questions on their websites . This is vital to enable the University fulfil its mission of training competent teachers and educational administrators who have the necessary technological skills to enable them create the necessary transformational climate in our pre - tertiary educational institutions . INTERNSHIP PROGRAMME Freshmen and women , as part of your education in this institution , you will be required to undertake an internship or mentoring programme in a school of your choice . This is a new approach to teacher Education in Ghana . This approach recognises that content knowledge alone is not sufficient for the effective preparation of a teacher today . Continuing Professional study , clinical practice , and ongoing reflective practice are very crucial . Having the ability to design learning experiences that inspire and interest children is the most important quality of good teachers . The internship programme therefore will assist you to relate the theoretical principles in education learnt over the years to the cultural and ecological settings of the school under the direction of a mentor . To qualify for a degree you must have a good pass in the internship programme . Those who have gone through it describe it as the most rewarding pre - teaching experience they have gone through . GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING We have in existence on the North Campus a Counselling Centre which is run by experienced counsellors appointed to help you solve your social and academic problems . In addition , you have academic counsellors in your departments who will help you make very important decisions affecting your academic life . Make it a point to see your counsellors on a regular basis . RADIO LECTURES As you might have already experienced , some of the courses for which you have been enrolled , especially the general courses have over 500 students . This does not allow for effective learning . The University has for the past few years introduced the use of interactive radio lectures to address the issue of large classes . This innovation allows students to tune their radios to Radio Windy Bay to listen to lectures . They can choose to stay in their rooms , Junior Common Room or any appropriate place to receive lectures and interact with the lecturer through the telephone system . This can help avoid the mad rush to secure seats in lecture rooms , reduce anxiety , keep students more relaxed and improve their rate of absorption . COMPORTMENT Freshmen and women , the teaching profession requires high professional standards and code of ethics . As professional teachers in training therefore , you should be seen as role models to set good examples for the thousands of school pupils and students who will be looking up to you , and the general public . Since some of you live in town , you are going to interact more with the community and your actions are bound to be under scrutiny . You therefore have to demonstrate a high sense of disciplinary behaviour and live above reproach . Avoid excessive drinking , drugs and other vices . The HIV / AIDS pandemic is real . It is a killer . Avoid unbridled sexual behaviour . Uphold the code of ethics and serve as role models to lift the image of the University . CONCLUSION I would like finally to remind you about the importance of the Student Handbook , copies of which have been given to each one of you . I urge you all to study the rules and regulations contained in the handbook , for they apply to all students of the University and are binding on all . They provide the guide for your academic and social lives here as students and you need to know them and abide by them . As I conclude my address , I will like you to reflect on certain symbols that are unique to UnEW . One is the emblem of the University which bears the motto : “ Education for Service . The Emblem has red , white and blue as its colours . It also has the Akan symbol , Matie Masie which reflects the acquisition of knowledge . The flame on top of Matie Masie symbol suggests that knowledge acquired should shine and be seen by all . The white surrounding the flame and the symbol and the spikes at its edges emphasise that knowledge should permeate all corners of the country and the world at large . The RED indicates the hardwork , toil , commitment and persistence required in knowledge acquisition and knowledge transfer . Your stay here is not going to be easy but with hard work and dedication to your studies , you will succeed . Take note however to ensure that others benefit from your knowledge and thus make the Motto of the University , “ Education for Service ” real . The other symbol is the Academic Giant in front of the Administration Block . This statue depicts excellence in the pursuit of knowledge . The last symbol is the University Anthem . Read the words and meditate on them . They are meant to be inspirational and to propel you to achieve greater heights in your field . It is our hope that as you pursue your programmes , you will remember that it is not academic excellence alone that should be the focus of your attention but the development of your whole being especially your moral uprightness . I trust that you will study hard to justify your stay here .

For developing countries in general , the problems posed in applying modern macroeconomics are severe because economic structures are so different . Financial markets are often virtually absent , many economies are small , open , and periodically hit by temporary trade shocks , and most of them are heavily regulated by government controls . Furthermore , the lack of attention to institutional characteristics in the neo - classical approach and the absence of viable micro - foundations in the structuralists theories have tended to make the exchanges between the two schools polemical . Meanwhile , many developing countries have experienced dramatic macroeconomic events , and have embarked upon large policy experiments , in an alarming vacuum of comprehension . This vacuum has arisen because both schools of thought the neoclassical and structuralists are right : theory must be tailored to structure to be applicable , but an atheoretic approach is inadequate . Policy research is a must . Ghana is classifiable as a controlled open economy a small , open economy with a weak financial market , subject to a variety of government controls and liable to temporary shocks in terms of trade . In 1998 , Ghana experienced a positive terms of trade ( TOT ) shock equivalent to a 26 . 5 percent improvement in the barter terms of trade . The question of interest is how did the government manage the windfall ? Did it tax it ? Did it increase public expenditure , and if so , what ? Faced with a shock of comparable magnitudes ( actually somewhat bigger in 1977 ) on account of the Brazilian frost of 1975 which caused a large but temporary increase in the price of coffee , " the governments of Kenya and Tanzania arrived at radically different answers " to this question : In Kenya virtually the entire price increase was passed on to coffee farmers ( most of whom were peasants ) , whereas in Tanzania almost the entire windfall was taxed . In search of an appropriate lesson for Ghana and guide to policy as to best practice for managing shocks , the temptation is to examine the experiences of these two countries with a view to assessing the efficacy of their respective policy responses . The two responses , however , are not directly comparable , owing to key differences in policies in place before the windfall . The differences constitute the less obvious but probably more important , type of policy issue , namely the way in which private behavior is constrained by government regulations which predate the windfall . For even if the private sector is permitted to receive the windfall , its responses will be shaped by the control regime . Like the Kenyan experience , we will demonstrate that the policy response in Ghana was inconsistent and grossly sub - optimal . Not only were resources misallocated , but the regime was " particularly ill - suited to the efficient utilization of temporary windfalls , which are a recurring feature of the economy " . The World Bank has in the context of the subsequent sharp reversal in the terms of trade noted the incapacity of the government to manage shocks , leaving the economy vulnerable to periodic shocks . The Tanzanian policies have been described as " an example of an incompatible control regime " . The central aspect of such policy configurations is that they are not sustainable and so must be " eventually changed " . Indeed the particular policy combination adopted by the Tanzanian government " gives rise to a disastrous cumulative contraction in the economy " which may be referred to as an " implosion " . The Ghanaian episode shares some similarities especially in the fiscal policy aspect with the Tanzanian , but differs critically in that there was a regime of universal price controls in Tanzania which is what makes that scenario an incompatible control regime . The way in which controls shape private responses to windfalls which private agents receive is central to policy analysis . Controls restrict how private agents make use of windfalls ; foreign exchange controls inhibit the acquisition of foreign financial assets ; import quotas may restrict the volume of imports , or alter their composition ; and interest rate ceilings may alter the volume and composition of investment . Fiscal Policy Responses Stabilizing Taxation A relatively passive or laissez - faire public response is inappropriate for three reasons . First , permanent national income rises with the windfall , and so does tax revenue at existing tax rates . In the absence of a mechanism assuring an automatic rise in public expenditure , an arbitrary fall in the public sector deficit will result . On the other hand , a reasonable assumption is that there is a positive elasticity of desired public expenditure with respect to permanent national income . The Ghanaian experience at the time of the windfall was that the expenditure elasticity was , if anything , higher than the elasticity of tax revenues at existing rates also positive . Some change in the level and / or structure of tax rates may be necessary . The size and shape of the public sector would no doubt change . The critical point , however , is that there can be no guarantee that these automatic changes will correspond to what is wanted . This is why the issue of the appropriate long - run level of expenditure and taxation design arises . Second , the marginal cost of public funds may temporarily drop during the boom . The windfall can be likened to an economic rent , so that it can be taxed away with minimal disincentive effects . Thus to the extent that the windfall was both temporary and once for all , there were powerful arguments that a high proportion of the incremental income be taxed at source ( see also Economic Reforms in Ghana ) . Finally , appropriate fiscal response may be influenced by the nature and composition of public expenditure , particularly by the allocation between tradables and non - tradables on the one hand , and consumption and investment on the other . The sharp appreciation of the real exchange rate will imply some shift in the optimal allocation of public expenditure between tradables and non - tradables , more markedly in the short - run than in the long run . It may also have implications for the level of government spending , as opposed to its allocation . The CEPA position implicitly assumed that cocoa farmers were likely to be over - optimistic in their expectations were the windfall allowed to accrue to them . This would imply that cocoa farmers might attempt to consume too high a proportion of the windfall , and the government must attempt to prevent this . Ideally , the government would raise a loan , returning the money when the windfall was clearly over . This was exactly the proposal in the CEPA call for a Cocoa Buffer Fund . In the event , through the mismanagement of the exchange rate , the cedi depreciated nominally by only 4 % -- implying high real appreciation and with producer prices unrevised , the cocoa windfall was shared between users of foreign exchange and the Government of Ghana ( GOG ) . Indeed , the cocoa export tax reached a high point the highest in recent times . Inter - temporal considerations indicate that a stable deficit is unlikely to be optimal during a windfall . Moreover , even the direction of change in the deficit is ambiguous . What needs stressing , however , is that even if the government has more accurate perceptions than the private sector concerning the underlying instability , the obvious response is to disseminate the superior information rather than to act on the assumed ignorance of private agents as actually happened with the implicit rejection of the cocoa buffer fund . But the main source of sub - optimality of the official policy stance is the implicit assumption that the monetary authority , the BOG was capable of exercising the required custodial function over windfall resources . This is a critical empirical question requiring substantiation . Indeed , it could be argued that it was the absence of this capacity that led to the choice of an inappropriate exchange rate regime . The resultant misalignment caused an import binge that damaged the import - competing sector . It also spawned an " over - borrowing syndrome " that caused considerable havoc when the exchange rate regime collapsed . Foreign Exchange Controls Under the Exchange Control Act , private citizens ( unless otherwise authorized ) cannot hold either foreign currency or foreign assets . In a context of strict application , private agents are compelled to accumulate and decumulate domestic assets . And in the absence of a bond market the only financial asset is money . The opportunity cost of using funds for a proposed investment project is therefore whichever is the greater of the return on the best other project available and the return on money which will be assumed to be zero in nominal terms . Figure 1 : Savings / Investment Behavior in Periods of Commodity Booms and Bursts savings / investments NPV0 schedule : the pre - boom net present value ( NPV ) of project discounted at the opportunity cost of funds over the life of the project . A transient boom or windfall would leave permanent income unrevised and hence increase savings . In the presence of exchange controls , the boom may so increase desired savings that there are not enough domestic projects with a positive net present value ( NPV ) to absorb them , the balance being an asset demand for money . Since , by assumption , the nominal return to this is zero , this indicates that the discount rate used to generate the NPV is zero during the boom phase . Exchange controls prohibiting the legal acquisition of foreign financial assets cause this fall in the domestic interest rate during the boom , shifting the schedule from NPV 0 to NPV 1 ( see Figure 1 ) . The effect of this control is partly a dead - weight loss in the form of a misallocation of investible resources . NPV 2 is the schedule corresponding to absence of such foreign exchange controls citizens are free to hold interest - bearing foreign securities . The discount rate being higher , the NPV schedule is shifted downwards relative to controlled case NPV 1 . The exchange controls cause a lowering the discount rate during the boom and thus induce a quantity ad of investment , which yields NPV equivalent to the shaded triangle ( bcd ) less than obtainable from foreign securities . This is the dead - weight loss existing from being constrained to invest in domestic assets only . Additionally , there is a transfer the unshaded area ( adhg ) from domestic lenders to domestic borrowers , and a further transfer shaded rectangle ( dcef ) from holders of money as an asset to the monetary authority ( the BOG ) . This latter occurs because the BOG accumulates the foreign exchange equivalent of df , which it holds in a custodial role on behalf of private citizens and which is therefore a component of the change in the net foreign assets of the central bank ( D NFA BOG ) , with a corresponding increase in Reserve Money ( D H ) as cash held by the non - bank public sector ( NBPS ) . This is demonstrated below . Let W denote windfall income and h the propensity to accumulate financial assets . Then , under foreign exchange controls and in the absence of bonds , the demand for financial assets ( hW ) translates into an equivalent asset demand for currency by the NBPS . Consequently from the balance sheet of the BOG we obtain the following : D NFA BOG = D H = hW If further , domestic money banks ( DMBs ) are successful in meeting their desired lending targets exclusively by consumption loans since , by assumption , there are no further investments with positive NPVs then through the money multiplier ( m ) assumed to be stable the change in money supply ( D M ) is given by : D M = m D H = mhW Thus , the impact effect of the boom , given foreign exchange controls , is : temporarily to raise the demand for money by hW , i . e . , in addition to the increased demand for transactions balances ; temporarily to raise money supply by mhW ; and for the NFA BOG to correspondingly increase by the foreign exchange equivalent of hW . An excess supply of money ( m - 1 ) hW results which , assuming m is sufficiently large to ensure overall excess money supply , raises nominal prices of tradables ( Tr ) and of non - tradables ( N ) . Under the floating exchange rate regime , the exchange rate depreciates by the extent of the increase in the nominal price of tradable goods . Both of these effects are temporary , being reversed as monetary assets are converted into real assets with the relative price ( P Tr / P N ) unchanged . ( Note that trade policy is assumed unchanged ) . The management of this trajectory , however , poses two difficult judgments for the Bank of Ghana . first , it must be borne in mind that a portion of the increased demand for money , hW , is in respect of a temporary demand for financial assets and will be reversed ; and second , with enough consumption lending by the DMBs the money supply would increase by mhW . Consequently , if m is large , then in spite of increased transactions demand for money , there might be an excess money supply at the initial price level . It is important to note that in the floating exchange rate regime , if this eventuality of excess money supply occurs , the rate depreciates in spite of the temporary accumulation of international reserves by the BOG ( D NFA BOG = hW > 0 ) Consequently , in the predetermined exchange rate regime pegged or crawl a possible second best response may be for the BOG to depreciate , not necessarily appreciate , the nominal exchange rate although its holdings of international reserves are increasing . This response , which could be contrary to the exchange rate determining rule implicitly used by the BOG , is precisely what CEPA proposed in 1998 . This could have not only eliminated the tax on cocoa farmers ( on account of real cedi appreciation ) but together with the proposed fiscal policy enabled the proposed Cocoa Buffer Fund to be created as cushion for the projected reversal in export earnings in 1999 . Significantly , and above all , it would have halted the process of continued real appreciation of the cedi that was causing havoc in the tradables sector . Over the period 1996 to 1998 , the BOG intervened with exchange rate determination , selecting a path , which it attempted to maintain by means of reserve accumulation and decumulation . Given this policy stance , a temporary windfall could generate a divergence between the actual exchange rate and the equilibrium exchange rate . The divergence reflects differences between the policy rule of the BOG and the determination of the floating rate . Moreover , this divergence or exchange rate misalignment has consequences for the price level and the real economy . Since the BOG appeared to have been totally unaware of the custodial role that the Exchange Control law and other restrictions confer on it , it has found it difficult to accept responsibility for the exchange rate collapse . It claimed that the quantity of forex sold in 1998 was not much different than in the previous years 1996 and 1997 . Consider the exchange rate E = E bar It may be noted that in the floating exchange rate regime , the two changes in the demand for money induced by the windfall are accommodated by a fall in the price of tradables as the nominal exchange rate appreciates . In the fixed exchange rate case , however , accommodating any increased demand for money must now be through money supply increases . With a stable money multiplier , m , this , in turn requires an increase in reserve money ( H ) such that m D H = D M or D H = D M / m The increase , D H , is achieved as private agents in aggregate exchange foreign exchange for cedis , the counterpart being reserve accumulation by the BOG ( D H - D NFA BOG ) . Thus , in contrast to the floating regime where all the increase in foreign financial assets is held by private agents , under the foreign exchange control assumption , they are held by DMBs . In the fixed rate regime the BOG acquires some of these holdings specifically D M / m E bar US dollars ( where E bar is the fixed exchange rate per unit of US dollar and m is the money multiplier ) . To recap , the asset demand component of the increased demand for money is transient . The transactions demand component generated by higher permanent income , however , is permanent . Consequently , the transient component of the corresponding increase in Reserve Money is best considered as a temporary loan from private agents . The permanent component , of course , represents resources permanently available to the authorities . ( Increases in foreign exchange equalization account are relatively transferred to GOG as non - tax revenues ) . Because of the fixed exchange rate assumption this resource transfer occurs in the early stages of the windfall , as the BOG becomes a custodian of part of the foreign financial assets that in the absence of exchange controls would have been temporarily accumulated by private agents . Conceptually , therefore , the following components of official foreign exchange reserves can be distinguished : foreign exchange reserves acquired by the BOG directly or indirectly through taxations ; foreign exchange acquired in exchange for cedis which will be held permanently by private agents for domestic transactions ; and foreign exchange acquired in exchange for cedis , which will only be held temporarily by private agents . Corresponding to the second , the BOG has only notional liability but in respect of the third , it has a liability , which it will only know about , and be able to date if it fully understands the intentions behind the current money demand of private agents . The information problem of the BOG is therefore to interpret changes in reserves by attributing them to temporary and permanent in the private sector , and to temporary and permanent changes in the budget deficit and exchange and trade controls . This problem is formidable . Private sector responses are complex , involving overshoots in the real exchange rate ( RER ) and in money demand . Furthermore , the BOG could at best discover changes in trade controls and the budget deficit after a lag . If it misinterprets the accumulation of reserves , it may transfer larger resources from the exchange equalization account to the GOG than warranted ; or more likely under the managed float regime , intervene by more than appropriate , causing relative appreciation of the rate and a divergence of the actual path from the free float one . Another consequence of the fixed exchange rate is that the price level rises during the boom . The price of tradables , being fixed , any rise in that of non - tradables raises the overall price level . The mechanisms to raise the money supply are via a payments surplus , and accumulation of a payments surplus is a flow adjustment . Since the rise in the transactions demand for money is immediate , however , the impact effect of the windfall is to create excess demand for domestic currency . This will in turn have a moderating effect on the rise in the price of N ( and increased quantity of imports ) . This effect is gradually eroded as the payments surplus leads to monetary accumulation . Equilibrium is restored once the surplus has accumulated in excess of the desired trajectory of temporary foreign financial assets by the extent of the increase in the transactions demand for money . It is therefore possible that prices of N , and hence the price level , continue to rise for some time after their initial jump . In Figure 2 below , this price is represented by movement from E to C and thence to A . A third consequence is that , because the exchange rate is fixed the DMBs can pay an interest on domestic bank deposits equal to the world interest rate without making any allowance for a depreciating exchange rate . In sum , the fixed exchange rate implies that the BOG automatically acquires a custodian role for temporary holdings of windfall foreign exchange ; there is a higher price level during the windfall , and a smaller initial increase in the relative prices of N ; and there is a lower nominal domestic interest rate . Under a managed float regime , the accumulation of reserves might trigger a revaluation of the exchange rate . The implicit policy rule of the BOG , which determined the rate , appeared related to reserve levels . Since an appreciation of the rate will occur automatically in a floating - rate regime , such a revaluation would in itself reduce the divergence implied by a fixed exchange rate regime . The CEPA policy proposal thus involved possible asymmetry in response to reserve accumulation and decumulation . The political costs as seen in 2000 of devaluation is so high especially in an election year , that in April the Minister of Finance produced a policy package , which centered upon import and other controls . The apparent misinterpretation by the BOG of the international reserves buildups during the boom of 1998 created the illusion that a permanently higher exchange rate was sustainable . In CEPA s view , the legacy of the windfall was an overvalued exchange rate . Which was clearly unsustainable when the TOT deteriorated the following year and international reserves at critically low levels . The associated sharp fall in the cocoa export tax compounded the budgetary imbalances and the continued accumulation of payment arrears . In Figure 2 , WW shows how perceived welfare comprising expected unemployment effects , both short and long term , future rates of inflation and associated income distribution effects rises with the short - run rate of inflation . With the floating rate regime , the optimal point is A , with inflation OS . This is the desired inflation rate . It also reflects a policy of living with inflation . O R Q S Rate of Inflation Under a fixed rate regime ( assuming no structural changes , no autonomous capital movements , and no shifts in demand patterns or differences in productivity growth compared to the rest of the world that might make an inflation differential compatible with an unchanged balance of payments ) , the balance of payments can be in equilibrium only if the country s inflation rate equals that of the Rest of the World or OR . With inflation rates higher than OR , a balance of payments deficit would result . On the assumption that this yields a net welfare loss ( interest payments , etc . , exceed the value of extra reserves received ) the welfare curve becomes BT . The optimal point on BT is C , with inflation OQ > OR but less the desired rate OS . Over time foreign exchange reserves decline or accumulate , accommodating debts build up ; the curve BT swings down tending to be vertical ; C moves towards B . In the process the optimal and actual coincide at OR .

First African Forex Bureau was incorporated as a limited liability company on October 3 , 1991 . The company obtained its certificate to commence business on July 6 1992 to carry out foreign exchange dealings . Under the day - to - day administration of hardworking management the company boasts of highly motivated and dedicated workforces who have made tremendous impact and continues to play a prominent role in the foreign exchange business . Kwesi Tetteh Dadzie - Our vision is to become the best foreign exchange dealer in the sub region in the near future and to open more subsidiaries in the “ Golden Triangle ” cities of Ghana whilst offering innovative , fast dedicated service to our valued customers . 1ST AFRICAN FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED 1 st African Financial Services Limited was incorporated as a limited liability company in 1993 and obtained its certificate to commence business on August 4 1994 . The company s registered authorized business is to operate the business of cash transfer . Through these activities the company is able to help in foreign currency mobilization for the Central Bank and the banking system since remittances received are in forex but payments are made in the local currency . Gifty Affenyi - Dadzie - The Company s vision is to be known and recognized as a leading remittance company with high quality services and to be on top in this industry . Its mission is to pursue excellence by growing more markets in our core business of offering remittance services . Our focus is to provide very fast customer oriented services which will be internationally acclaimed . ACCRA BREWERY LIMITED Accra Brewery Limited ( ABL ) , originally known as Overseas Breweries Limited , was registered in 1931 for the purposes of establishing a brewing industry in the then Gold Coast . Following a new investment law passed in 1975 , there was a revision of ownership and the name changed to the current one . Again in 1997 , South African Breweries acquired controlling shares in the company . ABL is one of the oldest , non - traditional manufacturing businesses in Ghana and is listed on the Ghana Stock Exchange . ABL prides herself on the quality of her brands , including Club Beer and Castle Milk Stout , which are produced and marketed from our site in Accra . ABL also takes pride in our commitment to utilize local raw materials . ADANSI RURAL BANK LIMITED The bank was established and licensed by the Bank of Ghana in 1981 . The objective was to provide financial services to the rural communities . It was also to serve as catalyst or agent for rapid economic development in rural communities through mobilization of deposit and granting of credit to productive areas like the cottage industry . Currently the bank has 4 Branches in addition to the head office at Fomena , namely , Dunkirk , Obuasi , Kaase and Akrokerri . Our current products include Current Account , Savings Account , Time Account , Susu , International Money Transfers , Domestic Money Transfer – Apex Link , Advances and Micro Credit ( Maa Kanko , Youth Credit and Mixed ) . Evans Aidoo - The Bank shall relentlessly strive to be a leading micro finance institution in Ghana . AFRICAN AUTOMOBILE LIMITED ( AAL ) AAL was established in 1976 and since that time has expanded and developed into one of Ghana ’ s leading suppliers of all vehicle types and accessories carrying the banners of several world renowned brand names including Mitsubishi , Hyundai , and Case New Holland . With sophisticated marketing , communication and procurement skills together with a strong focus on after sales service and spare parts supply AAL within a few years became the pacesetter for vehicle distribution not only in Ghana but also in the whole of Sub Sahara Africa . Apart from nationwide infrastructure of sales and after sales facilities AAL and its associates also provide extensive wholesale and retail operations for the supply of spare parts , consumables ( brake fluids , lubricants , hydraulic fluids and special oils ) and accessories for all makes of vehicles . M . S . Hijazi - It has always been a dream for Ghana to become the center of trade for West Africa , the “ Hong Kong ” of the Region . It is therefore incumbent upon us , the business and trade community , to turn the dream into reality and to realize the ambition . Our contribution to this goal shall continue through planning , hard work and perseverance . AHANTAMAN RURAL BANK LIMITED The Ahantaman Rural Bank Ltd . was established in 1984 . Our services to the public include Current and Savings Accounts , Fixed Deposit Accounts , Susu Savings and Loans scheme , Group Savings / Loans scheme , ‘ Edwuma Mpontu , Loans and Overdrafts to Salaried Workers , Private Enterprise Support scheme , Outboard Motor Assistance scheme , Hire Purchase scheme through subsidiary ( Ahabank Company ) , International Funds Transfer with Metropolitan and Allied Bank ( Gh ) , Domestic Funds , Transfer – ‘ Apex Link ’ and Management of ‘ Donor - Tailored ’ Funds . The bank has branches / agencies which operate on daily basis at the following locations : Agona Nkwanta , Axim , Abura , Apowa , Kwesimintsim , Tanokrom , Kojokrom and Sekondi David Bampoe - The vision of the bank has been to become and remain the leading rural bank in the country . ALUWORKS LIMITED A continuous casting and cold rolling mill incorporated in 1978 . Aluworks processes primary aluminium ingots from BHP Billiton , South Africa . This situation would change with the resumption of operations by Valco . Products include semi - finished products such as coils , circles and flat sheets . These serve as raw materials for tertiary Aluminium industries in Ghana and overseas . Corrugated sheets and louver blades are also produced by Aluworks for the building industry . It has an annual capacity of 30 , 000 metric tons of rolled products . Aluworks products are supporting about 125 tertiary industries in Ghana , thereby creating employment for over 5000 workers . The company is ISO 9001 : 2000 certified and products are of world class quality . K . Venkataramana - The vision of Aluworks Ltd is to manufacture and sell high quality aluminium sheet products in an efficient and competitive manner in order to obtain the best returns on capital employed . Also to transform the company into an agile processor and supplier of world class semi - finished aluminium products with sustained profitability and to be the future leader in the manufacture of colour - coated sheets and aluminium foil for the building and packaging industry in Africa . AMALGAMATED BANK LIMITED ( AMALBANK ) Amalbank was incorporated in 1997 and started and commenced business in 1999 . The Bank s approach has been to meet the financial needs of small and medium scale enterprises in sectors of the economy least served by the existing financial institutions , by providing quality and prompt service , through collaboration with various trade / professional associations . Our products include deposit accounts , credit facilities , trade finance ( foreign operation ) among others . The bank has made tremendous strides in the Banking industry since its establishment . Although the Bank is relatively young , it has won the prestigious “ Best Growing Bank ” award for two years running ( 2001 and 2002 ) . It was also adjudged the “ Best in Short Term Loan Financing in 2001 . These laurels are a result of the efficient , innovative and professional services being rendered by a well - motivated , skilled and experienced crop of staff . Mr . W . Abra - Appiah - The bank s vision is to be more customer – focused , believing in long term relationships with clients , based on mutual trust , commitment and understanding . AMANSIE WEST RURAL BANK LIMITED The Amansie West rural Bank Limited was established and commissioned for operations on the 22 nd October , 1983 at Antoakrom in the Amansie West District of the Ashanti Region by an interim management committee of five . The bank is currently governed by a seven member management team . It has contributed immensely to the socio - economic development of its catchment area . Notable among these are the award of scholarships to about 60 students in secondary and tertiary institutions . George Osei - The vision of Amansie West Rural bank is to become the most efficiently managed Rural Bank in Ghana . ANOMABO BEACH RESORT The Anomabu Beach Resort was incorporated as a limited liability company on May7 , 1997 . The company obtained its certificate to commence business on July 3 , 1997 . The company s principal place of business is SKM off Cape Coast Road , Anomabo . The main business activity is to run beach resorts and to operate as hoteliers , restaurateurs and caterers . Excellent customer service and care , speed and efficiency underlie our services . Fahyez Bouhairie - Anomabo Beach Resort Limited aspires to provide a clean inexpensive African Eco Beach destination where our clients will feel at home while enjoying a period of total stress free stay . A great central point from where our clients can conveniently visit places in the Central Region . ATLANTIC & PACIFIC FOREX BUREAU The company was incorporated in 1992 and commenced business as a foreign exchange dealer in 1993 . The 1st African Group Ltd wholly owns the company . The company has benefited from the innovative and strategic management practices of its Executive Chairman and Managing Director . Their effectiveness is reflected in the steady increase in the profitability of the company . Gifty Affenyi - Dadzie - Our vision is to open more branches and subsidiaries in the Accra and Tema Metropolis whiles offering innovative and dedicated service to our valued customers . ATWIMA KWANWOMA RURAL BANK LIMITED Atwima Kwanwoma Rural Bank is a well managed rural bank established on September 6 , 1983 under the guiding principles of honesty and maintenance of a confidential code of conduct with regards to client information . As the 68 th rural bank to be established in the country and the 13 th in the Ashanti Region , the bank has grown to become the leading rural bank in Ghana today . Presently the bank has 5 branches located in Pakyi No . 2 , Santasi , Old Tafo , New Tafo and Ayigya . The bank currently provides the following products / services ; Current Accounts , Savings Accounts , Fixed Deposit Accounts , Susu Deposit / Loans , Golden Deposit Accounts , Dwetire Group Loan Scheme , Salary Loan , Church Development Scheme , Individual Loans / Overdraft and Travel Finance Loan Scheme . Godfried Odame Asare - Our vision is to be transformed into a fully fledged hybridized community Bank cum microfinance institution through the provision of efficient and reliable customer service , emphasis on human resource development , utilization of modern technology to increase market share and profitability and improvement in products to increase deposit levels . AYRTON DRUG MANUFACTURING COMPANY LIMITED Ayrton Drug Manufacturing Limited s journey into pharmaceuticals began in 1965 , when a small plant was acquired in Kokomlemle , a suburb of Accra employing about 15 workers . A new plant was built in 1969 on the Abeka Road in Accra , where the factory still operates today . The products of the company are ; finished dosage forms of capsules , tablets , syrups and dry powders for reconstitution as syrup forms . These are distributed throughout Ghana . Samuel Adjepong - Ayrton s vision is to become a major Pharmaceutical Manufacturer in the sub region producing good quality products at affordable prices to consumers in Ghana and its neighbouring countries ( ECOWAS ) . Also for the company to be associated with not only quality and affordability , but to ensure that Ayrton Drug is seen as a good friendly corporate entity participating in free aid programs to under privileged areas and creating work conditions and customer service that ensure that both worker and customer are happy to be part of the Ayrton family . BARCLAYS BANK OF GHANA LIMITED ( BBG ) The first Barclays branch in Ghana was commissioned on February 14 , 1917 . BBG is now a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Bank of the United Kingdom and is a major force internationally in both corporate and retail banking . In 2002 , Barclays launched Ghana ’ s first fully automated telephone banking operation . It was the first to introduce online banking for its corporate clients with Business Master International . Pay Direct , an electronic payroll system was another first in the country . Barclays is the first and only truly networked bank providing services through 25 branches across the country via a state - of - the - art satellite communications system which ensures up - to - date data availability on customers ’ accounts , anywhere in Ghana . BBG also runs a network of Automated Teller Machines ( ATMs ) providing 24 – hour mini banking facilities . The banks ’ superior skills in ICT have earned it the accolade of Best Bank in Information Technology for 2001 , Bank of the Year in 2000 and 2002 among others . BBG also has a fully operational community service department whose main duty is to ensure that the wider community obtains some tangible benefit from their operations in the country . Margaret Mwanakatwe - Over the last few years , BBG has revolutionized the banking industry in the country by pioneering several customer initiatives which were thought to be the preserve of citizens of developed countries . This mould - breaking mentality of Barclays has been the trade mark of our string of successes to the delight of our customers . We expect BBG s pre - eminence to be further under - scored as we bring to bear the full weight of our international experience and expertise in Ghana . BENSO OIL PALM PLANTATION LIMITED ( BOPP ) BOPP is a crude palm oil producing and processing company incorporated in 1976 by Unilever Plc and the Government of Ghana . The company is currently listed on the Ghana Stock Exchange . The company is located between two towns , namely ; Adum Banso and Benso in the Wassa Mpohor East District of the Western Region . The area has the right ecological conditions for oil palm plantation . The company has about 6 , 799 hectares of oil palms of which 3885 hectares are matured . BOPP is a strong performing company with an established record of profitability , which has been generated by a very efficient management and highly skilled and dedicated workforce . The company has improved its earnings over the last four ( 4 ) years and its liquidity position remains very healthy . The prospects of the company as a going – concern are bright and positive . Malik Amin - We intend to sustain shareholder interest / confidence in the company by processing our palm kernel into palm kernel oil and thereby build further value for the company . Replant ageing palm trees with higher yielding wilt resistant ones to increase output of fruits , turnover and profitability of the business . BOSOMTWE RURAL BANK LIMITED Bosomtwe Rural Bank was incorporated in 1981 and commenced business on December 9 , 1982 , with its head office at Kuntanase in the Ashanti Region . The Bank is engaged in the ordinary business of banking through effective and efficient mobilization of rural savings and makes such funds available to support viable economic ventures in rural Ghana . The bank has five branches at Kuntanase , Jachie , Kokofu , Trede and Atonsu Agogo and is well known for its innovativeness in the development and delivery of demand driven micro - finance products to meet the needs of the rural poor . Felix Owusu - Achiaw – Our vision is to become the most reliable and efficient rural bank in Ghana through a motivated workforce , innovative products and superior customer service in the chosen target market strategically to win competitive advantage . BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO GHANA ( BAT ) British America Tobacco Ghana is the major tobacco company in Ghana and currently ranks among the country s top 12 companies . Our presence in Ghana dates back to November 1 , 1952 when the company was incorporated as the then Pioneer Tobacco Company ( PTC ) with our core business being cigarette manufacturing and marketing . We became the sole local manufacturer after our merger with Meridian Tobacco Company ( MTC ) in 1999 . The company s locally manufactured cigarette brands - Rothmans , state express555 , Embassy , London , Diplomat and Tusker - match international standards . As a responsible corporate body , BAT only markets its products to adults who have chosen to smoke . The company s efforts , which are guided by high corporate values and principles , have earned it some international awards , including the agro - forestry award in1991 and 1996 as well as the non - traditional export award on seven occasions . Bernard Mavambu - In 2005 we are expecting to further entrench the successes we have made over the past two years . We will continue to take close look at our brand portfolio to ensure that we have the right brand mix that will further consolidate our position as the leader of the market . CAL BANK LIMITED Incorporated in 1989 , the bank is considered to be one of the most innovative banks in the country . The bank mobilizes resources both domestically and internationally , and channels these towards investment and lending opportunities in the country . In this way , Cal supports the development of the economy , focusing on sectors such as manufacturing and exports . The bank offers state - of - the - art corporate finance , trade finance and general banking services to its expanding clientele . CAL has been granted a universal banking license by Bank of Ghana and has plans to establish more branches and introduce ATMs in 2004 . Frank Adu Jnr . - We will continue to enhance our technology platform to enable us compete effectively and efficiently within the banking industry . In addition to our versatile Globus platform , we will continue to enhance our asset and liability management software as well as credit evaluation systems . CAMELOT GHANA LIMITED With 23 years experience in the print industry , CAMELOT remains the oldest name in security cheque and business form printing in West Africa . Incorporated in 1977 , it commenced operations in 1980 , and is today , a listed company on the Ghana Stock Exchange . CAMELOT continues to produce a wide range of premium security print products and business forms for the West Africa sub region , including MICR and CMC - 7 cheques , for both Anglophone and francophone automated clearing standards , printing for banks in Ghana and the West African sub - region . Elizabeth Joyce Villars - Our mission is to remain leaders in delivering high quality business forms and document security solutions , employing the best human capital and technology in a cost effective and profitable manner that collectively rewards ourselves , our customers and the communities in which we operate . CLYDESTONE GHANA LIMITED ( CLYDESTONE ) Clydestone was incorporated as a private company limited by shares in 1989 . Upon incorporation , the company operated principally as a vendor of general equipment . Over the years it has become a tightly focused Information Technology company with a competitive advantage in Financial Document Processing and Corporate Networking . In 1994 , Clydestone became the Authorized Distributor for the Unisys Corporation ( USA ) in Ghana and also an Authorized Cisco Systems ( USA ) reseller in 1998 . The nature of business , which Clydestone and its subsidiary are authorized to carry , include ; Image Based Document Processing Payment Solutions , System Integration , Outsourcing , Network Design , Installation and Technical support , Computer and Communication Technology , Project Management , Training and Consultancy , Electronic Processing of Documents , Computer Services and Information Consultancy . The company was formally listed on the Ghana Stock Exchange on May 19 , 2004 . Paul Jacquaye – With our inherent core values of dedication and hard work , we at Clydestone will work extremely hard to deliver better performance , building on the support of our customers . We will strive to introduce new changes on the Financial Document Processing arena . Our subsidiary will increase its counter collection centres in conjunction with Ghana Post ( Under our payment alliance PayPoint ) as well as with Transaction Solutions Ghana limited , utilizing their brand EZI . CROCODILE MATCHETS ( GH ) LIMITED Crocodile Matchets ( GH ) Limited is a subsidiary of Ralph Martindale & Company Limited in the UK . Established in 1968 Crocodile Matchets is the largest manufacturer of matchets in the sub - region . “ Crocodile ” brands matchets not only dominate the Ghanaian market but also the entire sub - region of West Africa . S . N . S . Quao - It is our aim to produce the best quality matchets at the most affordable prices to our farmers DHL GHANA LIMITED Our year 2004 results reflected the shift in our business profile from documents to parcels thus setting the stage to become a fully fledged integrated company . In 2004 we successfully set up and launched our Air and Ocean activities which made us the exclusive agent of our sister company DANZAS in Ghana and the sub region . Our current activities now encompass a large spectrum of transport and delivery services . By the end of this year , DHL Ghana will commission our new Gateway Facility at the Kotoka International Airport , giving us a competitive edge in the logistics arena over traditional operators . Jean - Alfred Anodjo – The vision of DHL Ghana is to become a transformed company by 2008 with a solid focus on logistics and supply chain solutions so as to play a leading role in the Transport and Distribution Industry in Ghana DIGITRONIX SYSTEMS LIMITED DIGITRONIX Systems Limited ( DIGITRONIX ) is a Ghanaian Information Technology Company , which commenced business in 1994 and has continued to grow from strength to strength , with ever expanding client base , whose consistent feedback ad support has been the source of its continual success . The culture of DIGITRONIX emphasizes on Excellence , Quality , Customer , Integrity and Growth . Towards the fulfillment of its mission , DIGITRONIX has been appointed as the authorized / accredited distributor for the following world class manufacturer and solution providers : Dell Computer Corporation for DELL Computer Systems , Invensys Power Systems for POWERWARE Uninterruptible Power Supplies ( UPS ) . DIGITRONIX s mission is to provide “ Total IT Solutions and Total Support ” and to making customers delightfully satisfied and meeting the goals and objectives of stakeholders Emmanuel Twum Obeng - DIGITRONIX s vision is Stability , Strength and Success through service to maximize customer satisfaction . DIZENGOFF GHANA LIMITED Dizengoff Ghana Limited started operations in Ghana in 1957 under the name Dizengoff West Africa . In 1976 however , the company s name was changed to Dizengoff Ghana Limited and is today a subsidiary of Balton CP Limited based in England . The company deals in three main areas in line with its corporate objective of providing expert after sales services . These areas are : Agriculture ; Motorola Communications and Electro Mechanicals and Building Inputs . Yuval Nativ : Our vision for the future is to expand in all sectors within which we operate by improving further to expand the range of our products to meet the ever changing needs of our valued customers . DONEWELL INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED Donewell Insurance Company Limited is a private limited liability company , owned by institutional investors , professional trade associations and other individuals . The company was incorporated in 1988 , registered as an insurer in 1993 and commenced business in 1993 . Since its establishment 12 years ago , Donewell has grown over the years and is now the 7th largest insurance company in Ghana out of 16 insurance companies in terms of premium income and capital base . Donewell has during this period become the “ insurer of choice ” for the country s leading construction firms and has insured many major development construction projects . One of Donewell s strong points in the industry is in the area of Claims settlement . Donewell has “ claims response time ” of 48 hours after submission of all relevant documents , currently an industry benchmark . Donewell s philosophy remains , “ If it must be done , it must be done well ” Victor A . Larbi - Donewell Insurance is devoted to combining skills and professionalism in management , underwriting , marketing and introduction of innovative policies in the provision of excellent insurance service . It is also committed to maintaining the Company s position as a leading insurance provider in Ghana ECOBANK GHANA LIMITED ( EBG ) EBG has been at the forefront of Ghana ’ s banking industry . Since its establishment in March 1990 as a merchant bank , Ecobank has grown consistently over the years and became the leading merchant bank in the country . As part of its geographical expansion strategy in line with its universal banking status , the Bank has so far opened two more branches and four agencies since going universal ; ad plans are underway to open additional branches and agencies . In a relatively short time Ecobank has won more domestic recognition than most of its much older competitors . The Bank won the maiden , second and fourth editions of The Ghana Banking Awards as Bank of the Year , in 2001 , 2002 and 2004 organized by Corporate Initiative Ghana It was also voted Bank of the Year for 2003 by the Chartered Institute of Marketing Ghana . The bank , though originally licensed as a merchant bank has since the acquisition of a universal banking license in February 2003 expanded its activities and branch network . The bank is majority owned ( 92 % ) by Ecobank Transnational Incorporated ( ETI ) , with the remaining shares held by Ghanaian investors including , Ghana Reinsurance Company Limited and Unilever Ghana Limited . The bank also has three wholly owned subsidiaries , Ecobank Investment Managers Limited , Ecobank Stockbrokers Limited and Ecobank Leasing Company Limited . Albert Kobina Essien - Our vision is to successfully transform Ecobank from the hitherto leading merchant bank in Ghana to the most successful universal bank in the country . ENTERPRISE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED ( EIC ) Enterprise Insurance Company Limited is the pioneer in the insurance industry in Ghana having been in operation for the past 81 years . Its greatest assets are the goodwill they enjoy as a result of the excellent services they have rendered to corporate Ghana over the years and their unmatched experience on the Ghanaian market , financial strength and excellent international relationships . As the only insurance company listed on the stock exchange it has maintained a high quality service that has enabled it to maintain and retain an impressive client base . EIC is a leading insurer in fire , motor ad general accident . The company has two subsidiaries namely : Enterprise Life Assurance Company Limited ( ELAC ) , which is into life assurance business and Consortium House Limited , a property investment development and management company . George Otoo - Our mission is to provide high quality insurance services to individuals , companies and organizations , whilst returning good investment yields to our shareholders and ensuring job enrichment for staff . FACOL ROADS LIMITED Facol Roads Ltd . Specializes in the provision of excellent road traffic safety services i . e . road line markings ; road traffic signs - manufacture & installation ; crash and guard barriers , traffic signals and street lighting installation and routine maintenance ; road pavement maintenance . The company was established in 1989 and operates in all parts of the country where these services are required as well as along the west coast of Africa . Frank E . Y . Achampong - Our vision is still to strive harder to be abreast with any advancement in world technology geared towards improvement in road safety services so as to propel us to our ultimate goal of providing and maintaining safer and cost effective roads in Ghana and beyond . FAN MILK LIMITED Fan milk limited was incorporated in 1960 as Ghana Milk Company and is a leading manufacturer and distributor of dairy products in Ghana . In 1962 , the company was renamed Fan Milk Limited . Fan milk has successfully developed a broad product range which apart from dairy based products includes lollies and fruit drinks . Key brands include FanYogo , Fan ice and Fanchoco . Jesper Bjorn Jeppesen - Fan Milk limited is a progressive , responsible innovative world - class food company engaged in the production and marketing of nutritious and refreshing products of international quality in conformity with the highest prevailing international standards . Our vision is to ensure the ultimate satisfaction of our consumers , customers and other stakeholders and thereby add to shareholder value . FIDELITY DISCOUNT HOUSE LIMITED Fidelity Discount House Limited commenced operations on the local money market in October 1998 and has gained a significant market share in the provision of innovative money market instruments and services . The latest addition to its innovative instruments is the callable treasury bills . Fidelity hopes to continue its investment in start - ups , newly privatized companies as well as existing private companies , which need capital for expansion , modernization or re - capitalization and have demonstrated a strong potential for growth and profitability . Edward Effah - Our vision is to transform Fidelity into a diversified financial services group and a market leader in the provision of innovative investment products and customer - focused financial services to our target markets well than our competitors . FIRST ATLANTIC MERCHANT BANK LIMITED ( FAMBL ) FAMBL was licensed on August 28 , 1995 and commenced full banking operations in November 1995 . The bank has grown to become one of the leading merchant banks in Ghana , recognized for the provision of first class services and professional and innovative response to the needs of their clients . The banks services include corporate banking and merchant banking and it has developed an extensive banking network with prime banks in the entire world s major financial centers . Jude Arthur - Our vision is to create a resourceful merchant bank unique for its commitment to its customers , responsive to the needs of all stakeholders and recognized as a strategic provider of financial services . GEMINI LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY ( GLICO ) Commencing business in 1987 , GLICO has grown and developed steadily over the years to become Ghana ’ s leading privately owned insurance company in the Life sector of the industry . The hallmarks are the impressive financial results , highly skilled management team , innovative products , efficient customer service , expanding network of agency offices and increasing number of policy holders spreads nationwide . With commitment and determination GLICO is poised to move forward , maintaining its leadership position and contributing more meaningfully to the insurance industry and national economy . K . Acheampong - Kyei – At GLICO we seek to build and grow a dynamic , resourceful and proficient company geared to serve the insurance needs of the people and set high standards of performance in all areas of business operations . GENERAL LEASING & FINANCE COMPANY LIMITED ( GLFC ) Established in October , 1995 as a licensed non - banking financial institution , GLFC has grown steadily over the years to be one of the premier non - banking financial institutions in Ghana . It has captured a dominant market position and established its business and name brand as a specialist financial services company in the area of Asset finance ( equipment leasing ) , Trade and Corporate finance and financial advisory and consulting . GLFC has 2 ( two ) wholly owned subsidiaries incorporated in Ghana namely ; Triumph Properties Company Limited which acquires develops ad manages residential properties and BTH Company Limited which authorized to acquire for ret or sale , residential ad commercial real estate properties , to contract and hire vehicles and equipment and to operate as a special purpose vehicle and holding company . William A . Yeboah - Our vision is to continuously enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of operations through growth and profitability which will reflect in value creation for our shareholders and lasting value added for our clients . GHANA ALUMINIUM PRODUCTS LIMITED ( GHANAL ) Ghana Aluminium Products Limited has been serving the nation with housing products for 46 years . The company produces Aluminium ( prepainted and plain ) , Aluzinc and Galvanised Roofing Sheets , Aluminium Extrusions , Aluminium whistling kettles , Aluminium Water Tanks , Aluminium Lighting Poles and Steel Headpan . GHANAL is aggressively exploring the export market for Aluminium Whistling Kettles , extrusions and other products . It is also serving the small - scale industries with their raw material Aluminium Extrusions . The present shareholding of the company is made of International Finance Corporation , Venture Fund Management Company and Clovis Company Limited . S . B . Shah - GHANAL is committed to provide shelter to the people of Ghana through quality products , and friendly customer service at affordable cost . The variety of building products that we manufacture , demonstrate a high level of competence and industrial expertise and helps the consumers to improve their standard of living . Our company will continue to serve the customers ’ needs and tastes by constant advancement of technology as leader in the competitive market . GHANA COMMERCIAL BANK LIMITED ( GCB ) Established to be the leader in commercial banking in Ghana , GCB provides a full range of cost efficient and high quality services nationwide through the optimization of information technology and efficient branch network . The product range of GCB is wide and varied , and they include innovative products like the Commernet , Flexsave and Fodem , Kudi Nkosuo etc . The bank got listed on the Ghana Stock Exchange in 1996 and has a total of 130 branches . The banks consistent impressive performance has won it both locally and internationally recognized awards . Lawrence Newton Adu - Mante – Our vision is to : Uplift the Bank s level of automation to use it as a platform to deliver products and services ; Refocus on the critical areas of deposit mobilization and credit management ; and to increase financial support to the non - traditional export sector of the economy as well as promoting the Small and Medium scale Enterprises . GHANA COMMUNITY NETWORK SERVICES LIMITED ( GCNET ) GCNet is a joint venture company , incorporated on November 13 , 2000 . Its shareholders are Customs Excise and Preventive Service ( CEPS ) , Ghana Shippers Council ( GSC ) Ecobank Ghana Limited ( EBG ) , Development Finance Holdings Limited ( DFH ) , a subsidiary of Ghana Commercial Bank and SGS Societe General de Surveillance S . A . ( SGS ) of Switzerland . GCNet operates a customized electronic system for processing trade and customs documents , recording the results of this processing and validation . With the introduction of the service , the turnaround time for processing trade and customs documents will reduce significantly . This will assist in the realization of the goal of making Ghana the Gateway to West Africa and the main hub for business activities in the sub - region . Nortey K . Omaboe - GCNet also has the vision to operate a seamless electronic system that links all trade operators , revenue agencies and relevant regulatory bodies on a single contact point basis , regularly using the most versatile technology possible . GHANA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED Ghana Life Insurance Company was incorporated in February 1980 and commenced business on June 4 , 1980 . Tagged as the foremost specialist in Life Insurance underwriting , the company has risen to the status of one of the top ten Life Insurance Companies through the provision of innovative and flexible products that meet the needs and expectations of the insured and through prudent management and skilled investment . Some of our insurance products are ; The Rainyday Pension Scheme ; The 24 hour Accident Insurance Policy ; SSS Admission Policy among many others . Musah Ben - Ahmed - Ghana Life s vision is to deepen our impact among the ordinary masses , getting them to appreciate life insurance as a weapon for fighting poverty . We will therefore pursue the path towards re - positioning ourselves in such a way that Ghana Life will be perceived more as the specialists we are . GHANA OIL PALM DEVELOPMENT COMPANY LTD ( GOPDC ) The Government of Ghana initiated Ghana Oil Palm Development Company Limited in 1975 . It was privatized in 1995 with the present shareholding structure as follows : Siat ( Ghana ) Limited - 80 % , and Government of Ghana - 20 % . GOPDC now consists of 19 , 950 hectares of palm oil plantations at Kwae and Okumaning 14 , 000 of which have been developed for 7 , 000 out growers . Its facilities comprise a 60 mt fresh fruit bunch palm oil mill , a 45mt per / day , palm kernel mill and a 100 mt / day refinery and fractionation plant which is to be commissioned in December , 2005 . J . C . E . Inkumsah - GOPDC s vision is to conduct our business in a more prosperous , safe and environmentally sustainable manner that will promote the wellbeing of our shareholders , employees , customers , community and environment . GUINNESS GHANA BREWERIES GROUP Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited and Ghana Breweries Limited are members of Guinness Ghana Breweries ( GGB ) Group . The company was formed on the 1 st of January 2005 as a result of a merger between Guinness Ghana Breweries Ltd and Ghana Breweries Ltd . Guinness Ghana Breweries is the largest beverage manufacturer in Ghana . The Group has three sites with two located in Kumasi ( Kaasi and Ahinsan ) and one in Accra ( Achimota ) . The Kaasi site , which also doubles - up as , the head office , produces about 70 % of GGB s annual production target . Guinness Ghana Breweries has since won the following awards : “ Foreign Company of the Decade ” award by Millennium Excellence awards organization ; Ghana Professional Achievers “ Corporate Champion ” from the Excel , UK ; “ Gold Award ” at the Ashanti excellence awards organized by Top Brass under the auspices of the Manhyia Palace and “ INDUTECH National Corporate ” award from the Association of Ghana Industries . For two years running Guinness Ghana Breweries has been named among top five distinguished companies in Ghana . The ranking was based on the levels of profitability , size , net assets , and growth Delvin Hainsworth - Being the most celebrated company is defined as having 1 st choice brands , amazing relationships and enriching communities in Ghana . It means delivering first choice brands in beer and soft drinks and being the fastest growing company . Secondly , it means bringing out the best in our employees and being the partner of choice for customers , suppliers and shareholders . Finally , GGB will add significantly to the communities in which we operate . By delivering in these three distinct areas , GGB will be the most celebrated company in Ghana . HFC BANK GHANA LIMITED ( HFC ) The Bank was incorporated in 1990 . It was then known as Home Finance Company Limited ( HFC ) . The main object at inception was to implement a pilot housing financing scheme with funding from the International Development Agency ( IDA ) and Social Security and National Insurance Trust ( SSNIT ) . To diversify its business , it obtained a Universal Banking License in November 2003 and therefore changed its name to HFC Bank ( Gh ) Limited . Currently HFC provides a comprehensive range of mortgage financing , investment management and savings mobilization services . HFC offers long - term mortgage loans to enable qualifying individuals and corporate bodies purchase and own homes . HFC in 1991 successfully promoted the first unit trust ( a collective investment scheme ) in the country , which is currently the largest licensed collective fund in Ghana . The company also introduced the first corporate bonds on the Ghana Stock Exchange in 1996 . Asare Akuffo – Our mission is to be the leading Mortgage Financier , Commercial and Investment Bank of first choice , widely acknowledged for excellent customer care and innovation . HOLY TRINITY MEDICAL CENTRE ( HTMC ) Holy Trinity Medical Centre has been a successful medical centre since its establishment in1988 . The centre is a limited liability company situated in Accra and is poised to offer high quality health services at an affordable price to its clientele . Established as a clinic in 1988 with staff strength of 5 in a rented premise , it has by 1994 moved into its own premises . Today the company has grown into a 4 story one stop medical centre with unique internal décor and ambience . We are a 60 bed medical services provider with 12 single bed executive ward and 6 general wards all equipped with 32 – channeled satellite TV . Holy Trinity sees a daily average of 450 to 600 patients . We cater for 108 retainer companies in addition to private families and individuals . In order to delight our customers and maintain leadership in the health industry , HTMC has complemented its existing services line in 2004 with a SPA and Health Farm at Sogakope in the South Tongu District of the Volta Region . Dr . Felix Kwaku Anyah - Our vision is to expand the frontiers of our trademark in leadership and innovative health service delivery to the global village by repositioning health service from the traditional emphasis on expensive curative health to a cheaper and satisfying preventive and health promoting service . INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANK LIMITED ( ICB ) ICB Ghana is part of the ICB Banking Group which comprises a network that spans three continents - Asia , Europe and Africa . It commenced operations in Accra in November 1996 . The bank s business focus is on the provision of financial services to small and medium - sized enterprises within the economy . Among the key business activities of the bank is the paying , receiving , collecting , and remitting of money on behalf of customers ; investing in any commercial , agriculture or industrial undertaking and purchasing or leasing immovable property ; import and export financing and foreign exchange operations . The banks business has since expanded and I a period of less than a decade has a network of six branches . Tan Khen Lian - Our bank is committed towards excellence in all areas of banking and financial business with a view to serving , creating and maximizing value for all stakeholders . INTERPLAST LIMITED Interplast Limited , the largest manufacturer of uPVC pipes , HDPE and fittings in West Africa , was incorporated as a limited liability company in 1971 . It is hundred percent Ghanaian owned and equipped with the most technically advanced extrusion machinery available today . It also produces for local and export markets Flexible and Rigid Electrical Ducts , Telecommunication Cable Ducts , PVC Borehole Casings and screen pipes , PVC Garden Hoses and Terrazzo Strips . Interplast has also commenced production with the latest technology equipment of uPVC profiles for doors and windows and panels for ceiling and wall partitioning . It is the only manufacturer of these profiles and panels in Sub - Saharan Africa under the brand name “ EVERLAST ” and “ PANELAST . Interplast is certified by BVQI for the ISO 9001 : 2000 Quality Management System . Hayssam Fakhry - The vision of the company is to be recognized as the biggest producer of highest quality products locally and internationally , through continuous expansion of product range combined with stringent quality control systems . JAPAN MOTORS TRADING COMPANY LIMITED The company grew out of a family business , Kalmoni and Sons , started in the 1920 s as a family motor vehicle spare parts and transport business , trucking cocoa beans from the hinterland to the coast . In 1958 , S . Kalmoni and Sons imported the first Japanese car ( Datsun now Nissan ) onto the Ghanaian market . The company became a full service car dealership and servicing limited liability company in1965 and assumed the name Japan Motors Trading Company Limited . Since then it has established three more branches in Tema , Tamale and Kumasi . It also has a division known as Pro Tech which deals in IT and office equipment . Salem K . Kalmoni – Our vision is to retain our position in the country as a market leader in the motor industry . JUABEN RURAL BANK LIMITED Juaben Rural Bank Limited was incorporated in 24 th October 1984 as a Rural Bank and has since then built a reputation as one of the leading Rural Banks in Ghana . The Head Office of the Bank is located at Juaben , in the Ashanti Region about 30 kilometres away from Kumasi . In addition to the main office , the bank has agencies at Bonwire , Ejisu and Kwaso in Ejisu / Juaben District . The initial paid up capital of the Bank which was ¢ 2 . 20 million in 1984 has increased to ¢ 1 . 63 billiion as at August 2005 . We offer the following product and services ; current account , savings account , deposit account , loans & overdrafts , domestic money transfer , susu savings , susu loans , funeral loans and consumer credit . Emmanuel Aboagye – Our vision is to be amongst the three leading rural / community banks in Ghana . JOSPONG PRINTING PRESS LIMITED Jospong Printing Press Limited is a Ghanaian owned company that provides cutting - edge commercial and security printing services to government , local and international business clientele . The staff strength of 25 in 1995 increased to 42 in 2000 and 80 in 2003 supported by an average of 50 casual workers . The company can now boast of a very well equipped press with a very good mix of modern printing press . This production plant is supported by a design section , which uses the latest computer technology to provide products that meet the requirements of our customers and in most cases exceed them . Over the years our business has witnessed phenomenal growth due to the provision of international standard printing works to government , quasi - governmental , NGO s and commercial businesses in Ghana . Joseph Siaw Agyepong – Jospong Printing Press Limited , the pioneer subsidiary of the current Group of Companies was set up with a vision of providing quality printing services to the average Ghanaian customer at very competitive prices and to operate as one of the best ten companies in the industry by 2006 . This vision feeds perfectly into the overall Group vision of providing the average Ghanaian customer a one stop shop for his / her total printing services by 2010 . KAASEMAN RURAL BANK LIMITED The bank with its headquarters at Sefwi - Kaase in the Juabeso - Bia District of the Western Region was commissioned on the 12 th of November , 1987 with the primary aim of addressing the ordeal cocoa farmers in the community went through in cashing their Akuafo cheques . The bank in the 2003 / 2004 cocoa season was able to purchase ¢ 173 billion worth of Akuafo cheques . Its products include ; demand deposit accout , savings account , time deposit , susu operation and call accounts . D . K . Gbeblewu – Our vision is to become the best managed rural bank in Ghana KAMA HEALTH SERVICES LIMITED Incorporated in 1983 to carryout the business of manufacturing of drugs , animal and vegetable farms for proteins and vitamins , operating a clinic and management consultancy on health services it is one of the dominant healthcare and pharmaceutical companies in Ghana . From small beginnings as a wholesale / retail pharmacy in Kumasi it has since established 4 outlets in Kumasi , 2 in Accra and 1 in Koforidua . Kama health services hold distributorship licence for 8 international manufacturers including Almiral Prodesfarma ( Spain ) Phargon ( Holland ) XL Laboratories PVT ( India ) etc . The remarkable achievements within the past decade have seen Kama Health Service develop into an integrated health group of companies comprising : Kama Health Services Limited , Kama Industries Limited , Kama Clinic , Kama Forex Bureau Limited , Kama Real Estates Limited and Kama Conference Centre . Michael Agyekum Addo - The vision of the Kama Group is to place Kama as a centre of excellence for the production of quality drugs and provision of services , which are marketable worldwide . KANE - EM INDUSTRIES LIMITED Kane - Em Industries was incorporated in 1976 for the purpose of recycling plastic waste , produce toys , industrial rope twine and containers for local market . At present the company is a leading manufacturer of packaging materials , toys , industrial , pharmaceutical and medical containers which it supplies to majority of the hospitals , clinics , pharmacy shops and other small and medium industries and for the export market . G . R . Wadhwani - Our vision is to become an export oriented company and a leading plastic industry in medical , pharmaceutical and cosmetic packaging , concentrating on recycling of plastic waste . KASAPREKO COMPANY LIMITED ( KCL ) KCL is a private company incorporated on March 9 , 1987 . From a very humble beginning with staff strength of only four and a total output of four cartons ( 64 litres ) of gin a week in 1986 , the company is now , a leader in the alcoholic beverage industry in Ghana . KCL now has a permanent workforce of 101 and a fully automated bottling plant ( from bottle washing to packing ) . The company s flagship products – Alomo Bitters and Alomo Root Wine - which are based on extracts from known Ghanaian traditional plants possess proven intrinsic medicinal values . These products have gained wide acceptability , nationally and internationally . Its business also includes general farming , general merchants and import and export of general goods . Kwabena Adjei – Our vision is to be the largest and most reputable distiller of alcoholic beverages in Ghana and the entire West African sub - region producing the most preferred brands of alcoholic beverages with traditional herbal extracts which are scientifically proven for their medicinal values . KINAPHARMA LIMITED Kinapharma Limited is Ghana ’ s leading name by far for local pharmaceutical innovations , manufacturing , distribution and marketing . Indisputably the leading manufacturer of pharmaceuticals for over the counter drugs , vitamins and prescription only drugs . It also has the widest range of locally made products . Following the expansion of its ultra modern state of the art facility situated in the North Industrial Area of Ghana , it has become the largest manufacturer of essential drugs in Ghana . Everyday an estimated 1 , 000 , 000 people across Ghana alone take a Kinapharma drug or purchase a “ Kinapharma . Kinapharma continues to make a substantive difference to the average Ghanians general well being and to the economy as a whole , presently employing directly or indirectly close to a thousand people . Since 2001 three regional offices have been opened in Tamale and Takoradi in addition to existing outlets in Accra and Kumasi and soon in the national capitals of Nigeria , Benin and Burkina Faso . Some products are APC , Martins Liver Salt , Magacid and Kwik Action . Kofi Nsiah Poku – Our vision is to become the largest indigenous producer and marketer of high quality , reliable and affordable pharmaceutical products in the West Afican sub - region . LA COMMUNITY BANK LIMITED The La Community Bank Limited ( LCB ) was established in 1985 and incorporated in November 1987 to become the first Community Bank in Ghana with Its core business in banking . Among others , it was licensed to provide current . Savings and time deposit services . It has also developed a special micro credit scheme to support SME s as well as Loans and advances to other business enterprises known as LACOSAVE . The total funds mobilized I 2004 amounted to ¢ 6 . 630 billion . Isaac Amartei - The main objective of the bank is to raise the current status to that of a fully fledged commercial bank in the future in terms of operational efficiency , profitability ad growth by offering both traditional and innovative products , supporting all operations with the state of the art computer technology . The bank s current plan is to raise it s paid up capital to satisfy the Bank pf Ghana requirements to enable the Bank to open agencies in Madina , Burma Camp , Teshie and Mamprobi . LATEX FOAM RUBBER PRODUCTS LIMITED Latex Foam Rubber Products Ltd was incorporated in 1969 to produce quality foam products for the Bedding and Furniture Industry . The company combines its strength and solid experience of over 30 years with an unparalleled ability for innovation to produce a variety of quality foam product to meet the varying taste of our valued customers , which cuts across every segment of society irrespective of the socio - economic background . From a modest factory area of 6000 sq . ft in 1969 , the factory and head office presently occupies an area of 200 , 000 sq . ft . Products include ; foam mattresses , spring mattresses , sofa beds , pillows , foam sheets , foam cushions and ergonomic supports . Aid Solomon Laba - We intend to maintain our leadership in the Foam Industry on the domestic front and secure a larger share of the export market to support Government development effort . LOWER PRA RURAL BANK LIMITED The bank formerly known as the Essemaman Rural Bank Ltd . was incorporated in Ghana on the 20 th of January 1983 . With its head office at Shama , and about 25 kilometres from Takoradi , the bank has within its twenty years of operations provided banking services to the Shama Ahanta East and the Mpohor Wassa East Districts of the Western Region . Its banking products include Current Account , Call Account and Savings Account etc . The bank also operates a Consumer Credit Scheme , and a Susu programme . Isaac K . Afful – Our vision is to be the leading rural bank in the country with community development in our catchment area . We will also strive to be the rural bank of choice through efficient management and a well motivated staff with innovative customized products to gain greater market share by the end of the year 2005 . MAERSK GHANA LIMITED Maersk Ghana Limited is part of the Danish conglomerate the A . P . Moller / Maersk Group . Maersk entered the shipping business in Ghana in the late 1950s when it operated through an appointed agent . Maersk Ghana limited was incorporated in Ghana in March 1991 and now has established offices in Tema , Takoradi , Kumasi and Accra . The activities of the company are centered primarily on shipping , trucking , terminal operations as well as providing total logistics activities through its affiliated company - Maersk Logistics Ghana Limited . Soren Norgaard Thomsen - Our vision is to be the customers ’ first choice through innovative and differentiated value adding solutions , and to create opportunities in global commerce . MANYA KROBO RURAL BANK LIMITED Manya Krobo Rural bank is a community based financial institution which provides financial services in the Manya Krobo and Yilo Krobo Districts of the Eastern Region of Ghana . The bank opened for business in October , 1978 as the 5 th rural bank to be established in the country . The bank provides a range of banking services such as ; current , savings and fixed deposit . It also has a Susu savings scheme which caters for the needs of small savers and a micro credit scheme in place to help small savers develop their businesses . Emmanuel Antwi - Our mission is to offer high quality services in an efficient and competitive manner . M & G PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED M & G is one of the leading local manufacturers of pharmaceutical products in the country and in 1997 won an award from UNIDO / Ghana Investment Promotion Center for being one of the sixteen innovative enterprises in Ghana . At present M & G Pharmaceuticals Ltd . Manufactures 75 products namely - tablets , capsules , syrups / suspension as well as blister products for over 210 customers including the Ministry of Health , Catholic Mission Hospitals , Pharmacies and Private Hospitals and Clinics . Gopal C . Vasu - Our objective is to provide affordable , quality and affordable drugs to everyone so that they should remain healthy and create wealth . MECHANICAL LLOYD COMPANY LIMITED A leading motor company and garage operator , holding franchises for BMW , Land Rover , Massey Ferguson , DAF buses , Honda cars and Lucas products . Mechanical Lloyd was originally called Technical Lloyd , a Dutch - owned company operating in Ghana in the 1960 s and dealing in knapsack sprayers and BMW cars and motorcycles . Mr . R . A . Darko a Ghanaian entrepreneur purchased the company and renamed it Mechanical Lloyd and incorporated it as such on 7 th August 1970 . In 1994 after an initial public offer of its shares to the public the company became the first and fully - owned Ghanaian company to be listed and quoted on the Ghana stock exchange . Its strong performance on the Ghana stock exchange in1996 / 97 with shares gaining 270 % over the 12 - month period to 31 st December 1997 contributed to the company being awarded the land rover franchise . Terrence Ronald Darko - It is the aim of the company to be the leader in the Ghanaian automobile industry by among other things providing good quality , competitively priced products delivered in the most professional manner and securing for its shareholders the optimum return on their invested capital . MERCHANT BANK GHANA LIMITED ( MBG ) Merchant Bank ( Gh . ) Limited was incorporated in 1972 as the National Finance and Merchant Bank ( Gh . ) Limited . As the premier bank in the sub sector of merchant banking in Ghana , the bank set the pace for growth in merchant banking in the country . The bank has contributed immensely to economic development of the country over the last three decades through its pioneering role in various ventures such as the promotion of the formation of the first discount house in Ghana , initiation of the preparatory work in the establishment of the Ghana Stock Exchange and recently the acquisition of SSB Bank by Societè Generale . Blaise Ofoe Mankwa - Our vision is to be the leading , most influential and best performing financial services provider in Ghana by 2010 and one of the leading banks in West Africa . NESTLE GHANA LIMITED Nestle started business in Ghana in 1957 , under the trading name of Nestle Products ( Gh ) Ltd with the importation of Nestle products such as milk and chocolates . The company became Nestle Ghana Ltd in 1987 . In 1971 the production of IDEAL milk and MILO started at the Tema factory . The Factory has since been further developed and now also produces CARNATION milks , CHOCOLIM , CHOCOMILO , CEREVITA , CERELAC and NESCAFE Cream 3 in 1 and Cerelac . These products are not only for Ghana but also exported across West and Central Africa . Herve Duranton – Nestle is the world s leading food company . In the domestic market in Ghana , we have achieved another record growth consolidating our leadership position . Record growth achieved in beverages as well as nutrition and the very good performances achieved in coffee and bouillons show our dynamism . We have never been so active o the brands NESCAFE and MAGGI ad we remain confident in the contribution of those two additional pillars in building and strengthening the future of Nestle Ghana Limited . NETWORK ASSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED Network Assurance Co . ltd . , formerly New India Assurance Company ( Gh ) ltd . started its operations in Ghana as an agency of the New India Assurance Company ltd . ( Bombay ) in 1958 . It is thus the 3 rd oldest insurance company in Ghana . Initially the company marketed its products mainly to the Indian and far eastern business communities in Ghana . In 1972 the government of Ghana promulgated a law requiring all insurance companies to sell 40 % of their equity to local ( mainly Ghanaian ) shareholders and a further 20 % to the government . In 1999 a decision was made to change the company s name to its present name . It is the only Ghanaian company that belongs to the International Network of Insurance , a global alliance of leading insurance groups whose main aim is to promote international co - operation between members in the insurance industry all over the world . The company deals in both life and general business insurance products . Seth Ntiri Twum - The corporate mission of Network Assurance Company is predicated on a philosophy geared towards a successful implementation of it programmes . The philosophy addresses among others the need for insurance service that is built o a foundation that combines the time honoured principles of integrity and responsiveness to clients . NORTH KANESHIE FOREX BUREAU Incorporated in May 1991 , the North Kaneshie Forex Bureau commenced business in the same year as a dealer in foreign exchange and 1st African group wholly owns it . Its style of leadership characterized by innovation , creativity and transparency underlies the success of the company . Kwesi Tetteh Dadzie - The Company intends taking advantage of government s new regulation on forex bureau and open branches and subsidiaries in the Accra metropolis in the very near future . NWABIAGYA RURAL BANK LIMITED Nwabiagya Rural Bank was established in 1987 at Barekese in the Atwima Nwabiagya District of Ashanti , to provide financial services to the rural and pre - urban communities . By dint of hard work five additional branches have been established at Bohyen , Magazine , Abuakwa , Sagoe Lane and Offinso . The bank has experienced growth in all aspects of its operations . Nwabiagya Rural Bank currently occupies an enviable position on the rural banking ladder . The bank presently has eleven board members and ninety one core and supporting staff . Samuel Nuamah - Dankwa - The mission of the Bank is to provide efficient and effective financial service by adopting appropriate technology , increase market share and enhance optimal realization of stake holders ’ interest , human resource development and product innovations . This mission has been termed “ Journey to the top . The aim is to improve the operational efficiency and customer service and thus become profitable so as to draw the communities in which we operate to the bank . This will help mop - up excess liquidity . ODOTOBRI RURAL BANK LIMITED Odotobri Rural Bank Limited was incorporated by shares on 29 th March , 1982 , with banking operations commencing on 7 th September , 1982 . The bank has its head office located at Jacobu in the Amansie East District with four operational agencies at Jacobu , Obuasi , Bekwai and Asawasi all in the Ashanti Region . Godfred Frank Opoku – Our vision is to be the best reputable and most reliable Rural Bank in Ghana . OLAM GHANA LIMITED OLAM Ghana Limited is a subsidiary of OLAM International Ltd . ; a Singapore based global commodity trading company . Established in 1994 , OLAM has since then grown to be a leading agro - commodity company in Ghana . The company has the enviable distinction of being the largest private sector Licensed Buying Company ( LBC ) in the cocoa sector , buying in excess of 75 , 000 mt in 2003 - 2004 . OLAM is also a leading exporter of Sheanut , Cashew , Coffee and Timber and one of the largest importer of Rice and Sugar into the country . OLAM is the owner of the leading US Rice brand in the country – First Choice . Saurabh Mehra - OLAM s vision is to be the leading agro - commodity company in Ghana . We plan to achieve this by firstly adding value along our range of operations ; and secondly , by meaningfully contributing to the society at large . In keeping with our philosophy OLAM set up a sheanut crushing plant at Juaben , in collaboration with the Juabahene – Nana Otu Siriboe II PASICO GHANA LIMITED Incorporated in 1965 , Pasico manufactures “ Naco ” louver windows , and Pasiguard Collapsible security gates . The company also distributes a wide range of construction and mining equipment including Benford concrete mixers and Site dumpers , Water pumps , Compactors , Boss forklift trucks , Grove Cranes , JCB Excavators , Backhoe Loaders and SMV Forklifts and Reachstackers . It also runs an efficient after - sales support system with spare parts and workshop services . E . R . M Lyne - Pasico is committed to providing “ lifetime ” quality window louver frames and collapsible security grilles all for the real estate sector of the building industry as well as individual households . PERSOL SYSTEMS LIMITED Persol Systems Limited was founded in 1995 , to deliver best - class software products and Information Technology ( IT ) solutions to businesses in Africa . Today , Persol reaffirms this commitment through the provision of full - featured software and new technological solutions that impact the way businesses operate and use information technology . Persol has been at the forefront of the development of the technologically advanced products in Ghana for the last seven years . Persol has a number of first s to its credit such as ; the first to develop and implement bar - code enabled retail management software and the first to develop touch screen - enabled applications among others . Persol has grown tremendously from pure software development operation and now offers enterprise level business software , systems integration services , solution development and IT strategy consulting to over 130 businesses and organizations in Ghana , Mali , Guinea , Togo and Nigeria . Micheal Quarshie – Our objectives then and now are simple ; to be a leading - edge , market - driven and solution oriented company delivering measurable and sustained benefits to our clients . PIONEER KITCHENWARE LIMITED Pioneer Kichenware Limited formerly Pioneer Aluminium factory Limited was incorporated in Ghana by its Swiss founder in 1959 . The company specializes in the manufacture of high quality household aluminium hollowware . It pioneered the manufacture of aluminium cookware in Ghana under the Torch Brand label which has since become the “ M ark of Quality . The company went public on the Ghana Stock Exchange and has since performed among the top 15 companies on the exchange providing value for shareholders . The company currently produces three brands of cookware under the Torch brand label namely ; Torch Standard , Torch Elegance and Torch Prestige in addition Pioneer has also introduced the Butterfly range of stainless steel products in her bid to satisfy consumers in the various segments of the cookware market . Togbe Afede XIV - The Company s vision is to become the leading West African manufacturer of a wide range of quality kitchenware for the Ghanaian and foreign markets . Great emphasis will be put on planning and communication of plans throughout the organization in order to create a sense of excitement and ensure commitment to corporate goals . The new approach therefore created the need to change the company s name to PIONEER KITCHEWARE LIMITED . POLYKRAFT GHANA LIMITED Poly Kraft was established in 1994 in Accra , and is part of the Poly Group . It is the leading manufacturer of corrugated boxes ( cartoons ) in Ghana and has constantly been serving the increasing needs of the agro - exports and local market . In order to meet the ever increasing demand of high quality corrugated boxes , Poly Kraft has set up a new plant to increase its capacity to 1000 MT per month . The company also has a major share in exports to the neighbouring countries including Togo , Benin , and Burkina Faso . Ashok Mohinani - Our vision is to remain a customer focused company , committed to producing packaging material of international quality in environmentally friendly conditions . PRODUCE BUYING COMPANY LTD . Produce Buying Company is the single largest buyer of cocoa for the domestic market . The company operates throughout all cocoa buying districts in over 3 , 000 buying centres in Ghana . PBC also engages in haulage of cocoa at the primary and secondary level . The company was listed on the stock exchange in 2000 . Until then it was a wholly owned subsidiary of the Ghana Cocoa Board but in the wake of the Initial Public Offer , which sent the company to the Stock Market , individual Ghanaians are now minority shareholders in the company . As the oldest cocoa buying company , PBC has been an agent of change in the cocoa growing areas and continues to offer vital support and services to cocoa farmers . Emmanuel Owusu - Boakye – PBC has a corporate vision of maintaining its leadership position in cocoa marketing in Ghana . PROVIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED ( PIC ) Provident Insurance Company Limited was incorporated in February 1981 as an insurance company with the object to provide insurance services to both local and international clients . PIC commenced business in October 1982 . The company has branches in four principal cities and towns in Ghana in addition to its head office in Accra , namely : Kumasi , Tema , Cape Coast and Takoradi . Our corporate objects are : To carry on the business of Life Assurance ; to carry on the business of Re - insurance and ; to carry on the business of General Insurance . Rudolf Von Ballmoos – Our mission , among others , is to provide efficient , reliable and qualitative insurance services and to break new grounds in quick claims settlement and payment by employment of latest risk assessment and claims evaluation technology . PRUDENTIAL BANK LIMITED ( PBL ) Prudential Bank Limited ( PBL ) opened its doors for business on August 15 , 1996 . PBL has bee designed as a commercial / development bank with a strategic focus o the development and financing of industry and export . The bank currently has 9 braches I Ghana and 4 correspondent banks outside Ghana . The products and services of PBL include : Domestic Banking Services , International Banking Services , Project Financing , Export Development , Funds management and Cash Collection Services . Stephen Sekyere - Abankwa - Our mission is to provide domestic and international banking services with a strategic focus o project financing and export development . PBL is committed to play a positive ad innovative role in the financial intermediation process and most importantly to offer the best and the most remunerative banking services to the business community . Quality , Creativity and Innovation are the hallmarks of Prudential Bank Limited PZ CUSSONS INDUSTRIES GHANA LIMITED Paterson Zochonis ( PZ ) was formed in 1879 when it commenced trading operations I Freetown , Sierra Leone . In 1984 the company was formally incorporated in England and an office established in Liverpool . A branch was opened in Ghana in ( the Gold Coast ) in 1934 . PZ Ghana became a public company in 1976 and was listed on the Ghana Stock exchange within 12 months of its inception in1990 . Effectively from 1 st June , 2002 the Group underwent a change in name from Paterson Zochonis to PZ Cussons . The objective of the changes was to unify the Group further under one identity and to refresh and modernize our corporate image . Our products are in the areas of pharmaceuticals , soaps , cosmetics and beauty products . Panagiotis G . Mouchteros – Our vision for the future is driven by our commitment to continue expanding our business through providing the consumers with goods of the highest quality standards at affordable prices , while making reasonable profits and maintaining our strong family values and respect for the environment in which we operate . QUALIPLAST LIMITED Qualiplast Limited was established and incorporated in 1973 . As a pioneer in the manufacture of high quality industrial plastic packaging products and household plastic ware in Ghana , we have remained in the forefront of the market throughout its existence . Our existing local market is spread over major customers including ; Guinness Ghana Breweries Ltd . and Unilever Ghana Ltd . Among its international customers include ; Coca - cola Sierra Leone and Monrovia Brewery Ltd . Fares Akl Our mission is to expand our quality Ghanaian industrial and household range into the West Africa market and to introduce new and environmentally friendly ad rurally useful products . We also seek to upgrade and increase our equipment strength with state - of – the – art machinery and to improve o customer satisfaction . QUALITY INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED ( QIC ) Quality Insurance Company Limited incorporated on January 10 , 1996 , is a composite insurance company that provides insurance services to businesses , households and individuals . QIC has a network of branch offices in 8 regions and a presence in each of the parishes of the Catholic Church , with The Catholics Bishop s Conference of Ghana being the sole shareholder of the company . The company has as its hallmark the ability to pay genuine claims promptly and as such prides itself as the most customer friendly insurance company in Ghana today . QIC has embraced information technology as a way of doing business and is currently deploying insurance software for transaction processing and reporting . With our attributes , QIC goes the extra mile to ensure that it continues to offer protection “ Solid as Gold ” . Frank Odoom ( Dr . ) - The vision of QIC is to make it a leader in the insurance industry by using the highest professional standards in dealing with our customers . We will also provide a congenial work environment using information and communication technology to do business and thus create a highly motivated and productive workforce . Innovation , team spirit , empathy and being an ethical organization would be the qualities that I would cherish most in moving the company forward . RANA MOTORS AND METAL WORKS ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED Rana Motors in the 1970s was a small which undertook metal works and vehicle body building and spraying . By the mid 1980 s the company entered into dealership agreement with Kia Motors Corporation of Seoul , South Korea , for the sale of commercial vehicles and pick - ups . The company also took up dealership of Hankook Tires ( until 1993 ) and Global Yuasa automobile batteries . The company s latest achievement is the distributorship rights for world famous GOODYEAR TIRES . M . A . Odaymat – Our vision is to be the preferred automobile dealers of choice , providing excellent customer service . SAMBUS COMPANY LIMITED Sambus Company Ltd . , founded in 1988 provides the latest state of the art technology in information management system to various institutions in the West African sub - region . The company prides itself as an integrator who can provide the broad spectrum of IT solutions ranging from web - based systems , smart - cards systems , geographic information systems , GPS , remote sensing technologies and financial management solutions . The company played a pioneering role in the introduction and dissemination in West Africa of Information Technology field of Remote sensing and Geographic Information System . The company has won numerous industry and partnership awards . Hewlett Packard Corporation adjudged the Company as its overall best partner in Ghana for the year 2003 beating 25 other HP Partners . The Company was also adjudged as ESRI s GIS software best distributor for Africa in year 2001 . Samuel K . Aboah – Our vision is to continue to provide quality information technology services to our numerous customers in a friendly environment . SCANCOM LIMITED Scancom Limited is a limited liability company that operates under the commercial name Areeba . Scancom Limited is a member of Investcom Holding , an international organization specialized in telecommunications and holds majority interest and operates several Mobile Networks around the world . Areeba , known previously as Spacefon entered the Ghanaian Telecommunication Industry in November 1996 with the introduction of the first GSM mobile network in West Africa . Areeba was the pioneer network in Africa to provide GPRS and EDGE services in 2004 to its customers . Today Areeba services go beyond a phone service ; it has become a lifestyle . Areeba provides a one stop shop for its customers for voice and data services . Ahmad Farroukh - Our vision “ Being at the heart of our customers ’ world ” offers our customers the best value in their wireless service via more features and more services than any other provider . SECURITIES DISCOUNT COMPANY LIMITED ( SDC ) SDC was incorporated in Ghana in 1990 as a discount house and commenced operations in 1991 . The company has two wholly owned subsidiaries , SDC Investments limited and SDC Brokerage services limited . The company is a founding member of the Ghana Stock Exchange . In January 2004 SDC became a subsidiary if TransAfrica Holdings . The company s products and services include overnight / call account , repurchase agreements , treasury bills trading and trading in non - Bank of Ghana bills . Andre Lalumiere – Our vision is for SDC to be the leading investment banking institution in Ghana SEKYERE RURAL BANK LIMITED Sekyere Rural Bank was set up and commissioned in 1983 to mobilize resources from the local communities in and around Jamasi in the Ashanti Region . Resources thus mobilized are channeled into viable and profitable economic ventures within the community it serves . As a unique micro - finance intermediary in Ghana we provide unequalled financial services , propelled by a well - motivated workforce , customized products and superior customer service than our competitors and sustaining the payment of satisfactory returns to our shareholders as well as being seen as a vehicle for rural development in the community we serve . K . Obese - Antwi - Our vision is to be a foremost rural financial services provider and at the forefront of the micro and rural finance industry in the country . SHELL GHANA LIMITED Shell Ghana Limited is an oil marketing company , which has been in operation in Ghana for the past 76 years . The company markets transportation fuels , lubricants , bitumen , and specialty products and also provides technical services . Shell Ghana Limited is a subsidiary of Shell Petroleum Company Limited , UK , which holds 82 . 3 % of total shares of the company . Ghanaian institutional and individual shareholders hold the remaining 17 . 7 % shares . In its main business operations , Shell Ghana limited has 118 retail service stations throughout Ghana and is also involved in the commercial business consisting of supplies to mining and construction customers . Roy Lawrence Kretzen ( Dr . ) - The vision of shell is “ to help build a better Ghana through our commitment to sustainable development . Sustainable development here translates into ensuring that all business proposals and activities of the company incorporate due consideration of the potential environmental and social impact . At shell we have a mission to become Ghana ’ s leading energy provider in terms of customer preference and profitable market share . SG - SSB LIMITED SG - SSB is one of the leading banks in Ghana and a subsidiary of Societe Generale , the sixth largest bank in the Euro zone . The bank was incorporated on July 7 th , 1975 with the name Security Guarantee Trust Ltd . The name was changed to Social Security Bank in 1976 . In 1995 the bank was privatized and subsequently listed on the Ghana Stock Exchange . This was followed with the name change to SSB Bank Ltd . The name was changed to SG - SSB Limited in March 2004 following its acquisition by Societe Generale in 2003 . The bank operates 37 - networked branches across Ghana using the multi - channel banking concept to provide products and services to its corporate , individual , entrepreneur and small and medium enterprises clients . Pierre - Andre Taulet - My vision as Chief Executive Officer is to move closer to our mission of becoming the Preferred Bank . The year 2004 was focused on fashioning out a market segmentation strategy and aligning our resources to meet the needs of our customers in the four target markets : Corporate , SME , Entrepreneurs and Retail . The future looks bright for SG - SSB . SOUTH AKIM RURAL BANK LIMITED South Akim Rural Bank started commercial banking operations in 1984 at Nankese in the Suhum Kraboa Coaltar of the Eastern Region of Ghana . The bank is currently rated first in the Easter region ad among the first ten rural and community banks in the country as a whole in terms of deposits . Through effective and competent management team and board the bank has achieved regular profits over the period from 1988 to date . The bank currently operates 4 branches located at Nankese , Suhum , Koforidua and Asamankese Festus K . M . Ofosu - As I look on 2004 , I see a year of significant accomplishment for the South Akim Rural Bank . Our commitment to growing the business whilst providing the highest quality of service will ensure that we meet the expectations of both shareholders and customers of the bank . STANBIC BANK GHANA LIMITED Stanbic Bank is a commercial bank which commenced operations in Ghana in 1999 serving wholesale and retail customers . The bank has three branches in Accra , Tema and Kumasi with plans to open more branches . The bank however uses correspondent banks to serve customers wherever it is not represented in the country . Products offered include ; current , call , savings , fixed deposit and notice deposit accounts . Other services offered include ; Trade Finance , treasury bills , custodial services , electronic banking , Customer Access Terminal System ( CAT ) and Cash management . James Mabon - Our bank s strategy involves an expansion of its retail presence by increasing branch network and product range , continuing to focus on service quality and to develop and build upon our value added customer relationship model in wholesale banking . We also seek to broaden our target markets and customer base to be more representative of the Ghanaian economy and most importantly to continue to invest in our people and to create a passion for customer service through harnessing our collective talents into high performing , results driven teams . STANDARD CHARTERED BANK ( GHANA ) LIMITED Standard Chartered Bank is committed to providing world - class banking services in Ghana through investing in premises , products , technology and people . The bank is at the forefront of the delivery of corporate banking products and is the biggest lender in the economy ; supporting manufacturing and export sectors with a wide range of trade , working capital , loans and cash management products . Standard Chartered Ghana has over the years won several awards locally and internationally . Ebenezer Essoka - We will continue to drive the business forward as diligently as we have done over the years and enhance the value of our shareholders . We also aim at leading Ghana into the modern world of electronic banking . STAR ASSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED Star Assurance Company Limited is a fast - growing , well - managed and financially stable company , providing competitive financial security products backed by excellent customer service . It was incorporated in 1984 and licensed to carry on all classes of insurance business in Ghana . The company was re - engineered in 1995 , and this paved the way for its repositioning and accelerated growth . Within 20 years of its operation , the Group has emerged as the biggest indigenous private enterprise in terms of assets and the second biggest indigenous private enterprise in Ghana in terms of premium income . As a composite insurance company , Star Assurance underwrites all lines of insurance business : life , accident , marine and motor . Kofi Duffuor - Our vision is to be the leading Ghanaian insurance company with sustained world - class performance in the provision of financial security products and our mission is to be a leading provider of financial security products through excellent customer service , professionalism and innovation . These will be achieved making customer satisfaction our topmost priority and providing a congenial environment for our staff among other things . TAYSEC CONSTRUCTION LIMITED The history of Taysec Construction ltd dates back from 1947 when Taylor Woodrow and the United African Company ( UAC ) set up Taylor Woodrow ( West Africa ) Ltd to begin construction operations in West Africa . Over the years the company has carried out over 200 projects in the country in all sectors but more recently has concentrated on four sectors – infrastructure , buildings , residential developments and contract mining . Current work includes : reconstruction of the 7km , 6 lane highway from Nkrumah circle to Achimota , construction of a series of buildings for the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Days Saints and the completion of the third tower block for SSNIT among others . The company is poised to meet the challenges of the time and take advantage of opportunities that Ghana presents . Andrew L . Holmes - Our vision is to deliver total solutions to our customers which add value to their business and which are cost effective , by using our engineering , project development and management skills . THE COCA - COLA BOTTLING COMPANY OF GHANA LIMITED ( TCCBCGL ) The ( TCCBCGL ) was formed from the divestiture of the Bottling Division of G . N . T . C in March 1995 and started operations o March 7 1995 at the GNTC plant at Adjabeng in Accra . The new premises sited off the Spintex Road , was commissioned in 1996 . The company has two production facilities situated in Accra and Kumasi with a combined capacity of 9000 cases per hour . The company has thirteen other distribution centres all over the country and employs over 700 direct employees . It has about 35 , 000 registered customers who rely mainly on selling our products for their income . Quality care for the environment and contribution to national development are qualities enshrined in the day - to - day operations of the company . A $ 1 million Waste Water treatment facility was commissioned at our Accra plant in 2001 to ensure that the wastewater from our production process is safe for the environment and can support fish life . A second Waste Water treatment has also being installed and commissioned at the Kumasi plant in January 2004 , at a cost of about $ 600 , 000 . Segun Ogunsanya – Our vision of creating a workplace which acknowledges and rewards individual contributions and engenders togetherness is still on course . Through well laid down structures we have ensured a very proactive approach to labour - related issues . THE TRUST BANK LIMITED ( TTB ) The Trust bank ( TTB ) is a private commercial bank established in 1996 to provide universal banking services to its valued customers . Operating for nearly a decade , TTB has undergone a lot of strategic transformations in order to be more competitive in its target markets . The Trust Bank is highly dedicated to serving and assisting its customers , with domestic and foreign - related activities , in their roles as exporters , importers , manufacturers , intermediaries , investors or private individuals . By means of its close working relationship with its principal foreign and local shareholders / partners , the bank provides a bridge between Europe and Ghana . In Africa , TTB relies on its commercial affiliation with Belgolaise bank which has equity participation in 14 affiliates , among which are some of Ghana ‘ s trading partners , such as La Cote d Ivoire ( Ivory Coast ) , Nigeria and Togo . The bank also draws upon its dedicated team of local product specialists supported by the recognized Knowledge and expertise of the Belgolaise / Fortis group in the area of corporate banking , private banking , correspondent banking , merchant banking and financial markets . Isaac Owusu Hemeng - Our vision is t o be the leading financial service providers in our target markets . To provide flexible financial solutions tailored to our customers ’ needs and to think globally , act locally combing the various strengths of our European and Ghanaian shareholders . TOTAL GHANA LIMITED Total Ghana Limited is a subsidiary of Total S . A . with the head office in Paris , France . The company is represented in all sectors of petroleum distribution and marketing in Ghana , which include retail network , aviation , lubricants , fuels , bunkering - marine , bitumen and liquefied petroleum gas ( LPG ) . Total Ghana is a major player in the nation s petroleum sector with an overall market share of 21 . 40 % . Felix Olumuyiwa Majekodunmi - Our mission is to give our customers value for money in a safe environment throughout our retail network and also at our numerous industrial customers ’ installation with our well - trained and well - equipped staff . We consider ourselves partners in progress to all our industrial consumers by giving them quality products with timely backup service at very competitive prices . At Total Issues of safety , health and concern for the environment feature prominently in our operations . TOYOTA GHANA COMPANY LIMITED Toyota Ghana Company was incorporated in Ghana in 1998 by the investment of Marubeni Corporation , Japan and Marubeni Auto Europe S . A , Belgium . It is the sole representative of Toyota Motor Corporation of Japan . Toyota Ghana is the sole representative of Toyota Motor Company ( TMC ) of Japan in Ghana . Consequently its principal activity is the sale and distribution of new Toyota vehicles and spare pars and the provision of after sales support for the vehicles . Shigeru Sato - Our vision is to provide our customers with the best vehicle life experience . TRACTOR AND EQUIPMENT GHANA LIMITED Tractor and Equipment Ghana Limited ( T & E ) has since 1937 supplied and serviced Caterpillar Equipment used in the construction , mining , forestry , waste , power generation , agriculture and material handling sectors . The company also sells and services Isuzu , Suzuki ad Chevrolet vehicles under its division , Africa Motors . In 2004 the company won a Maintenance and Repair contract from Ghana Goldfields Limited , Tarkwa . Furthermore , with the help of the customer and dealer product know how , the company developed a first class workshop and warehouse facility and aims to achieve the 5 star Caterpillar certified certificate in this field to place Ghana on the map of one of the top mining operations world wide . Andy Sarson - Our objective is to become the preferred dealer and further maintain our current position as the market leader in all sectors of the Caterpillar Equipment supply . Our after sales support strengths ; training and development of staff in conjunction with continuous repair process integration improvements drive our “ Excellence in Customer Service ” campaign . TROPICAL CABLE & CONDUCTOR LTD ( TCCL ) Tropical Cable & Conductor Ltd was established in 1997 to meet the growing demand for cables and conductors in the West African sub - region and beyond . From a modern factory located in Tema , the industrial heart of Ghana , the company manufactures aluminium and copper overhead line conductors and a wide range of insulated cables , for both electrical and telecommunication purposes . Our customers include the utilities , real estate developers , mines electrical contractors and a nation - wide distributor network . TCCL is the only cable manufacturer in Ghana certified to ISO 9001 : 2000 Quality Management System . Tony Oteng - Gyasi – Our mission is to use the best human and material resources for the profitable manufacture and marketing of excellent quality cables and conductors . TYPE COMPANY LIMITED Type Company Limited is a Ghanaian owned limited liability company incorporated in 1993 to undertake Graphic Design and Printing . Type has grown from a modest beginning to a high quality full service commercial printer now located in Tesano , Accra , offering customized full color printing and graphic design services . The company focuses on quality and service in the short and mid - range multi - color market . Type has achieved significant success within its few years of existence and has carved a niche in the industry . Its clientele base includes blue - chip companies , international organizations , leading financial institutions , NGOs etc . Kobina Asmah Jnr . – Our vision is to provide one - stop service delivery from desktop design through printing , encompassing all the printing processes to clients requiring top quality services at competitive prices . Our philosophy is to satisfy clients by maintaining a high level of quality and delivery to the taste and satisfaction of our clients . UNILEVER GHANA LIMITED Unilever Ghana came into being on July 14 , 1992 when two significant and complimentary Uniliver PLC subsidiaries ; UAC Ghana Limited , reputed for excellence in marketing and distribution and Lever Brothers Ghana Limited , which is strong in manufacturing merged to form Unilever Ghana Limited . Unilever Ghana is now the largest manufacturing and marketing company in Ghana and is also listed on the Ghana stock Exchange as a public company . Unilever Ghana today manufacturers and markets two broad category of products : Home and Personal Care ( HPC ) and Foods . Our leading brands include Key Soap , Omo , Lux , Geisha , Frytol , Royco / Knorr , Pepsodent / Close - up , Sunsilk and Annapurna . The company has 100 % shares in Swanzy Real Estates Limited , 58 . 4 % shares in Benso Oil Palm Plantations ( BOPP ) and 40 % shares in Twifo Oil Palm Plantations ( TOPP ) . Charles A . Cofie - Our aim is to set Unilever Ghana up to the 100 years of prosperity , by looking at the direction between 2005 to 2010 , deciding on priorities , acquiring , developing and aligning resources , inspiring innovation , driving action , fostering learning and building confidence . UNIQUE INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED Unique Insurance Company is a subsidiary of the Labour Enterprises Trust ( LET ) of the Trades Union Congress and some national unions and co - operative societies . Unique was licensed as a composite insurance company to conduct all lines of insurance business in Ghana on June 3 , 1999 . In October 1999 the company commenced insurance business . In 2003 , the Company s reinsurance treaty , which had hitherto been localized , was internationalized bringing in some seasoned reinsurance companies to support our treaties . The company is affiliated to the International Cooperative and Mutual Insurance Federation ( ICMIF ) being the only member in Ghana . By its membership of this International Alliance , Unique Insurance Company is not only one of the most highly capitalized insurance companies in Ghana , but also one that was globalised at inception . Products offered Life Insurance Policy and Business interruption Policy among others Victor Kusi - Yeboah – The mission of Unique Insurance Company is to offer a wide array of innovative insurance products at affordable prices to our valued clients and ensure adequate returns to our shareholders while at the same time motivating the workforce . UNIQUE TRUST FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED Unique Trust Financial Services Limited ( UTFS ) was founded in 1997 and has since grown to be the leading non - bank financial institution . UTFS seeks to provide investors with realistic real return on their investment . Its core business is to provide prompt short - term financial services to clients and to serve the needs of the indigenous trader in the export / import and general business sectors which are not being catered for by the banks . Our products are grouped into two main headings , i . e . Market Borrowing ( Investment ) and Short - Term Lending . Products under Market Borrowing are Savior Plan , Flexy Plan and Growth Plan . Products under Short Term lending are Emergency Loans , Special Purpose Loans , Business Loans , Working Capital Financing , Group Guarantee Loans , Fixed Assets Improvement Loans , Import / Export Finance , Collateral Management and Future Leaders Education Assistance Plan . Price Kofi Amoabeng - Our vision for the years ahead is to have a fully operational system in all the braches to bring us closer to our cherished customers as their needs can be addressed in any of our braches . We believe that the only way to lead our competitors is to invest in systems and people as well as being proactive in our line of business . VANGUARD ASSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED Vanguard Assurance Company Limited was incorporated on May 3 , 1974 and started operations in October of the same year as a composite insurance company . The company has the enviable record of being the first private indigenous insurance company in Ghana . At inception , Vanguard offered only two classes of business – Life and Fire . Over the years , the company diversified its product portfolio and presently is a one - stop composite insurance company underwriting all the major classes of Life and Non - Life insurance . Through prudent and efficient management , Vanguard has grown from strength to strength and for several successive years has been ranked among the top four insurance companies in Ghana . M . E . Baba - To become the preferred insurance company in Ghana by providing our customers and other stakeholders with valuable products and services while ensuring consistent improvement in corporate performance . WIENCO GHANA LIMITED Wienco ( Ghana ) Limited was established in 1979 . The company is an agricultural company specializing in importation and distribution of fertilizers and agrochemicals . Since the privatization of fertilizer import by the Ghana Government , Wienco has been the biggest importer of fertilizer into the country . In Tema , Wienco has a big warehouse where various fertilizers imported are stored and later distributed to farmers all over the country through registered retail outlets . Similar depots are in Kumasi and Tamale . The Tamale depot feeds our retail outlets in Northern , Upper West and Upper East Regions . Wienco is also deeply involved in the growth of Ghana ’ s cotton industry . Wienco was adjudged the Best Foreign Business of the year by the Millennium Excellence Foundation in August 2005 . H . J . M . Wientjes - The objective of the company is to be a trusted , reliable , efficient and reasonably priced marketer of agricultural inputs and outputs . In addition , we wish to expand and create niche markets for coconut and mango was well as cotton .

" With Africa Online ' s fast and reliable service , and particularly its support , Manpower Services goes about its core business of recruitment and training , and our existing and potential customers receive crucial information on time . - Mr . George O . Abonyo , Chief Executive Officer , Manpower Services ( U ) Ltd . , Kampala - Uganda NEWS 2005 - 09 - 02 Africa Online Uganda 5th Anniversary Celebrations 3rd August 2005 . - Africa Online Uganda celebrated 5years of operations in Uganda to highlight the milestones achieved . The New Vision newspaper run a supplement entitled Africa Online marks 5 years of Leadership in Internet Service Provision in Uganda . Various activities were held to express appreciation for achievers , partners , clients and the staff . Certificates and awards were given in recognition of outstanding contributions . A documentary was shown highlighting the inception of the company in Uganda and the PAN African Perspective of Africa Online Holdings Limited . Brief speeches were given and a mood of celebration and congratulations was the norm . The Management expressed gratitude to all the invitees within the group that attended the celebration and the organizing team . - The Guest of Honour was Mrs . Margaret Kigozi Executive Director Uganda Investment Authority . - The Guest Speaker was Suhayl Esmaijlee Head of Pan African Business CITATIONS ON AWARD WINNERS ACHIEVEMENT AWARD Three ( 3 ) Recipients David Ochanda As the First General Manager of Africa Online Uganda Limited , David is largely credited with setting the tone for the success of the company from its very inception . An exemplary leader and astute entrepreneur , David Ochanda recruited an impressive team of technically skilled staff whom he effectively managed to set the company on a sound financial footing . For laying the Foundation Stone of Africa Online Uganda Limited , Management presents this Achievement Award to Mr . David Ochanda . Njoroge Ng ang a - Njoroge took over the reins of Africa Online Uganda Limited from David Ochanda at a time when the competition in the Ugandan communication sector was at its peak . New entrants had taken the industry by storm and a ruthless price - war had begun . Njoroge demonstrated remarkable ingenuity by sustaining the profitability of the Company . For successfully undertaking organizational reforms and sustaining the growth of the Company , Management presents this Achievement Award to Mr . Njoroge Ng ang a . Stephen Ciirah Steve was the first Technical Manager of AFOL ( U ) , to whom the efficient design and functionality of the Network Operations Center is accredited . He demonstrated a deep sense of commitment to the growth of AFOL ( U ) by going beyond the call of duty in resolving client service issues . In recognition of his dedicated service to the cause of Africa Online , Management presents this Achievement Award to Mr . Stephen Ciirah . LONG AND DEDICATED SERVICE AWARD Three ( 3 ) Recipients The Long and Dedicated Service award is presented to staff who have demonstrated their commitment to the company s success . The recipients of the 5h Anniversary Award were the foundation employees of the Company . In paying tribute to their unwavering faith in the ideals of the Company , Management presents the Long and Dedicated Service Award to : Mrs . Anna Olwit Bittarebo Mr . Sam Masaba Mr . Daniel Emusugut PARTNERS AWARD Two ( 2 ) Recipients The Partners Award is presented to an individual or organization that has been very supportive of Africa Online in meeting her corporate objectives and fostered the best corporate relations . The recipients of the 5th Anniversary Partners Award are : Standard Chartered Bank ( Uganda ) Limited Transroad ( Uganda ) Limited CUSTOMER LOYALTY AWARD Two ( 2 ) Recipients Twiga Chemicals Uganda Limited The client with Account Number 1030272 signed on August 1 , 1999 with Swift Global Uganda Limited and stayed on after its acquisition by Africa Online . Over the years , the client and Africa Online have sustained a mutually beneficial relationship based on loyalty . The success of Twiga Chemicals underscores the quality of service they received from Africa Online and their long stay with the Internet Service Provider attests to their satisfaction with the service . Management would like to honour Twiga Chemicals Uganda Limited with the Customer Loyalty Award and to express their sincere gratitude for Twiga Chemicals unflinching support . Carl Bro East Africa Carl Bro East Africa was the first corporate client to sign up with Africa Online in October 26th , 1999 by upgrading from a dialup account . The Company has demonstrated an admirable commitment to Africa Online and fostered the most cordial relations over the years by actively participating in the various corporate interaction workshops . In recognition of their dedication , Management presents the Customer Loyalty Award to Carl Bro East Africa with gratitude . The evening was crowned with a token of appreciation to all who attended from Africa Online Uganda . Look out for the next five years as the window of opportunity is vast . Oracle Applications Day - 27th July 2005 Africa Online Uganda participated in the Oracle Applications day on Wednesday 27th July 2005 at the Sheraton Kampala Hotel . The Theme was Getting Even More Value from Existing Investments . A profile of Oracle operations , achievements , partners , investments and applications were shared in presentations . A variety of questions were asked relating to applications either companies and organizations are currently using that can either be or have been incorporated in the current version of Oracle 11i . 10 . The new Oracle application is designed to address different aspects of a business , which include Human Resources , Finance and Customer Relations Management ( CRM ) among others . For more information can be obtained from http : // www . oracle . com / applications / human_resources Wireless Base Stations 19th July 2005 Africa Online Uganda has expanded her wireless presence in Uganda by setting up two additional locations at King Fahd and Conrad Plaza buildings respectively . The demand for always on solutions over wireless has prompted this investment . The Company has plans underway to increase the total number of base stations to ten locations . This is part of a strategy to increase AfOL s share of the total Internet services market to 30 % . Anti - Spam Initiative 7th July 2005 . Africa Online Uganda Limited took the bold step in confronting the issue of Spam , which floods most computer networks with unsolicited mail , by launching a robust anti spam software called QVCS . The fight against reducing Spam has been a great challenge . QVCS was launched after several months of trials . This gives the clients the ability to manage unwanted messages more effectively . Cisco Certified Network Professional ( CCNP ) Graduation / Industrial Day 27th June 2005 Africa Online participated as an exhibitor in the CCNP Graduation & Industrial Day , which was held on 27th June 2005 at the faculty of Computing and Information Technology , Makerere University . The Guest of Honor was Hon . Francis Babu , a Minister of State for Works . The ceremony was attended by the US Ambassador to Uganda , Mr . Jimmy Kolker , representatives from the UN , USAID and Cisco systems . In his speech the minister thanked Cisco systems for spearheading the CCNP initiative and the donors who made it all possible . He was delighted that Uganda was producing IT professionals of international standing . He said his ministry was doing their best to formulate the necessary policies to develop ICT in the country . MTN Uganda launches GPRS Network 8th June 2005 MTN Uganda on June 8th 2005 launched a GPRS network to the market . GPRS which stands for General Packet Radio Service is also known as the 2 . 5G network . MTN becomes Uganda ' s first phone operator to offer GPRS services - intended to be a much faster and better mobile internet service . With GPRS , MTN customers will be able to access a wide range of harmonized services and products delivered off their mobile phones giving them a whole new experience . Makerere University Workshop on Commuunications Technology February 2005 ICT Consults Ltd ( Information & Computer / Communications Technology consultants ) in conjunction with the Makerere Faculty of Computing and Information Technology invited several participants including Africa Online to a Half - Day Workshop titled Educational Needs Assessment in the Public and Private Sectors in Uganda . Africa Online mounted an exhibition highlighting the educational value of Internet resources and the various modes of connectivity to the Internet . National Information Technology Authority Uganda NITA U NITA - U was established with a Vision to facilitate the : Promotion of sustainable growth of IT as an enabling tool for the social and economic development of Uganda . The objectives of NITA - U include : Developing and initiating IT Strategies and Master Plans for Government Coordinating and monitoring IT initiatives in Government Providing first - level technical support for Government IT systems Setting and monitoring standards in planning , acquisition , implementation , delivery , support , organization and sustenance if IT equipment and services Providing standards & guidance for quality services including Risk Management & Contingency planning ; ensuring data protection and security on IT systems deployed Identifying and establishing IT training requirements in Government for effective utilization of the technologies Providing IT capacity building and awareness facilities NITA U has a mandate to spearhead the development , coordination and monitoring and the implementation of national IT Strategies and Master Plans , IT / IS standards including the promotion of e - Governance , e - Commerce and e - Living , amongst others . The Early Beginnings : The process commenced in 2002 and is expected to take 3 years . Meanwhile the following activities are taking place : An Executive Director has been appointed to oversee the transformation process Draft Bill to establish the transformed UCS Uganda Computer Services ( NITA - U ) is ready and due for submission to Cabinet of Uganda Recruitment of high - end IT skills to support the state - of - the art IFMS Data Center Construction of the building in which it will be housed with UBOS ( Uganda Bureau of Standards ) and the Population Secretariat has commenced Involvement in the implementation of the Integrated Financial Management System ( IFMS ) Involvement in the design and implementation of the Integrated Personnel and Payroll System Involvement in the Integrated Resource Management Information System ( IRMIS ) computerization project for the UPDF , Ministry of Defence Involvement in the design and implementation of the Electronic Funds Transfer ( EFT ) project A comprehensive Corporate Strategy is being developed Provision of ad - hoc guidance to government IT related projects continuing . How will NITA relate to other players in ICT ( Information and Communication Technologies ) arena ? The Uganda National ICT Policy assigns the spheres of overseeing the complementary ICT sub - sectors as follows : ICT Sub - sector Responsibility Broadcasting Technologies Directorate of Information in the Office of the President Broadcasting Council Postal and Communication Technologies Ministry of Works , Housing and Communication Uganda Communications Commission ( UCC ) Information Technologies Ministry of Finance , Planning and Economic Development Uganda Computer Services / National IT Authority ( NITA - U ) The above is a brief on NITA - U . CDMA Technology Uganda Telecommunications Limited ( UTL ) January 2005 has upgraded her network to improve the quality of service for the CDMA services , which was launched in January 2005 . The product has however not been officially launched and is currently on an extended testing phase . MTN Uganda : 24th November 2004 My Y elloline MTN s new product launch November 24 , 2004 to counter UTL s Telesaver plus . The product is using CDMA technology . The cost is slightly cheaper and offering the same services . Currently covering four major districts Kampala , Jinja , Mbale and Mbarara though plan in place to role out in all districts in Uganda . In relationship to Africa Online Business clientele will be still maintained as MTN will not be attaching email addresses . It has an effect though of clients turning to Web Mail sites or registering their own domains so no need for a Business Solutions Provider like Africa Online . It will help Clients better manage their telecom charges per month since for a fixed monthly cost , they are on 24 / 7 All Roads Lead to Africa Online Offices on Kampala Road June 2004 . With the assistance of Alliance Media and Infinity Media , two renowned media consultants and market leaders , Africa Online has revamped her directional signs and street - finders within the Kampala Central Business District and environs . The remarkable brand visibility given by the new signage indicates the Company s commitment to have a commanding presence in the Internet service provision market . Corporate Day 17th November 2004 Business Solutions Meet at Hotel Africana November 17 , 2004 Seventeen out of Forty invitees graced the occasion . Several issues were raised by attendees and recommendations to better improve on our service delivery . On the whole the attendees were grateful for the discussions and look forward to improved working relationships with Africa Online . Staff Savings Scheme 29th October 2004 . The Communications Task Force ( CTF ) of Africa Online Uganda guided the staff in starting the Arise Savings Credit and Cooperative Organization ( SACCO ) . This is a staff - operated savings scheme . Currently members borrow money from the scheme at very moderate interest rates and the remarkable participation of staff has resulted in a tremendous growth of the fund within nine months of its existence .

22nd August , 2006 Bird Flu Is Not In Ghana - Paultry And Eggs Are Safe To Eat When Well Cook G . D . Zaney 18th August , 2006 Potential Application Of Telemedicine In Africa Dr Osei K . Darkwa 18th August , 2006 Gender , Information & Communication Technology In Developing Countries Patricia Dovi Sampson 17th August , 2006 The Promotion Of e - Governence In Ghana Patricia Dovi Sampson 08th August , 2006 The Cocoa Story Every Ghanaian Needs To Know Prof . F . Kwaku Addai 2nd August , 2006 Tribute To Prof . Albert AdBoahen Prof . Mike Oquaye 1st August , 2006 Automating Government Processes : E - Government And The Information Society For Africa Dr Darkwa 12th June , 2006 National Portals In E - Government Strategy Mawutodzi K . Abissath 23rd May , 2006 Ghana ' s Economy Is Responding Well Governor ISD Reporter 19th May , 2006 Early Childhood Care And Development ( Eccd ) Policy . A Brief Overview PATRICIA DOVI SAMPSON 03rd April , 2006 Ghana ' s Solar Eclipse 2006 : And It Came To Pass Mawutodzi K . Abissath 30th March , 2006 How Ghanaians Experienced Total Eclipse Of The Sun ISD Reporter 28th March , 2006 Ghana To Hit Single Digit Inflation By December ISD Reporter 27th March , 2006 How Ghana High Commission in UK Celebrated the 49th Independence Anniversary Charles Wereko 23rd March , 2006 Commonwealth Day Celebration In Perspective Elorm Ametepe 21st March , 2006 Ghana To Experience Total Eclipse Dr E . Amamoo - Otchere 20th March , 2006 Ghana Faces UNCTAD ' s Challenge Christian Agubretu 10th March , 2006 Bird Flu - Common Signs In Poultry Daily Graphic 8th March , 2006 49 Years Of Independence More Work To Do

Since the launch of a national family planning programme in Ghana by the National Population Council in 1969 , there has been a slow , albeit steady , rise in contraceptive prevalence . Despite a high level of awareness of modern contraceptive methods ( over 90 % ) among the adult population , only 13 % of married women use modern methods of contraception . On the other hand , as much as 68 % of women indicate a desire to use methods that would address their family planning needs , while 18 % communicate that the fear of side effects is a major deterrent to using family planning methods ( Ghana Demographic and Health Survey [ GDHS ] 1998 ) . Although the reason for the prevailing behaviour is not clear , it is believed that the lack of sustained and visible generic family planning activities since the early 1990s is probably a contributing factor . There was therefore a need to generate demand for family planning methods , by re - introducing family planning to the community in a way that would be both attractive and relevant , to attain sustainability . In recognition of this , GSMF , in partnership with John Hopkins University , Ministry of Media Relations , Ministry of Health ( MOH ) , National Population Council , Ghana Registered Midwives Association , Engender Health , and PPAG undertook an initiative to launch a nationwide family planning campaign in October 17 , 2001 , which was dubbed “ Life Choices . The goal of the Campaign was to increase the use of modern family planning methods in urban , peri - urban and rural areas , with particular attention to communities where pharmacies and chemical shops that retailed GSMF brands , MOH - AVSC assisted family planning clinics , PPAG clinics and other community based service providers already existed . The attending objectives of Life Choices were : To increase awareness of the full range of modern contraceptives available to Ghanaian couples To increase social support for the use of modern contraceptive methods To decrease fear and misconceptions about modern contraceptive methods To help women understand and manage side effects , and To persuade eligible former users to use modern contraceptives . The Campaign took off with an integrated interpersonal and mass media approach . Life Choices works with existing community - based organizations , key community leaders and prominent members of local organizations to mobilize social support for family planning . Radio , TV and print media are used to reinforce key messages from the community level intervention in the form of testimonial , using satisfied family planning users to debunk rumors and misinformation . It targets single or married adults of lower socio - economic status primarily , and opinion leaders and service providers . Overall , there are four segments of potential users : postponers , spacers , limiters and influencers . Postponers are those who wish to have children at a later time , spacers want to control the time interval between the conception of each child , limiters do not want to have any more children , and influencers are those who usually influence the decisions of the first three groups , e . g . family members , caretakers etc . To maximize effectiveness , Campaign designers removed family planning from its perception as a population or health issue , and re - positioned it to focus on the individual , by giving it a socio - economic thrust . GSMF vigorously highlights the economic benefits of family planning in the life of the individual , and the family unit as a whole , within a social setting . The central message throughout Life Choices holds that life is about making choices , and in this case three levels of choices were identified : Life Choice , Baby Choice and Method Choice . Making choices about the course of one s own life asserts a person s fundamental human dignity , which makes family planning a basic human right . By determining when , and how many children she will have , a woman takes a step toward deciding how she will spend much of her life - whether she will pursue further education , devote more attention to each child she has , better manage household responsibilities , earn income to improve the economic and social status of her family , or even offer more contribution to advance her community and society as a whole . Also , in an attempt to eliminate misconceptions and reduce the fear of side effects , GSMF provides potential users with a variety of family planning methods , and offers training to service providers to enable them help clients make informed choices . Hence the attending campaign slogan , “ It s Your Life , It s Your Choice . “ It s Your Life , It s Your Choice ” singularly permeates all TV , Radio and Print promotional material to imprint a de facto message in the minds of the target audience that family planning plays an integral role in the structuring of an individual s life . With a view to spreading its wings further , several programmes were developed to extend the Life Choices Campaign to address the specific needs and aspirations of target groups in the community . Programmes underway include : Apprentice Tailor and Dressmakers Programme Muslim Marriage Counselors Programme Marriage Counselors Programme with Churches

University of Ghana will hold the next of its prestigious lecture - series : the Aggrey - Fraser - Guggisberg Memorial Lectures , next month , in the week leading up to its Congregation . The Lectures will be held from March 7 - 9 , 2006 in the Great Hall , at 5 . 30 p . m . each day . The speaker for the three - day lectures is Her Excellency Mary Robinson , the former United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights from 1997 - 2002 . Madam Robinson was also the first woman President of Ireland from 1990 - 1997 . ( Please see attached profile ) The theme of her lectures will centre on Human Rights and Development . The Aggrey - Fraser - Guggisberg Memorial Lecture series was instituted in 1957 by the University of Ghana to commemorate the contribution made by the three eminent persons to the advancement of education , particularly higher education , in Ghana . Since 1957 , 29 eminent persons have honoured the invitation to deliver the lectures . Profile of Her Excellency Mary Robinson Mary Robinson , the first woman President of Ireland ( 1990 - 1997 ) and more recently United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights ( 1997 - 2002 ) , has spent most of her life as a human rights advocate . Born Mary Bourke in Ballina , County Mayo ( 1944 ) , the daughter of two physicians , she was educated at the University of Dublin ( Trinity College ) , King s Inns Dublin and Harvard Law School to which she won a fellowship in 1967 . As an academic ( Trinity College Law Faculty 1968 - 90 ) , legislator ( Senator 1969 - 89 ) and barrister ( 1967 - 90 . Senior Counsel 1980 , English Bar 1973 ) she has always sought to use law as an instrument for social change , arguing landmark cases before the European Court of Human Rights as well as in the Irish courts and the European Court in Luxemburg . A committed European , she also served on expert European Community and Irish parliamentary committees . She married in 1970 Nicholas Robinson , lawyer , conservationist , and an authority on eighteenth - century caricature . They have a daughter and two sons . In 1988 Mary Robinson and her husband founded the Irish Centre for European Law at the Trinity College . Ten years later she was elected Chancellor of the University . The recipient of numerous honours and awards throughout the world , Mary Robinson is Chair of the Council of Women World Leaders and Vice President of the Club of Madrid . She chairs the International Board of the International Institute for Environment and Development ( IIED ) and the Fund for Global Human Rights and is Honorary President of Oxfam International , and Patron of the International Community of Women Living with AIDS ( ICW ) . She serves on several boards including the Vaccine Fund , is a member of the Royal Irish Academy and the American Philosophical Society and chairs the Irish Chamber Orchestra . Now based in New York , Mary Robinson is currently the President of Realizing Rights : The Ethical Globalization Initiative ( EGI ) . Its mission is to make human rights the compass which charts a course for globalization that is fair , just and benefits all .

Mr Moses Anibaba , New Director of British Council Ghana New Director Of British Council Ghana Assumes Duty The New Director of British Council Ghana , Mr Moses Anibaba assumed duty on November 1 , 2006 and said his coming to Ghana was a fulfilment of a dream . " I could not have chosen a better time to be here and I feel immensely privileged and honoured to be leading this organisation and a team of talented colleagues at a pivotal time in the history of UK and Ghana , " he said in a statement issued by the British Council . " Building long - term mutually beneficial relationships and providing opportunity for people remains the core of what British Council does and stands for . And as I begin my posting here , my vision is simply to make British Council Ghana the most valued , relevant and accessible organisation for educational and cultural relations between the UK and Ghana . " Through our work and in partnership with others , we will radically challenge existing ( some wrong and outdated ) perceptions of the UK in Ghana and of Ghana in the UK . " Mr Anibaba comes to Ghana after spending three years working in Romania , first as Deputy Director for 18 months and then Director for just over two years . Between 1999 and 2003 , he worked in Greece and prior this engagement worked in Zimbabwe as Assistant Director between 1996 and 1999 . According to Mr Anibaba , his Zimbabwe experience left an indelible mark and was one of the reasons for his return to the continent after almost eight years of working in Europe . He has also worked in South Africa , Ukraine , Yemen and Turkey on shorter assignments and in the London office of the British Council . He holds an MBA from Durham University and is a fellow of ACCA UK . This is tingled with a strong interest in Arts and the role culture plays in community development and cohesion and in breaking down barriers between people . Moses is married with three boys and enjoys music ( in particular jazz and gospel ) , going to theatre , reading and traveling . Strategy and behavioural aspects of leadership are one of his favourite topics .

The number of persons infected with HIV in Ghana has risen steadily since the start of the epidemic in the mid 1980 s . By 1994 , an estimated 118 , 000 Ghanaians were living with HIV or AIDS and the number tripled to more than about 404 , 000 in 2004 . All regions in Ghana are affected by HIV / AIDS . The highest HIV prevalence is in the Eastern , Western and Ashanti regions . As those who are currently infected become ill , this number will continue to rise over the next six years even if HIV prevalence does not increase . ( May 2004 future group study ) In Ghana , the burden of coping with the needs of AIDS patients falls increasingly on family members who often have limited information , resources ; access to the drugs and other necessities . As expenditure for health care services rises for example , transportation to hospital several times , hospital bills families can quickly become impoverished . Patients are therefore abandoned at home to die without care and support , hidden to avoid stigma and even at times treatable opportunistic infections are neglected . In many cases family members caring for the sick do not even know the patients diagnosis and patients become completely neglected in instances where family members caring for them die . As a result , many patients die miserable , painful deaths and yet the critical problem is usually not so much the disease itself but the emotional trauma that patient goes through . A critical look at this concept can go along way to alleviate pain and suffering of terminally ill patients to enable them die a dignified death . HIV infection presents a major life transition that is out of sequence with what is expected . Persons living with HIV / AIDS , families and communities need information , resources and services to face the challenges of the illness and meet the needs that arises with it for example , accepting and coping with HIV status , alteration in family functioning and personal goals , nutritional , psychosocial , spiritual needs , crises intervention , fear of death , social support systems , legal needs among many others . HIV / AIDS Care Needs and the Home Care Gap . To face this dire situation , many countries have developed models of home care essential to their needs to provide a basic minimum quality of care . Some adopted home care approaches are hospital outreach programmes , church based home care , community home care and persons living with HIV / AIDS networks . I shall deliberate on Community Based Home Care services { CBHC } . One may ask , what is COMMUNITY BASED HOME CARE { CBHC } , what are its characteristics , who are its targets group , its importance to the target group , nation community and associated challenges etc Characteristics of community based home care . Community based home care offer the only feasible option for majority of patients at most stages of their diseases not just the dying stage . Many people living with HIVAIDS can lead an active life for long periods of time . At times most PLWHA do not need to be in hospital . Often patients are discharged home because the hospital staff can do nothing towards recovery or cure . Care and support services are important because they boost efforts to prevent further spread of HIV , improve the quality of life of PLWHA and allow identification of orphans and survivors . Community based home care service can provide community leaders families , volunteers and entire communities with information they need to gain confidence about their own ability to give safe , compassionate help and care to persons living with HIV and AIDS , and orphans in their homes . No expensive equipments or medicines are needed , infact things commonly found in homes combined with a caring Heart , Mind and Hands of the families , volunteers and communities are enough to care for persons living with HIV / AIDS or terminally ill patients . Community based Home Care and Support are services based outside the conventional health facilities ( hospitals , clinics , health centers ) but have links with the formal health and welfare sectors , that address any aspect of continuum of care from the day of infection through to death and the impact on surviving spouse , children and close family members . The aim is to meet the physical , emotional ; socio - economic and spiritual needs thus improve the quality of life of persons living with HIV / AIDS , affected families and orphans . Helping people live positively with HIV / AIDS is an important part of quality home care . It encourages self help , hope and accepting reality . In the home environment , communication between patients , caregivers and other family members is essential so they can share their concerns , fears and emotions in a culturally appropriate way . Home Care should not be considered an alternative to hospital care , instead it should be part of accessible co - ordinated series of services . The specific components of a home care program include the following :  Training family and volunteers in infections control , nutrition and basic nursing .  Counseling clients and family about HIV ( psychosocial counseling . )  Provide Basic Nursing services ( bathing patients , feeding patients ect )  Linking patients with clinics for medical diagnosis and treatment .  Nutritional , Material / Financial support .  Spiritual support ( pastoral , bible reading and prayer )  Home help in cleaning , washing shopping .  Bereavement and orphan supports . In order for community based home care responses to flourish , there must be an enabling environment . There should be steady , secure and increasing resources ( long term funding cycle ) that are available for Non - Governmental Organizations , church based and Community Based Organization etc . Public figures such as politicians , chiefs , opinion and church leaders should talk openly about HIV / AIDS and tackle stigma and discrimination experienced by persons living with HIV / AIDS , orphans and families . Stigma and discrimination is preventing a lot of PLWHA to access care and support services , and are dying of treatable opportunistic infections . Volunteers recruited and trained for the communities are a major source to provide comprehensive care and referrals of new patients . Category of People who can benefit from Community Based Home Care .  All chronic or Terminal ill bedridden or convalescent patients in homes .  Stroke patients .  Diabetic patients .  HIV / AIDS patients .  Old Age .  Hypertensive patients . etc Importance of Community based Home Care services . Importance of community based home care is enormous in the face of increasing members of chronic and terminal ill patients with limited health resource .  Home care can offer holistic care to all who are terminally ill and patients with chronic disease . It also gives psychosocial and spiritual care meeting nutritional needs to provide curative and palliative treatment and care of survivors and not just the AIDS patients .  Home care offers opportunities for educating families and communities about HIV infection , prevention efforts to lessens the disease , reduction of stigma and discrimination which is a major factor driving the HIV increase .  Home care can help to relieve the pressure on the hospitals , staff , and equipments and reduce medical cost . Home care should have a link or referral system with the hospitals and clinics .  Home care encourages open family discussions about the disease , death , plan for bereavement , inheritance and long term child care ( orphans ) . It eases emotional strain of denial .  Home care involving community volunteers create a sense of ownership , and it taps into existing resources of both family and community in support of the sick . Home visiting among community members lessens the impact of the disease which in turn reduces stigma and misconception .  Community based home care and support services concept , when well established in each community in the country can contribute to community empowerment to offer holistic services to all terminally ill patients and compliment our poor resource over stretched health services worsened by the exodus of nurses , doctors and paramedics . Life Relief Community Based Home Care Services Life Relief Foundation { LRF } is a registered Non - Governmental , non - profit organization based in the Western Region of Ghana . The idea to establish such an Organization occurred to the Founder , who is a professional nurse midwife with over twenty five years working experience , after participating in a training workshop on Community Care for HIV / AIDS in 2001 organized by Family AIDS Caring Trust ( FACT ) in Mutare Zimbabwe and sponsored by the Regional AIDS Training Network ( RATN ) of Kenya . After the training , she realized that Ghana with a prevalence rate of 3 . 4 % at that time wasn t doing much about community care and support services for people living with HIVAIDS { PLWHAS } , orphans and affected families . Therefore , in 2003 she took a bold attempt and resigned voluntarily as a project officer from Planned Parenthood Association of Ghana to enable her implement the knowledge and skills she had acquired in Zimbabwe . With her meager gratuity she established Life Relief Foundation { LRF } and started work in five communities in the Shama Ahanta East Metropolis Assembly { SAEMA } . Later , a proposal was sent to Ghana AIDS Commission and a year s contract was signed with Life Relief Foundation to offer community based home care and support services from April 2003 to April 2004 . Since the project inception in 2003 , one hundred and fifty - eight { 158 } PLWHA s including three children aged four years and 18 months and one hundred and seventy - six { 176 } Orphans and vulnerable children { OVC } have received variety of services . Home care is provided primarily by trained volunteer care givers , family members with supervision by project staff . The project has two main goals :  To meet the needs of HIV infected and affected people including ( orphans ) in their homes with their families and communities if possible .  To provide the necessary information , skills , care , material and emotional support and provide services to PLWHA s and orphans . To this end , Life Relief Foundation has defined central elements in its program . These are as follows :  Psychosocial counseling ,  Nutritional and financial supports for people living with HIVAIDS ( PLWHA ) and orphans .  Community based home care for AIDS patients .  Awareness , prevention and reduction of stigma and discrimination for community members and PLWHA s .  Support groups for HIV / AIDS positive people . The beginning of the project involved a comprehensive approach to care that includes medical , social and emotional needs . The programs promote  HIV awareness , prevention  Stigma and discrimination reduction and  Encourage greater community involvement , participation and responsibility towards care and support services for persons living with HIV / AIDS , orphans and families .  Management of opportunistic infection and antiretroviral therapy The principle of community involvement creates awareness of HIV / AIDS , offers a sense of ownership and sustainability . In our cultural setting , the family and community are the strong force for human existence . The project strongly supports and builds on these traditional values to offer comprehensive care to PLWHA . As this project is new to our communities , steps taken to introduce the project were ;  Community mobilization and sensitization seminars  Radio discussions on the local FM ( Skyy FM ) ,  Focus group discussions , video shows and  Drama on care and support in the communities . Through these programs a community management committee has been formed in five selected communities comprising of community leaders , chiefs , and opinion leaders , health providers , educational institutional heads , men , women , youth and religious leaders . Thirty one { 31 } Community volunteers were identified by the community leaders and trained by Life Relief Foundation as community care givers . The organization has developed its own training manual for care givers . Core of volunteers trained include : Family members Community volunteers from religious groups Youth , women and men associations . It will interest you to note that twelve { 12 } males participated in the training and are very effective in their communities . The contents of the caregivers training include : Basic facts about HIVAIDS Concept of community based home care Qualities / roles of a caregiver Basic counseling skills Basic nursing skills Providing emotional support Guarding against infection / infection prevention Stress identification and management Patient s changing symptoms Referral and reporting systems Home visit etc After the training , community caregivers are introduced to their community members about their acquired knowledge and skills of caring for the sick not HIV / AIDS patients alone this approach reduces stigma and discrimination . Life Relief Foundation community based home care project identifies and registers PLWHAs through links with hospitals , referrals by caregivers , and through radio programmes . Caregivers visit once a week or daily depending on the conditions of patients and reports to the center . The project staff organizes follow - ups visits and refers for medical care when needed . Caregivers are encouraged to use available resource in the home and train family members . Life Relief Foundation provides most of the nursing materials and drugs used . In addition caregivers are involved in awareness and preventive activities in their communities . They visit schools , meeting places , churches etc and teach about HIV / AIDS , community base home care and support services . During one of such programme s at the community school , the children were so touched to learn about AIDS patients and to exhibit their support contributed provisions , soap , fruit , bread etc to the care givers to be distributed among the sick . Volunteer caregivers receive no incentives , this is a big challenge and it is affecting the community based home care activities Often times volunteers do not attend to the sick as need be because she has to feed her family as most of them are not working . Donor funding would be needed to support them technically and with logistic and offer incentives like food aid , loans for income generating activities , refresher courses and awards to sustain their interest and long term volunteer spirit . Sustaining volunteer support and spirit will contribute to the success of community based home care program and the reduction of HIVAIDS The Forgotten Millions During one of our home care visits , I came across a home with seven children . There was one aged nine years among the seven children . Anytime I visited , this child will leave the room and stand outside stealing glances at me . One day , I invited her for a talk and I was amazed and astonished about the question that young girl had on her mind . She called , Mama ! What is happening to my mother is she going to die , what will happen to us when she dies ? Will you care for us ? Children living and caring for infected parents are going through psychological trauma and most unanswered questions are on their minds . What happens to these children after the death of their parents ? They are going to live with lasting scars on their minds , as they watch HIV / AIDS slowly destroying their parents , resulting in depression and aggressive tendencies . Parents dying of AIDS can deprive children of their fundamental human rights for example access to education , nutrition , health care and development which prevents the child from realizing their full potential later in life The project has now organized one hundred and seventy six ( 176 ) orphans and vulnerable children and offers psychosocial counseling and nutrients donated by Catholic Relief Services . With assistance from Opportunities Industrialization Center International HOPE project about 40 OVCs are receiving a year s scholarship in vocational skills training . Persons living with HIVAIDS ( PLWHA ) who are independently mobile and able receive free psychosocial counseling , self care training in nutrition , hygiene , early detection of opportunistic infection , supply of male and female condoms , drugs and nutrients at the center . All PLWHA receive counseling on positive living for example taking an optimistic attitude to life . Case Studies Lydia a 31 year old mother of three detected her seropositive status 4 years ago after delivery . The baby became seriously sick and was in and out of hospital several times . Six months after delivery the baby died and she become sick with diarrhea and fever for over three months . Her history prompted her doctor to counsel and test for HIV antibodies . Lydia narrated , when I was informed about my status l became depressed and knew that was the end of my life so wanted to end it fast . She drank rat poison with parazon . Luck was not on my side ; l was found unconscious and was rushed to hospital . She later heard about community based home care and support services and now she is living positively with her status . She is an active member of the support group and has come publicly to declare her status . Her husband has abandoned and sacked her from their home and now living with another woman . Case study 2 Patrick a businessman aged 35 years married 7 years with no child was referred by his friend to the center , with history of prolonged cough , losing weight and night sweats . Pat was taken through counseling and accepted to test for HIV and tuberculosis ( TB ) . Both tests were positive . His doctor diagnosed him as HIV with pulmonary tuberculosis . Through counseling he has accepted his condition , living positively and an active member of the support group . It is sad to note that he is still not cured from TB since February 2004 and still taking TB treatment even though TB can be cured . Life Relief Foundation has organized an association of persons living with HIV / AIDS , known as Life Relief Support Group . Members meet monthly to share experience , receive nutritional support , and learn about HIVAIDS prevention , positive living and their responsibilities towards the spread of HIV / AIDS . Registered Persons Living with HIVAIDS are free to decide to belong to the support group without being denied any services from the center . The organization believes that greater involvement of persons living with HIVAIDS can help reduce stigma and discrimination and help decrease the spread of the disease . Due to stigma and discrimination most PLWHA don t attend meetings regularly . Through this community initiative program one community in Shama Ahanta East Metropolitan Assembly has released a three acre plot of land for farming to supplement the nutritional needs of PLWHA and orphans . To establish a cordial working relationship with the Ghana Health Services an introductory letter was sent to the regional director , in response a letter was sent to all health institutions in the region to support the project . A consensus building seminar was organized for some identified medical and nursing officers to assist with the project . Two medical officers Doctors Ronald Sowa and Bernard Boateng - Duah volunteered to support the organization with medical care of HIV / AIDS patients since 2003 . This approach has yielded maximum benefits in term of referral and medical care of PLWHA . LESSONS LEARNT THROUGH PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION IN THE FIVE PROJECT COMMUNITIES 1 . Community based home care offers a quantum of care , nursing care , psychosocial counseling , spiritual , nutritional , and financial support to PLWHA and OPRHANS 2 . Enables self - help , community awareness of HIVAIDS and helps to counteract myths and misconception about HIVAIDS thus reducing stigma and discrimination and encourage community and family financial and material support to PLWHA . 3 . Community based home care contribute to community empowerment , which is vital for care and support of PLWHA AND ORPANS in the face of dwindling health resources e . g . the exodus of nurses , doctors and paramedics . 4 . Creates a sense of ownership and responsibility , which turns to guarantee sustainability for future intervention in the fight against HIVAIDS . 5 . Formation of associations of PLWHA can be organized when you can offer most of their basic needs e . g . nutrients , drugs , financial and psycho social counseling 6 . Increase number of orphans would be experienced in the region , communities should be sensitized to come out with strategies to address the issues on community basis not orphanages only 7 . Most people infected with HIV infection are not aware and within few years Ghana would report of high incidence of PLWHA . 8 . Persons living with HIVAIDS refuse to disclose their positive status to love ones , partners , family members due to stigma and discrimination . PLWHA who desire to be helped and inform loved ones are sacked from their homes , abandoned , neglected and left to die from shame , pain and suffering . 9 . Most PLWHA refuse to accept their positive status so deny themselves proper care ( self stigma and discrimination ) 10 . Poverty is killing a number of PLWHA as most PLWHA cannot even afford a meal a day , or pay for their medical bills so report at the terminal stage of AIDS where little can be done for them . In view of the back ground Life Relief Foundation wish to expand to other districts and communities to bring hope to the hopeless and help alleviate the suffering and pain of Persons living with HIVAIDS , orphans and families . BIGGEST CHALLENGES IN WORKING WITH PLWHA , ORPHANS AND FAMILIES AFFECTED BY AIDS . HIV / AIDS as a new infection and disease has brought with it a lot of challenges to those infected , those affected , the medical and nursing profession , and the world as a whole . Life Relief Foundation was formed with an aim to assist in the dealing with the numerous challenges faced by PLWHA , orphans , affected families and communities in Ghana . However , the organization has not been without any challenges . The biggest challenges faced by Life Relief Foundation include the following : 1 . Operational Costs / Funds 2 . Upkeep and Maintenance of PLWHA 3 . Access to services 4 Management of PLWHA / Access to Drugs / Anti retroviral drugs ( ARVs ) 5 Inadequate Infrastructure 6 Lack of manpower 7 Lack of Transportation 8 . Care of orphans and vulnerable children 9 Sustenance of Volunteer Caregivers 10 Stigma and discrimination 1 . Operational Cost Life Relief Foundation is a non - governmental ( NGO ) , not - for - profit organization that was established in 2002 . The founder saw the increasing need for community based home care services for both infected and affected with HIVAIDS so initiated the programme with her gratuity , In April 2003 , Ghana AIDS Commission awarded a one - year s contract to the organization for implementation of activities in 5 communities in Western region . The contract ended in April 2004 . Currently , the organization has no source of funding from any other donor to continue with the project in SAEMA . PLWHA still visit the center for care and caregivers are also working in the communities . HIVAIDS doesn t wait for funds before it infects people . With care and support funding should be long term continuous and should meet the project needs . We appeal to donors to come to our aid to support and assist the organization with its operational cost and for the organization to scale up its activities to other communities . 2 . Upkeep and Maintenance of PLW HA Most PLWHAs who report at the center are at the terminal stages of AIDS . Some are bed - ridden , and even those ambulant PLWHA are not working so their livelihood is a burden on the organization . Also , due to prolonged ill health , stigma and discrimination , most PLWHA have been neglected or abandoned by their families and / or family resources have been depleted . As such , most of them have no financial and material support . Poverty , hunger , emotional stress is killing a number of PLWHA As a new organization with no other source of financial support , it finds it very difficult to meet the demands of all registered PLWHA , orphans and affected families . The foundation s future plans include starting a farm and train able PLWHA and families in income generating activities to become self - reliant . 3 . Access to Services Community Based Home Care and Support Services People who test positive do not visit the hospital frequently ; it takes those years before they access medical and counseling services { when opportunistic infection start to show } due to the fact that community - based home care centers are non - existent to offer a continuum of care to PLWHA . Once they are diagnosed and discharged from the hospital most PLWHA commit suicide , move out of town , or attribute the ill health to a curse , witchcraft , juju , etc so stay at prayer camps , fetish shrines without proper care and support and thus worsening their condition until at the terminal stages of AIDS when PLWHA are carried to the hospital . Western Region , with a population of over two million and a prevalence of 4 . 6 % has few number of Voluntary Counseling and Testing centers and community based - care services this l believe can contribute to the spread of HIV . Life Relief Foundation wishes to set up a VCT center and expand to other communities in other districts to enhance prompt access to continuum of holistic care to help curb the spread of HIV / AIDS . 4 . Management of PLWHA / Access to Drugs and ARVs It is very unfortunate to note that PLWHA who present opportunistic infections do not have access to proper medical care . The reason being that , one treatment center does exist in the region . In hospitals most nurses are even afraid of HIVAIDS infection . . Most people including health personnel think that little can be done for PLWHA ; I have a different opinion . With other fields of medicine and nursing applied , such as Palliative care , anti retroviral therapy and positive living the quality of life of PWLHA and their families could be improved . Non availability of drugs for PLWHA causes stress for the organization staff , PLWHA and families . This affects the patient s health and affects the process of healing the sick . As part of managing PLWHA , they need to do their CD4 and CD8 counts , and access ARVs when necessary . These services are unavailable in Western region hence clients have to travel to Accra ( about 325Km ) . Also the cost involved is beyond the reach of most PLWHA ( CD4 and CD8 count costs $ 25 , ARV cost ¢ 50 , 000 ) . The Ghana Government has introduced ARV services in only three pilot areas : Korle Bu Accra , Kumasi , and Agomanya hospitals . It would be very difficult for clients to travel every month to these centers for the services . The non - availability and poor accessibility of these services pose the greatest challenge in management of PLWHA . The Government has made announcement on the radio , television , and on the print media about the availability of ARV services in the country . This has worsened PLWHAs emotional status , as most of them cannot access these services even if they need them . 5 . Inadequate Infrastructure Presently , Life Relief Foundation is offering services in two rented rooms . One is used for counseling and the other as general office , reception , and waiting room . This environment does not offer enough privacy for our clients and most PLWHA shy away . During home visits PLWHA who are sick , dehydrated , and / or weak are given infusion in their homes prescribed by our medical officers , and the nurse has to stay with the patient until she completes the treatment ; whereas this treatment could have been comfortable in the center . The organization wishes to establish a Day Service Center that will provide spacious environment , offer privacy , and many services at one visit . The Day Service center will require : 1 . Reception room 2 . Counseling room 1 . Consultation / Examination room 2 . Treatment room 3 . General office 4 . Skills development room 5 . Store room 7 . Lack of Manpower As this is a new project with lack of financial support the foundation cannot employ more Staff . Presently , the foundation has three full - time skilled staff : one project coordinator ( the Executive Director ) , 2 project assistants ( both are trained counselors ) , project accountant and 31 trained care volunteers . Even the full - time staffs are not on salary but receive only allowance . LRF finds it difficult to maintain the two other staffs . The organization needs to employ more competent staff to help management of PLWHA so as to be able to expand to other high prevalence areas in the Region . A baseline survey conducted in a rural fishing community , Eikwe showed that the community is aware of HIVAIDS but little is done for persons living with HIVAIDS . Eikwe has a population of about one thousand five hundred with a prevalence of 5 . 6 % . This community needs urgent intervention . 8 . Lack of Transportation The organization has no vehicle to carry out their planned activities such as transporting sick persons to the hospital , offering domiciliary nursing care , organizing community video shows or dramas and other administrative duties . Staffs have to walk miles or hire the services of a taxi , which is very expensive . This problem of transportation poses great hardship to both PLWHA and staff . Lack of sustenance of volunteer Caregivers The back bone of every successful community based home care and support services depends primarily on volunteers . Volunteers need to be motivated and offered incentives to boost their moral for effective implementation of activities . The great challenge is that most trained volunteers are not working and needs to feed their family and themselves . Due to lack of donor funds the organization can not maintain and sustain volunteer spirit . . CHALLENGES OF ORPHANS AND CHILDREN AFFECTED BY HIV / AIDS Presently Life Relief Foundation is worried about where to source funding to address the educational , health , nutritional , economic strengthening , psychosocial and social inclusion of orphans and children affected by HIVAIDS . These special group needs should be critical looked at and immediate strategies put in place to address them . The future of this dear nation looks bleak . CONCLUSION Community based home care offers the only feasible option for majority of patients at most stages of their diseases not just the dying stage . Many people living with HIVAIDS can lead an active life for long periods of time . At times most PLWHA do not need to be in hospital . Community based home care and support services are important because they boost efforts to prevent further spread of HIV , improve the quality of life of PLWHA and allow identification of orphans and survivors . In 2004 , Ghana AIDS Commission in collaboration with The AIDS Support Organization ( TASO ) Uganda trained master trainers in community care for HIVAIDS in all regions and districts in Ghana which Life Relief Foundation represented western region . The master trainers can assist Ghana AIDS commission train NGO , CBO , CHURCH BASED ORGANIZATION TO SCALE up the establishment of community based home care through out the country to reduce morbidity , mortality and the spread of HIV . BY CECILIA BLANKSON ODURO FOUNDER / EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR LIFE RELIEF FOUNDATION

Professor Momade was born at Adutor , a small town about five kilometres south of Sogakope in the South Tongu District . He attended the E . P . Primary and L . A . Middle Schools in the town and continued his secondary education at the Sogakope Secondary School , and then to the Sixth Forms at the St Augustine ' s College in Cape Coast . In order to prepare himself financially for university education he took up teaching appointment at the Ada Secondary School and worked at the Central Laboratories of the then Ghana Water and Sewage Corporation . In 1974 , he won a government scholarship to Hungary . After about one year of language studies , he enrolled at the Veszprem University , where he was trained as a Chemical Engineer and obtained both the BSc and MSc degrees . After graduation , he worked in the Ajka Alumina Plant and Aluminium Smelter for more than a year before returning to Ghana in 1982 . However , in 1983 , due to his performance at the University , the Hungarian Government offered him a scholarship to do his PhD studies , which he completed with a Summa Cum Laude in 1985 . Prof . Momade joined the KNUST in 1987 as a lecturer in the Department of Mineral Processing and Extractive Metallurgy of the Institute of Mining and Mineral Engineering . As a young lecturer , he was given various responsibilities besides lecturing which among others included examinations officer , transport officer and the handling of sophisticated equipment such as the Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer ( AAS ) and the X - ray diffractometer ( XRD ) in the laboratory . He has been Head of Department of the Mineral Processing and Extractive Metallurgy / Materials Science and Engineering and Dean of the School of Mines , Kumasi . He lectured various courses in extractive metallurgy and materials science as well as engineering at the undergraduate level and environmental assessment and management at the graduate level . Professor Momade represented the Institute of Mining and Mineral Engineering on various University Boards and Committees . Within the Institute of Mining and Mineral Engineering , he has served as a Member of the GTZ Project Management Board , Finance Committee , Computer Committee , Equipment Committee , Research and Consultancy Committee , Member / Secretary of the Seminar and Publication Committee , and the Editorial Board of the Ghana Mining Journal . At the University level , he has served as a Member of the Executive Committee , Academic Board , Scholarships Committee , Research and Conference Committee , Resources and Planning and Resource Committee and Budget Committee . He is also a Hall Fellow of the Unity Hall Prof . Momade has as a scholar , been promoted from the position of Lecturer to a Senior Lecturer in 1994 and then to an Associate Professor in 2000 . He has conducted research in many areas . On various occasions , he has been a visiting scientist to TU Clausthal ( Germany ) to carry out research on topics of importance for the development of the mining sector in Ghana . He has peer reviewed various papers for Hydrometallurgy ( an international journal of repute published by Elsevier ) and the Ghana Mining Journal . He has also reviewed a textbook manuscript for UNESCO and attended international conferences both abroad and at home . Prof . Momade provided services not only to the KNUST community but also to the Ghanaian industries as well . He has been involved in projects with the industry including the technological evaluation of the Kibi Bauxite , the optimisation of flow sheet for upgrading low - grade ores at the Nsuta Manganese mine and the characterisation of alluvial gold ores to aid equipment selection with the view of optimising flow sheets . The other projects include the characterisation of bauxite mine waste , feasibility studies into the use of bauxite mine waste for the production of aluminium sulphate for water purification and the evaluation of bauxite mine waste for the production of refractory materials , among others . He is a member of the Ghana Institution of Engineers , and has been a member of the Geological Society of Ghana ( now Ghana Institution of Geosciences ) and the Mining Metallurgical Petroleum Society of Ghana . Prof . Momade met his wife at the University in 1976 and has been married since 1981 . His wife Zsusza is a lecturer in chemical engineering and they together have two children , Eszter and Viktor . Eszter is a medical student at this university and Viktor is in class four at the Ridge School .

The Director of Christian Aid , the ( UK ' s biggest charity ) , Mr . Daleep Mukarje left Accra last Thursday , October 26 for London with a number of pertinent questions on the economy he could not obtain official answers to . During a three - day visit to acquaint himself with the activities of Christian Aid partners , Mr . Mukarje repeatedly asked why the Ghana government has been unable to protect its farmers and local industries against unfair trade . " I met the Finance Minister and asked him , what are you doing to protect local farmers and industries ? Why aren ' t you raising tariffs to protect your industries ? Every other country , including European and North American countries are busily protecting their farmers . " As part of his trip , Mukarje participated in a farmers ' forum organized by the Ghana Trade and Livelihoods Coalition at Okyereko in the Central Region , where he saw piles of locally produced rice unsold , while the farmers wallowed in poverty . " Having seen the plight of the rice farmers at Okyereko and having walked to the market and seen rice from Thailand and USA flooding the market , I now understand the challenges facing Ghanaian farmers in the face of trade liberalisation " , he told yours truly . " Unfortunately , governments of poor countries are unable to control the world trading system and have a say in the various institutions like the IMF , World Bank and WTO . " That notwithstanding , Mukarje insists that Ghana has the potential to become a middle income and a model democracy in Africa , if the government implements the right policies . ' I don ' t know of a single country anywhere in the world that has not used protection to propel economic growth . If they are still using it , we should not be ashamed to protect our young industries and farmers . " " The French farmers are still protecting themselves under the Common Agricultural Policy , the Japanese rice farmers are protecting themselves under the WTO and the Americans are protecting their cotton farmers , so it is ridiculous for African countries to allow their markets to be invaded by rich countries " , he pointed out . The Christian Aid Director contends that Ghana needs to get off her dependency syndrome and move into manufacturing . He said any manufacturing policy must not be solely dependent on foreign direct investment , but local investment and participation . " You cannot build an economy without a sound manufacturing base . " In his view , Ghana can become a powerful and stable economy in West Africa , but the economy must be strong locally . To begin with , Mukarje suggests a massive investment in the tourism sector . He agreed that the slave trade was a sad story for Africa , but Ghanaians can turn the castles and natural game reserves into a revenue making venture . He warned , " Ghana must avoid tribal and religious conflicts , which are tearing many African countries apart . " Recently , Christian Aid successfully lobbied the British government to withhold a £ 50 million contribution to the IMF unless the Bretton Woods Institutions begin a process of reforming their policies towards poor countries . Asked whether Christian Aid was satisfied with the government ' s response , Mukarje replied , " It is a minor and model success , but we have sent a message to the IMF / WB that they have to change the way they are doing things . " We must ensure that conditionalities are no longer linked to loans . We are not against policies that allocate money for poverty eradication , but conditionalities that impose one economic model of liberalization and privatization and the removal of subsidies must be stopped . " Mukarje wondered why the western governments are imposing good governance on poor countries when there is no good governance at the IMF and the World Bank , where all decisions are made by developed countries and imposed on poor countries . " In fact one man - the President of the US can choose the President of the World Bank for approval without any qualification required , while the EU also automatically gets the post of Executive Director of IMF . In this modern age , it is neither good governance nor good management . " He calls for a reform of the two institutions to make them more relevant to poor countries . Mukarje was however , glad that developing counties can make their voices heard at the WTO , where every country has a vote . And developing countries have actually made their voices heard at Cancun , Singapore etc . According to Mukarje the most obvious sign of the Economic Partnership Agreement ( EPAs ) the EU is pushing , is to prevent ACP countries from developing their own markets . Viewed against the background that trade is the foundation of economic growth , he thinks African countries must resist the EPAs . " Unless we can have an African model of regional trade , Africa will make no progress . I have seen how regional alliances have lifted many South East Asian countries from poverty to prosperity . " Mukarje pointed out that the time has come for Africans to find solutions to their problems . " The feeling that the west can solve all African problems has no basis . Sadly , many African leaders are playing into this game due to corruption and dictatorship and tribal and religious wars . " He added . culled from Public Agenda KILLING THE COTTON INDUSTRY OFF IN THE NORTH Over the last two decades , farmers in the northern part of the country have complained about the harsh conditions they face in cultivating the land for survival . Some have been compelled to quit farming all together and for those who have held on to farming as their only source of survival , tilling the land has even been more painful . Across the length and breadth of the three northern regions lie vast arable lands which grew all the food and cash crops to feed families and boost economic activity . These days these lands are wasting away due to the generally difficult business environment facing farmers in the north . The cotton economy , like rice in the north used to be a major source of revenue for thousands of households . But years of neglect of the sector coupled with unfair subsidies of the United States ' cotton farmers has dealt a severe blow to cotton farming in the three poorest regions of the country . Though Ghana is not one of the major players in cotton production in West Africa , cotton is a vital cash crop in most northern communities . Grown alongside staples like maize , guinea corn and millet , cotton provides income for spending on everything from health to education and even marriage . According to the Peasant Farmers Association of Ghana about 100 , 000 farmers in the three northern regions are into cotton farming , with the cotton companies employing about 35 percent of the active population . These gains are now threat as cotton prices are now falling each year and with it declining income and household earnings . The shockwaves of the plummeting cotton prices can be felt across Yentua , a cotton farming village of 484 people in the Savulgu - Nantong District of the Northern Region . " Everything is linked to cotton here ; we pay for everything with money that grows on cotton vine - our clothing , building our homes , everything " , says Amadu Daudu , married to two wives with 10 children and a large extended family to cater for . " If we don ' t get any assistance and reasonable prices from Ghana Cotton Company we will stop farming cotton " , he warned and explained that last year , he harvested 16 bales of cotton from a two - acre farm ; this year he only got six bales , due to declining soil and unsafe chemicals . At Damdu , in the same district Abukari Alhassan , also married to two wives with seven children explains that unfair pricing by the Ghana Cotton Company is a major disincentive for increased production of cotton . He said one kilo of first grade cotton is going for 3 , 000 cedis , while one bale sells 600 , 000 cedis . According to Alhassan and his colleagues the company deducts the cost of ploughing , harrowing and insecticides from the total amount per bale or kilo before paying them the balance . Even whatever paltry amount that had to be paid to them comes several months after the purchase . All the farmers complained about declining yield , blaming the poor harvests on the deteriorating soil fertility and wrong insecticides sold to them . Baba Issah struggling with 15 children from two wives says , " we pleaded with Ghana Cotton Company to increase the prices for us . They simply said no and that the world market of cotton has dropped . " Issah is not only saddled with the burden of feeding 15 children and two wives , he is also indebted to many people in the village , sparking fear that the education and health of his family would suffer as world prices continue to plummet . The plight of Ghanaian cotton farmers has been worsened by the decision of the Minister of Finance and Economic Planning , Kwadwo Baah Wiredu to lift tariffs on lint cotton in the 2006 budget . The duty free status of lint cotton would all , but open the floor for massive importation of cotton products into the country . " This is the last blow the minister has delivered to cotton farmers . All along we have been hoping that government would come to our aid by extending the President ' s Special Initiative ( PSI ) to cotton . Least did we expect what the government did " , says Adam Nasiru , president of the Peasant Farmers Association said when contacted for his views on the 2006 budget . In his view , Ghanaian cotton companies were already collapsing , so the lifting of the tariff on lint cotton is the final blow to a dying sector . Cotton prices have been the single biggest source of disagreement between developed and developing countries at WTO negotiations . The British charity , Oxfam says the rock - bottom cotton price can be blamed directly on enormous subsidies paid to US cotton farmers . In the US , for example , some 25 , 000 cotton producers receive almost $ 4bn a year in subsidies . According to the World Bank , the subsidy has had a substantial influence on the world price for cotton , which has been hovering at all - time lows in the past two years . Amos Safo , " Public Agenda " THE " ROAD TO HONG KONG " CAMPAIGN Its about protecting the rights of the poor to a livelihood Civil Societies and NGOs working on trade who recently organised a road show dubbed " the Road to Hong Kong " have delivered the concerns of farmers , producer groups and industrial workers to the Trade Ministry . The presentation was done on the 28th October 2005 by the President of the Peasant Farmers Association of Ghana - Mr . Adam Nashiru with other members of the Civil Society groups looking on . In the absence of the Minister and his two deputies the report was received on behalf of the Minister by Director for Finance - Mr . Bekoe and Administration of the Ministry and Mr . Poku Patrick , one of the delegates for the Hong Kong Ministerial Meeting in December . Report of Road show Summary of Major Concerns Brief Introduction The road show dubbed " The Road to Hong Kong " organised by civil society including farmers groups in Ghana was launched in Nyariga in the Upper East Region on September 27 , 2005 . The expedition was organised as part of the " Global Call for Action Against Poverty " and in pursuant of the declaration adopted at an Africa Trade Network meetng in Accra calling on governments to ensure that their national positions and mandates for the Ministerial Meeting in Hong Kong are promoted and protected in the interest of their people . The Journey to Hong Kong begun From September 27 - October 4 , 2005 . Organised Labour , Civil Society groups , NGOs , faith based organizations , and , farmers groups embarked on an 8 - day trek across the northern , middle belt , and southern parts of the country , to collate grassroots experiences of the impact of world trade agreements , and national trade policy on farmers and small - scale producers . The expedition begun in Nyariga in the Upper East Region , where rice farmers told their story and had an opportunity to make demands on the Hong Kong Meeting . The caravan moved to Savelugu ( September 28 ) in the Northern Region to interact with cotton and rice farmers then to Tuobodom ( September 29 ) to meet tomato farmers in the Brong Ahafo Region . The next stop was Otwereko ( October 1 ) also a rice farming community in the Central Region and thence to Asutsuare in the Eastern Region to collate demands in respect of rice and textiles . The party arrived in Tema , an industrial hub in the Greater Accra Region to interact with workers and finally moved to the Freedom & Justice park in Accra to round up and share insights and experiences with the media . Concept Paper Address by Trades Union Congress ISSUES FOR WTO NEGOTIATIONS IN HONG KONG DECEMBER 13 - 18 , 2005 Agriculture involves tariffs and protection of sensitive products The concern is about export subsidies which will result in dumping Domestic support to farmers to help them to produce at competitive prices Market access - the ability of our farmers to sell their produce Implications Jobs - 60 % employment in Agriculture Food security Income Services Under the GATS , there is effort to privatise all services a . water b . electricity etc Therefore our Governments will be forced to cut subvention Implications for Labour People ' s access to basic needs - will be costly so cannot be or may not be affordable Also when the agreement is signed it cannot be reversed even if there is a problem Non Agriculture Market Access - NAMA Focuses on market access for a range of non agricultural products . Negotiation is to reduce and eliminate barriers to trade in these products . These are items and products not included under agricultural or services umbrella . automobile - beverages chemicals - cement glass - forestry fishery - leather shoe - plastics Under NAMA there is a move to reduce dramatically tariffs as well as binding tariffs on a wide assortment of industrial products o US proposal 8 % o EC proposal 17 % o Ultimately to be zero by 2020 Implications budgetary and financial employment and livelihood entrepreneurial survival and growth prospects Tariffs reduction leads to a decline in Government revenue and where it is a major source will affect Government expenditures Direct budget impact because of high sensitivity of many developing countries budget on trade taxes - this means adjustment in social sector ( health , education ) may translate into reduced domestic production and output production and market size of domestic firms . Strategies to deal with these implications 1 . Sensitisation - leadership workshops on these issues to inform them and to get their input into any campaign activity 2 . Press Release / Conference to raise concerns on these implications and to call on our Governments to consider the impact of the outcomes on workers and livelihoods in general . 3 . Campaigns - in collaboration with other civil society organizations to make demands on our Governments on the impact of the outcome of the negotiations on the development of the country . Have you suggestions or demands for the Hong Kong Meeting ? Send them to dyawson @ isodec . org . gh or isodec @ isodec . org . gh or peasantfarmersghana @ yahoo . com or peasantfarmersghana @ hotmail . com By courtesy of Oxfam GB , ISODEC , SEND Foundation ,, TWN Africa , Action Aid Ghana , Market Access Promotion Network , Peasant Farmers Association , GAWU , Abibiman Foundation , and many more .. Civil Societies Demand Pro - poor Agric and Trade Policies from Leaders A coalition of civil society organisations in Ghana ( OXFAM , Integrated Social Development Centre ( ISODEC ) , Market Access Promotion Network ( MAPRONET ) , Social Entreprise Development ( SEND ) Foundation , ACTION AID , Peasant Farmers Association , Abibiman Foundation , General Agriculture Workers Union ( GAWU ) and the Centre for Public Interest Law ( CEPIL )) has called on Africa ' s ministers of Agriculture and of trade , heads of state , and the New Economic Partnership for Africa ' s Development ( NEPAD ) secretariat , to ensure that policies that are designed by them , or agreed with development partners , work in the interest of the poor , and secures the livelihoods of the continent ' s farmers and small scale producers . In a statement to the ministers , heads of state , G - 8 delegates , technical experts and stakeholders from regional and international organisations , attending the NEPAD round - up meeting on the implementation roll - out plan of the Comprehensive Africa Agricultural Development Programme ( CAADP ) , which was made available to the press at a news conference in Accra on Tuesday , May 3 2005 , the members , expressed concern that current trade negotiations on the Common External Tariff ( CET ) for ECOWAS and the Economic Partnership Agreement ( EPA ) with the European Union can be detrimental to the agriculture sector in West Africa and indeed the whole of Africa . Addressing the news conference , Ibrahim Akalbila , Senior Programme Officer in - charge of Trade in ISODEC acknowledged as a positive step , a provision in the ECOWAS Agriculture Policy ( ECOWAP ) , which advocates protection for vulnerable producers . ECOWAP , according to Akalbila , recognizes the lead role of agriculture in the economies of West African states , the dominant position of women in agriculture , and their importance to the poverty reduction and food security aspirations of the region . He further disclosed that , as a way of compensating for distortions in the world market , ECOWAP endorses unilateral protective action at a regional level , especially where vulnerable populations may be injured . This , the coalition hails as progressive , and advocate for its reflection in the content of the CAADP . The statement explained that the negotiations of the Common External Tariff ( CET ) and the EPA with the EU constitute a threat to the livelihoods of small - scale farmers in West Africa . This is because extending the CET of West Africa Economic and Monetary Union ( WAEMU ) to ECOWAS , as proposed and receiving a " no objection nod " from ECOWAS Heads of State , is likely to further undermine agricultural sectors , which have already suffered from the surges in highly subsidised cheap and dumped imported agricultural produce . The statement cited the collapsing poultry and rice sectors in Ghana , as examples of the negative impact of unbridled liberalisation and unfair competition from heavily subsidised imports from both the EU and USA . The group expressed the view that " the proposed CET of 20 % is too low and provides too little space for policy flexibility to protect sensitive sectors " . They urged the heads of state of Africa to have the moral fortitude to take steps to stop the EPA negotiations in their current form , since if continued and implemented , they will lead to the decline of incomes of about 50 - 60 % of people employed in the agriculture sector , thus thwarting the poverty reduction efforts of the sub - region . Again EPAs will abolish tariffs for at least 90 % of all imports in ECOWAS and the EU which in effect will cause de - industrialisation , which in itself constitute a threat to small & medium scale farmers . Members of the group called on NEPAD to incorporate in CAADP appropriate protective measures such as adequate levels of tariffs to protect the agriculture sector from cheap imports , while at the same time devoting more resources to the development of the sector . " We acknowledge that NEPAD focuses on improving agricultural performance as a prerequisite for economic development in Africa through agro - processing industries , capacity building of small scale and women farmers and the need for African countries to achieve food security . We however call on African leaders to devote more resources to agriculture especially rural agriculture " . The statement again called upon the NEPAD secretariat to advocate for fair trade , instead of free trade , since only fair trade , based on the principles of justice and equity , has the potential to accelerate economic growth and reduce poverty in Africa . To this end , the statement called on NEPAD and all African leaders to continue to demand the removal of all forms of agricultural subsidies in the developed countries , halt forced liberalisation , and stop the EPAs in their current form . The group commended NEPAD for such programmes and initiatives as the Pan - Africa cassava initiative , pan - Africa NERICA Rice Initiative , and also the Home Grown School Feeding Programme ( HGSFP ) engineered to boost agricultural development . Some of the benefits of HGSFP , the group disclosed , are a ) provide food for the many malnourished and under - weighed children , b ) patronisation of local produce and c ) increase in the incomes of farmers . The statement pointed out that Africa is still heavily indebted and marginalised in the globalisation process in spite of the partial debt relief granted many countries on the continent under the HIPC initiative . About 340million people ( half of the population ) , it said , live on less than US $ 1 a day . They therefore challenged the G - 8 and the North as a whole to demonstrate genuine commitment to the continent ' s efforts to eradicate poverty and place it on the path to sustainable growth and development , and to honour the promised 0 . 7 % GDP in aid to developing countries . Lamenting the decline in the World Bank lending portfolio to agricultural sector from 39 % in 1978 to 12 % and 7 % in 1996 and 2000 respectively , the group urged both bilateral and multilateral donors to commit more resources to the agricultural sector of Africa , and while calling on the World Bank and IMF to stop subverting multilateral trade negotiations , through the conditioning of country development assistance on liberalisation policies .

Once there were two friends walking home from school . They saw an airplane flying in the skies , one of them said that Kuffuor was in the plane and the other said that he was not . They argued continuously till they saw a man sitting on a bench reading a newspaper . So they decided to ask him . " Is Kuffuor in the plane ? " The man answered , " No , he is not in the plane because there are no dispatch riders in front of the plane . " 2 . There lived two old men in a community namely Mr . Obi and Mr . Oko . Their health condition was very bad and within a few days Mr . Obi died . An obi tuary was made during the funeral arrangement and pasted around the town . There was this small boy in the family who saw it . Two weeks later , Mr . Oko died and also an obi tuary was made . This boy ran to his father and told him there was a mistake and that when Mr . Obi died an obi tuary was made but they were using Mr . Obi ' s name instead of Mr . Oko , therefore there should be oko tuary . 3 . A magician was to perform to an audience . He came with his assistant and asked his assistant to fetch him a pail of water and hang it on a hook . The magician covered the pail of water with a cloth . Covering the pail , lo and behold , the pail had disappeared leaving the water hanging on the hook . 4 . There were three friends in a village , namely Peter , James and John . They one day decided to leave their wives for a trip . Before they left , James had an urgent call and had to rush to the hospital but Peter and John decided to go ahead of James . On their way , the following conversation ensued . Peter : " John , I have realized something about women . " John : " What is it ? " Peter : " Whenever they are pregnant and read a book , they give birth to the number of main characters in the story . An example was when my wife was pregnant and she read ' The twins of Babylon ' she gave birth to twins John : " I think you are right . When my wife was pregnant and she read the story of the three musketeers , she gave birth to triplets . " Peter : " Looks like I must inform James not to let his wife read the book on ' Ali Baba and the forty thieves ' . " Harold Kofi Nkrumah . There was once a boy by name Kweku Mensa , who went to sit for an examination . The examination implied for the name of the above drawn animal ' s foot . The foot of a frog was drawn and the student was supposed to write the name of the animal in a blank space . This is what ensued between the invigilator and Kweku : Invigilator : Quiet please . Kweku : ( sitting and confused and couldn ' t understand the question saying to himself , ) " what type of question is this ? " Kweku angrily stood up and begun to walk out of the hall . Invigilator : Hey boy ! Hey boy ! What is your name ? Kweku : ( turning angrily ) Look at my foot and tell my name . Paul Fiagbe Two married men were having a conversation . One said , " As for my wife , she is an angel . " The other replied , " Really , my wife is still alive . " Yaw Djin 1 . A woman once told her friend , " Me and my husband were once so happy in our lives ... then we met . " 2 . A butcher carrying a large piece of meat on his back once met a Pakistan woman with her baby and he passed a small friendly comment , " You also like bush meat , huh ? " and pointed at the baby . Lawrence Sowah During a Geography lesson , a teacher with bald hair was teaching his student about deserts . He explained that deserts are land areas with no trees . Trying to draw the attention of the class on the topic , he asked Kofi to give an example of a desert . This is what ensued between them . Teacher : With all respect , Kofi , give me an example of a desert . Kofi : Sir , with all humbleness , your head is a typical example of a desert . George Djan 1 . A man went to his would be father - in - law and told him he has come to ask for his daughter ' s hand in marriage and this is what the semi - illiterate would be father - in - law said , " Sorry gentleman , it ' s either you take all of her or you forget her hand . 2 . Two boys were fighting . One punched the other in the forehead hard and he died . The other boy said he would chase the dead boy even to his grave so he killed himself . All along a curious boy was watching and wanted to see them fight again , so he hurried home and drunk some DDT but was caught just in the nick of time and rushed to the hospital . Immediately he regained consciousness he shouted , " Have they finished the fight ? " 3 . A teacher entered his class on morning and this is what happened : Teacher : " Good morning class ! " Students : " Good morning sir ! " Teacher : " Today before I start teaching I will like you all to pay attention . " Student : " Sir , how much ? " Donald A . Marshall 1 . Vida : Come along ; I have lost my dog Linda : Why don ' t you put an advertisement in the papers ? Vida : Don ' t be silly , my dog can ' t read 2 . A man once had a dog . The dog accidentally bit a stranger who came to the house . A friend of the man came to the house and this is the conversation that took place between them Friend : Where is your dog ? Man : I have taken it to the verterinary . Friend : Why ? Man : To sharpen the teeth . 3 . There lived a wealthy man called Kanda . He was always robbed by armed robbers . A friend of his came to the house and asked him why his house was always being robbed . He told his friend that he always locks the door but because of fresh air , he removed the louvre blade and opens the window throughout the night . His friend advised him to close his window and buy a fan . The man being stingy , refused his friend ' s advise . The next evening he closed his window and went to sleep . The next morning , his friend came to his house and still things were missing . His friend asked , " Why , didn ' t you close the window . " He replied , " I did close the window but opened the main door for fresh air since I am very fat ! " Celestina Kwakyewaa N . 1 . A teacher asked his students to name the types of beans we have . One of them raised his hand and said , " sir , cowpea . " The teacher said no . Another student said red beans and the teacher said yes . Another also said white beans and the teacher said yes . Another student raised his hand and said , " Sir , human beings . " 2 . A man called for a taxi and told the driver the destination . He asked for fare . Driver : " 25000 cedis , your luggage is free . " Man : " Carry my luggage , I will walk . " 3 . A man punished his son by spanking him . After this , he said , " Son , I love you , that is why I punished you . " Son : " I wish I could spank you back to show my love too . " Benjamin Emi - Reynolds Kofi after playing and soiling himself with mud rushed home and dirtied his fathers polished living room . Father ( Scolding ) : How dare you dirty my living room you fool !!! You Stupid , dirty and aimless boy . Kofi rushed out of the room and met Mr . Ransford , his father ' s friend at the door . Mr . Ransford : Hello Kofi , you are growing more and more like your father each single day . Kofi : I know . He was just telling me .

PROJECT OBJECTIVES , DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION MECHANISMS 1 . 1 Project Goals and Objectives The overall goal of GARFUND was to support implementation of the government s national strategy to reduce the spread of HIV / AIDS and its impact on persons already infected and affected . The specific objectives as articulated in the government s National HIV / AIDS Strategic Framework , 2001 - 2005 included : ( i ) to reduce new HIV infections by 30 % by 2005 ; and ( ii ) to improve service delivery and mitigate the impact of HIV / AIDS on individuals and families . The project objectives corresponded to a crucial need identified by the Government of Ghana to undertake a comprehensive national response to prevent , control and manage the impact of the HIV / AIDS epidemic in Ghana . Progress made as at the end of the project toward the Project Development Objective is assessed overall as fully satisfactory . The most recent reports from biological surveillance , including the HIV Sentinel Survey ( 2004 Report ) indicated that the median level of HIV / AIDS in Ghana was 3 . 1 % . This is somewhat lower than the level estimated at the time the World Bank s Project Appraisal document ( PAD ) was prepared , but higher than the levels estimated in 2000 and 2001 which were only 2 . 5 % and 2 . 8 % . The 3 . 1 % prevalence recorded for 2004 represents an approximate decrease of 14 % over the prevalence recorded in 2003 ( 3 . 6 % ) . This decrease does not necessarily represent an overall decline of HIV infection in the country although it indicates a levelling or stabilisation of the epidemic . ( Results of the 2005 Sentinel Survey Report are yet to be released ) . The project objective , namely to reduce new HIV infections by 30 % by 2005 as stipulated in the National Strategic Framework , was a bit ambitious in the light of the existing implementation capacity then for its achievement . 1 . 2 . Project Design , Components and Strategic Approach GARFUND was designed to enable the Government implement a balanced , diversified multi - sector response to the epidemic , engaging all relevant government sectors , non - governmental organizations , the private sector and grassroots initiatives to undertake HIV / AIDS intervention activities throughout the country . The multi - sectoral and developmental approach adopted was strategic and beneficial in that it has contributed significantly ( i ) in promoting acceptance of the project by various stakeholders at all levels of society ; and ( ii ) in eliciting positive responses from all parties who have come to acknowledge that the project is of major concern to them and that their participation is necessary . The project was designed to cover four ( 4 ) components as follows : Component 1 : Prevention and Care Services : This component financed governmental ( excluding health ) and civil society entities to provide a broad spectrum of preventive and care activities at national , regional and local levels . It supported a wide - range of activities aimed at raising awareness , reducing high - risk sexual behaviour , mitigating the impact on those affected and promotion of income - generating activities . It was designed to provide funds to public and civil - society entities at all levels of society undertaking such intervention activities . Total funding allocation for this component was US $ 21 million and represented nearly 76 % of the total GARFUND . Total amount disbursed at the end of the project was US $ 21 . 971 million . i . ii . Component 2 : Strengthening Public / Private Institutions for HIV / AIDS Control and Care Giving . This component supported training and technical assistance for public and private - sector institutions on technical and practical aspects of working with HIV / AIDS . Total funding allocation for this component was US $ 2 . 4 and at the end of the project total amount disbursed was US $ 1 . 554 million . Component 1 . This component has empowered the local structures with financial and decision - making authority and strengthened capacities at the local evel . iii . Component 3 : Knowledge Management . This component provided support for the establishment of systems for collecting , organizing , and disseminating up - to - date information on HIV / AIDS prevention and care , best practices of existing projects , research results , and any reports that would be useful to implementing entities . It also financed activities that aimed at promoting sharing of experiences among organizations as well as collaboration with research institutions and support to traditional medicine centers for testing of herbal preparations . A total of US $ 1 . 4 million was allocated to this component and at the end of the project , the total amount disbursed was US $ 505 , 886 . Disbursement under this component was low because supplementary funding was obtained from the GAPP Project ( DFID ) and the SIPAA Project ( Action Aid ) . iv . Component 4 : Project Management . This component covered funding for design and establishment of systems for managing implementation of the project . A key aspect of the component was a Monitoring and Evaluation System established to monitor GARFUND activities and assess progress on the basis of targets defined in the National Strategic Framework . Also covered under this component was financial and procurement monitoring . Technical audits on a sample of 20 % of sub - projects were carried out on annual basis as well as special audits and field investigations of operations of project beneficiaries . Total allocation for this component was US $ 3 . 0 million and at the end of the project US $ 2 . 5 million had been disbursed . Management and co - ordination of the project have been fully satisfactory throughout the operational period . Management of the GAC Secretariat has maintained a high degree of commitment and professionalism in managing the project . The Secretariat was woefully understaffed throughout the period . With only ten ( 10 ) professional staff , however , significant achievements were made . ( See Appendix 13 : Professional Staff of GAC Secretariat ) . A joint review of the national response was successfully undertaken and it provided useful inputs to the design of more effective strategies for strengthening implementation of the next phase of the national response . 1 . 3 . Implementation Arrangements i . National Level : GARFUND was implemented through decentralised structures which afforded the opportunity for participation at all levels of the society . At the national level , a 48 - member Ghana AIDS Commission , established by Act 613 of Parliament in 2002 under the Chairmanship of H . E . The President and with membership of H . E . The Vice - President and all key Sector Ministers , civil society and faith - based organizations and the private organisations , provided effective leadership and direction in the co - ordination of the national response . ii . Sector Level : At the sector level HIV / AIDS Committees have been established in various MDAs to plan and co - ordinate HIV / AIDS activities in those institutions . Key among them is the National AIDS / STD Control Programme ( NACP ) within the Ghana Health Services which has been operating effectively as the technical advisory wing of the Commission and provided treatment , care and support services and monitoring of the epidemic through sentinel surveillance and behavioural surveys . Sector AIDS Committees have also been instituted in many MDAs with with Focal persons directly responsible for day - to - day coordination of HIV / AIDS activities . iii . Regional Level : Regional AIDS Committees have been established within the Regional Coordinating Councils ( RCCs ) in all the ten ( 10 ) regions of the country . Regional Monitoring and Evaluation Focal Persons have also been appointed to be directly responsible for overseeing activities in the districts . iv . District Level : At the district level multi - sectoral District AIDS Committees ( DACs ) have been established in 110 districts of the country to serve as the pivotal points of HIV / AIDS activities at that level . District Monitoring and Evaluation Focal Persons have also been appointed in each district and are directly responsible for HIV / AIDS activities in the district . 1 . 4 . The Environmental Context GARFUND was implemented in a generally supportive environment . A number of laws relevant to the national HIV / AIDS response existed even before the enactment of the National HIV / AIDS Strategic Framework . These include the Constitution of the Fourth Republic of Ghana , which gives every citizen the right to health care and education and outlaws all forms of human rights abuses , including discrimination and dismissal from employment on any grounds . The Ghana AIDS Commission , established as a supra - ministerial and multi - sectoral body provided the enabling environment for effective implementation of the national response . The location of the Commission within the highest office of the nation , the Presidency , reflects the high - level leadership and politically supportive environment and commitment which have contributed immensely to successful implementation of the project . 2 . OPERATIONAL EXPERIENCE AND COVERAGE As at 2005 , GARFUND activities had covered over 3 , 000 implementing entities comprising MDAs / RCCs , DAs , NGOs , FBOs , CBOs and private sector organizations in all regions , districts and communities in the country . 2 . 1 Regional Projects Ashanti Region A total of 557 entities within the Ashanti region were funded to conduct HIV / AIDS interventions that focused mainly on prevention of new transmission of HIV / AIDS . Activities included advocacy , video shows , drama performances , peer education , condom distribution , and counselling and training for 420 PLWHA to serve as peer counsellors and liaison between the ART sites and the PLWHA associations . Central Region Over the span of the GARFUND initiative , 257 subprojects were sponsored . They focused on prevention and awareness . Peer education and the formation of youth clubs was a popular model adopted by several CBOs . Eastern Region Activities of 638 organizations were supported between 2001 and 2004 in the areas of prevention , awareness and care and support of PLWHAs and OVC . Several creative means of public education were utilized e . g . drama , film shows , house - to - house campaigning , peer education , and durbars to reach out to people about HIV / AIDS . Greater Accra Region 317 projects were completed in the region . Most were focused on prevention and awareness of HIV / AIDS achieved through peer education programs , condom distribution , voluntary testing and counselling programs , community forums , and house to house outreach . GARFUND also supported the care and support of PLWHAs and OVCs . Subprojects were funded to provide microcredit opportunities to those infected and affected by HIV / AIDS to help them maintain their livelihood . Northern Region 207 projects were completed in the Northern Region . Prevention of new transmissions was the focus of much of the work done . This took the form of mass media campaigning and workshops . Condom distribution and peer education were other prevention activities that were popular for the NGOs and CBOs in the region . The challenges faced by CBO in the region included countering beliefs that HIV / AIDS is a curse from the ancestors , and not preventable . Additionally , it has proven difficult to convince women of the merit of female condoms as some believe these devices would promote prostitution among married women . Volta Region The Volta Region was the recipient of 289 GARFUND - supported sub - projects . Activities undertaken in the region focused on prevention and awareness . Many of the subprojects were directed at the youth . Public awareness of HIV / AIDS was also addressed by peer education , erection of HIV / AIDS messages on community billboards , and condom distribution . Several Christian and Moslem associations integrated HIV / AIDS awareness messages into their programming . Upper East Region A total of 96 awareness and prevention sub - projects were completed in the Upper East Region with distribution of condoms as a central prevention effort . House - to - house campaigns involving trained peer educators were another popular means of raising awareness of HIV / AIDS . Among the youth , a popular means of awareness - creation was drama performances illustrating how a person can be at risk for HIV infection . Upper West Region A total of 73 sub - projects were completed in the Upper West Region . Awareness and Prevention activities in the region involved several religious organizations . Peer education training combined with house to house outreach was one popular means of getting the HIV / AIDS information out into the communities . In terms of care and support for PLWHAs , the subprojects involved mainly the provision of food items and health products . Some income - generating projects were also completed . Western Region The GARFUND supported 208 projects in the Western Region . The focus of the work of CBOs and NGOs in this region was on awareness creation . The target groups for these initiatives varied from children and youth to market women , fisherman and fishmongers . Several districts in the region have been proactive in offering special days of free VCT to the public . Brong Ahafo Region The focus of the majority of the subprojects was prevention and awareness of HIV and AIDS . This mainly took the form of condom distribution , peer education and durbars . There were four associations for PLWHAs in the region that received funds for care and support activities . Those that exist have assisted in the areas of psychosocial support PLWHAs through counselling and the provision of home - based care services . ( See Appendix 1 : Number of GARFUND Projects by Year and Region ) 2 . 2 Ministries , Departments and Agencies ( MDA ) Over the